Acts 20 And after the tumult ceased, Paul having called the disciples, and saluting, went forth to go into Macedonia.

ABP_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 And after G1161 G3588 G3973 [³ceased G3588 ¹the G2351 ²tumult], G4341 [²having called G3588 G* ¹Paul] G3588 the G3101 disciples, G2532 and G782 saluting, G1831 went forth G4198 to go G1519 into G3588 G* Macedonia.

2 G1330 And having gone through G1161 G3588 G3313 those parts, G1565 G2532 and G3870 comforting G1473 them G3056 [²communication G4183 ¹by much], G2064 he came G1519 unto G3588 G* Greece.

3 G4160 And having spent G3376 [²months G5140 ¹three], G1096 [²having been made G1473 ³against him G1917 ¹with a plot] G5259 by G3588 the G* Jews, G3195 being about G321 to embark G1519 unto G3588 G* Syria, G1096 he became G1106 of the opinion G3588 G5290 to return G1223 through G* Macedonia.

4 G4902 And there accompanied G1161 G1473 him G891 as far as G3588 G* Asia G* Sopator G* a Berean; G* and of Thessalonians, G1161 G* Aristarchus G2532 and G* Secundos, G2532 and G* Gaius G* of Derbe, G2532 and G* Timothy; G* and of Asia, G1161 G* Tychicus G2532 and G* Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 having gone forward G3306 waited G1473 for us G1722 in G* Troas.

6 G1473 And we G1161 G1602 sailed across, G3326 after G3588 the G2250 days G3588 of the G106 unleavened breads, G575 from G* Philippi, G2532 and G2064 came G4314 to G1473 them G1519 in G3588 G* Troas G891 unto G2250 [²days G4002 ¹five]; G3739 where G1304 we spent G2250 [²days G2033 ¹seven].

7 G1722 And on G1161 G3588 G1520 day one G3588 of the G4521 Sabbaths, G4863 [³having been gathered G3588 ¹the G3101 ²disciples] G2806 to break G740 bread, G3588 G* Paul G1256 reasoned G1473 with them, G3195 being about G1826 to exit G3588 the G1887 next day; G3905 and he extended G5037 G3588 the G3056 word G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1510.7.6 And there were G1161 G2985 [²of lamps G2425 ¹a fit amount] G1722 in G3588 the G5253 upper room G3739 where G1473 we G4863 gathered together.

9 G2521 And there was sitting down G1161 G5100 a certain G3494 young one, G3686 by name G* Eutychus, G1909 by G3588 the G2376 window, G2702 being sunk G5258 [²sleep G901 ¹in a deep]. G1256 And with Paul reasoning G3588 G* G1909 for a long time, G4183 G2702 having sunken G575 from G3588 the G5258 sleep, G4098 he fell G575 from G3588 the G5152 third level G2736 to below, G2532 and G142 was lifted up G3498 dead.

10 G2597 And having descended, G1161 G3588 G* Paul G1968 fell upon G1473 him, G2532 and G4843 having wrapped around him, G2036 said, G3361 Do not G2350 make a disruption, G3588 G1063 for G5590 his life G1473 G1722 [²in G1473 ³him G1510.2.3 ¹is].

11 G305 And having ascended, G1161 G2532 and G2806 having broken G740 bread, G2532 and G1089 having tasted, G1909 and for a fit time G2425 G5037 G3656 consorting G891 until G827 daylight, G3779 thus G1831 he went forth.

12 G71 And they brought G1161 G3588 the G3816 child G2198 alive, G2532 and G3870 were comforted G3756 not G3357 moderately.

13 G1473 And we G1161 G4281 having gone forth G1909 unto G3588 the G4143 boat, G321 embarked G1519 unto G3588 G* Assos, G1564 from there G3195 being about G353 to take up G3588 G* Paul; G3779 for so G1063 G1510.7.3 it was G1299 having been set in order, G3195 himself being about G1473 G3978 to go on foot.

14 G5613 And when G1161 G4820 he united G1473 with us G1519 at G3588 G* Assos, G353 having taken him in, G1473 G2064 we came G1519 unto G* Mitylene.

15 G2547 And from there G636 we sailed away, G3588 and on the G1966 following day G2658 we arrived G481 towards G* Chios; G3588 and G1161 G2087 another day G3846 we set aside G1519 unto G* Samos, G2532 and G3306 abided G1722 in G* Trogyllium; G3588 and the G2192 next day G2064 we came G1519 to G* Miletus,

16 G2919 [³decided G1063 ¹for G3588 G* ²Paul] G3896 to sail by G3588 G* Ephesus, G3704 so that G3361 it should not G1096 happen G1473 for him G5551 to spend time G1722 in G3588 G* Asia; G4692 for he hastened, G1063 G1487 if G1415 it was possible G1510.7.3 G1473 for him, G3588 [⁴on the G2250 ⁵day G3588 G4005 ⁶of Pentecost G1096 ¹to be G1519 ²in G* ³Jerusalem].

17 G575 And from G1161 G3588 G* Miletus, G3992 having sent G1519 to G* Ephesus, G3333 he called for G3588 the G4245 elders G3588 of the G1577 assembly.

18 G5613 And when G1161 G3854 they were come G4314 to G1473 him, G2036 he said G1473 to them, G1473 You G1987 know, G575 from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 of which G3739 G1910 I set foot G1519 in G3588 G* Asia, G4459 how G3326 [²with G1473 ³you G3588 ⁴all the G3956 G5550 ⁵time G1096 ¹I was],

19 G1398 serving G3588 to the G2962 Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility, G2532 and G4183 many G1144 tears, G2532 and G3986 tests, G3588 of the ones G4819 coming to pass G1473 to me G1722 in G3588 the G1917 plots G3588 of the G* Jews;

20 G5613 how G3762 [²nothing G5288 ¹I kept back] G3588 of the things G4851 advantageous unto you, G3588 G3361 so as to not G312 announce G1473 it to you G2532 and G1321 to teach G1473 you G1219 in public, G2532 and G2596 by G3624 houses,

21 G1263 testifying G* both to Jews, G5037 G2532 and G* Greeks G3588 the thing G1519 for G3588 G2316 God -- G3341 repentance G2532 and G4102 belief, G3588 the one G1519 in G3588 G2962 our Lord G1473 G* Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G2532 And G3568 now G2400 behold, G1473 I G1210 being bound G3588 in the G4151 spirit G4198 go G1519 unto G* Jerusalem, G3588 [³the things G1722 ⁴in G1473 ⁵it G4876 ⁶meeting up with G1473 ⁷me G3361 ¹not G1492 ²knowing];

23 G4133 except G3754 that G3588 the G4151 [²spirit G3588 G39 ¹holy] G2596 in every city G4172 G1263 testifies, G3004 saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G1473 [⁴me G2532 ¹and G2347 ²afflictions G3306 ³await].

24 G235 But G3762 [³of nothing G3056 ²account G4160 ¹I make], G3761 nor G2192 do I hold G3588 G5590 my life G1473 G5093 esteemed G1683 to myself, G5613 as G5048 to finish G3588 G1408 my race G1473 G3326 with G5479 joy, G2532 and G3588 the G1248 service G3739 which G2983 I received G3844 from G3588 the G2962 Lord G* Jesus, G1263 to testify G3588 the G2098 good news G3588 of the G5484 favor G3588 G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G1492 know G3754 that G3765 no longer G3708 shall [³see G3588 G4383 ⁴my face G1473 G1473 ¹you G3956 ²all], G1722 among G3739 whom G1330 I went about G2784 proclaiming G3588 the G932 kingdom G3588 G2316 of God.

26 G1352 Therefore G3143 I testify G1473 to you G1722 in G3588 G4594 today's G2250 day, G3754 that G2513 I am clean G1473 G575 from G3588 the G129 blood G3956 of all;

27 G3756 [³did not G1063 ¹for G5288 ²I] keep back G3588 G3361 G312 to announce G1473 to you G3956 all G3588 the G1012 counsel G3588 G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take heed G3767 then G1438 to yourselves, G2532 and G3956 to all G3588 the G4168 flock! G1722 in G3739 which G1473 [⁵you G3588 ¹the G4151 ³spirit G3588 G39 ²holy G5087 ⁴placed] G1985 as overseers, G4165 to tend G3588 the G1577 assembly G3588 G2316 of God, G3739 which G4046 he procured G1223 through G3588 G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1473 For I G1063 G1492 know G3778 this, G3754 that G1525 [³shall enter G3326 ⁴after G3588 G867 ⁵my departure G1473 G3074 ²wolves G926 ¹grievous] G1519 unto G1473 you, G3361 not G5339 sparing G3588 the G4168 flock.

30 G2532 And G1537 from out of G1473 your own selves G1473 G450 shall rise up G435 men G2980 speaking things G1294 being perverted, G3588 G645 to draw away G3588 the G3101 disciples G3694 after G1473 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 be vigilant! G3421 remembering G3754 that G5148 for a space of three years, G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day, G3756 I ceased not G3973 G3326 with G1144 tears, G3560 admonishing G1520 [²one G1538 ¹each].

32 G2532 And G3569 at present G3908 I point you out, G1473 G80 brethren, G3588 G2316 to God G2532 and G3588 to the G3056 word G3588 G5484 of his favor, G1473 G3588 to the thing G1410 being able G2026 to build up, G2532 and G1325 to give G1473 to you G2817 an inheritance G1722 among G3588 [²the ones G37 ³having been sanctified G3956 ¹all].

33 G694 [³silver G2228 ⁴or G5553 ⁵gold G2228 ⁶or G2441 ⁷clothes G3762 ²of no one G1937 ¹I desired].

34 G1473 You know yourselves, G1097 G3754 that G3588 G5532 my needs, G1473 G2532 and G3588 the ones G1510.6 being G3326 with G1473 me, G5256 [³assisted G3588 G5495 ²hands G3778 ¹these].

35 G3956 All things G5263 I plainly showed G1473 to you, G3754 that G3779 so G2872 tiring G1163 it is necessary G482 to assist G3588 the ones G770 being weak, G3421 and to remember G5037 G3588 the G3056 words G3588 of the G2962 Lord G* Jesus, G3754 that G1473 he G2036 said, G3107 [³blessed G1510.2.3 ¹It is G1325 ⁴to give G3123 ²more] G2228 than G2983 to receive.

36 G2532 And G3778 these things G2036 having said, G5087 having set G3588 G1119 his knees G1473 G4862 with G3956 them all, G1473 G4336 he prayed.

37 G2425 [³a fit amount G1161 ¹And G1096 ²there became] G2805 of weeping G3956 by all; G2532 and G1968 falling G1909 upon G3588 the G5137 neck G3588 G* of Paul G2705 they kissed G1473 him,

38 G3600 being grieved G3122 especially G1909 over G3588 the G3056 word G3739 which G2046 he had said, G3754 that G3765 no longer G3195 are they about G3588 G4383 [²his face G1473 G2334 ¹to view]. G4311 And they sent G1161 G1473 him G1519 unto G3588 the G4143 boat.

ABP_GRK⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 μετά δε G1161 G3588 το G3973 παύσασθαι G3588 τον G2351 θόρυβον G4341 προσκαλεσάμενος G3588 ο G* Παύλος G3588 τους G3101 μαθητάς G2532 και G782 ασπασάμενος G1831 εξήλθε G4198 πορευθήναι G1519 εις G3588 την G* Μακεδονίαν

2 G1330 διελθών δε G1161 G3588 τα G3313 μέρη εκείνα G1565 G2532 και G3870 παρακαλέσας G1473 αυτούς G3056 λόγω G4183 πολλώ G2064 ήλθεν G1519 εις G3588 την G* Ελλάδα

3 G4160 ποιήσας τε G3376 μήνας G5140 τρεις G1096 γενομένης G1473 αυτώ G1917 επιβουλής G5259 υπό G3588 των G* Ιουδαίων G3195 μέλλοντι G321 ανάγεσθαι G1519 εις G3588 την G* Συρίαν G1096 εγένετο G1106 γνώμη G3588 του G5290 υποστρέφειν G1223 διά G* Μακεδονίας

4 G4902 συνείπετο δε G1161 G1473 αυτώ G891 άχρι G3588 της G* Ασίας G* Σώπατρος G* Βερροιαίος G* Θεσσαλονικέων δε G1161 G* Αρίσταρχος G2532 και G* Σεκούνδος G2532 και G* Γαϊος G* Δερβαίος G2532 και G* Τιμόθεος G* Ασιανοί δε G1161 G* Τυχικός G2532 και G* Τρόφιμος

5 G3778 ούτοι G4281 προελθόντες G3306 έμενον G1473 ημάς G1722 εν G* Τρωάδι

6 G1473 ημείς δε G1161 G1602 εξεπλεύσαμεν G3326 μετά G3588 τας G2250 ημέρας G3588 των G106 αζύμων G575 από G* Φιλίππων G2532 και G2064 ήλθομεν G4314 προς G1473 αυτούς G1519 εις G3588 την G* Τρωάδα G891 άχρι G2250 ημερών G4002 πέντε G3739 ου G1304 διετρίψαμεν G2250 ημέρας G2033 επτά

7 G1722 εν δε G1161 G3588 τη G1520 μιά G3588 των G4521 σαββάτων G4863 συνηγμένων G3588 των G3101 μαθητών G2806 κλάσαι G740 άρτον G3588 ο G* Παύλος G1256 διελέγετο G1473 αυτοίς G3195 μέλλων G1826 εξιέναι G3588 τη G1887 επαύριον G3905 παρέτεινέ τε G5037 G3588 τον G3056 λόγον G3360 μέχρι G3317 μεσονυκτίου

8 G1510.7.6 ήσαν δε G1161 G2985 λαμπάδες G2425 ικαναί G1722 εν G3588 τω G5253 υπερώω G3739 ου G1473 ήμεν G4863 συνηγμένοι

9 G2521 καθήμενος δε G1161 G5100 τις G3494 νεανίας G3686 ονόματι G* Εύτυχος G1909 επί G3588 της G2376 θυρίδος G2702 καταφερόμενος G5258 ύπνω G901 βαθεί G1256 διαλεγομένου του Παύλου G3588 G* G1909 επί πλείον G4183 G2702 κατενεχθείς G575 από G3588 του G5258 ύπνου G4098 έπεσεν G575 από G3588 του G5152 τριστέγου G2736 κάτω G2532 και G142 ήρθη G3498 νεκρός

10 G2597 καταβάς δε G1161 G3588 ο G* Παύλος G1968 επέπεσεν G1473 αυτώ G2532 και G4843 συμπεριλαβών G2036 είπε G3361 μη G2350 θορυβείσθε G3588 η G1063 γαρ G5590 ψυχή αυτού G1473 G1722 εν G1473 αυτώ G1510.2.3 εστιν

11 G305 αναβάς δε G1161 G2532 και G2806 κλάσας G740 άρτον G2532 και G1089 γευσάμενος G1909 εφ΄ ικανόν τε G2425 G5037 G3656 ομιλήσας G891 άχρις G827 αυγής G3779 ούτως G1831 εξήλθεν

12 G71 ήγαγον δε G1161 G3588 τον G3816 παίδα G2198 ζώντα G2532 και G3870 παρεκλήθησαν G3756 ου G3357 μετρίως

13 G1473 ημείς δε G1161 G4281 προελθόντες G1909 επί G3588 το G4143 πλοίον G321 ανήχθημεν G1519 εις G3588 την G* Άσσον G1564 εκείθεν G3195 μέλλοντες G353 αναλαμβάνειν G3588 τον G* Παύλον G3779 ούτω γαρ G1063 G1510.7.3 ην G1299 διατεταγμένος G3195 μέλλων αυτός G1473 G3978 πεζεύειν

14 G5613 ως δε G1161 G4820 συνέβαλεν G1473 ημίν G1519 εις G3588 την G* Άσσον G353 αναλαβόντες αυτόν G1473 G2064 ήλθομεν G1519 εις G* Μιτυλήνην

15 G2547 κακείθεν G636 αποπλεύσαντες G3588 τη G1966 επιούση G2658 κατηντήσαμεν G481 αντικρύ G* Χίου G3588 τη δε G1161 G2087 ετέρα G3846 παρεβάλομεν G1519 εις G* Σάμον G2532 και G3306 μείναντες G1722 εν G* Τρωγυλλίω G3588 τη G2192 εχομένη G2064 ήλθομεν G1519 εις G* Μίλητον

16 G2919 έκρινε G1063 γαρ G3588 ο G* Παύλος G3896 παραπλεύσαι G3588 την G* Έφεσον G3704 όπως G3361 μη G1096 γένηται G1473 αυτώ G5551 χρονοτριβήσαι G1722 εν G3588 τη G* Ασία G4692 έσπευδε γαρ G1063 G1487 ει G1415 δυνατόν ην G1510.7.3 G1473 αυτώ G3588 την G2250 ημέραν G3588 της G4005 πεντηκοστής G1096 γενέσθαι G1519 εις G* Ιεροσόλυμα

17 G575 απο δε G1161 G3588 της G* Μιλήτου G3992 πέμψας G1519 εις G* Έφεσον G3333 μετεκαλέσατο G3588 τους G4245 πρεσβυτέρους G3588 της G1577 εκκλησίας

18 G5613 ως δε G1161 G3854 παρεγένοντο G4314 προς G1473 αυτόν G2036 είπεν G1473 αυτοίς G1473 υμείς G1987 επίστασθε G575 από G4413 πρώτης G2250 ημέρας G575 αφ΄ ης G3739 G1910 επέβην G1519 εις G3588 την G* Ασίαν G4459 πως G3326 μεθ΄ G1473 υμών G3588 τον πάντα G3956 G5550 χρόνον G1096 εγενόμην

19 G1398 δουλεύων G3588 τω G2962 κυρίω G3326 μετά G3956 πάσης G5012 ταπεινοφροσύνης G2532 και G4183 πολλών G1144 δακρύων G2532 και G3986 πειρασμών G3588 των G4819 συμβάντων G1473 μοι G1722 εν G3588 ταις G1917 επιβουλαίς G3588 των G* Ιουδαίων

20 G5613 ως G3762 ουδέν G5288 υπεστειλάμην G3588 των G4851 συμφερόντων G3588 του G3361 μη G312 αναγγείλαι G1473 υμίν G2532 και G1321 διδάξαι G1473 υμάς G1219 δημοσία G2532 και G2596 κατ΄ G3624 οίκους

21 G1263 διαμαρτυρόμενος G* Ιουδαίοις τε G5037 G2532 και G* Έλλησι G3588 την G1519 εις G3588 τον G2316 θεόν G3341 μετάνοιαν G2532 και G4102 πίστιν G3588 την G1519 εις G3588 τον G2962 κύριον ημών G1473 G* Ιησούν G5547 χριστόν

22 G2532 και G3568 νυν G2400 ιδού G1473 εγώ G1210 δεδεμένος G3588 τω G4151 πνεύματι G4198 πορεύομαι G1519 εις G* Ιερουσαλήμ G3588 τα G1722 εν G1473 αυτή G4876 συναντήσοντά G1473 μοι G3361 μη G1492 ειδώς

23 G4133 πλήν G3754 ότι G3588 το G4151 πνεύμα G3588 το G39 άγιον G2596 κατά πόλιν G4172 G1263 διαμαρτύρεται G3004 λέγον G3754 ότι G1199 δεσμά G1473 με G2532 και G2347 θλίψεις G3306 μένουσιν

24 G235 αλλ΄ G3762 ουδενός G3056 λόγον G4160 ποιούμαι G3761 ουδέ G2192 έχω G3588 την G5590 ψυχήν μου G1473 G5093 τιμίαν G1683 εμαυτώ G5613 ως G5048 τελειώσαι G3588 τον G1408 δρόμον μου G1473 G3326 μετά G5479 χαράς G2532 και G3588 την G1248 διακονίαν G3739 ην G2983 έλαβον G3844 παρά G3588 του G2962 κυρίου G* Ιησού G1263 διαμαρτύρασθαι G3588 το G2098 ευαγγέλιον G3588 της G5484 χάριτος G3588 του G2316 θεού

25 G2532 και G3568 νυν G2400 ιδού G1473 εγώ G1492 οίδα G3754 ότι G3765 ουκέτι G3708 όψεσθε G3588 το G4383 πρόσωπόν μου G1473 G1473 υμείς G3956 πάντες G1722 εν G3739 οις G1330 διήλθον G2784 κηρύσσων G3588 την G932 βασιλείαν G3588 του G2316 θεού

26 G1352 διό G3143 μαρτύρομαι G1473 υμίν G1722 εν G3588 τη G4594 σήμερον G2250 ημέρα G3754 ότι G2513 καθαρός εγώ G1473 G575 από G3588 του G129 αίματος G3956 πάντων

27 G3756 ου G1063 γαρ G5288 υπεστειλάμην G3588 του G3361 μη G312 αναγγείλαι G1473 υμίν G3956 πάσαν G3588 την G1012 βουλήν G3588 του G2316 θεού

28 G4337 προσέχετε G3767 ούν G1438 εαυτοίς G2532 και G3956 παντί G3588 τω G4168 ποιμνίω G1722 εν G3739 ω G1473 υμάς G3588 το G4151 πνεύμα G3588 το G39 άγιον G5087 έθετο G1985 επισκόπους G4165 ποιμαίνειν G3588 την G1577 εκκλησίαν G3588 του G2316 θεού G3739 ην G4046 περιεποιήσατο G1223 διά G3588 του G2398 ιδίου G129 αίματος

29 G1473 εγώ γαρ G1063 G1492 οίδα G3778 τούτο G3754 ότι G1525 εισελεύσονται G3326 μετά G3588 την G867 άφιξίν μου G1473 G3074 λύκοι G926 βαρείς G1519 εις G1473 υμάς G3361 μη G5339 φειδόμενοι G3588 του G4168 ποιμνίου

30 G2532 και G1537 εξ G1473 υμών αυτών G1473 G450 αναστήσονται G435 άνδρες G2980 λαλούντες G1294 διεστραμμένα G3588 του G645 αποσπάν G3588 τους G3101 μαθητάς G3694 οπίσω G1473 αυτών

31 G1352 διό G1127 γρηγορείτε G3421 μνημονεύοντες G3754 ότι G5148 τριετίαν G3571 νύκτα G2532 και G2250 ημέραν G3756 ουκ επαυσάμην G3973 G3326 μετά G1144 δακρύων G3560 νουθετών G1520 ένα G1538 έκαστον

32 G2532 και G3569 τα νυν G3908 παρατίθεμαι υμάς G1473 G80 αδελφοί G3588 τω G2316 θεώ G2532 και G3588 τω G3056 λόγω G3588 της G5484 χάριτος αυτού G1473 G3588 τω G1410 δυναμένω G2026 εποικοδομήσαι G2532 και G1325 δούναι G1473 υμίν G2817 κληρονομίαν G1722 εν G3588 τοις G37 ηγιασμένοις G3956 πάσιν

33 G694 αργυρίου G2228 η G5553 χρυσίου G2228 η G2441 ιματισμού G3762 ουδενός G1937 επεθύμησα

34 G1473 αυτοί γινώσκετε G1097 G3754 ότι G3588 ταις G5532 χρείαις μου G1473 G2532 και G3588 τοις G1510.6 ούσι G3326 μετ΄ G1473 εμού G5256 υπηρέτησαν G3588 αι G5495 χείρες G3778 αύται

35 G3956 πάντα G5263 υπέδειξα G1473 υμίν G3754 ότι G3779 ούτω G2872 κοπιώντας G1163 δει G482 αντιλαμβάνεσθαι G3588 των G770 ασθενούντων G3421 μνημονεύειν τε G5037 G3588 των G3056 λόγων G3588 του G2962 κυρίου G* Ιησού G3754 ότι G1473 αυτός G2036 είπε G3107 μακάριόν G1510.2.3 εστι G1325 διδόναι G3123 μάλλον G2228 η G2983 λαμβάνειν

36 G2532 και G3778 ταύτα G2036 ειπών G5087 θεις G3588 τα G1119 γόνατα αυτού G1473 G4862 συν G3956 πάσιν αυτοίς G1473 G4336 προσηύξατο

37 G2425 ικανός G1161 δε G1096 εγένετο G2805 κλαυθμός G3956 πάντων G2532 και G1968 επιπεσόντες G1909 επί G3588 τον G5137 τράχηλον G3588 του G* Παύλου G2705 κατεφίλουν G1473 αυτόν

38 G3600 οδυνώμενοι G3122 μάλιστα G1909 επί G3588 τω G3056 λόγω G3739 ω G2046 ειρήκει G3754 ότι G3765 ουκέτι G3195 μέλλουσι G3588 το G4383 πρόσωπον αυτού G1473 G2334 θεωρείν G4311 προέπεμπον δε G1161 G1473 αυτόν G1519 εις G3588 το G4143 πλοίον

Stephanus⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ μετα δε το παυσασθαι τον θορυβον προσκαλεσαμενος ο παυλος τους μαθητας και ασπασαμενος εξηλθεν πορευθηναι εις την μακεδονιαν ² διελθων δε τα μερη εκεινα και παρακαλεσας αυτους λογω πολλω ηλθεν εις την ελλαδα ³ ποιησας τε μηνας τρεις γενομενης αυτω επιβουλης υπο των ιουδαιων μελλοντι αναγεσθαι εις την συριαν εγενετο γνωμη του υποστρεφειν δια μακεδονιας ⁴ συνειπετο δε αυτω αχρι της ασιας σωπατρος βεροιαιος θεσσαλονικεων δε αρισταρχος και σεκουνδος και γαιος δερβαιος και τιμοθεος ασιανοι δε τυχικος και τροφιμος ⁵ ουτοι προελθοντες εμενον ημας εν τρωαδι ⁶ ημεις δε εξεπλευσαμεν μετα τας ημερας των αζυμων απο φιλιππων και ηλθομεν προς αυτους εις την τρωαδα αχρις ημερων πεντε ου διετριψαμεν ημερας επτα ⁷ εν δε τη μια των σαββατων συνηγμενων των μαθητων του κλασαι αρτον ο παυλος διελεγετο αυτοις μελλων εξιεναι τη επαυριον παρετεινεν τε τον λογον μεχρι μεσονυκτιου ⁸ ησαν δε λαμπαδες ικαναι εν τω υπερωω ου ησαν συνηγμενοι ⁹ καθημενος δε τις νεανιας ονοματι ευτυχος επι της θυριδος καταφερομενος υπνω βαθει διαλεγομενου του παυλου επι πλειον κατενεχθεις απο του υπνου επεσεν απο του τριστεγου κατω και ηρθη νεκρος ¹⁰ καταβας δε ο παυλος επεπεσεν αυτω και συμπεριλαβων ειπεν μη θορυβεισθε η γαρ ψυχη αυτου εν αυτω εστιν ¹¹ αναβας δε και κλασας αρτον και γευσαμενος εφ ικανον τε ομιλησας αχρις αυγης ουτως εξηλθεν ¹² ηγαγον δε τον παιδα ζωντα και παρεκληθησαν ου μετριως ¹³ ημεις δε προελθοντες επι το πλοιον ανηχθημεν εις την ασσον εκειθεν μελλοντες αναλαμβανειν τον παυλον ουτως γαρ ην διατεταγμενος μελλων αυτος πεζευειν ¹⁴ ως δε συνεβαλεν ημιν εις την ασσον αναλαβοντες αυτον ηλθομεν εις μιτυληνην ¹⁵ κακειθεν αποπλευσαντες τη επιουση κατηντησαμεν αντικρυ χιου τη δε ετερα παρεβαλομεν εις σαμον και μειναντες εν τρωγυλλιω τη εχομενη ηλθομεν εις μιλητον ¹⁶ εκρινεν γαρ ο παυλος παραπλευσαι την εφεσον οπως μη γενηται αυτω χρονοτριβησαι εν τη ασια εσπευδεν γαρ ει δυνατον ην αυτω την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης γενεσθαι εις ιεροσολυμα ¹⁷ απο δε της μιλητου πεμψας εις εφεσον μετεκαλεσατο τους πρεσβυτερους της εκκλησιας ¹⁸ ως δε παρεγενοντο προς αυτον ειπεν αυτοις υμεις επιστασθε απο πρωτης ημερας αφ ης επεβην εις την ασιαν πως μεθ υμων τον παντα χρονον εγενομην ¹⁹ δουλευων τω κυριω μετα πασης ταπεινοφροσυνης και πολλων δακρυων και πειρασμων των συμβαντων μοι εν ταις επιβουλαις των ιουδαιων ²⁰ ως ουδεν υπεστειλαμην των συμφεροντων του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν και διδαξαι υμας δημοσια και κατ οικους ²¹ διαμαρτυρομενος ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν την εις τον θεον μετανοιαν και πιστιν την εις τον κυριον ημων ιησουν χριστον ²² και νυν ιδου εγω δεδεμενος τω πνευματι πορευομαι εις ιερουσαλημ τα εν αυτη συναντησοντα μοι μη ειδως ²³ πλην οτι το πνευμα το αγιον κατα πολιν διαμαρτυρεται λεγον οτι δεσμα με και θλιψεις μενουσιν ²⁴ αλλ ουδενος λογον ποιουμαι ουδε εχω την ψυχην μου τιμιαν εμαυτω ως τελειωσαι τον δρομον μου μετα χαρας και την διακονιαν ην ελαβον παρα του κυριου ιησου διαμαρτυρασθαι το ευαγγελιον της χαριτος του θεου ²⁵ και νυν ιδου εγω οιδα οτι ουκετι οψεσθε το προσωπον μου υμεις παντες εν οις διηλθον κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου ²⁶ διο μαρτυρομαι υμιν εν τη σημερον ημερα οτι καθαρος εγω απο του αιματος παντων ²⁷ ου γαρ υπεστειλαμην του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν πασαν την βουλην του θεου ²⁸ προσεχετε ουν εαυτοις και παντι τω ποιμνιω εν ω υμας το πνευμα το αγιον εθετο επισκοπους ποιμαινειν την εκκλησιαν του θεου ην περιεποιησατο δια του ιδιου αιματος ²⁹ εγω γαρ οιδα τουτο οτι εισελευσονται μετα την αφιξιν μου λυκοι βαρεις εις υμας μη φειδομενοι του ποιμνιου ³⁰ και εξ υμων αυτων αναστησονται ανδρες λαλουντες διεστραμμενα του αποσπαν τους μαθητας οπισω αυτων ³¹ διο γρηγορειτε μνημονευοντες οτι τριετιαν νυκτα και ημεραν ουκ επαυσαμην μετα δακρυων νουθετων ενα εκαστον ³² και τανυν παρατιθεμαι υμας αδελφοι τω θεω και τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου τω δυναμενω εποικοδομησαι και δουναι υμιν κληρονομιαν εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πασιν ³³ αργυριου η χρυσιου η ιματισμου ουδενος επεθυμησα ³⁴ αυτοι δε γινωσκετε οτι ταις χρειαις μου και τοις ουσιν μετ εμου υπηρετησαν αι χειρες αυται ³⁵ παντα υπεδειξα υμιν οτι ουτως κοπιωντας δει αντιλαμβανεσθαι των ασθενουντων μνημονευειν τε των λογων του κυριου ιησου οτι αυτος ειπεν μακαριον εστιν διδοναι μαλλον η λαμβανειν ³⁶ και ταυτα ειπων θεις τα γονατα αυτου συν πασιν αυτοις προσηυξατο ³⁷ ικανος δε εγενετο κλαυθμος παντων και επιπεσοντες επι τον τραχηλον του παυλου κατεφιλουν αυτον ³⁸ οδυνωμενοι μαλιστα επι τω λογω ω ειρηκει οτι ουκετι μελλουσιν το προσωπον αυτου θεωρειν προεπεμπον δε αυτον εις το πλοιον

LXX_WH⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 PREP μετα G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-ASN το G3973 [G5670] V-AMN παυσασθαι G3588 T-ASM τον G2351 N-ASM θορυβον G3343 [G5666] V-ADP-NSM μεταπεμψαμενος G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G3588 T-APM τους G3101 N-APM μαθητας G2532 CONJ και G3870 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM παρακαλεσας G782 [G5666] V-ADP-NSM ασπασαμενος G1831 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν G4198 [G5738] V-PNN πορευεσθαι G1519 PREP εις G3109 N-ASF μακεδονιαν

2 G1330 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM διελθων G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G1565 D-APN εκεινα G2532 CONJ και G3870 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM παρακαλεσας G846 P-APM αυτους G3056 N-DSM λογω G4183 A-DSM πολλω G2064 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S ηλθεν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1671 N-ASF ελλαδα

3 G4160 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM ποιησας G5037 PRT τε G3376 N-APM μηνας G5140 A-APM τρεις G1096 [G5637] V-2ADP-GSF γενομενης G1917 N-GSF επιβουλης G846 P-DSM αυτω G5259 PREP υπο G3588 T-GPM των G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων G3195 [G5723] V-PAP-DSM μελλοντι G321 [G5745] V-PPN αναγεσθαι G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G4947 N-ASF συριαν G1096 [G5633] V-2ADI-3S εγενετο G1106 N-GSF γνωμης G3588 T-GSM του G5290 [G5721] V-PAN υποστρεφειν G1223 PREP δια G3109 N-GSF μακεδονιας

4 G4902 [G5711] V-INI-3S συνειπετο G1161 CONJ δε G846 P-DSM αυτω G4986 N-NSM σωπατρος G4450 N-GSM πυρρου G961 A-NSM βεροιαιος G2331 N-GPM θεσσαλονικεων G1161 CONJ δε G708 N-NSM αρισταρχος G2532 CONJ και G4580 N-NSM σεκουνδος G2532 CONJ και G1050 N-NSM γαιος G1190 A-NSM δερβαιος G2532 CONJ και G5095 N-NSM τιμοθεος G774 N-NPM ασιανοι G1161 CONJ δε G5190 N-NSM τυχικος G2532 CONJ και G5161 N-NSM τροφιμος

5 G3778 D-NPM ουτοι G1161 CONJ δε G4334 [G5631] V-2AAP-NPM | προσελθοντες G4281 [G5631] V-2AAP-NPM | προελθοντες G3306 [G5707] V-IAI-3P | εμενον G2248 P-1AP ημας G1722 PREP εν G5174 N-DSF τρωαδι

6 G2249 P-1NP ημεις G1161 CONJ δε G1602 [G5656] V-AAI-1P εξεπλευσαμεν G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-APF τας G2250 N-APF ημερας G3588 T-GPN των G106 A-GPN αζυμων G575 PREP απο G5375 N-GSM φιλιππων G2532 CONJ και G2064 [G5627] V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G4314 PREP προς G846 P-APM αυτους G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G5174 N-ASF τρωαδα G891 PREP αχρις G2250 N-GPF ημερων G4002 A-NUI πεντε G3757 ADV | ου G3699 ADV | οπου G1304 [G5656] V-AAI-1P | διετριψαμεν G2250 N-APF ημερας G2033 A-NUI επτα

7 G1722 PREP εν G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-DSF τη G1520 A-DSF μια G3588 T-GPN των G4521 N-GPN σαββατων G4863 [G5772] V-RPP-GPM συνηγμενων G2257 P-1GP ημων G2806 [G5658] V-AAN κλασαι G740 N-ASM αρτον G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G1256 [G5711] V-INI-3S διελεγετο G846 P-DPM αυτοις G3195 [G5723] V-PAP-NSM μελλων G1826 [G5750] V-PXN εξιεναι G3588 T-DSF τη G1887 ADV επαυριον G3905 [G5707] V-IAI-3S παρετεινεν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-ASM τον G3056 N-ASM λογον G3360 ADV μεχρι G3317 N-GSN μεσονυκτιου

8 G2258 [G5713] V-IXI-3P ησαν G1161 CONJ δε G2985 N-NPF λαμπαδες G2425 A-NPF ικαναι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSN τω G5253 N-DSN υπερωω G3757 ADV ου G1510 [G5713] V-IXI-1P ημεν G4863 [G5772] V-RPP-NPM συνηγμενοι

9 G2516 [G5740] V-PNP-NSM καθεζομενος G1161 CONJ δε G5100 X-NSM τις G3494 N-NSM νεανιας G3686 N-DSN ονοματι G2161 N-NSM ευτυχος G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-GSF της G2376 N-GSF θυριδος G2702 [G5746] V-PPP-NSM καταφερομενος G5258 N-DSM υπνω G901 A-DSM βαθει G1256 [G5740] V-PNP-GSM διαλεγομενου G3588 T-GSM του G3972 N-GSM παυλου G1909 PREP επι G4119 A-ASN-C πλειον G2702 [G5685] V-APP-NSM κατενεχθεις G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSM του G5258 N-GSM υπνου G4098 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S επεσεν G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSN του G5152 N-GSN τριστεγου G2736 ADV κατω G2532 CONJ και G142 [G5681] V-API-3S ηρθη G3498 A-NSM νεκρος

10 G2597 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM καταβας G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G1968 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S επεπεσεν G846 P-DSM αυτω G2532 CONJ και G4843 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM συμπεριλαβων G2036 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G3361 PRT-N μη G2350 [G5744] V-PPM-2P θορυβεισθε G3588 T-NSF η G1063 CONJ γαρ G5590 N-NSF ψυχη G846 P-GSM αυτου G1722 PREP εν G846 P-DSM αυτω G2076 [G5748] V-PXI-3S εστιν

11 G305 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM αναβας G1161 CONJ δε G2532 CONJ | " και " G2532 CONJ | και G2806 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM | κλασας G3588 T-ASM τον G740 N-ASM αρτον G2532 CONJ και G1089 [G5666] V-ADP-NSM γευσαμενος G1909 PREP εφ G2425 A-ASN ικανον G5037 PRT τε G3656 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM ομιλησας G891 PREP αχρις G827 N-GSF αυγης G3779 ADV ουτως G1831 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν

12 G71 [G5627] V-2AAI-3P ηγαγον G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-ASM τον G3816 N-ASM παιδα G2198 [G5723] V-PAP-ASM ζωντα G2532 CONJ και G3870 [G5681] V-API-3P παρεκληθησαν G3756 PRT-N ου G3357 ADV μετριως

13 G2249 P-1NP ημεις G1161 CONJ δε G4281 [G5631] V-2AAP-NPM προελθοντες G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASN το G4143 N-ASN πλοιον G321 [G5681] V-API-1P ανηχθημεν G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASF την G789 N-ASF ασσον G1564 ADV εκειθεν G3195 [G5723] V-PAP-NPM μελλοντες G353 [G5721] V-PAN αναλαμβανειν G3588 T-ASM τον G3972 N-ASM παυλον G3779 ADV ουτως G1063 CONJ γαρ G1299 [G5772] V-RPP-NSM διατεταγμενος G2258 [G5713] V-IXI-3S ην G3195 [G5723] V-PAP-NSM μελλων G846 P-NSM αυτος G3978 [G5721] V-PAN πεζευειν

14 G5613 ADV ως G1161 CONJ δε G4820 [G5707] V-IAI-3S συνεβαλλεν G2254 P-1DP ημιν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G789 N-ASF ασσον G353 [G5631] V-2AAP-NPM αναλαβοντες G846 P-ASM αυτον G2064 [G5627] V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G1519 PREP εις G3412 N-ASF μιτυληνην

15 G2547 ADV-C κακειθεν G636 [G5660] V-AAP-NPM αποπλευσαντες G3588 T-DSF τη G1966 [G5752] V-PXP-DSF επιουση G2658 [G5656] V-AAI-1P κατηντησαμεν G481 ADV αντικρυς G5508 N-GSF χιου G3588 T-DSF τη G1161 CONJ δε G2087 A-DSF ετερα G3846 [G5627] V-2AAI-1P παρεβαλομεν G1519 PREP εις G4544 N-ASF σαμον G3588 T-DSF τη G1161 CONJ δε G2192 [G5746] V-PPP-DSF εχομενη G2064 [G5627] V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G1519 PREP εις G3399 N-ASF μιλητον

16 G2919 [G5715] V-LAI-3S κεκρικει G1063 CONJ γαρ G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G3896 [G5658] V-AAN παραπλευσαι G3588 T-ASF την G2181 N-ASF εφεσον G3704 ADV οπως G3361 PRT-N μη G1096 [G5638] V-2ADS-3S γενηται G846 P-DSM αυτω G5551 [G5658] V-AAN χρονοτριβησαι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G773 N-DSF ασια G4692 [G5707] V-IAI-3S εσπευδεν G1063 CONJ γαρ G1487 COND ει G1415 A-NSN δυνατον G1498 [G5751] V-PXO-3S ειη G846 P-DSM αυτω G3588 T-ASF την G2250 N-ASF ημεραν G3588 T-GSF της G4005 N-GSF πεντηκοστης G1096 [G5635] V-2ADN γενεσθαι G1519 PREP εις G2414 N-ASF ιεροσολυμα

17 G575 PREP απο G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-GSF της G3399 N-GSF μιλητου G3992 [G5660] V-AAP-NSM πεμψας G1519 PREP εις G2181 N-ASF εφεσον G3333 [G5668] V-AMI-3S μετεκαλεσατο G3588 T-APM τους G4245 A-APM πρεσβυτερους G3588 T-GSF της G1577 N-GSF εκκλησιας

18 G5613 ADV ως G1161 CONJ δε G3854 [G5633] V-2ADI-3P παρεγενοντο G4314 PREP προς G846 P-ASM αυτον G2036 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G846 P-DPM αυτοις G5210 P-2NP υμεις G1987 [G5736] V-PNI-2P επιστασθε G575 PREP απο G4413 A-GSF πρωτης G2250 N-GSF ημερας G575 PREP αφ G3739 R-GSF ης G1910 [G5627] V-2AAI-1S επεβην G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G773 N-ASF ασιαν G4459 ADV πως G3326 PREP μεθ G5216 P-2GP υμων G3588 T-ASM τον G3956 A-ASM παντα G5550 N-ASM χρονον G1096 [G5633] V-2ADI-1S εγενομην

19 G1398 [G5723] V-PAP-NSM δουλευων G3588 T-DSM τω G2962 N-DSM κυριω G3326 PREP μετα G3956 A-GSF πασης G5012 N-GSF ταπεινοφροσυνης G2532 CONJ και G1144 N-GPN δακρυων G2532 CONJ και G3986 N-GPM πειρασμων G3588 T-GPM των G4819 [G5631] V-2AAP-GPM συμβαντων G3427 P-1DS μοι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPF ταις G1917 N-DPF επιβουλαις G3588 T-GPM των G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων

20 G5613 ADV ως G3762 A-ASN ουδεν G5288 [G5668] V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην G3588 T-GPN των G4851 [G5723] V-PAP-GPN συμφεροντων G3588 T-GSM του G3361 PRT-N μη G312 [G5658] V-AAN αναγγειλαι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G2532 CONJ και G1321 [G5658] V-AAN διδαξαι G5209 P-2AP υμας G1219 ADV δημοσια G2532 CONJ και G2596 PREP κατ G3624 N-APM οικους

21 G1263 [G5740] V-PNP-NSM διαμαρτυρομενος G2453 A-DPM ιουδαιοις G5037 PRT τε G2532 CONJ και G1672 N-DPM ελλησιν G3588 T-ASF την G1519 PREP εις G2316 N-ASM θεον G3341 N-ASF μετανοιαν G2532 CONJ και G4102 N-ASF πιστιν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASM τον G2962 N-ASM κυριον G2257 P-1GP ημων G2424 N-ASM ιησουν

22 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV νυν G2400 [G5628] V-2AAM-2S ιδου G1210 [G5772] V-RPP-NSM δεδεμενος G1473 P-1NS εγω G3588 T-DSN τω G4151 N-DSN πνευματι G4198 [G5736] V-PNI-1S πορευομαι G1519 PREP εις G2419 N-PRI ιερουσαλημ G3588 T-APN τα G1722 PREP εν G846 P-DSF αυτη G4876 [G5694] V-FAP-APN συναντησοντα G1698 P-1DS | εμοι G3427 P-1DS | μοι G3361 PRT-N | μη G1492 [G5761] V-RAP-NSM ειδως

23 G4133 ADV πλην G3754 CONJ οτι G3588 T-NSN το G4151 N-NSN πνευμα G3588 T-NSN το G40 A-NSN αγιον G2596 PREP κατα G4172 N-ASF πολιν G1263 [G5736] V-PNI-3S διαμαρτυρεται G3427 P-1DS μοι G3004 [G5723] V-PAP-NSN λεγον G3754 CONJ οτι G1199 N-NPN δεσμα G2532 CONJ και G2347 N-NPF θλιψεις G3165 P-1AS με G3306 [G5719] V-PAI-3P μενουσιν

24 G235 CONJ αλλ G3762 A-GSN ουδενος G3056 N-GSM λογου G4160 [G5731] V-PMI-1S ποιουμαι G3588 T-ASF την G5590 N-ASF ψυχην G5093 A-ASF τιμιαν G1683 F-1DSM εμαυτω G5613 ADV ως G5048 [G5661] V-AAS-1S | τελειωσω G5048 [G5658] V-AAN | τελειωσαι G3588 T-ASM | τον G1408 N-ASM δρομον G3450 P-1GS μου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-ASF την G1248 N-ASF διακονιαν G3739 R-ASF ην G2983 [G5627] V-2AAI-1S ελαβον G3844 PREP παρα G3588 T-GSM του G2962 N-GSM κυριου G2424 N-GSM ιησου G1263 [G5664] V-ADN διαμαρτυρασθαι G3588 T-ASN το G2098 N-ASN ευαγγελιον G3588 T-GSF της G5485 N-GSF χαριτος G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου

25 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV νυν G2400 [G5628] V-2AAM-2S ιδου G1473 P-1NS εγω G1492 [G5758] V-RAI-1S οιδα G3754 CONJ οτι G3765 ADV ουκετι G3700 [G5695] V-FDI-2P οψεσθε G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G3450 P-1GS μου G5210 P-2NP υμεις G3956 A-NPM παντες G1722 PREP εν G3739 R-DPM οις G1330 [G5627] V-2AAI-1S διηλθον G2784 [G5723] V-PAP-NSM κηρυσσων G3588 T-ASF την G932 N-ASF βασιλειαν

26 G1360 CONJ διοτι G3143 [G5736] V-PNI-1S μαρτυρομαι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G4594 ADV σημερον G2250 N-DSF ημερα G3754 CONJ οτι G2513 A-NSM καθαρος G1510 [G5748] V-PXI-1S ειμι G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSN του G129 N-GSN αιματος G3956 A-GPM παντων

27 G3756 PRT-N ου G1063 CONJ γαρ G5288 [G5668] V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην G3588 T-GSM του G3361 PRT-N μη G312 [G5658] V-AAN αναγγειλαι G3956 A-ASF πασαν G3588 T-ASF την G1012 N-ASF βουλην G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου G5213 P-2DP υμιν

28 G4337 [G5720] V-PAM-2P προσεχετε G1438 F-3DPM εαυτοις G2532 CONJ και G3956 A-DSN παντι G3588 T-DSN τω G4168 N-DSN ποιμνιω G1722 PREP εν G3739 R-DSN ω G5209 P-2AP υμας G3588 T-NSN το G4151 N-NSN πνευμα G3588 T-NSN το G40 A-NSN αγιον G5087 [G5639] V-2AMI-3S εθετο G1985 N-APM επισκοπους G4165 [G5721] V-PAN ποιμαινειν G3588 T-ASF την G1577 N-ASF εκκλησιαν G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου G3739 R-ASF ην G4046 [G5668] V-AMI-3S περιεποιησατο G1223 PREP δια G3588 T-GSN του G129 N-GSN αιματος G3588 T-GSM του G2398 A-GSM ιδιου

29 G1473 P-1NS εγω G1492 [G5758] V-RAI-1S οιδα G3754 CONJ οτι G1525 [G5695] V-FDI-3P εισελευσονται G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-ASF την G867 N-ASF αφιξιν G3450 P-1GS μου G3074 N-NPM λυκοι G926 A-NPM βαρεις G1519 PREP εις G5209 P-2AP υμας G3361 PRT-N μη G5339 [G5740] V-PNP-NPM φειδομενοι G3588 T-GSN του G4168 N-GSN ποιμνιου

30 G2532 CONJ και G1537 PREP εξ G5216 P-2GP υμων G846 P-GPM | " αυτων " G846 P-GPM | αυτων G450 [G5698] V-FMI-3P | αναστησονται G435 N-NPM ανδρες G2980 [G5723] V-PAP-NPM λαλουντες G1294 [G5772] V-RPP-APN διεστραμμενα G3588 T-GSM του G645 [G5721] V-PAN αποσπαν G3588 T-APM τους G3101 N-APM μαθητας G3694 ADV οπισω G1438 F-3GPM | εαυτων G846 P-GPM | αυτων |

31 G1352 CONJ διο G1127 [G5720] V-PAM-2P γρηγορειτε G3421 [G5723] V-PAP-NPM μνημονευοντες G3754 CONJ οτι G5148 N-ASF τριετιαν G3571 N-ASF νυκτα G2532 CONJ και G2250 N-ASF ημεραν G3756 PRT-N ουκ G3973 [G5668] V-AMI-1S επαυσαμην G3326 PREP μετα G1144 N-GPN δακρυων G3560 [G5723] V-PAP-NSM νουθετων G1520 A-ASM ενα G1538 A-ASM εκαστον

32 G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-APN τα G3568 ADV νυν G3908 [G5731] V-PMI-1S παρατιθεμαι G5209 P-2AP υμας G3588 T-DSM τω G2962 N-DSM | κυριω G2316 N-DSM | θεω G2532 CONJ | και G3588 T-DSM τω G3056 N-DSM λογω G3588 T-GSF της G5485 N-GSF χαριτος G846 P-GSM αυτου G3588 T-DSM τω G1410 [G5740] V-PNP-DSM δυναμενω G3618 [G5658] V-AAN οικοδομησαι G2532 CONJ και G1325 [G5629] V-2AAN δουναι G3588 T-ASF την G2817 N-ASF κληρονομιαν G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPM τοις G37 [G5772] V-RPP-DPM ηγιασμενοις G3956 A-DPM πασιν

33 G694 N-GSN αργυριου G2228 PRT η G5553 N-GSN χρυσιου G2228 PRT η G2441 N-GSM ιματισμου G3762 A-GSM ουδενος G1937 [G5656] V-AAI-1S επεθυμησα

34 G846 P-NPM αυτοι G1097 [G5719] V-PAI-2P γινωσκετε G3754 CONJ οτι G3588 T-DPF ταις G5532 N-DPF χρειαις G3450 P-1GS μου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-DPM τοις G5607 [G5752] V-PXP-DPM ουσιν G3326 PREP μετ G1700 P-1GS εμου G5256 [G5656] V-AAI-3P υπηρετησαν G3588 T-NPF αι G5495 N-NPF χειρες G3778 D-NPF αυται

35 G3956 A-APN παντα G5263 [G5656] V-AAI-1S υπεδειξα G5213 P-2DP υμιν G3754 CONJ οτι G3779 ADV ουτως G2872 [G5723] V-PAP-APM κοπιωντας G1163 [G5904] V-PQI-3S δει G482 [G5738] V-PNN αντιλαμβανεσθαι G3588 T-GPM των G770 [G5723] V-PAP-GPM ασθενουντων G3421 [G5721] V-PAN μνημονευειν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-GPM των G3056 N-GPM λογων G3588 T-GSM του G2962 N-GSM κυριου G2424 N-GSM ιησου G3754 CONJ οτι G846 P-NSM αυτος G2036 [G5627] V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G3107 A-NSN μακαριον G2076 [G5748] V-PXI-3S εστιν G3123 ADV μαλλον G1325 [G5721] V-PAN διδοναι G2228 PRT η G2983 [G5721] V-PAN λαμβανειν

36 G2532 CONJ και G5023 D-APN ταυτα G2036 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM ειπων G5087 [G5631] V-2AAP-NSM θεις G3588 T-APN τα G1119 N-APN γονατα G846 P-GSM αυτου G4862 PREP συν G3956 A-DPM πασιν G846 P-DPM αυτοις G4336 [G5662] V-ADI-3S προσηυξατο

37 G2425 A-NSM ικανος G1161 CONJ δε G2805 N-NSM κλαυθμος G1096 [G5633] V-2ADI-3S εγενετο G3956 A-GPM παντων G2532 CONJ και G1968 [G5631] V-2AAP-NPM επιπεσοντες G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASM τον G5137 N-ASM τραχηλον G3588 T-GSM του G3972 N-GSM παυλου G2705 [G5707] V-IAI-3P κατεφιλουν G846 P-ASM αυτον

38 G3600 [G5746] V-PPP-NPM οδυνωμενοι G3122 ADV μαλιστα G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-DSM τω G3056 N-DSM λογω G3739 R-DSM ω G2046 [G5715] V-LAI-3S-ATT ειρηκει G3754 CONJ οτι G3765 ADV ουκετι G3195 [G5719] V-PAI-3P μελλουσιν G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 P-GSM αυτου G2334 [G5721] V-PAN θεωρειν G4311 [G5707] V-IAI-3P προεπεμπον G1161 CONJ δε G846 P-ASM αυτον G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASN το G4143 N-ASN πλοιον

Tischendorf⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 PREP Μετὰ G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-ASN τὸ G3973 V-AMN παύσασθαι G3588 T-ASM τὸν G2351 N-ASM θόρυβον G3343 V-ADP-NSM μεταπεμψάμενος G3588 T-NSM ὁ G3972 N-NSM Παῦλος G3588 T-APM τοὺς G3101 N-APM μαθητὰς G2532 CONJ καὶ G3870 V-AAP-NSM παρακαλέσας, G782 V-ADP-NSM ἀσπασάμενος G1831 V-2AAI-3S ἐξῆλθεν G4198 V-PNN πορεύεσθαι G1519 PREP εἰς G3109 N-ASF Μακεδονίαν.

2 G1330 V-2AAP-NSM διελθὼν G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-APN τὰ G3313 N-APN μέρη G1565 D-APN ἐκεῖνα G2532 CONJ καὶ G3870 V-AAP-NSM παρακαλέσας G846 P-APM αὐτοὺς G3056 N-DSM λόγῳ G4183 A-DSM πολλῷ G2064 V-2AAI-3S ἦλθεν G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASF τὴν G1671 N-ASF Ἑλλάδα,

3 G4160 V-AAP-NSM ποιήσας G5037 PRT τε G3376 N-APM μῆνας G5140 A-APM τρεῖς G1096 V-2ADP-GSF γενομένης G1917 N-GSF ἐπιβουλῆς G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G5259 PREP ὑπὸ G3588 T-GPM τῶν G2453 A-GPM Ἰουδαίων G3195 V-PAP-DSM μέλλοντι G321 V-PPN ἀνάγεσθαι G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASF τὴν G4947 N-ASF Συρίαν G1096 V-2ADI-3S ἐγένετο G1106 N-GSF γνώμης G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G5290 V-PAN ὑποστρέφειν G1223 PREP διὰ G3109 N-GSF Μακεδονίας.

4 G4902 V-INI-3S συνείπετο G1161 CONJ δὲ G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G4986 N-NSM Σώπατρος G4450 N-GSM Πύρρου G961 A-NSM Βεροιαῖος, G2331 N-GPM Θεσσαλονικέων G1161 CONJ δὲ G708 N-NSM Ἀρίσταρχος G2532 CONJ καὶ G4580 N-NSM Σεκοῦνδος, G2532 CONJ καὶ G1050 N-NSM Γάϊος G1190 A-NSM Δερβαῖος G2532 CONJ καὶ G5095 N-NSM Τιμόθεος, G774 N-NPM Ἀσιανοὶ G1161 CONJ δὲ G5190 N-NSM Τυχικὸς G2532 CONJ καὶ G5161 N-NSM Τρόφιμος.

5 G3778 D-NPM οὗτοι G1161 CONJ δὲ G4281 V-2AAP-NPM προελθόντες G3306 V-IAI-3P ἔμενον G2248 P-1AP ἡμᾶς G1722 PREP ἐν G5174 N-DSF Τρῳάδι·

6 G2248 P-1NP ἡμεῖς G1161 CONJ δὲ G1602 V-AAI-1P ἐξεπλεύσαμεν G3326 PREP μετὰ G3588 T-APF τὰς G2250 N-APF ἡμέρας G3588 T-GPN τῶν G106 A-GPN ἀζύμων G575 PREP ἀπὸ G5375 N-GSM Φιλίππων, G2532 CONJ καὶ G2064 V-2AAI-1P ἤλθομεν G4314 PREP πρὸς G846 P-APM αὐτοὺς G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASF τὴν G5174 N-ASF Τρῳάδα G891 ADV ἄχρι G2250 N-GPF ἡμερῶν G4002 A-NUI πέντε, G3699 ADV ὅπου G1304 V-AAI-1P διετρίψαμεν G2250 N-APF ἡμέρας G2033 A-NUI ἑπτά.

7 G1722 PREP ἐν G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-DSF τῇ G1520 A-DSF μιᾷ G3588 T-GPN τῶν G4521 N-GPN σαββάτων G4863 V-RPP-GPM συνηγμένων G2248 P-1GP ἡμῶν G2806 V-AAN κλάσαι G740 N-ASM ἄρτον G3588 T-NSM ὁ G3972 N-NSM Παῦλος G1256 V-INI-3S διελέγετο G846 P-DPM αὐτοῖς, G3195 V-PAP-NSM μέλλων G1826 V-PAN ἐξιέναι G3588 T-DSF τῇ G1887 ADV ἐπαύριον, G3905 V-IAI-3S παρέτεινέν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-ASM τὸν G3056 N-ASM λόγον G3360 ADV μέχρι G3317 N-GSN μεσονυκτίου.

8 G1510 V-IAI-3P ἦσαν G1161 CONJ δὲ G2985 N-NPF λαμπάδες G2425 A-NPF ἱκαναὶ G1722 PREP ἐν G3588 T-DSN τῷ G5253 N-DSN ὑπερῴῳ G3757 ADV οὗ G1510 V-IAI-1P ἦμεν G4863 V-RPP-NPM συνηγμένοι·

9 G2516 V-PNP-NSM καθεζόμενος G1161 CONJ δέ G5100 X-NSM τις G3494 N-NSM νεανίας G3686 N-DSN ὀνόματι G2161 N-NSM Εὔτυχος G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G3588 T-GSF τῆς G2376 N-GSF θυρίδος, G2702 V-PPP-NSM καταφερόμενος G5258 N-DSM ὕπνῳ G901 A-DSM βαθεῖ G1256 V-PNP-GSM διαλεγομένου G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G3972 N-GSM Παύλου G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G4119 A-ASN-C πλεῖον, G2702 V-APP-NSM κατενεχθεὶς G575 PREP ἀπὸ G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G5258 N-GSM ὕπνου G4098 V-2AAI-3S ἔπεσεν G575 PREP ἀπὸ G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G5152 N-GSN τριστέγου G2736 ADV κάτω G2532 CONJ καὶ G142 V-API-3S ἤρθη G3498 A-NSM νεκρός.

10 G2597 V-2AAP-NSM καταβὰς G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-NSM ὁ G3972 N-NSM Παῦλος G1968 V-2AAI-3S ἐπέπεσεν G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G2532 CONJ καὶ G4843 V-2AAP-NSM συμπεριλαβὼν G3004 V-2AAI-3S εἶπεν, G3361 PRT-N μὴ G2350 V-PPM-2P θορυβεῖσθε, G3588 T-NSF ἡ G1063 CONJ γὰρ G5590 N-NSF ψυχὴ G846 P-GSM αὐτοῦ G1722 PREP ἐν G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G1510 V-PAI-3S ἐστιν.

11 G305 V-2AAP-NSM ἀναβὰς G1161 CONJ δὲ G2532 CONJ καὶ G2806 V-AAP-NSM κλάσας G3588 T-ASM τὸν G740 N-ASM ἄρτον G2532 CONJ καὶ G1089 V-ADP-NSM γευσάμενος G1909 PREP ἐφ' G2425 A-ASN ἱκανόν G5037 PRT τε G3656 V-AAP-NSM ὁμιλήσας G891 ADV ἄχρι G827 N-GSF αὐγῆς G3779 ADV οὕτως G1831 V-2AAI-3S ἐξῆλθεν.

12 G71 V-2AAI-3P ἤγαγον G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-ASM τὸν G3816 N-ASM παῖδα G2198 V-PAP-ASM ζῶντα, G2532 CONJ καὶ G3870 V-API-3P παρεκλήθησαν G3756 PRT-N οὐ G3357 ADV μετρίως.

13 G2248 P-1NP Ἡμεῖς G1161 CONJ δὲ G4281 V-2AAP-NPM προελθόντες G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G3588 T-ASN τὸ G4143 N-ASN πλοῖον G321 V-API-1P ἀνήχθημεν G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G3588 T-ASF τὴν G789 N-ASF Ἄσσον, G1564 ADV ἐκεῖθεν G3195 V-PAP-NPM μέλλοντες G353 V-PAN ἀναλαμβάνειν G3588 T-ASM τὸν G3972 N-ASM Παῦλον· G3779 ADV οὕτως G1063 CONJ γὰρ G1299 V-RPP-NSM διατεταγμένος G1510 V-IAI-3S ἦν G3195 V-PAP-NSM μέλλων G846 P-NSM αὐτὸς G3978 V-PAN πεζεύειν.

14 G5613 ADV ὡς G1161 CONJ δὲ G4820 V-IAI-3S συνέβαλλεν G2248 P-1DP ἡμῖν G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASF τὴν G789 N-ASF Ἄσσον, G353 V-2AAP-NPM ἀναλαβόντες G846 P-ASM αὐτὸν G2064 V-2AAI-1P ἤλθομεν G1519 PREP εἰς G3412 N-ASF Μιτυλήνην.

15 G2547 ADV-K κἀκεῖθεν G636 V-AAP-NPM ἀποπλεύσαντες G3588 T-DSF τῇ G1966 V-PAP-DSF ἐπιούσῃ G2658 V-AAI-1P κατηντήσαμεν G481 ADV ἄντικρυς G5508 N-GSF Χίου, G3588 T-DSF τῇ G1161 CONJ δὲ G2087 A-DSF ἑτέρᾳ G3846 V-2AAI-1P παρεβάλομεν G1519 PREP εἰς G4544 N-ASF Σάμον, G3588 T-DSF τῇ G1161 CONJ δὲ G2192 V-PPP-DSF ἐχομένῃ G2064 V-2AAI-1P ἤλθομεν G1519 PREP εἰς G3399 N-ASF Μίλητον·

16 G2919 V-LAI-3S κεκρίκει G1063 CONJ γὰρ G3588 T-NSM ὁ G3972 N-NSM Παῦλος G3896 V-AAN παραπλεῦσαι G3588 T-ASF τὴν G2181 N-ASF Ἔφεσον, G3704 ADV ὅπως G3361 PRT-N μὴ G1096 V-2ADS-3S γένηται G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G5551 V-AAN χρονοτριβῆσαι G1722 PREP ἐν G3588 T-DSF τῇ G773 N-DSF Ἀσίᾳ, G4692 V-IAI-3S ἔσπευδεν G1063 CONJ γὰρ G1487 COND εἰ G1415 A-NSN δυνατὸν G1510 V-PAO-3S εἴη G846 P-DSM αὐτῷ G3588 T-ASF τὴν G2250 N-ASF ἡμέραν G3588 T-GSF τῆς G4005 N-GSF πεντηκοστῆς G1096 V-2ADN γενέσθαι G1519 PREP εἰς G2419 N-PRI Ἱερουσαλήμ.

17 G575 PREP Ἀπὸ G1161 CONJ δὲ G3588 T-GSF τῆς G3399 N-GSF Μιλήτου G3992 V-AAP-NSM πέμψας G1519 PREP εἰς G2181 N-ASF Ἔφεσον G3333 V-AMI-3S μετεκαλέσατο G3588 T-APM τοὺς G4245 A-APM-C πρεσβυτέρους G3588 T-GSF τῆς G1577 N-GSF ἐκκλησίας.

18 G5613 ADV ὡς G1161 CONJ δὲ G3854 V-2ADI-3P παρεγένοντο G4314 PREP πρὸς G846 P-ASM αὐτὸν G3004 V-2AAI-3S εἶπεν G846 P-DPM αὐτοῖς, G5210 P-2NP ὑμεῖς G1987 V-PNI-2P ἐπίστασθε G575 PREP ἀπὸ G4413 A-GSF-S πρώτης G2250 N-GSF ἡμέρας G575 PREP ἀφ' G3739 R-GSF ἧς G1910 V-2AAI-1S ἐπέβην G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASF τὴν G773 N-ASF Ἀσίαν G4459 ADV πῶς G3326 PREP μεθ' G5210 P-2GP ὑμῶν G3588 T-ASM τὸν G3956 A-ASM πάντα G5550 N-ASM χρόνον G1096 V-2ADI-1S ἐγενόμην,

19 G1398 V-PAP-NSM δουλεύων G3588 T-DSM τῷ G2962 N-DSM κυρίῳ G3326 PREP μετὰ G3956 A-GSF πάσης G5012 N-GSF ταπεινοφροσύνης G2532 CONJ καὶ G1144 N-GPN δακρύων G2532 CONJ καὶ G3986 N-GPM πειρασμῶν G3588 T-GPM τῶν G4819 V-2AAP-GPM συμβάντων G1473 P-1DS μοι G1722 PREP ἐν G3588 T-DPF ταῖς G1917 N-DPF ἐπιβουλαῖς G3588 T-GPM τῶν G2453 A-GPM Ἰουδαίων·

20 G5613 ADV ὡς G3762 A-ASN-N οὐδὲν G5288 V-AMI-1S ὑπεστειλάμην G3588 T-GPN τῶν G4851 V-PAP-GPN συμφερόντων G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G3361 PRT-N μὴ G312 V-AAN ἀναγγεῖλαι G5210 P-2DP ὑμῖν G2532 CONJ καὶ G1321 V-AAN διδάξαι G5210 P-2AP ὑμᾶς G1219 ADV δημοσίᾳ G2532 CONJ καὶ G2596 PREP κατ' G3624 N-APM οἴκους,

21 G1263 V-PNP-NSM διαμαρτυρόμενος G2453 A-DPM Ἰουδαίοις G5037 PRT τε G2532 CONJ καὶ G1672 N-DPM Ἕλλησιν G3588 T-ASF τὴν G1519 PREP εἰς G2316 N-ASM θεὸν G3341 N-ASF μετάνοιαν G2532 CONJ καὶ G4102 N-ASF πίστιν G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASM τὸν G2962 N-ASM κύριον G2248 P-1GP ἡμῶν G2424 N-ASM Ἰησοῦν G5547 N-ASM Χριστόν.

22 G2532 CONJ καὶ G3568 ADV νῦν G3708 V-2AAM-2S ἰδοὺ G1210 V-RPP-NSM δεδεμένος G1473 P-1NS ἐγὼ G3588 T-DSN τῷ G4151 N-DSN πνεύματι G4198 V-PNI-1S πορεύομαι G1519 PREP εἰς G2419 N-PRI Ἱερουσαλήμ, G3588 T-APN τὰ G1722 PREP ἐν G846 P-DSF αὐτῇ G4876 V-FAP-APN συναντήσοντά G1473 P-1DS ἐμοὶ G3361 PRT-N μὴ G1492 V-RAP-NSM εἰδώς,

23 G4133 ADV πλὴν G3754 CONJ ὅτι G3588 T-NSN τὸ G4151 N-NSN πνεῦμα G3588 T-NSN τὸ G40 A-NSN ἅγιον G2596 PREP κατὰ G4172 N-ASF πόλιν G1263 V-PNI-3S διαμαρτύρεταί G1473 P-1DS μοι G3004 V-PAP-NSN λέγον G3754 CONJ ὅτι G1199 N-NPN δεσμὰ G2532 CONJ καὶ G2347 N-NPF θλίψεις G1473 P-1AS με G3306 V-PAI-3P μένουσιν.

24 G235 CONJ ἀλλ' G3762 A-GSN-N οὐδενὸς G3056 N-GSM λόγου G4160 V-PMI-1S ποιοῦμαι G3588 T-ASF τὴν G5590 N-ASF ψυχὴν G5093 A-ASF τιμίαν G1683 F-1DSM ἐμαυτῷ G5613 ADV ὡς G5048 V-AAN τελειῶσαι G3588 T-ASM τὸν G1408 N-ASM δρόμον G1473 P-1GS μου G2532 CONJ καὶ G3588 T-ASF τὴν G1248 N-ASF διακονίαν G3739 R-ASF ἣν G2983 V-2AAI-1S ἔλαβον G3844 PREP παρὰ G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2962 N-GSM κυρίου G2424 N-GSM Ἰησοῦ, G1263 V-ADN διαμαρτύρασθαι G3588 T-ASN τὸ G2098 N-ASN εὐαγγέλιον G3588 T-GSF τῆς G5485 N-GSF χάριτος G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2316 N-GSM θεοῦ.

25 G2532 CONJ καὶ G3568 ADV νῦν G3708 V-2AAM-2S ἰδοὺ G1473 P-1NS ἐγὼ G1492 V-RAI-1S οἶδα G3754 CONJ ὅτι G3765 ADV-N οὐκέτι G3708 V-FDI-2P ὄψεσθε G3588 T-ASN τὸ G4383 N-ASN πρόσωπόν G1473 P-1GS μου G5210 P-2NP ὑμεῖς G3956 A-NPM πάντες G1722 PREP ἐν G3739 R-DPM οἷς G1330 V-2AAI-1S διῆλθον G2784 V-PAP-NSM κηρύσσων G3588 T-ASF τὴν G932 N-ASF βασιλείαν·

26 G1360 CONJ διότι G3143 V-PNI-1S μαρτύρομαι G5210 P-2DP ὑμῖν G1722 PREP ἐν G3588 T-DSF τῇ G4594 ADV σήμερον G2250 N-DSF ἡμέρᾳ G3754 CONJ ὅτι G2513 A-NSM καθαρός G1510 V-PAI-1S εἰμι G575 PREP ἀπὸ G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G129 N-GSN αἵματος G3956 A-GPM πάντων,

27 G3756 PRT-N οὐ G1063 CONJ γὰρ G5288 V-AMI-1S ὑπεστειλάμην G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G3361 PRT-N μὴ G312 V-AAN ἀναγγεῖλαι G3956 A-ASF πᾶσαν G3588 T-ASF τὴν G1012 N-ASF βουλὴν G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2316 N-GSM θεοῦ G5210 P-2DP ὑμῖν.

28 G4337 V-PAM-2P προσέχετε G1438 F-3DPM ἑαυτοῖς G2532 CONJ καὶ G3956 A-DSN παντὶ G3588 T-DSN τῷ G4168 N-DSN ποιμνίῳ, G1722 PREP ἐν G3739 R-DSN ᾧ G5210 P-2AP ὑμᾶς G3588 T-NSN τὸ G4151 N-NSN πνεῦμα G3588 T-NSN τὸ G40 A-NSN ἅγιον G5087 V-2AMI-3S ἔθετο G1985 N-APM ἐπισκόπους, G4165 V-PAN ποιμαίνειν G3588 T-ASF τὴν G1577 N-ASF ἐκκλησίαν G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2962 N-GSM κυρίου, G3739 R-ASF ἣν G4046 V-AMI-3S περιεποιήσατο G1223 PREP διὰ G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G129 N-GSN αἵματος G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2398 A-GSM ἰδίου.

29 G1473 P-1NS ἐγὼ G1492 V-RAI-1S οἶδα G3754 CONJ ὅτι G1525 V-FDI-3P εἰσελεύσονται G3326 PREP μετὰ G3588 T-ASF τὴν G867 N-ASF ἄφιξίν G1473 P-1GS μου G3074 N-NPM λύκοι G926 A-NPM βαρεῖς G1519 PREP εἰς G5210 P-2AP ὑμᾶς G3361 PRT-N μὴ G5339 V-PNP-NPM φειδόμενοι G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G4168 N-GSN ποιμνίου,

30 G2532 CONJ καὶ G1537 PREP ἐξ G5210 P-2GP ὑμῶν G846 P-GPM αὐτῶν G450 V-FMI-3P ἀναστήσονται G435 N-NPM ἄνδρες G2980 V-PAP-NPM λαλοῦντες G1294 V-RPP-APN διεστραμμένα G3588 T-GSN τοῦ G645 V-PAN ἀποσπᾶν G3588 T-APM τοὺς G3101 N-APM μαθητὰς G3694 ADV ὀπίσω G1438 F-3GPM ἑαυτῶν.

31 G1352 CONJ διὸ G1127 V-PAM-2P γρηγορεῖτε, G3421 V-PAP-NPM μνημονεύοντες G3754 CONJ ὅτι G5148 N-ASF τριετίαν G3571 N-ASF νύκτα G2532 CONJ καὶ G2250 N-ASF ἡμέραν G3756 PRT-N οὐκ G3973 V-AMI-1S ἐπαυσάμην G3326 PREP μετὰ G1144 N-GPN δακρύων G3560 V-PAP-NSM νουθετῶν G1520 A-ASM ἕνα G1538 A-ASM ἕκαστον.

32 G2532 CONJ καὶ G3588 T-APN τὰ G3568 ADV νῦν G3908 V-PMI-1S παρατίθεμαι G5210 P-2AP ὑμᾶς G3588 T-DSM τῷ G2316 N-DSM θεῷ G2532 CONJ καὶ G3588 T-DSM τῷ G3056 N-DSM λόγῳ G3588 T-GSF τῆς G5485 N-GSF χάριτος G846 P-GSM αὐτοῦ G3588 T-DSM τῷ G1410 V-PNP-DSM δυναμένῳ G3618 V-AAN οἰκοδομῆσαι G2532 CONJ καὶ G1325 V-2AAN δοῦναι G3588 T-ASF τὴν G2817 N-ASF κληρονομίαν G1722 PREP ἐν G3588 T-DPM τοῖς G37 V-RPP-DPM ἡγιασμένοις G3956 A-DPM πᾶσιν.

33 G694 N-GSN ἀργυρίου G2228 PRT ἢ G5553 N-GSN χρυσίου G2228 PRT ἢ G2441 N-GSM ἱματισμοῦ G3762 A-GSM-N οὐδενὸς G1937 V-AAI-1S ἐπεθύμησα·

34 G846 P-NPM αὐτοὶ G1097 V-PAI-2P γινώσκετε G3754 CONJ ὅτι G3588 T-DPF ταῖς G5532 N-DPF χρείαις G1473 P-1GS μου G2532 CONJ καὶ G3588 T-DPM τοῖς G1510 V-PAP-DPM οὖσιν G3326 PREP μετ' G1473 P-1GS ἐμοῦ G5256 V-AAI-3P ὑπηρέτησαν G3588 T-NPF αἱ G5495 N-NPF χεῖρες G3778 D-NPF αὗται.

35 G3956 A-APN πάντα G5263 V-AAI-1S ὑπέδειξα G5210 P-2DP ὑμῖν G3754 CONJ ὅτι G3779 ADV οὕτως G2872 V-PAP-APM κοπιῶντας G1163 V-PAI-3S δεῖ G482 V-PNN ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι G3588 T-GPM τῶν G770 V-PAP-GPM ἀσθενούντων, G3421 V-PAN μνημονεύειν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-GPM τῶν G3056 N-GPM λόγων G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G2962 N-GSM κυρίου G2424 N-GSM Ἰησοῦ, G3754 CONJ ὅτι G846 P-NSM αὐτὸς G3004 V-2AAI-3S εἶπεν· G3107 A-NSN μακάριόν G1510 V-PAI-3S ἐστιν G3123 ADV μᾶλλον G1325 V-PAN διδόναι G2228 PRT ἢ G2983 V-PAN λαμβάνειν.

36 G2532 CONJ καὶ G3778 D-APN ταῦτα G3004 V-2AAP-NSM εἰπὼν G5087 V-2AAP-NSM θεὶς G3588 T-APN τὰ G1119 N-APN γόνατα G846 P-GSM αὐτοῦ G4862 PREP σὺν G3956 A-DPM πᾶσιν G846 P-DPM αὐτοῖς G4336 V-ADI-3S προσηύξατο.

37 G2425 A-NSM ἱκανὸς G1161 CONJ δὲ G2805 N-NSM κλαυθμὸς G1096 V-2ADI-3S ἐγένετο G3956 A-GPM πάντων, G2532 CONJ καὶ G1968 V-2AAP-NPM ἐπιπεσόντες G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G3588 T-ASM τὸν G5137 N-ASM τράχηλον G3588 T-GSM τοῦ G3972 N-GSM Παύλου G2705 V-IAI-3P κατεφίλουν G846 P-ASM αὐτόν,

38 G3600 V-PPP-NPM ὀδυνώμενοι G3122 ADV-S μάλιστα G1909 PREP ἐπὶ G3588 T-DSM τῷ G3056 N-DSM λόγῳ G3739 R-DSM ᾧ G2046 V-LAI-3S-ATT εἰρήκει G3754 CONJ ὅτι G3765 ADV-N οὐκέτι G3195 V-PAI-3P μέλλουσιν G3588 T-ASN τὸ G4383 N-ASN πρόσωπον G846 P-GSM αὐτοῦ G2334 V-PAN θεωρεῖν. G4311 V-IAI-3P προέπεμπον G1161 CONJ δὲ G846 P-ASM αὐτὸν G1519 PREP εἰς G3588 T-ASN τὸ G4143 N-ASN πλοῖον.

Tregelles⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹
Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ παρακαλέσας ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν πορεύεσθαι εἰς Μακεδονίαν. ²
Διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ, ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα· ³ ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. ⁴ συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ [ἄχρι τῆς Ἀσίας] Σώπατρος Πύῤῥου Βεροιαῖος, Θεσσαλονικέων δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος· Ἀσιανοὶ δὲ Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος, ⁵ οὗτοι δὲ προσελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρωάδι· ⁶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρωάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, οὗ διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. ⁷ ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, συνηγμένων ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον, ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου· ⁸ ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι. ⁹ καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω, καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. ¹⁰ καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν, Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ¹¹ ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος, ἐφ̕ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. ¹² ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. ¹³
Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἄσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον· οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος ἦν, μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. ¹⁴ ὡς δὲ συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἄσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην· ¹⁵ κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἄντικρυς Χίου, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον, τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. ¹⁶ κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἔσπευδεν γάρ, εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῷ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. ¹⁷ ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. ¹⁸ ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς, Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ̕ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ̕ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, ¹⁹ δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· ²⁰ ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ̕ οἴκους, ²¹ διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς θεὸν μετάνοιαν, καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν [χριστόν]. ²² καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς, ²³ πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν. ²⁴ ἀλλ̕ οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ, ὡς τελειώσω τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. ²⁵ καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες, ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν. ²⁶ διὸ μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ, ὅτι καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων· ²⁷ οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῖν. ²⁸ προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ κυρίου, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου. ²⁹ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου, ³⁰ καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα, τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν. ³¹ διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. ³² καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. ³³ ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα· ³⁴ αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ̕ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. ³⁵ πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν, Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν. ³⁶ Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. ³⁷ ἱκανὸς δὲ κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο πάντων, καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου, κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, ³⁸ ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον.

TR⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 PREP μετα G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-ASN το G3973 (G5670) V-AMN παυσασθαι G3588 T-ASM τον G2351 N-ASM θορυβον G4341 (G5666) V-ADP-NSM προσκαλεσαμενος G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G3588 T-APM τους G3101 N-APM μαθητας G2532 CONJ και G782 (G5666) V-ADP-NSM ασπασαμενος G1831 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν G4198 (G5677) V-AON πορευθηναι G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G3109 N-ASF μακεδονιαν

2 G1330 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM διελθων G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-APN τα G3313 N-APN μερη G1565 D-APN εκεινα G2532 CONJ και G3870 (G5660) V-AAP-NSM παρακαλεσας G846 P-APM αυτους G3056 N-DSM λογω G4183 A-DSM πολλω G2064 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S ηλθεν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G1671 N-ASF ελλαδα

3 G4160 (G5660) V-AAP-NSM ποιησας G5037 PRT τε G3376 N-APM μηνας G5140 A-APM τρεις G1096 (G5637) V-2ADP-GSF γενομενης G846 P-DSM αυτω G1917 N-GSF επιβουλης G5259 PREP υπο G3588 T-GPM των G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων G3195 (G5723) V-PAP-DSM μελλοντι G321 (G5745) V-PPN αναγεσθαι G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G4947 N-ASF συριαν G1096 (G5633) V-2ADI-3S εγενετο G1106 N-NSF γνωμη G3588 T-GSN του G5290 (G5721) V-PAN υποστρεφειν G1223 PREP δια G3109 N-GSF μακεδονιας

4 G4902 (G5711) V-INI-3S συνειπετο G1161 CONJ δε G846 P-DSM αυτω G891 PREP αχρι G3588 T-GSF της G773 N-GSF ασιας G4986 N-NSM σωπατρος G961 A-NSM βεροιαιος G2331 N-GPM θεσσαλονικεων G1161 CONJ δε G708 N-NSM αρισταρχος G2532 CONJ και G4580 N-NSM σεκουνδος G2532 CONJ και G1050 N-NSM γαιος G1190 A-NSM δερβαιος G2532 CONJ και G5095 N-NSM τιμοθεος G774 N-NPM ασιανοι G1161 CONJ δε G5190 N-NSM τυχικος G2532 CONJ και G5161 N-NSM τροφιμος

5 G3778 D-NPM ουτοι G4281 (G5631) V-2AAP-NPM προελθοντες G3306 (G5707) V-IAI-3P εμενον G2248 P-1AP ημας G1722 PREP εν G5174 N-DSF τρωαδι

6 G2249 P-1NP ημεις G1161 CONJ δε G1602 (G5656) V-AAI-1P εξεπλευσαμεν G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-APF τας G2250 N-APF ημερας G3588 T-GPN των G106 A-GPN αζυμων G575 PREP απο G5375 N-GSM φιλιππων G2532 CONJ και G2064 (G5627) V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G4314 PREP προς G846 P-APM αυτους G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G5174 N-ASF τρωαδα G891 PREP αχρις G2250 N-GPF ημερων G4002 A-NUI πεντε G3757 ADV ου G1304 (G5656) V-AAI-1P διετριψαμεν G2250 N-APF ημερας G2033 A-NUI επτα

7 G1722 PREP εν G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-DSF τη G1520 A-DSF μια G3588 T-GPN των G4521 N-GPN σαββατων G4863 (G5772) V-RPP-GPM συνηγμενων G3588 T-GPM των G3101 N-GPM μαθητων G3588 T-GSN του G2806 (G5658) V-AAN κλασαι G740 N-ASM αρτον G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G1256 (G5711) V-INI-3S διελεγετο G846 P-DPM αυτοις G3195 (G5723) V-PAP-NSM μελλων G1826 (G5750) V-PXN εξιεναι G3588 T-DSF τη G1887 ADV επαυριον G3905 (G5707) V-IAI-3S παρετεινεν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-ASM τον G3056 N-ASM λογον G3360 ADV μεχρι G3317 N-GSN μεσονυκτιου

8 G1510 (G5713) V-IXI-3P ησαν G1161 CONJ δε G2985 N-NPF λαμπαδες G2425 A-NPF ικαναι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSN τω G5253 N-DSN υπερωω G3757 ADV ου G1510 (G5713) V-IXI-3P ησαν G4863 (G5772) V-RPP-NPM συνηγμενοι

9 G2521 (G5740) V-PNP-NSM καθημενος G1161 CONJ δε G5100 X-NSM τις G3494 N-NSM νεανιας G3686 N-DSN ονοματι G2161 N-NSM ευτυχος G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-GSF της G2376 N-GSF θυριδος G2702 (G5746) V-PPP-NSM καταφερομενος G5258 N-DSM υπνω G901 A-DSM βαθει G1256 (G5740) V-PNP-GSM διαλεγομενου G3588 T-GSM του G3972 N-GSM παυλου G1909 PREP επι G4119 A-ASN-C πλειον G2702 (G5685) V-APP-NSM κατενεχθεις G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSM του G5258 N-GSM υπνου G4098 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S επεσεν G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSN του G5152 N-GSN τριστεγου G2736 ADV κατω G2532 CONJ και G142 (G5681) V-API-3S ηρθη G3498 A-NSM νεκρος

10 G2597 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM καταβας G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G1968 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S επεπεσεν G846 P-DSM αυτω G2532 CONJ και G4843 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM συμπεριλαβων G2036 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G3361 PRT-N μη G2350 (G5744) V-PPM-2P θορυβεισθε G3588 T-NSF η G1063 CONJ γαρ G5590 N-NSF ψυχη G846 P-GSM αυτου G1722 PREP εν G846 P-DSM αυτω G1510 (G5748) V-PXI-3S εστιν

11 G305 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM αναβας G1161 CONJ δε G2532 CONJ και G2806 (G5660) V-AAP-NSM κλασας G740 N-ASM αρτον G2532 CONJ και G1089 (G5666) V-ADP-NSM γευσαμενος G1909 PREP εφ G2425 A-ASN ικανον G5037 PRT τε G3656 (G5660) V-AAP-NSM ομιλησας G891 PREP αχρις G827 N-GSF αυγης G3779 ADV ουτως G1831 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν

12 G71 (G5627) V-2AAI-3P ηγαγον G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-ASM τον G3816 N-ASM παιδα G2198 (G5723) V-PAP-ASM ζωντα G2532 CONJ και G3870 (G5681) V-API-3P παρεκληθησαν G3756 PRT-N ου G3357 ADV μετριως

13 G2249 P-1NP ημεις G1161 CONJ δε G4281 (G5631) V-2AAP-NPM προελθοντες G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASN το G4143 N-ASN πλοιον G321 (G5681) V-API-1P ανηχθημεν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G789 N-ASF ασσον G1564 ADV εκειθεν G3195 (G5723) V-PAP-NPM μελλοντες G353 (G5721) V-PAN αναλαμβανειν G3588 T-ASM τον G3972 N-ASM παυλον G3779 ADV ουτως G1063 CONJ γαρ G2258 (G5713) V-IXI-3S ην G1299 (G5772) V-RPP-NSM διατεταγμενος G3195 (G5723) V-PAP-NSM μελλων G846 P-NSM αυτος G3978 (G5721) V-PAN πεζευειν

14 G5613 ADV ως G1161 CONJ δε G4820 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S συνεβαλεν G2254 P-1DP ημιν G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G789 N-ASF ασσον G353 (G5631) V-2AAP-NPM αναλαβοντες G846 P-ASM αυτον G2064 (G5627) V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G1519 PREP εις G3412 N-ASF μιτυληνην

15 G2547 ADV-C κακειθεν G636 (G5660) V-AAP-NPM αποπλευσαντες G3588 T-DSF τη G1966 (G5752) V-PXP-DSF επιουση G2658 (G5656) V-AAI-1P κατηντησαμεν G481 ADV αντικρυ G5508 N-GSF χιου G3588 T-DSF τη G1161 CONJ δε G2087 A-DSF ετερα G3846 (G5627) V-2AAI-1P παρεβαλομεν G1519 PREP εις G4544 N-ASF σαμον G2532 CONJ και G3306 (G5660) V-AAP-NPM μειναντες G1722 PREP εν G5175 N-DSN τρωγυλλιω G3588 T-DSF τη G2192 (G5746) V-PPP-DSF εχομενη G2064 (G5627) V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν G1519 PREP εις G3399 N-ASF μιλητον

16 G2919 (G5656) V-AAI-3S εκρινεν G1063 CONJ γαρ G3588 T-NSM ο G3972 N-NSM παυλος G3896 (G5658) V-AAN παραπλευσαι G3588 T-ASF την G2181 N-ASF εφεσον G3704 ADV οπως G3361 PRT-N μη G1096 (G5638) V-2ADS-3S γενηται G846 P-DSM αυτω G5551 (G5658) V-AAN χρονοτριβησαι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G773 N-DSF ασια G4692 (G5707) V-IAI-3S εσπευδεν G1063 CONJ γαρ G1487 COND ει G1415 A-NSN δυνατον G2258 (G5713) V-IXI-3S ην G846 P-DSM αυτω G3588 T-ASF την G2250 N-ASF ημεραν G3588 T-GSF της G4005 N-GSF πεντηκοστης G1096 (G5635) V-2ADN γενεσθαι G1519 PREP εις G2414 N-ASF ιεροσολυμα

17 G575 PREP απο G1161 CONJ δε G3588 T-GSF της G3399 N-GSF μιλητου G3992 (G5660) V-AAP-NSM πεμψας G1519 PREP εις G2181 N-ASF εφεσον G3333 (G5668) V-AMI-3S μετεκαλεσατο G3588 T-APM τους G4245 A-APM πρεσβυτερους G3588 T-GSF της G1577 N-GSF εκκλησιας

18 G5613 ADV ως G1161 CONJ δε G3854 (G5633) V-2ADI-3P παρεγενοντο G4314 PREP προς G846 P-ASM αυτον G2036 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G846 P-DPM αυτοις G5210 P-2NP υμεις G1987 (G5736) V-PNI-2P επιστασθε G575 PREP απο G4413 A-GSF πρωτης G2250 N-GSF ημερας G575 PREP αφ G3739 R-GSF ης G1910 (G5627) V-2AAI-1S επεβην G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASF την G773 N-ASF ασιαν G4459 ADV πως G3326 PREP μεθ G5216 P-2GP υμων G3588 T-ASM τον G3956 A-ASM παντα G5550 N-ASM χρονον G1096 (G5633) V-2ADI-1S εγενομην

19 G1398 (G5723) V-PAP-NSM δουλευων G3588 T-DSM τω G2962 N-DSM κυριω G3326 PREP μετα G3956 A-GSF πασης G5012 N-GSF ταπεινοφροσυνης G2532 CONJ και G4183 A-GPN πολλων G1144 N-GPN δακρυων G2532 CONJ και G3986 N-GPM πειρασμων G3588 T-GPM των G4819 (G5631) V-2AAP-GPM συμβαντων G3427 P-1DS μοι G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPF ταις G1917 N-DPF επιβουλαις G3588 T-GPM των G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων

20 G5613 ADV ως G3762 A-ASN ουδεν G5288 (G5668) V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην G3588 T-GPN των G4851 (G5723) V-PAP-GPN συμφεροντων G3588 T-GSN του G3361 PRT-N μη G312 (G5658) V-AAN αναγγειλαι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G2532 CONJ και G1321 (G5658) V-AAN διδαξαι G5209 P-2AP υμας G1219 A-DSF δημοσια G1219 ADV G2532 CONJ και G2596 PREP κατ G3624 N-APM οικους

21 G1263 (G5740) V-PNP-NSM διαμαρτυρομενος G2453 A-DPM ιουδαιοις G5037 PRT τε G2532 CONJ και G1672 N-DPM ελλησιν G3588 T-ASF την G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASM τον G2316 N-ASM θεον G3341 N-ASF μετανοιαν G2532 CONJ και G4102 N-ASF πιστιν G3588 T-ASF την G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASM τον G2962 N-ASM κυριον G2257 P-1GP ημων G2424 N-ASM ιησουν G5547 N-ASM χριστον

22 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV νυν G2400 (G5628) V-2AAM-2S ιδου G1473 P-1NS εγω G1210 (G5772) V-RPP-NSM δεδεμενος G3588 T-DSN τω G4151 N-DSN πνευματι G4198 (G5736) V-PNI-1S πορευομαι G1519 PREP εις G2419 N-PRI ιερουσαλημ G3588 T-APN τα G1722 PREP εν G846 P-DSF αυτη G4876 (G5694) V-FAP-APN συναντησοντα G3427 P-1DS μοι G3361 PRT-N μη G1492 (G5761) V-RAP-NSM ειδως

23 G4133 ADV πλην G3754 CONJ οτι G3588 T-NSN το G4151 N-NSN πνευμα G3588 T-NSN το G40 A-NSN αγιον G2596 PREP κατα G4172 N-ASF πολιν G1263 (G5736) V-PNI-3S διαμαρτυρεται G3004 (G5723) V-PAP-NSN λεγον G3754 CONJ οτι G1199 N-NPN δεσμα G3165 P-1AS με G2532 CONJ και G2347 N-NPF θλιψεις G3306 (G5719) V-PAI-3P μενουσιν

24 G235 CONJ αλλ G3762 A-GSN ουδενος G3056 N-ASM λογον G4160 (G5731) V-PMI-1S ποιουμαι G3761 ADV ουδε G2192 (G5719) V-PAI-1S εχω G3588 T-ASF την G5590 N-ASF ψυχην G3450 P-1GS μου G5093 A-ASF τιμιαν G1683 F-1DSM εμαυτω G5613 ADV ως G5048 (G5658) V-AAN τελειωσαι G3588 T-ASM τον G1408 N-ASM δρομον G3450 P-1GS μου G3326 PREP μετα G5479 N-GSF χαρας G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-ASF την G1248 N-ASF διακονιαν G3739 R-ASF ην G2983 (G5627) V-2AAI-1S ελαβον G3844 PREP παρα G3588 T-GSM του G2962 N-GSM κυριου G2424 N-GSM ιησου G1263 (G5664) V-ADN διαμαρτυρασθαι G3588 T-ASN το G2098 N-ASN ευαγγελιον G3588 T-GSF της G5485 N-GSF χαριτος G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου

25 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV νυν G2400 (G5628) V-2AAM-2S ιδου G1473 P-1NS εγω G1492 (G5758) V-RAI-1S οιδα G3754 CONJ οτι G3765 ADV ουκετι G3700 (G5695) V-FDI-2P οψεσθε G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G3450 P-1GS μου G5210 P-2NP υμεις G3956 A-NPM παντες G1722 PREP εν G3739 R-DPM οις G1330 (G5627) V-2AAI-1S διηλθον G2784 (G5723) V-PAP-NSM κηρυσσων G3588 T-ASF την G932 N-ASF βασιλειαν G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου

26 G1352 CONJ διο G3143 (G5736) V-PNI-1S μαρτυρομαι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DSF τη G4594 ADV σημερον G2250 N-DSF ημερα G3754 CONJ οτι G2513 A-NSM καθαρος G1473 P-1NS εγω G575 PREP απο G3588 T-GSN του G129 N-GSN αιματος G3956 A-GPM παντων

27 G3756 PRT-N ου G1063 CONJ γαρ G5288 (G5668) V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην G3588 T-GSN του G3361 PRT-N μη G312 (G5658) V-AAN αναγγειλαι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G3956 A-ASF πασαν G3588 T-ASF την G1012 N-ASF βουλην G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου

28 G4337 (G5720) V-PAM-2P προσεχετε G3767 CONJ ουν G1438 F-3DPM εαυτοις G2532 CONJ και G3956 A-DSN παντι G3588 T-DSN τω G4168 N-DSN ποιμνιω G1722 PREP εν G3739 R-DSN ω G5209 P-2AP υμας G3588 T-NSN το G4151 N-NSN πνευμα G3588 T-NSN το G40 A-NSN αγιον G5087 (G5639) V-2AMI-3S εθετο G1985 N-APM επισκοπους G4165 (G5721) V-PAN ποιμαινειν G3588 T-ASF την G1577 N-ASF εκκλησιαν G3588 T-GSM του G2316 N-GSM θεου G3739 R-ASF ην G4046 (G5668) V-AMI-3S περιεποιησατο G1223 PREP δια G3588 T-GSN του G2398 A-GSM ιδιου G129 N-GSN αιματος

29 G1473 P-1NS εγω G1063 CONJ γαρ G1492 (G5758) V-RAI-1S οιδα G5124 D-ASN τουτο G3754 CONJ οτι G1525 (G5695) V-FDI-3P εισελευσονται G3326 PREP μετα G3588 T-ASF την G867 N-ASF αφιξιν G3450 P-1GS μου G3074 N-NPM λυκοι G926 A-NPM βαρεις G1519 PREP εις G5209 P-2AP υμας G3361 PRT-N μη G5339 (G5740) V-PNP-NPM φειδομενοι G3588 T-GSN του G4168 N-GSN ποιμνιου

30 G2532 CONJ και G1537 PREP εξ G5216 P-2GP υμων G846 P-GPM αυτων G450 (G5698) V-FMI-3P αναστησονται G435 N-NPM ανδρες G2980 (G5723) V-PAP-NPM λαλουντες G1294 (G5772) V-RPP-APN διεστραμμενα G3588 T-GSN του G645 (G5721) V-PAN αποσπαν G3588 T-APM τους G3101 N-APM μαθητας G3694 ADV οπισω G846 P-GPM αυτων

31 G1352 CONJ διο G1127 (G5720) V-PAM-2P γρηγορειτε G3421 (G5723) V-PAP-NPM μνημονευοντες G3754 CONJ οτι G5148 N-ASF τριετιαν G3571 N-ASF νυκτα G2532 CONJ και G2250 N-ASF ημεραν G3756 PRT-N ουκ G3973 (G5668) V-AMI-1S επαυσαμην G3326 PREP μετα G1144 N-GPN δακρυων G3560 (G5723) V-PAP-NSM νουθετων G1520 A-ASM ενα G1538 A-ASM εκαστον

32 G2532 CONJ και G3568 ADV-C τανυν G3908 (G5731) V-PMI-1S παρατιθεμαι G5209 P-2AP υμας G80 N-VPM αδελφοι G3588 T-DSM τω G2316 N-DSM θεω G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-DSM τω G3056 N-DSM λογω G3588 T-GSF της G5485 N-GSF χαριτος G846 P-GSM αυτου G3588 T-DSM τω G1410 (G5740) V-PNP-DSM δυναμενω G2026 (G5658) V-AAN εποικοδομησαι G2532 CONJ και G1325 (G5629) V-2AAN δουναι G5213 P-2DP υμιν G2817 N-ASF κληρονομιαν G1722 PREP εν G3588 T-DPM τοις G37 (G5772) V-RPP-DPM ηγιασμενοις G3956 A-DPM πασιν

33 G694 N-GSN αργυριου G2228 PRT η G5553 N-GSN χρυσιου G2228 PRT η G2441 N-GSM ιματισμου G3762 A-GSM ουδενος G1937 (G5656) V-AAI-1S επεθυμησα

34 G846 P-NPM αυτοι G1161 CONJ δε G1097 (G5719) V-PAI-2P γινωσκετε G3754 CONJ οτι G3588 T-DPF ταις G5532 N-DPF χρειαις G3450 P-1GS μου G2532 CONJ και G3588 T-DPM τοις G1510 (G5752) V-PXP-DPM ουσιν G3326 PREP μετ G1700 P-1GS εμου G5256 (G5656) V-AAI-3P υπηρετησαν G3588 T-NPF αι G5495 N-NPF χειρες G3778 D-NPF αυται

35 G3956 A-APN παντα G5263 (G5656) V-AAI-1S υπεδειξα G5213 P-2DP υμιν G3754 CONJ οτι G3779 ADV ουτως G2872 (G5723) V-PAP-APM κοπιωντας G1163 (G5904) V-PQI-3S δει G482 (G5738) V-PNN αντιλαμβανεσθαι G3588 T-GPM των G770 (G5723) V-PAP-GPM ασθενουντων G3421 (G5721) V-PAN μνημονευειν G5037 PRT τε G3588 T-GPM των G3056 N-GPM λογων G3588 T-GSM του G2962 N-GSM κυριου G2424 N-GSM ιησου G3754 CONJ οτι G846 P-NSM αυτος G2036 (G5627) V-2AAI-3S ειπεν G3107 A-NSN μακαριον G1510 (G5748) V-PXI-3S εστιν G1325 (G5721) V-PAN διδοναι G3123 ADV μαλλον G2228 PRT η G2983 (G5721) V-PAN λαμβανειν

36 G2532 CONJ και G5023 D-APN ταυτα G2036 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM ειπων G5087 (G5631) V-2AAP-NSM θεις G3588 T-APN τα G1119 N-APN γονατα G846 P-GSM αυτου G4862 PREP συν G3956 A-DPM πασιν G846 P-DPM αυτοις G4336 (G5662) V-ADI-3S προσηυξατο

37 G2425 A-NSM ικανος G1161 CONJ δε G1096 (G5633) V-2ADI-3S εγενετο G2805 N-NSM κλαυθμος G3956 A-GPM παντων G2532 CONJ και G1968 (G5631) V-2AAP-NPM επιπεσοντες G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-ASM τον G5137 N-ASM τραχηλον G3588 T-GSM του G3972 N-GSM παυλου G2705 (G5707) V-IAI-3P κατεφιλουν G846 P-ASM αυτον

38 G3600 (G5746) V-PPP-NPM οδυνωμενοι G3122 ADV μαλιστα G1909 PREP επι G3588 T-DSM τω G3056 N-DSM λογω G3739 R-DSM ω G2046 (G5715) V-LAI-3S-ATT ειρηκει G3754 CONJ οτι G3765 ADV ουκετι G3195 (G5719) V-PAI-3P μελλουσιν G3588 T-ASN το G4383 N-ASN προσωπον G846 P-GSM αυτου G2334 (G5721) V-PAN θεωρειν G4311 (G5707) V-IAI-3P προεπεμπον G1161 CONJ δε G846 P-ASM αυτον G1519 PREP εις G3588 T-ASN το G4143 N-ASN πλοιον

Nestle⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ παρακαλέσας, ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν πορεύεσθαι εἰς Μακεδονίαν. ² διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ³ ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. ⁴ συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Θεσσαλονικέων δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος, Ἀσιανοὶ δὲ Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος· ⁵ οὗτοι δὲ προελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι· ⁶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, ὅπου διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. ⁷ Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων συνηγμένων ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. ⁸ ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι. ⁹ καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. ¹⁰ καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ¹¹ ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος, ἐφ’ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. ¹² ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. ¹³ Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον· οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος ἦν, μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. ¹⁴ ὡς δὲ συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἆσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην· ¹⁵ κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἄντικρυς Χίου, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον, τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. ¹⁶ κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἔσπευδεν γὰρ, εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῷ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. ¹⁷ Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. ¹⁸ ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, ¹⁹ δουλεύων τῷ Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ²⁰ ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ’ οἴκους, ²¹ διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν. ²² καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἱερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά ἐμοὶ μὴ εἰδώς, ²³ πλὴν ὅτι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν. ²⁴ ἀλλ’ οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ ὡς τελειώσω τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ. ²⁵ καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν. ²⁶ διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ὅτι καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων· ²⁷ οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῖν. ²⁸ προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου. ²⁹ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου, ³⁰ καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν. ³¹ διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. ³² καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Κυρίῳ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. ³³ ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα· ³⁴ αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. ³⁵ πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν. ³⁶ καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν, θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. ³⁷ ἱκανὸς δὲ κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο πάντων, καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, ³⁸ ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον.

SBLGNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον ⸀μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ ⸀παρακαλέσας, ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν ⸀πορεύεσθαι ⸀εἰς Μακεδονίαν. ² διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ³ ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς· γενομένης ⸂ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ⸃ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν ἐγένετο ⸀γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. ⁴ συνείπετο δὲ ⸀αὐτῷ Σώπατρος ⸀Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Θεσσαλονικέων δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος, Ἀσιανοὶ δὲ Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος· ⁵ οὗτοι ⸀δὲ ⸀προσελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι· ⁶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, ⸀οὗ διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. ⁷ Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων συνηγμένων ⸀ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. ⁸ ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι· ⁹ ⸀καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. ¹⁰ καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν· Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε, ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν. ¹¹ ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας ⸀τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος ἐφ’ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. ¹² ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. ¹³ Ἡμεῖς δὲ ⸀προελθόντες ⸀ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον, οὕτως γὰρ ⸂διατεταγμένος ἦν⸃ μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. ¹⁴ ὡς δὲ ⸀συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἆσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην, ¹⁵ κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ⸀ἄντικρυς Χίου, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς ⸀Σάμον, τῇ ⸀δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον· ¹⁶ ⸀κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ, ἔσπευδεν γὰρ εἰ δυνατὸν ⸀εἴη αὐτῷ τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. ¹⁷ Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. ¹⁸ ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, ¹⁹ δουλεύων τῷ κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης ⸀καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· ²⁰ ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ’ οἴκους, ²¹ διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν ⸀εἰς θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ ⸀πίστιν εἰς τὸν κύριον ἡμῶν ⸀Ἰησοῦν. ²² καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ⸂δεδεμένος ἐγὼ⸃ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά ⸀μοι μὴ εἰδώς, ²³ πλὴν ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί ⸀μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ ⸂καὶ θλίψεις με⸃ μένουσιν· ²⁴ ἀλλ’ οὐδενὸς ⸀λόγου ⸀ποιοῦμαι τὴν ⸀ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ ὡς ⸀τελειῶσαι τὸν δρόμον ⸀μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ θεοῦ. ²⁵ Καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν ⸀βασιλείαν. ²⁶ ⸀διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ὅτι καθαρός ⸀εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων, ²⁷ οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ⸂πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῖν⸃. ²⁸ ⸀προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ ⸀θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ ⸂αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου⸃. ²⁹ ἐγὼ ⸀οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου, ³⁰ καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ⸀ἑαυτῶν· ³¹ διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. ³² καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ⸀ὑμᾶς τῷ ⸀θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ, τῷ δυναμένῳ ⸀οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι ⸀τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. ³³ ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα· ³⁴ αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. ³⁵ πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ κυρίου Ἰησοῦ ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν. ³⁶ Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. ³⁷ ἱκανὸς δὲ ⸂κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο⸃ πάντων, καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, ³⁸ ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον.

f35⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ μετα δε το παυσασθαι τον θορυβον προσκαλεσαμενος ο παυλος τους μαθητας και ασπασαμενος εξηλθεν πορευθηναι εις την μακεδονιαν ² διελθων δε τα μερη εκεινα και παρακαλεσας αυτους λογω πολλω ηλθεν εις την ελλαδα ³ ποιησας τε μηνας τρεις γενομενης επιβουλης αυτω υπο των ιουδαιων μελλοντι αναγεσθαι εις την συριαν εγενετο γνωμη του υποστρεφειν δια μακεδονιαv ⁴ συνειπετο δε αυτω αχρι της ασιας σωπατρος βερροιαιος θεσσαλονικεων δε αρισταρχος και σεκουνδος και γαιος δερβαιος και τιμοθεος ασιανοι δε τυχικος και τροφιμοv ⁵ ουτοι προελθοντες εμενον ημας εν τρωαδι ⁶ ημεις δε εξεπλευσαμεν μετα τας ημερας των αζυμων απο φιλιππων και ηλθομεν προς αυτους εις την τρωαδα αχρις ημερων πεντε ου διετριψαμεν ημερας επτα ⁷ εν δε τη μια των σαββατων συνηγμενων των μαθητων κλασαι αρτον ο παυλος διελεγετο αυτοις μελλων εξιεναι τη επαυριον παρετεινεν τε τον λογον μεχρι μεσονυκτιου ⁸ ησαν δε λαμπαδες ικαναι εν τω υπερωω ου ημεν συνηγμενοι ⁹ καθημενος δε τις νεανιας ονοματι ευτυχος επι της θυριδος καταφερομενος υπνω βαθει διαλεγομενου του παυλου επι πλειον κατενεχθεις απο του υπνου επεσεν απο του τριστεγου κατω και ηρθη νεκροv ¹⁰ καταβας δε ο παυλος επεπεσεν αυτω και συμπεριλαβων ειπεν μη θορυβεισθε η γαρ ψυχη αυτου εν αυτω εστιν ¹¹ αναβας δε και κλασας αρτον και γευσαμενος εφ ικανον τε ομιλησας αχρις αυγης ουτως εξηλθεν ¹² ηγαγον δε τον παιδα ζωντα και παρεκληθησαν ου μετριωv ¹³ ημεις δε προσελθοντες επι το πλοιον ανηχθημεν εις την ασσον εκειθεν μελλοντες αναλαμβανειν τον παυλον ουτως γαρ ην διατεταγμενος μελλων αυτος πεζευειν ¹⁴ ως δε συνεβαλεν ημιν εις την ασσον αναλαβοντες αυτον ηλθομεν εις μιτυληνην ¹⁵ κακειθεν αποπλευσαντες τη επιουση κατηντησαμεν αντικρυ χιου τη δε ετερα παρεβαλομεν εις σαμον και μειναντες εν τρωγυλιω τη εχομενη ηλθομεν εις μιλητον ¹⁶ εκρινεν γαρ ο παυλος παραπλευσαι την εφεσον οπως μη γενηται αυτω χρονοτριβησαι εν τη ασια εσπευδεν γαρ ει δυνατον ην αυτω την ημεραν της πεντηκοστης γενεσθαι εις ιεροσολυμα ¹⁷ απο δε της μιλητου πεμψας εις εφεσον μετεκαλεσατο τους πρεσβυτερους της εκκλησιαv ¹⁸ ως δε παρεγενοντο προς αυτον ειπεν αυτοις υμεις επιστασθε απο πρωτης ημερας ης επεβην εις την ασιαν πως μεθ υμων τον παντα χρονον εγενομην ¹⁹ δουλευων τω κυριω μετα πασης ταπεινοφροσυνης και πολλων δακρυων και πειρασμων των συμβαντων μοι εν ταις επιβουλαις των ιουδαιων ²⁰ ως ουδεν υπεστειλαμην των συμφεροντων του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν και διδαξαι υμας δημοσια και κατ οικουv ²¹ διαμαρτυρομενος ιουδαιοις τε και ελλησιν την εις θεον μετανοιαν και πιστιν την εις τον κυριον ημων ιησουν ²² και νυν ιδου εγω δεδεμενος τω πνευματι πορευομαι εις ιερουσαλημ τα εν αυτη συναντησοντα μοι μη ειδωv ²³ πλην οτι το πνευμα το αγιον κατα πολιν διαμαρτυρεται λεγον οτι δεσμα με και θλιψεις μενουσιν ²⁴ αλλ ουδενος λογον ποιουμαι ουδε εχω την ψυχην μου τιμιαν εμαυτω ως τελειωσαι τον δρομον μου μετα χαρας και την διακονιαν ην ελαβον παρα του κυριου ιησου διαμαρτυρασθαι το ευαγγελιον της χαριτος του θεου ²⁵ και νυν ιδου εγω οιδα οτι ουκετι οψεσθε το προσωπον μου υμεις παντες εν οις διηλθον κηρυσσων την βασιλειαν του θεου ²⁶ διο μαρτυρομαι υμιν εν τη σημερον ημερα οτι καθαρος εγω απο του αιματος παντων ²⁷ ου γαρ υπεστειλαμην του μη αναγγειλαι υμιν πασαν την βουλην του θεου ²⁸ προσεχετε ουν εαυτοις και παντι τω ποιμνιω εν ω υμας το πνευμα το αγιον εθετο επισκοπους ποιμαινειν την εκκλησιαν του κυριου και θεου ην περιεποιησατο δια του ιδιου αιματοv ²⁹ εγω γαρ οιδα τουτο οτι εισελευσονται μετα την αφιξιν μου λυκοι βαρεις εις υμας μη φειδομενοι του ποιμνιου ³⁰ και εξ υμων αυτων αναστησονται ανδρες λαλουντες διεστραμμενα του αποσπαν τους μαθητας οπισω αυτων ³¹ διο γρηγορειτε μνημονευοντες οτι τριετιαν νυκτα και ημεραν ουκ επαυσαμην μετα δακρυων νουθετων ενα εκαστον ³² και τα νυν παρατιθεμαι υμας αδελφοι τω θεω και τω λογω της χαριτος αυτου τω δυναμενω εποικοδομησαι και δουναι υμιν κληρονομιαν εν τοις ηγιασμενοις πασιν ³³ αργυριου η χρυσιου η ιματισμου ουδενος επεθυμησα ³⁴ αυτοι γινωσκετε οτι ταις χρειαις μου και τοις ουσιν μετ εμου υπηρετησαν αι χειρες αυται ³⁵ παντα υπεδειξα υμιν οτι ουτως κοπιωντας δει αντιλαμβανεσθαι των ασθενουντων μνημονευειν τε του λογου του κυριου ιησου οτι αυτος ειπεν μακαριον εστιν μαλλον διδοναι η λαμβανειν ³⁶ και ταυτα ειπων θεις τα γονατα αυτου συν πασιν αυτοις προσηυξατο ³⁷ ικανος δε κλαυθμος εγενετο παντων και επιπεσοντες επι τον τραχηλον του παυλου κατεφιλουν αυτον ³⁸ οδυνωμενοι μαλιστα επι τω λογω ω ειρηκει οτι ουκετι μελλουσιν το προσωπον αυτου θεωρειν προεπεμπον δε αυτον εις το πλοιον

IGNT⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 μετα G1161 δε G3588 το But After G3973 (G5670) παυσασθαι Ceased G3588 τον The G2351 θορυβον Tumult, G4341 (G5666) προσκαλεσαμενος Having G3588 ο Called To "him" G3972 παυλος Paul G3588 τους The G3101 μαθητας Disciples, G2532 και And G782 (G5666) ασπασαμενος Saluted "them" G1831 (G5627) εξηλθεν Went Away G4198 (G5677) πορευθηναι To Go G1519 εις G3588 την To G3109 μακεδονιαν Macedonia.

2 G1330 (G5631) διελθων G1161 δε G3588 τα And Having Passed Through G3313 μερη Those G1565 εκεινα Parts, G2532 και And G3870 (G5660) παρακαλεσας Having Exhorted G846 αυτους Them G3056 λογω With Discourse G4183 πολλω Much, G2064 (G5627) ηλθεν He Came G1519 εις G3588 την To G1671 ελλαδα Greece.

3 G4160 (G5660) ποιησας G5037 τε And Having Continued G3376 μηνας Months G5140 τρεις Three, G1096 (G5637) γενομενης Having Been Made G846 αυτω Against Them G1917 επιβουλης A Plot G5259 υπο By G3588 των The G2453 ιουδαιων Jews G3195 (G5723) μελλοντι Being About G321 (G5745) αναγεσθαι To Sail G1519 εις G3588 την Into G4947 συριαν Syria, G1096 (G5633) εγενετο Arose G1106 γνωμη G3588 του A Purpose G5290 (G5721) υποστρεφειν To Return G1223 δια Through G3109 μακεδονιας Macedonia.

4 G4902 (G5711) συνειπετο G1161 δε And Accompanied G846 αυτω Him G891 αχρι G3588 της As Far As G773 ασιας Asia G4986 σωπατρος Sopater G961 βεροιαιος A Berean, G2331 θεσσαλονικεων G1161 δε And Of Thessalonians G708 αρισταρχος Aristarchus G2532 και And G4580 σεκουνδος Secundus, G2532 και And G1050 γαιος Gaius G1190 δερβαιος Of Derbe G2532 και And G5095 τιμοθεος Timothy, G774 ασιανοι G1161 δε And Of Asia G5190 τυχικος Tychicus G2532 και And G5161 τροφιμος Trophimus.

5 G3778 ουτοι Those G4281 (G5631) προελθοντες Having Gone Before G3306 (G5707) εμενον Waited For G2248 ημας Us G1722 εν In G5174 τρωαδι Troas;

6 G2249 ημεις G1161 δε But We G1602 (G5656) εξεπλευσαμεν Sailed Away G3326 μετα After G3588 τας The G2250 ημερας Days G3588 των Of The G106 αζυμων Unleavened Bread G575 απο From G5375 φιλιππων Philippi, G2532 και And G2064 (G5627) ηλθομεν Came G4314 προς To G846 αυτους Them G1519 εις G3588 την At G5174 τρωαδα Troas G891 αχρις In G2250 ημερων Days G4002 πεντε Five, G3757 ου Where G1304 (G5656) διετριψαμεν We Stayed G2250 ημερας Days G2033 επτα Seven.

7 G1722 εν And G1161 δε On G3588 τη The G3391 μια First "day" G3588 των Of The G4521 σαββατων Week, G4863 (G5772) συνηγμενων Having Been Assembled G3588 των The G3101 μαθητων G3588 του Disciples G2806 (G5658) κλασαι To Break G740 αρτον G3588 ο Bread, G3972 παυλος Paul G1256 (G5711) διελεγετο Discoursed G846 αυτοις To Them, G3195 (G5723) μελλων About G1826 (G5750) εξιεναι To Depart G3588 τη On The G1887 επαυριον Morrow; G3905 (G5707) παρετεινεν G5037 τε And He Continued G3588 τον The G3056 λογον Discourse G3360 μεχρι Till G3317 μεσονυκτιου Midnight.

8 G2258 (G5713) ησαν And G1161 δε Were G2985 λαμπαδες Lamps G2425 ικαναι Many G1722 εν In G3588 τω The G5253 υπερωω Upper Groom G3757 ου Where G2258 (G5713) ησαν They Were G4863 (G5772) συνηγμενοι Assembled.

9 G2521 (G5740) καθημενος G1161 δε And Was Sitting G5100 τις A Certain G3494 νεανιας Youth, G3686 ονοματι By Name G2161 ευτυχος Eutychus, G1909 επι By G3588 της The G2376 θυριδος Window, G2702 (G5746) καταφερομενος Overpowered G5258 υπνω By Sleep G901 βαθει Deep, G1256 (G5740) διαλεγομενου G3588 του As Discoursed G3972 παυλου Paul G1909 επι For G4119 πλειον A Longer Time, G2702 (G5685) κατενεχθεις Having Been Overpowered G575 απο By G3588 του The G5258 υπνου Sleep G4098 (G5627) επεσεν He Fell G575 απο From G3588 του The G5152 τριστεγου Third Story G2736 κατω Down, G2532 και And G142 (G5681) ηρθη Was Taken Up G3498 νεκρος Dead.

10 G2597 (G5631) καταβας G1161 δε G3588 ο But Having Descended G3972 παυλος Paul G1968 (G5627) επεπεσεν Fell Upon G846 αυτω Him, G2532 και And G4843 (G5631) συμπεριλαβων Having Embraced "him" G2036 (G5627) ειπεν Said, G3361 μη Do G2350 (G5744) θορυβεισθε Not Make A Tumult, G3588 η The G1063 γαρ For G5590 ψυχη Life G846 αυτου Of Him G1722 εν In G846 αυτω Him G2076 (G5748) εστιν Is.

11 G305 (G5631) αναβας G1161 δε And Having Gone Up G2532 και And G2806 (G5660) κλασας Having Broken G740 αρτον Bread G2532 και And G1089 (G5666) γευσαμενος Having Eaten, G1909 εφ And G2425 ικανον G5037 τε For Long G3656 (G5660) ομιλησας Having Conversed G891 αχρις Until G827 αυγης Daybreak, G3779 ουτως So G1831 (G5627) εξηλθεν He Departed.

12 G71 (G5627) ηγαγον G1161 δε And They Brought G3588 τον The G3816 παιδα Boy G2198 (G5723) ζωντα Alive, G2532 και And G3870 (G5681) παρεκληθησαν Were Comforted G3756 ου Not G3357 μετριως A Little.

13 G2249 ημεις But G1161 δε We G4281 (G5631) προελθοντες Having Gone Before G1909 επι To G3588 το The G4143 πλοιον Ship G321 (G5681) ανηχθημεν Sailed G1519 εις G3588 την To G789 ασσον Assos, G1564 εκειθεν There G3195 (G5723) μελλοντες Being About G353 (G5721) αναλαμβανειν G3588 τον To Take In G3972 παυλον Paul; G3779 ουτως So G1063 γαρ For G2258 (G5713) ην He G1299 (G5772) διατεταγμενος Had Appointed, G3195 (G5723) μελλων Being About G846 αυτος Himself G3978 (G5721) πεζευειν To Go On Foot.

14 G5613 ως And G1161 δε When G4820 (G5627) συνεβαλεν He Met With G2254 ημιν Us G1519 εις G3588 την At G789 ασσον Assos, G353 (G5631) αναλαβοντες Having Taken In G846 αυτον Him G2064 (G5627) ηλθομεν We Came G1519 εις To G3412 μιτυληνην Mitylene;

15 G2547 κακειθεν And Thence G636 (G5660) αποπλευσαντες Having Sailed Away, G3588 τη On The G1966 (G5752) επιουση Following "day" G2658 (G5656) κατηντησαμεν Arrived G481 αντικρυ Opposite G5508 χιου Chios, G3588 τη And G1161 δε The G2087 ετερα Next "day" G3846 (G5627) παρεβαλομεν We Arrived G1519 εις At G4544 σαμον Samos; G2532 και And G3306 (G5660) μειναντες Having Remained G1722 εν At G5175 τρωγυλλιω Trogyllium, G3588 τη The G2192 (G5746) εχομενη Next "day" G2064 (G5627) ηλθομεν We Came G1519 εις To G3399 μιλητον Miletus :

16 G2919 (G5656) εκρινεν Had Decided G1063 γαρ G3588 ο For G3972 παυλος Paul G3896 (G5658) παραπλευσαι G3588 την To Sail By G2181 εφεσον Ephesus, G3704 οπως So That G3361 μη It G1096 (G5638) γενηται Might Not Happen G846 αυτω To Him G5551 (G5658) χρονοτριβησαι To Spend Time G1722 εν G3588 τη In G773 ασια Asia; G4692 (G5707) εσπευδεν He Hastened G1063 γαρ For G1487 ει If G1415 δυνατον Possible G2258 (G5713) ην It Was G846 αυτω For Him G3588 την The G2250 ημεραν G3588 της Day G4005 πεντηκοστης Of Pentecost G1096 (G5635) γενεσθαι To Be G1519 εις In G2414 ιεροσολυμα Jerusalem.

17 G575 απο And G1161 δε G3588 της From G3399 μιλητου Miletus G3992 (G5660) πεμψας Having Sent G1519 εις To G2181 εφεσον Ephesus G3333 (G5668) μετεκαλεσατο He Called For G3588 τους The G4245 πρεσβυτερους Elders G3588 της Of The G1577 εκκλησιας Assembly.

18 G5613 ως And G1161 δε When G3854 (G5633) παρεγενοντο They Were Come G4314 προς To G846 αυτον Him G2036 (G5627) ειπεν He Said G846 αυτοις To Them, G5210 υμεις Ye G1987 (G5736) επιστασθε Know, G575 απο From G4413 πρωτης The First G2250 ημερας Day G575 αφ On G3739 ης Which G1910 (G5627) επεβην I Arrived G1519 εις G3588 την In G773 ασιαν Asia, G4459 πως How G3326 μεθ With G5216 υμων G3588 τον You G3956 παντα All The G5550 χρονον Time G1096 (G5633) εγενομην I Was,

19 G1398 (G5723) δουλευων Serving G3588 τω The G2962 κυριω Lord G3326 μετα With G3956 πασης All G5012 ταπεινοφροσυνης Humility G2532 και And G4183 πολλων Many G1144 δακρυων Tears G2532 και And G3986 πειρασμων Temptations, G3588 των Which G4819 (G5631) συμβαντων Happened G3427 μοι To Me G1722 εν Through G3588 ταις The G1917 επιβουλαις Plots G3588 των Of The G2453 ιουδαιων Jews;

20 G5613 ως How G3762 ουδεν Nothing G5288 (G5668) υπεστειλαμην I Kept Back G3588 των Of What G4851 (G5723) συμφεροντων Is Profitable G3588 του So As G3361 μη Not G312 (G5658) αναγγειλαι To Announce "it" G5213 υμιν To You, G2532 και And G1321 (G5658) διδαξαι To Teach G5209 υμας You G1219 δημοσια Publicly G2532 και And G2596 κατ From G3624 οικους House To House,

21 G1263 (G5740) διαμαρτυρομενος Earnestly Testifying G2453 ιουδαιοις G5037 τε Both To Jews G2532 και And G1672 ελλησιν G3588 την Greeks G1519 εις G3588 τον Toward G2316 θεον God G3341 μετανοιαν Repentance G2532 και And G4102 πιστιν G3588 την Faith G1519 εις G3588 τον Toward G2962 κυριον Lord G2257 ημων Our G2424 ιησουν Jesus G5547 χριστον Christ.

22 G2532 και And G3568 νυν Now, G2400 (G5628) ιδου Lo, G1473 εγω I, G1210 (G5772) δεδεμενος Bound G3588 τω In The G4151 πνευματι Spirit, G4198 (G5736) πορευομαι Go G1519 εις To G2419 ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem, G3588 τα The Things Which G1722 εν In G846 αυτη It G4876 (G5694) συναντησοντα Shall Happen G3427 μοι To Me G3361 μη Not G1492 (G5761) ειδως Knowing;

23 G4133 πλην Except G3754 οτι That G3588 το The G4151 πνευμα Spirit G3588 το The G40 αγιον Holy G2596 κατα In Every G4172 πολιν City G1263 (G5736) διαμαρτυρεται Fully Testifies, G3004 (G5723) λεγον Saying G3754 οτι That G1199 δεσμα Bonds G3165 με Me G2532 και And G2347 θλιψεις Tribulations G3306 (G5719) μενουσιν Await.

24 G235 αλλ But G3762 ουδενος Of Nothing G3056 λογον Account G4160 (G5731) ποιουμαι I Make, G3761 ουδε Nor G2192 (G5719) εχω G3588 την Hold I G5590 ψυχην Life G3450 μου My G5093 τιμιαν Dear G1683 εμαυτω To Myself, G5613 ως So As G5048 (G5658) τελειωσαι G3588 τον To Finish G1408 δρομον Course G3450 μου My G3326 μετα With G5479 χαρας Joy, G2532 και And G3588 την The G1248 διακονιαν Ministry G3739 ην Which G2983 (G5627) ελαβον I Received G3844 παρα From G3588 του The G2962 κυριου Lord G2424 ιησου Jesus, G1263 (G5664) διαμαρτυρασθαι To Testify Fully G3588 το The G2098 ευαγγελιον Glad Tidings G3588 της Of The G5485 χαριτος G3588 του Grace G2316 θεου Of God.

25 G2532 και And G3568 νυν Now, G2400 (G5628) ιδου Lo, G1473 εγω I G1492 (G5758) οιδα Know G3754 οτι That G3765 ουκετι No More G3700 (G5695) οψεσθε G3588 το Will See G4383 προσωπον G3450 μου My Face G5210 υμεις Ye G3956 παντες All, G1722 εν Among G3739 οις Whom G1330 (G5627) διηλθον I Have Gone About G2784 (G5723) κηρυσσων Proclaiming G3588 την The G932 βασιλειαν G3588 του Kingdom G2316 θεου Of God.

26 G1352 διο Wherefore G3143 (G5736) μαρτυρομαι I Testify G5213 υμιν To You G1722 εν G3588 τη In G4594 σημερον This G2250 ημερα Day G3754 οτι That G2513 καθαρος Pure G1473 εγω I "am" G575 απο From G3588 του The G129 αιματος Blood G3956 παντων Of All,

27 G3756 ου Not G1063 γαρ For G5288 (G5668) υπεστειλαμην G3588 του G3361 μη I Kept Back G312 (G5658) αναγγειλαι From Announcing G5213 υμιν To You G3956 πασαν All G3588 την The G1012 βουλην G3588 του Counsel G2316 θεου Of God.

28 G4337 (G5720) προσεχετε Take Heed G3767 ουν Therefore G1438 εαυτοις To Yourselves G2532 και And G3956 παντι To All G3588 τω The G4168 ποιμνιω Flock, G1722 εν Where - - G3739 ω In G5209 υμας You G3588 το The G4151 πνευμα Spirit G3588 το The G40 αγιον Holy G5087 (G5639) εθετο Did Set G1985 επισκοπους Overseers, G4165 (G5721) ποιμαινειν To Shepherd G3588 την The G1577 εκκλησιαν G3588 του Assembly G2316 θεου Of God, G3739 ην Which G4046 (G5668) περιεποιησατο He Purchased G1223 δια With G3588 του The G2398 ιδιου Of His Own G129 αιματος Blood.

29 G1473 εγω I G1063 γαρ For G1492 (G5758) οιδα Know G5124 τουτο This, G3754 οτι That G1525 (G5695) εισελευσονται Will Come In G3326 μετα After G3588 την My G867 αφιξιν G3450 μου Departure G3074 λυκοι Wolves G926 βαρεις Grievous G1519 εις Amongst G5209 υμας You, G3361 μη Not G5339 (G5740) φειδομενοι Sparing G3588 του The G4168 ποιμνιου Flock;

30 G2532 και And G1537 εξ From Amongst G5216 υμων Your G846 αυτων Own Selves G450 (G5698) αναστησονται Will Rise Up G435 ανδρες Men G2980 (G5723) λαλουντες Speaking G1294 (G5772) διεστραμμενα G3588 του Perverted Things, G645 (G5721) αποσπαν To Draw Away G3588 τους The G3101 μαθητας Disciples G3694 οπισω After G846 αυτων Themselves.

31 G1352 διο Wherefore G1127 (G5720) γρηγορειτε Watch, G3421 (G5723) μνημονευοντες Remembering G3754 οτι That G5148 τριετιαν Three G3571 νυκτα Years G2532 και And G2250 ημεραν G3756 ουκ Day G3973 (G5668) επαυσαμην I Ceased Not G3326 μετα With G1144 δακρυων Tears G3560 (G5723) νουθετων Admonishing G1520 ενα One G1538 εκαστον Each.

32 G2532 και And G3568 τανυν Now G3908 (G5731) παρατιθεμαι I Commit G5209 υμας You, G80 αδελφοι Brethren, G3588 τω To G2316 θεω God G2532 και And G3588 τω To The G3056 λογω G3588 της Word G5485 χαριτος Of Grace, G846 αυτου His G3588 τω Which G1410 (G5740) δυναμενω Is Able G2026 (G5658) εποικοδομησαι To Build Up G2532 και And G1325 (G5629) δουναι To Give G5213 υμιν You G2817 κληρονομιαν An Inheritance G1722 εν Among G3588 τοις The G37 (G5772) ηγιασμενοις Sanctified G3956 πασιν All.

33 G694 αργυριου Silver G2228 η Or G5553 χρυσιου Gold G2228 η Or G2441 ιματισμου Clothing G3762 ουδενος Of No One G1937 (G5656) επεθυμησα I Desired.

34 G846 αυτοι G1161 δε But Yourselves G1097 (G5719) γινωσκετε Know G3754 οτι G3588 ταις That G5532 χρειαις G3450 μου To My Needs G2532 και And G3588 τοις To Those Who G5607 (G5752) ουσιν Were G3326 μετ With G1700 εμου Me G5256 (G5656) υπηρετησαν G3588 αι Did Minister G5495 χειρες Hands. G3778 αυται Those

35 G3956 παντα All Things G5263 (G5656) υπεδειξα I Showed G5213 υμιν You G3754 οτι That G3779 ουτως Thus G2872 (G5723) κοπιωντας Labouring G1163 (G5904) δει It Behooves "us" G482 (G5738) αντιλαμβανεσθαι To Aid G3588 των Those G770 (G5723) ασθενουντων Being Weak, G3421 (G5721) μνημονευειν G5037 τε And To Remember G3588 των The G3056 λογων Words G3588 του Of The G2962 κυριου Lord G2424 ιησου Jesus G3754 οτι That G846 αυτος Himself G2036 (G5627) ειπεν Said, G3107 μακαριον Blessed G2076 (G5748) εστιν It Is G1325 (G5721) διδοναι To Give G3123 μαλλον More G2228 η Than G2983 (G5721) λαμβανειν To Receive.

36 G2532 και And G5023 ταυτα These Things G2036 (G5631) ειπων Having Said G5087 (G5631) θεις G3588 τα Having Bowed G1119 γονατα Knees G846 αυτου His G4862 συν With G3956 πασιν All G846 αυτοις Them G4336 (G5662) προσηυξατο He Prayed.

37 G2425 ικανος G1161 δε And Much G1096 (G5633) εγενετο There Was G2805 κλαυθμος Weeping G3956 παντων Of All : G2532 και And G1968 (G5631) επιπεσοντες Falling G1909 επι Upon G3588 τον The G5137 τραχηλον G3588 του Neck G3972 παυλου Of Paul G2705 (G5707) κατεφιλουν They Ardently Kissed G846 αυτον Him,

38 G3600 (G5746) οδυνωμενοι Distressed G3122 μαλιστα Most Of All G1909 επι For G3588 τω The G3056 λογω Word G3739 ω Which G2046 (G5715) ειρηκει He Had Said, G3754 οτι That G3765 ουκετι No More G3195 (G5719) μελλουσιν G3588 το They Are About G4383 προσωπον Face G846 αυτου His G2334 (G5721) θεωρειν To See. G4311 (G5707) προεπεμπον G1161 δε And They Accompanied G846 αυτον Him G1519 εις To G3588 το The G4143 πλοιον Ship.

ACVI⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 CONJ δε And G3326 PREP μετα After G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G2351 N-ASM θορυβον Uproar G3588 T-ASN το The G3973 V-AMN παυσασθαι To Cease G3588 T-NSM ο Tho G3972 N-NSM παυλος Paul G4341 V-ADP-NSM προσκαλεσαμενος Having Summoned G3588 T-APM τους Thos G3101 N-APM μαθητας Disciples G2532 CONJ και And G782 V-ADP-NSM ασπασαμενος Having Embraced G1831 V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν He Departed G4198 V-AON πορευθηναι To Go G1519 PREP εις Into G3588 T-ASF την Tha G3109 N-ASF μακεδονιαν Macedonia

2 G1161 CONJ δε And G1330 V-2AAP-NSM διελθων Having Passed Through G1565 D-APN εκεινα Those G3588 T-APN τα Thes G3313 N-APN μερη Parts G2532 CONJ και And G3870 V-AAP-NSM παρακαλεσας Having Exhorted G846 P-APM αυτους Them G4183 A-DSM πολλω With Many G3056 N-DSM λογω Words G2064 V-2AAI-3S ηλθεν He Came G1519 PREP εις Into G3588 T-ASF την Tha G1671 N-ASF ελλαδα Greece

3 G5037 PRT τε And G4160 V-AAP-NSM ποιησας Having Done G5140 N-APM τρεις Three G3376 N-APM μηνας Months G1917 N-GSF επιβουλης Conspiracy G1096 V-2ADP-GSF γενομενης Having Developed G846 P-DSM αυτω Against Him G5259 PREP υπο By G3588 T-GPM των Thos G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων Jewish G3195 V-PAP-DSM μελλοντι Intending G321 V-PPN αναγεσθαι To Go Up G1519 PREP εις Into G3588 T-ASF την Tha G4947 N-ASF συριαν Syria G1106 N-NSF γνωμη Decision G1096 V-2ADI-3S εγενετο Developed G3588 T-GSN του Of The G5290 V-PAN υποστρεφειν To Return G1223 PREP δια Through G3109 N-GSF μακεδονιας Macedonia

4 G1161 CONJ δε And G4902 V-INI-3S συνειπετο There Accompanied G846 P-DSM αυτω Him G891 PREP αχρι As Far As G3588 T-GSF της Tha G773 N-GSF ασιας Asia G4986 N-NSM σωπατρος Sopater G961 A-NSM βεροιαιος Berean G1161 CONJ δε And G2331 N-GPM θεσσαλονικεων Of Thessalonians G708 N-NSM αρισταρχος Aristarchus G2532 CONJ και And G4580 N-NSM σεκουνδος Secundus G2532 CONJ και And G1050 N-NSM γαιος Gaius G1190 A-NSM δερβαιος Derbean G2532 CONJ και And G5095 N-NSM τιμοθεος Timothy G1161 CONJ δε And G774 N-NPM ασιανοι Asians G5190 N-NSM τυχικος Tychicus G2532 CONJ και And G5161 N-NSM τροφιμος Trophimus

5 G3778 D-NPM ουτοι These G4334 V-2AAP-NPM προσελθοντες Who Went Ahead G3306 V-IAI-3P εμενον Awaited G2248 P-1AP ημας Us G1722 PREP εν In G5174 N-DSF τρωαδι Troas

6 G1161 CONJ δε And G2249 P-1NP ημεις We G1602 V-AAI-1P εξεπλευσαμεν Sailed Away G575 PREP απο From G5375 N-GSM φιλιππων Philippi G3326 PREP μετα After G3588 T-APF τας Thas G2250 N-APF ημερας Days G3588 T-GPN των Of Thes G106 A-GPN αζυμων Unleavened G2532 CONJ και And G2064 V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν Came G4314 PREP προς To G846 P-APM αυτους Them G1519 PREP εις In G3588 T-ASF την Tha G5174 N-ASF τρωαδα Troas G891 PREP αχρι Within G4002 N-NUI πεντε Five G2250 N-GPF ημερων Days G3757 ADV ου Where G1304 V-AAI-1P διετριψαμεν We Stayed G2033 N-NUI επτα Seven G2250 N-APF ημερας Days

7 G1161 CONJ δε And G1722 PREP εν Upon G3588 T-DSF τη Tha G3391 N-DSF μια First G3588 T-GPN των Of Thes G4521 N-GPN σαββατων Seven-days Period G3588 T-GPM των Thos G3101 N-GPM μαθητων Disciples G4863 V-RPP-GPM συνηγμενων Having Come Together G2806 V-AAN κλασαι To Break G740 N-ASM αρτον Bread G3588 T-NSM ο Tho G3972 N-NSM παυλος Paul G1256 V-INI-3S διελεγετο Discoursed With G846 P-DPM αυτοις Them G3195 V-PAP-NSM μελλων Intending G1826 V-PXN εξιεναι To Depart G3588 T-DSF τη On Tha G1887 ADV επαυριον Morrow G5037 PRT τε And G3905 V-IAI-3S παρετεινεν He Prolonged G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G3056 N-ASM λογον Speech G3360 ADV μεχρι Until G3317 N-GSN μεσονυκτιου Midnight

8 G1161 CONJ δε And G2258 V-IXI-3P ησαν There Were G2425 A-NPF ικαναι Considerable G2985 N-NPF λαμπαδες Lights G1722 PREP εν In G3588 T-DSN τω The G5253 N-DSN υπερωω Upper Floor G3757 ADV ου Where G2258 V-IXI-1P ημεν We Were G4863 V-RPP-NPM συνηγμενοι Gathered Together

9 G1161 CONJ δε And G5100 X-NSM τις Certain G3494 N-NSM νεανιας Young Man G2161 N-NSM ευτυχος Eutychus G3686 N-DSN ονοματι By Name G2521 V-PNP-NSM καθημενος Sitting G1909 PREP επι In G3588 T-GSF της Tha G2376 N-GSF θυριδος Window G2702 V-PPP-NSM καταφερομενος Being Carried Away G901 A-DSM βαθει By Deep G5258 N-DSM υπνω Sleep G3588 T-GSM του Tho G3972 N-GSM παυλου Paul G1256 V-PNP-GSM διαλεγομενου Discoursing G1909 PREP επι On G4119 A-ASN-C πλειον More G2702 V-APP-NSM κατενεχθεις Being Carried Away G575 PREP απο By G3588 T-GSM του Tho G5258 N-GSM υπνου Sleep G4098 V-2AAI-3S επεσεν Fell Down G2736 ADV κατω Below G575 PREP απο From G3588 T-GSN του The G5152 N-GSN τριστεγου Third Floor G2532 CONJ και And G142 V-API-3S ηρθη Was Taken Up G3498 A-NSM νεκρος Dead

10 G1161 CONJ δε But G3588 T-NSM ο Tho G3972 N-NSM παυλος Paul G2597 V-2AAP-NSM καταβας Having Come Down G1968 V-2AAI-3S επεπεσεν He Fell On G846 P-DSM αυτω Him G2532 CONJ και And G4843 V-2AAP-NSM συμπεριλαβων Having Embraced G2036 V-2AAI-3S ειπεν He Said G2350 V-PPM-2P θορυβεισθε Be Troubled G3361 PRT-N μη Not G1063 CONJ γαρ For G3588 T-NSF η Tha G5590 N-NSF ψυχη Life G846 P-GSM αυτου Of Him G2076 V-PXI-3S εστιν Is G1722 PREP εν In G846 P-DSM αυτω Him

11 G1161 CONJ δε And G305 V-2AAP-NSM αναβας After Getting Up G2532 CONJ και And G2806 V-AAP-NSM κλασας Having Broke G740 N-ASM αρτον Bread G2532 CONJ και And G1089 V-ADP-NSM γευσαμενος Having Eaten G5037 PRT τε And G3656 V-AAP-NSM ομιλησας Having Conversed G1909 PREP εφ For G2425 A-ASN ικανον Considerable G891 PREP αχρις Until G827 N-GSF αυγης Dawn G3779 ADV ουτως Thus G1831 V-2AAI-3S εξηλθεν He Departed

12 G1161 CONJ δε And G71 V-2AAI-3P ηγαγον They Brought G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G3816 N-ASM παιδα Boy G2198 V-PAP-ASM ζωντα Alive G2532 CONJ και And G3870 V-API-3P παρεκληθησαν Were Comforted G3756 PRT-N ου Not G3357 ADV μετριως Little

13 G1161 CONJ δε And G2249 P-1NP ημεις We G4334 V-2AAP-NPM προσελθοντες Having Gone Ahead G1909 PREP επι To G3588 T-ASN το The G4143 N-ASN πλοιον Ship G321 V-API-1P ανηχθημεν We Went Up G1519 PREP εις To G3588 T-ASF την Tha G789 N-ASF ασσον Assos G3195 V-PAP-NPM μελλοντες Intending G1564 ADV εκειθεν From There G353 V-PAN αναλαμβανειν To Take Up G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G3972 N-ASM παυλον Paul G1063 CONJ γαρ For G3779 ADV ουτως So G2258 V-IXI-3S ην It Was G1299 V-RPP-NSM διατεταγμενος Arranged G3195 V-PAP-NSM μελλων Intending G846 T-NSM αυτος Himself G3978 V-PAN πεζευειν To Go On Foot

14 G1161 CONJ δε And G5613 ADV ως When G4820 V-2AAI-3S συνεβαλεν He Met With G2254 P-1DP ημιν Us G1519 PREP εις At G3588 T-ASF την Tha G789 N-ASF ασσον Assos G353 V-2AAP-NPM αναλαβοντες Having Taken Up G846 P-ASM αυτον Him G2064 V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν We Came G1519 PREP εις To G3412 N-ASF μιτυληνην Mitylene

15 G2547 ADV-C κακειθεν And From There G636 V-AAP-NPM αποπλευσαντες Having Sailed G3588 T-DSF τη On Tha G1966 V-PXP-DSF επιουση Next G2658 V-AAI-1P κατηντησαμεν We Arrived G481 ADV αντικρυ Opposite G5508 N-GSF χιου Chios G1161 CONJ δε And G3588 T-DSF τη Tha G2087 A-DSF ετερα Other G3846 V-2AAI-1P παρεβαλομεν We Came Near G1519 PREP εις To G4544 N-ASF σαμον Samos G2532 CONJ και And G3306 V-AAP-NPM μειναντες Having Remained G1722 PREP εν In G5175 N-DSN τρωγυλλιω Trogyllium G3588 T-DSF τη Tha G2192 V-PPP-DSF εχομενη Following G2064 V-2AAI-1P ηλθομεν We Came G1519 PREP εις To G3399 N-ASF μιλητον Miletus

16 G1063 CONJ γαρ For G3588 T-NSM ο Tho G3972 N-NSM παυλος Paul G2919 V-AAI-3S εκρινεν Determined G3896 V-AAN παραπλευσαι To Sail Past G3588 T-ASF την Tha G2181 N-ASF εφεσον Ephesus G3704 ADV οπως So That G1096 V-2ADS-3S γενηται Might Happen G846 P-DSM αυτω For Him G3361 PRT-N μη Not G5551 V-AAN χρονοτριβησαι To Lose Time G1722 PREP εν In G3588 T-DSF τη Tha G773 N-DSF ασια Asia G1063 CONJ γαρ For G4692 V-IAI-3S εσπευδεν He Was Hastening G1487 COND ει If G2258 V-IXI-3S ην It Were G1415 A-NSN δυνατον Possible G846 P-DSM αυτω For Him G1096 V-2ADN γενεσθαι To Become G1519 PREP εις At G2414 N-ASF ιεροσολυμα Jerusalem G3588 T-ASF την Tha G2250 N-ASF ημεραν Day G3588 T-GSF της Of Tha G4005 N-GSF πεντηκοστης Pentecost

17 G1161 CONJ δε And G575 PREP απο From G3588 T-GSF της Tha G3399 N-GSF μιλητου Miletus G3992 V-AAP-NSM πεμψας Having Sent G1519 PREP εις To G2181 N-ASF εφεσον Ephesus G3333 V-AMI-3S μετεκαλεσατο He Summoned G3588 T-APM τους Thos G4245 A-APM πρεσβυτερους Elder G3588 T-GSF της Of Tha G1577 N-GSF εκκλησιας Congregation

18 G1161 CONJ δε And G5613 ADV ως When G3854 V-2ADI-3P παρεγενοντο They Came G4314 PREP προς To G846 P-ASM αυτον Him G2036 V-2AAI-3S ειπεν He Said G846 P-DPM αυτοις To Them G5210 P-2NP υμεις Ye G1987 V-PNI-2P επιστασθε Know G575 PREP απο From G4413 A-GSF πρωτης First G2250 N-GSF ημερας Day G575 PREP αφ In G3739 R-GSF ης Which G1910 V-2AAI-1S επεβην I Stepped In G1519 PREP εις In G3588 T-ASF την Tha G773 N-ASF ασιαν Asia G4459 ADV πως How G1096 V-2ADI-1S εγενομην I Became G3326 PREP μεθ With G5216 P-2GP υμων You G3956 A-ASM παντα All G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G5550 N-ASM χρονον Time

19 G1398 V-PAP-NSM δουλευων Serving G3588 T-DSM τω Tho G2962 N-DSM κυριω Lord G3326 PREP μετα With G3956 A-GSF πασης All G5012 N-GSF ταπεινοφροσυνης Humility G2532 CONJ και And G4183 A-GPN πολλων Many G1144 N-GPN δακρυων Tears G2532 CONJ και And G3986 N-GPM πειρασμων Trials G3588 T-GPM των Thos G4819 V-2AAP-GPM συμβαντων That Befell G3427 P-1DS μοι Me G1722 PREP εν By G3588 T-DPF ταις Thas G1917 N-DPF επιβουλαις Conspiracies G3588 T-GPM των Of Thos G2453 A-GPM ιουδαιων Jewish

20 G5613 ADV ως How G5288 V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην I Kept Back G3762 A-ASN ουδεν Nothing G3588 T-GPN των Of Thes G4851 V-PAP-GPN συμφεροντων That Are Beneficial G3588 T-GSN του Of The G3361 PRT-N μη Not G312 V-AAN αναγγειλαι To Inform G5213 P-2DP υμιν You G2532 CONJ και And G1321 V-AAN διδαξαι To Teach G5209 P-2AP υμας You G1219 ADV δημοσια In Public G2532 CONJ και And G2596 PREP κατ According To G3624 N-APM οικους Houses

21 G1263 V-PNP-NSM διαμαρτυρομενος Testifying G5037 PRT τε Both G2453 A-DPM ιουδαιοις To Jewish G2532 CONJ και And G1672 N-DPM ελλησιν To Greeks G3588 T-ASF την Tha G3341 N-ASF μετανοιαν Repentance G1519 PREP εις Toward G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G2316 N-ASM θεον God G2532 CONJ και And G3588 T-ASF την Tha G4102 N-ASF πιστιν Faith G1519 PREP εις Toward G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G2962 N-ASM κυριον Lord G2257 P-1GP ημων Of Us G2424 N-ASM ιησουν Iesous

22 G2532 CONJ και And G3568 ADV νυν Now G2400 V-2AAM-2S ιδου Behold G1473 P-1NS εγω I G1210 V-RPP-NSM δεδεμενος Bound G3588 T-DSN τω In The G4151 N-DSN πνευματι Spirit G4198 V-PNI-1S πορευομαι Am Going G1519 PREP εις To G2419 N-PRI ιερουσαλημ Jerusalem G3361 PRT-N μη Not G1492 V-RAP-NSM ειδως Knowing G3588 T-APN τα Thes G4876 V-FAP-APN συναντησοντα That Will Happen G3427 P-1DS μοι To Me G1722 PREP εν In G846 P-DSF αυτη It

23 G4133 ADV πλην Except G3754 CONJ οτι That G3588 T-NSN το The G40 A-NSN αγιον Holy G3588 T-NSN το The G4151 N-NSN πνευμα Spirit G1263 V-PNI-3S διαμαρτυρεται Testifies G2596 PREP κατα According To G4172 N-ASF πολιν City G3004 V-PAP-NSN λεγον Saying G3754 CONJ οτι That G1199 N-NPN δεσμα Bonds G2532 CONJ και And G2347 N-NPF θλιψεις Afflictions G3306 V-PAI-3P μενουσιν Await G3165 P-1AS με Me

24 G235 CONJ αλλ But G4160 V-PMI-1S ποιουμαι I Make G3762 A-GSN ουδενος Nothing G3056 N-ASM λογον Of Matter G3761 ADV ουδε Nor G2192 V-PAI-1S εχω Do I Hold G3588 T-ASF την Tha G5590 N-ASF ψυχην Life G3450 P-1GS μου Of Me G5093 A-ASF τιμιαν Precious G1683 F-1DSM εμαυτω To Myself G5613 ADV ως So As G5048 V-AAN τελειωσαι To Fully Complete G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G1408 N-ASM δρομον Course G3450 P-1GS μου Of Me G3326 PREP μετα With G5479 N-GSF χαρας Joy G2532 CONJ και And G3588 T-ASF την Tha G1248 N-ASF διακονιαν Ministry G3739 R-ASF ην That G2983 V-2AAI-1S ελαβον I Received G3844 PREP παρα From G3588 T-GSM του Tho G2962 N-GSM κυριου Lord G2424 N-GSM ιησου Iesous G1263 V-ADN διαμαρτυρασθαι To Solemnly Testify G3588 T-ASN το The G2098 N-ASN ευαγγελιον Good News G3588 T-GSF της Of Tha G5485 N-GSF χαριτος Grace G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G2316 N-GSM θεου God

25 G2532 CONJ και And G3568 ADV νυν Now G2400 V-2AAM-2S ιδου Behold G1473 P-1NS εγω I G1492 V-RAI-1S οιδα Have Seen G3754 CONJ οτι That G3765 ADV ουκετι No Longer G3700 V-FDI-2P οψεσθε Will Ye See G3588 T-ASN το The G4383 N-ASN προσωπον Face G3450 P-1GS μου Of Me G5210 P-2NP υμεις Ye G3956 A-NPM παντες All G1722 PREP εν Among G3739 R-DPM οις Whom G1330 V-2AAI-1S διηλθον I Passed Through G2784 V-PAP-NSM κηρυσσων Preaching G3588 T-ASF την Tha G932 N-ASF βασιλειαν Kingdom G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G2316 N-GSM θεου God

26 G1360 CONJ διοτι Therefore G3143 V-PNI-1S μαρτυρομαι I Solemnly Declare G5213 P-2DP υμιν To You G1722 PREP εν In G3588 T-DSF τη Tha G2250 N-DSF ημερα Day G4594 ADV σημερον Today G3754 CONJ οτι That G1473 P-1NS εγω I G2513 A-NSM καθαρος Clean G575 PREP απο From G3588 T-GSN του The G129 N-GSN αιματος Blood G3956 A-GPM παντων Of All

27 G1063 CONJ γαρ For G3756 PRT-N ου Not G5288 V-AMI-1S υπεστειλαμην Did I Withdraw G3361 PRT-N μη Not G3588 T-GSN του The G312 V-AAN αναγγειλαι To Declare G5213 P-2DP υμιν To You G3588 T-ASF την Tha G3956 A-ASF πασαν Whole G1012 N-ASF βουλην Plan G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G2316 N-GSM θεου God

28 G4337 V-PAM-2P προσεχετε Take Heed G3767 CONJ ουν Therefore G1438 F-3DPM εαυτοις To Yourselves G2532 CONJ και And G3956 A-DSN παντι To All G3588 T-DSN τω The G4168 N-DSN ποιμνιω Flock G1722 PREP εν Among G3739 R-DSN ω Which G3588 T-NSN το The G40 A-NSN αγιον Holy G3588 T-NSN το The G4151 N-NSN πνευμα Spirit G5087 V-2AMI-3S εθετο Placed G5209 P-2AP υμας You G1985 N-APM επισκοπους Guardians G4165 V-PAN ποιμαινειν To Tend G3588 T-ASF την Tha G1577 N-ASF εκκλησιαν Church G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G2962 N-GSM κυριου Lord G2532 CONJ και And G2316 N-GSM θεου God G3739 R-ASF ην Which G4046 V-AMI-3S περιεποιησατο He Purchased G1223 PREP δια By G3588 T-GSN του The G2398 A-GSN ιδιου Own G129 N-GSN αιματος Blood

29 G1063 CONJ γαρ For G1473 P-1NS εγω I G1492 V-RAI-1S οιδα Know G5124 D-ASN τουτο This G3754 CONJ οτι That G3326 PREP μετα After G3588 T-ASF την Tha G867 N-ASF αφιξιν Departure G3450 P-1GS μου Of Me G926 A-NPM βαρεις Grievous G3074 N-NPM λυκοι Wolves G1525 V-FDI-3P εισελευσονται Will Enter G1519 PREP εις Among G5209 P-2AP υμας You G3361 PRT-N μη Not G5339 V-PNP-NPM φειδομενοι Sparing G3588 T-GSN του The G4168 N-GSN ποιμνιου Flock

30 G2532 CONJ και And G1537 PREP εξ From G5216 P-2GP υμων You G846 T-GPM αυτων Yourselves G435 N-NPM ανδρες Men G450 V-FMI-3P αναστησονται Will Rise Up G2980 V-PAP-NPM λαλουντες Speaking G1294 V-RPP-APN διεστραμμενα Distorted Things G3588 T-GSN του Of The G645 V-PAN αποσπαν To Draw Away G3588 T-APM τους Thos G3101 N-APM μαθητας Disciples G3694 ADV οπισω After G846 P-GPM αυτων Them

31 G1352 CONJ διο Therefore G1127 V-PAM-2P γρηγορειτε Watch Ye G3421 V-PAP-NPM μνημονευοντες Remembering G3754 CONJ οτι That G5148 N-ASF τριετιαν Three Years G3571 N-ASF νυκτα Night G2532 CONJ και And G2250 N-ASF ημεραν Day G3973 V-AMI-1S επαυσαμην I Ceased G3756 PRT-N ουκ Not G3560 V-PAP-NSM νουθετων Warning G1538 A-ASM εκαστον Each G1520 N-ASM ενα One G3326 PREP μετα With G1144 N-GPN δακρυων Tears

32 G2532 CONJ και And G3588 T-APN τα Thes G3568 ADV νυν Now G80 N-VPM αδελφοι Brothers G3908 V-PMI-1S παρατιθεμαι I Commit G5209 P-2AP υμας You G3588 T-DSM τω To Tho G2316 N-DSM θεω God G2532 CONJ και And G3588 T-DSM τω To Tho G3056 N-DSM λογω Word G3588 T-GSF της Of Tha G5485 N-GSF χαριτος Grace G846 P-GSM αυτου Of Him G3588 T-DSM τω Tho G1410 V-PNP-DSM δυναμενω Which Is Able G2026 V-AAN εποικοδομησαι To Build Up G2532 CONJ και And G1325 V-2AAN δουναι To Give G5213 P-2DP υμιν You G2817 N-ASF κληρονομιαν Inheritance G1722 PREP εν Among G3956 A-DPM πασιν All G3588 T-DPM τοις Thos G37 V-RPP-DPM ηγιασμενοις Who Have Been Sanctified

33 G1937 V-AAI-1S επεθυμησα I Coveted G3762 A-GSM ουδενος Of None G694 N-GSN αργυριου Silver G2228 PRT η Or G5553 N-GSN χρυσιου Gold G2228 PRT η Or G2441 N-GSM ιματισμου Apparel

34 G846 T-NPM αυτοι Yourselves G1097 V-PAI-2P γινωσκετε Know G3754 CONJ οτι That G3778 D-NPF αυται These G3588 T-NPF αι Thas G5495 N-NPF χειρες Hands G5256 V-AAI-3P υπηρετησαν Served G3588 T-DPF ταις To Thas G5532 N-DPF χρειαις Needs G3450 P-1GS μου Of Me G2532 CONJ και And G3588 T-DPM τοις To Thos G5607 V-PXP-DPM ουσιν Who Were G3326 PREP μετ With G1700 P-1GS εμου Me

35 G5263 V-AAI-1S υπεδειξα I Gave Glimpse Of G3956 A-APN παντα All G5213 P-2DP υμιν To You G3754 CONJ οτι That G3779 ADV ουτως So G2872 V-PAP-APM κοπιωντας Laboring G1163 V-PQI-3S δει Ye Ought G482 V-PNN αντιλαμβανεσθαι To Aid G3588 T-GPM των Thos G770 V-PAP-GPM ασθενουντων Weak G5037 PRT τε And G3421 V-PAN μνημονευειν To Remember G3588 T-GPM των Thos G3056 N-GPM λογων Words G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G2962 N-GSM κυριου Lord G2424 N-GSM ιησου Iesous G3754 CONJ οτι That G2036 V-2AAI-3S ειπεν He Said G846 T-NSM αυτος Himself G2076 V-PXI-3S εστιν It Is G3123 ADV μαλλον More G3107 A-NSN μακαριον Blessed G1325 V-PAN διδοναι To Give G2228 PRT η Than G2983 V-PAN λαμβανειν To Receive

36 G2532 CONJ και And G2036 V-2AAP-NSM ειπων Having Spoken G5023 D-APN ταυτα These G5087 V-2AAP-NSM θεις Having Placed G3588 T-APN τα Thes G1119 N-APN γονατα Knees G846 P-GSM αυτου Of Him G4336 V-ADI-3S προσηυξατο He Prayed G4862 PREP συν With G846 P-DPM αυτοις Them G3956 A-DPM πασιν All

37 G1161 CONJ δε And G1096 V-2ADI-3S εγενετο There Developed G2425 A-NSM ικανος Considerable G2805 N-NSM κλαυθμος Weeping G3956 A-GPM παντων Of All G2532 CONJ και And G1968 V-2AAP-NPM επιπεσοντες Having Fallen G1909 PREP επι On G3588 T-ASM τον Tho G5137 N-ASM τραχηλον Neck G3588 T-GSM του Of Tho G3972 N-GSM παυλου Paul G2705 V-IAI-3P κατεφιλουν They Kissed Much G846 P-ASM αυτον Him

38 G3600 V-PPP-NPM οδυνωμενοι Sorrowing G3122 ADV μαλιστα Especially G1909 PREP επι For G3588 T-DSM τω Tho G3056 N-DSM λογω Word G3739 R-DSM ω That G2046 V-LAI-3S-ATT ειρηκει He Had Spoken G3754 CONJ οτι That G3195 V-PAI-3P μελλουσιν They Were Going G2334 V-PAN θεωρειν To See G3588 T-ASN το The G4383 N-ASN προσωπον Face G846 P-GSM αυτου Of Him G3765 ADV ουκετι No More G1161 CONJ δε And G4311 V-IAI-3P προεπεμπον They Accompanied G846 P-ASM αυτον Him G1519 PREP εις To G3588 T-ASN το The G4143 N-ASN πλοιον Ship

new⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 And G3326 after G2351 the uproar G3973 [G5670] had ceased, G3972 Paul G4341 [G5666] called G3101 to him the disciples, G2532 and G782 [G5666] embraced G1831 [G5627] them, and departed G4198 [G5677] to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 And G1330 [G5631] when he had gone over G1565 those G3313 parts, G2532 and G4183 0 had given G846 them G4183 much G3870 G3056 [G5660] exhortation, G2064 [G5627] he came G1519 into G1671 Hellas,

3 G5037 And G4160 [G5660] there abode G5140 three G3376 months. G5259 G2453 And when the Judeans G1096 [G5637] laid G1917 wait G846 for him, G3195 [G5723] as he was about G321 [G5745] to sail G1519 into G4947 Syria, G1096 [G5633] he became G1106 of the opinion G5290 [G5721] to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 And G4902 [G5711] there accompanied G846 him G891 into G773 Asia G4986 Sopater G961 of Berea; G1161 and G2331 of the Thessalonians, G708 Aristarchus G2532 and G4580 Secundus; G2532 and G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe, G2532 and G5095 Timothy; G1161 and G774 of Asia, G5190 Tychicus G2532 and G5161 Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 [G5631] going before G3306 [G5707] tarried G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 And G2249 we G1602 [G5656] sailed away G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened bread, G2532 and G2064 [G5627] came G4314 to G846 them G1519 to G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days; G3757 where G1304 [G5656] we abode G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1161 And G1722 upon G3588 the G3391 first G3588 of the G4521 sabbaths, G3101 when the disciples G4863 [G5772] came together G2806 [G5658] to break G740 bread, G3972 Paul G1256 [G5711] dialogued G846 to them, G3195 [G5723] ready G1826 [G5750] to depart G1887 on the next day; G5037 and G3905 [G5707] continued G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 And G2258 [G5713] there were G2425 sufficient G2985 lights G1722 in G5253 the upper chamber, G3757 where G2258 [G5713] they were G4863 [G5772] gathered together.

9 G1161 And G2521 [G5740] there sat G1909 in G2376 a window G5100 a certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus, G2702 [G5746] having fallen G901 into a deep G5258 sleep: G3972 and as Paul G1909 G4119 was long G1256 [G5740] dialoguing, G2702 [G5685] he sunk down G575 with G5258 sleep, G2736 G4098 [G5627] and fell G575 from G5152 the third loft, G2532 and G142 [G5681] was taken up G3498 dead.

10 G1161 And G3972 Paul G2597 [G5631] went down, G1968 [G5627] and fell on G846 him, G2532 and G4843 [G5631] embracing G2036 [G5627] him said, G2350 0 Make G3361 not G2350 [G5744] a disruption; G1063 for G846 his G5590 breath G2076 [G5748] is G1722 in G846 him.

11 G1161 When G305 0 he G305 [G5631] had come up again, G2532 and G2806 [G5660] had broken G740 bread, G2532 and G1089 [G5666] eaten, G5037 and G3656 G1909 [G5660] talked G2425 a long while, G891 even till G827 break of day, G3779 so G1831 [G5627] he departed.

12 G1161 And G71 [G5627] they led G3816 the young man G2198 [G5723] alive, G2532 and G3870 0 were G3756 not G3357 moderately G3870 [G5681] comforted.

13 G1161 And G2249 we G4281 [G5631] went before G1909 to G4143 a ship, G321 [G5681] and sailed G1519 to G789 Assos, G1564 there G3195 [G5723] intending G353 [G5721] to take in G3972 Paul: G1063 for G3779 so G2258 [G5713] he G1299 [G5772] had appointed, G3195 [G5723] intending G846 himself G3978 [G5721] to go on foot.

14 G1161 And G5613 when G4820 [G5627] he united G2254 with us G1519 at G789 Assos, G353 0 having taken G846 him G353 [G5631] in, G2064 [G5627] we came G1519 unto G3412 Mitylene.

15 G2547 0 And G636 [G5660] we sailed G2547 from there, G2658 [G5656] and came G1966 [G5752] the next day G481 opposite G5508 Chios; G1161 and G2087 the next day G3846 [G5627] we threw alongside G1519 at G4544 Samos, G2532 and G3306 [G5660] tarried G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium; G2192 [G5746] and the next day G2064 [G5627] we came G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 [G5656] had determined G3896 [G5658] to sail by G2181 Ephesus, G3704 because G846 he G1096 [G5638] would G3361 not G5551 [G5658] spend the time G1722 in G773 Asia: G1063 for G4692 [G5707] he hastened, G1487 if G2258 [G5713] it were G1415 possible G846 for him, G1096 [G5635] to be G1519 at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 And G575 from G3399 Miletus G3992 [G5660] he sent G1519 to G2181 Ephesus, G3333 [G5668] and called G4245 the elders G1577 of the congregation.

18 G1161 And G5613 when G3854 [G5633] they had come G4314 to G846 him, G2036 [G5627] he said G846 to them, G5210 Ye G1987 [G5736] know, G575 from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 G3739 that G1910 [G5627] I came G1519 into G773 Asia, G4459 after what manner G1096 [G5633] I have been G3326 with G5216 you G3956 at all G5550 times,

19 G1398 [G5723] Being a slave G3588 to the G2962 Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility of mind, G2532 and G4183 with many G1144 tears, G2532 and G3986 temptations, G3588 which G4819 [G5631] befell G3427 me G1722 by G1917 the lying in wait G2453 of the Judeans:

20 G5613 And how G5288 [G5668] I kept back G3762 nothing G4851 [G5723] that was profitable G3361 to you, but G312 [G5658] have shown G5213 you, G2532 and G1321 [G5658] have taught G5209 you G1219 publicly, G2532 and G2596 from G3624 house to house,

21 G1263 [G5740] Testifying G5037 both G2453 to the Judeans, G2532 and also G1672 to the Hellenes, G3341 a change of mind G1519 toward G2316 God, G2532 and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Anointed.

22 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 [G5628] behold, G1473 I G4198 [G5736] go G1210 [G5772] bound G4151 in the spirit G1519 to G2419 Jerusalem, G3361 not G1492 [G5761] knowing G4876 [G5694] the things that shall befall G3427 me G1722 G846 there:

23 G4133 Except G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G1263 [G5736] testifieth G2596 in every G4172 city, G3004 [G5723] saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 [G5719] await G3165 me.

24 G235 But G3762 none G3056 of these things G4160 [G5731] move me, G3761 neither G2192 [G5719] count I G3450 my G5590 breath G5093 dear G1683 to myself, G5613 so G5048 [G5658] that I may finish G3450 my G1408 course G3326 with G5479 joy, G2532 and G1248 the service, G3739 which G2983 [G5627] I have received G3844 from G2962 the Lord G2424 Jesus, G1263 [G5664] to testify G2098 the good news G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 [G5628] behold, G1473 I G1492 [G5758] know G3754 that G5210 ye G3956 all, G1722 among G3739 whom G1330 [G5627] I have gone G2784 [G5723] proclaiming G932 the kingdom G2316 of God, G3700 [G5695] shall see G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Therefore G5213 G3143 [G5736] I testify to you G1722 G4594 this G2250 day, G3754 that G1473 I G2513 am clean G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men.

27 G1063 For G5288 0 I have G3756 G3361 not G5288 [G5668] shunned G312 [G5658] to declare G5213 to you G3956 all G1012 the counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 [G5720] Take heed G3767 therefore G1438 to yourselves, G2532 and G3956 to all G4168 the flock, G1722 over G3739 which G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G5087 [G5639] hath made G5209 you G1985 overseers, G4165 [G5721] to feed G3588 the G1577 congregation G2316 of God, G3739 which G4046 [G5668] he hath purchased G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 For G1473 I G1492 [G5758] know G5124 this, G3754 that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departure G926 grievous G3074 wolves G1525 [G5695] shall enter in G1519 among G5209 you, G3361 not G5339 [G5740] sparing G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 Also G1537 from G5216 your G846 own selves G450 0 shall G435 men G450 [G5698] arise, G2980 [G5723] speaking G1294 [G5772] perverse things, G645 [G5721] to draw away G3101 disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 [G5720] watch, G3421 [G5723] and remember, G3754 that G5148 by the space of three years G3973 [G5668] I ceased G3756 not G3560 [G5723] admonishing G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32 G2532 And G3569 now, G80 brethren, G3908 [G5731] I commend G5209 you G2316 to God, G2532 and G3056 to the word G846 of his G5485 grace, G3588 which G1410 [G5740] is able G2026 [G5658] to build you up, G2532 and G1325 [G5629] to give G5213 you G2817 an inheritance G1722 among G3956 all G37 [G5772] them who are sanctified.

33 G1937 [G5656] I have coveted G3762 no man's G694 silver, G2228 or G5553 gold, G2228 or G2441 apparel.

34 G1161 Yea, G846 ye yourselves G1097 [G5719] know, G3754 that G3778 these G5495 hands G5256 [G5656] have ministered G3450 to my G5532 necessities, G2532 and G5607 [G5752] to them that were G3326 with G1700 me.

35 G5263 [G5656] I have plainly shown G5213 you G3956 all things, G3754 that G3779 so G2872 [G5723] wearying in labour G1163 [G5748] ye ought G482 [G5738] to assist G770 [G5723] the weak, G5037 and G3421 [G5721] to remember G3056 the words G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus, G3754 that G846 he G2036 [G5627] said, G2076 [G5748] { It is G3123 more G3107 blessed G1325 [G5721] to give G2228 than G2983 [G5721] to receive.}

36 G2532 And G5023 when he had thus G2036 [G5631] spoken, G846 he G1119 kneeled G5087 [G5631] down, G4336 [G5662] and prayed G4862 with G846 them G3956 all.

37 G1161 And G3956 they all G2805 G1096 [G5633] wept G2425 bitterly, G2532 and G1968 [G5631] fell G1909 on G3972 Paul's G5137 neck, G2705 [G5707] and kissed G846 him,

38 G3600 [G5746] Being distressed G3122 especially G1909 over G3588 the G3056 words G3739 which G2046 [G5715] he spoke, G3754 that G3195 [G5719] they should G2334 [G5721] see G846 his G4383 face G3765 no more. G1161 And G4311 [G5707] they accompanied G846 him G1519 to G3588 the G4143 ship.

Vulgate⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ postquam autem cessavit tumultus vocatis Paulus discipulis et exhortatus eos valedixit et profectus est ut iret in Macedoniam ² cum autem perambulasset partes illas et exhortatus eos fuisset multo sermone venit ad Graeciam ³ ubi cum fecisset menses tres factae sunt illi insidiae a Iudaeis navigaturo in Syriam habuitque consilium ut reverteretur per Macedoniam ⁴ comitatus est autem eum Sopater Pyrri Beroensis Thessalonicensium vero Aristarchus et Secundus et Gaius Derbeus et Timotheus Asiani vero Tychicus et Trophimus ⁵ hii cum praecessissent sustinebant nos Troade ⁶ nos vero navigavimus post dies azymorum a Philippis et venimus ad eos Troadem in diebus quinque ubi demorati sumus diebus septem ⁷ in una autem sabbati cum convenissemus ad frangendum panem Paulus disputabat eis profecturus in crastinum protraxitque sermonem usque in mediam noctem ⁸ erant autem lampades copiosae in cenaculo ubi eramus congregati ⁹ sedens autem quidam adulescens nomine Eutychus super fenestram cum mergeretur somno gravi disputante diu Paulo eductus somno cecidit de tertio cenaculo deorsum et sublatus est mortuus ¹⁰ ad quem cum descendisset Paulus incubuit super eum et conplexus dixit nolite turbari anima enim ipsius in eo est ¹¹ ascendens autem frangensque panem et gustans satisque adlocutus usque in lucem sic profectus est ¹² adduxerunt autem puerum viventem et consolati sunt non minime ¹³ nos autem ascendentes navem enavigavimus in Asson inde suscepturi Paulum sic enim disposuerat ipse per terram iter facturus ¹⁴ cum autem convenisset nos in Asson adsumpto eo venimus Mytilenen ¹⁵ et inde navigantes sequenti die venimus contra Chium et alia adplicuimus Samum et sequenti venimus Miletum ¹⁶ proposuerat enim Paulus transnavigare Ephesum ne qua mora illi fieret in Asia festinabat enim si possibile sibi esset ut diem pentecosten faceret Hierosolymis ¹⁷ a Mileto autem mittens Ephesum vocavit maiores natu ecclesiae ¹⁸ qui cum venissent ad eum et simul essent dixit eis vos scitis a prima die qua ingressus sum in Asiam qualiter vobiscum per omne tempus fuerim ¹⁹ serviens Domino cum omni humilitate et lacrimis et temptationibus quae mihi acciderunt ex insidiis Iudaeorum ²⁰ quomodo nihil subtraxerim utilium quo minus adnuntiarem vobis et docerem vos publice et per domos ²¹ testificans Iudaeis atque gentilibus in Deum paenitentiam et fidem in Dominum nostrum Iesum Christum ²² et nunc ecce alligatus ego Spiritu vado in Hierusalem quae in ea eventura sint mihi ignorans ²³ nisi quod Spiritus Sanctus per omnes civitates protestatur mihi dicens quoniam vincula et tribulationes me manent ²⁴ sed nihil horum vereor nec facio animam pretiosiorem quam me dummodo consummem cursum meum et ministerium quod accepi a Domino Iesu testificari evangelium gratiae Dei ²⁵ et nunc ecce ego scio quia amplius non videbitis faciem meam vos omnes per quos transivi praedicans regnum Dei ²⁶ quapropter contestor vos hodierna die quia mundus sum a sanguine omnium ²⁷ non enim subterfugi quo minus adnuntiarem omne consilium Dei vobis ²⁸ adtendite vobis et universo gregi in quo vos Spiritus Sanctus posuit episcopos regere ecclesiam Dei quam adquisivit sanguine suo ²⁹ ego scio quoniam intrabunt post discessionem meam lupi graves in vos non parcentes gregi ³⁰ et ex vobis ipsis exsurgent viri loquentes perversa ut abducant discipulos post se ³¹ propter quod vigilate memoria retinentes quoniam per triennium nocte et die non cessavi cum lacrimis monens unumquemque vestrum ³² et nunc commendo vos Deo et verbo gratiae ipsius qui potens est aedificare et dare hereditatem in sanctificatis omnibus ³³ argentum aut aurum aut vestem nullius concupivi ³⁴ ipsi scitis quoniam ad ea quae mihi opus erant et his qui mecum sunt ministraverunt manus istae ³⁵ omnia ostendi vobis quoniam sic laborantes oportet suscipere infirmos ac meminisse verbi Domini Iesu quoniam ipse dixit beatius est magis dare quam accipere ³⁶ et cum haec dixisset positis genibus suis cum omnibus illis oravit ³⁷ magnus autem fletus factus est omnium et procumbentes super collum Pauli osculabantur eum ³⁸ dolentes maxime in verbo quo dixerat quoniam amplius faciem eius non essent visuri et deducebant eum ad navem

Clementine_Vulgate⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Postquam autem cessavit tumultus, vocatis Paulus discipulis, et exhortatus eos, valedixit, et profectus est ut iret in Macedoniam. ² Cum autem perambulasset partes illas, et exhortatus eos fuisset multo sermone, venit ad Græciam: ³ ubi cum fecisset menses tres, factæ sunt illi insidiæ a Judæis navigaturo in Syriam: habuitque consilium ut reverteretur per Macedoniam. ⁴ Comitatus est autem eum Sopater Pyrrhi Berœensis, Thessalonicensium vero Aristarchus, et Secundus, et Gajus Derbeus, et Timotheus: Asiani vero Tychicus et Trophimus. ⁵ Hi cum præcessissent, sustinuerunt nos Troade: ⁶ nos vero navigavimus post dies azymorum a Philippis, et venimus ad eos Troadem in diebus quinque, ubi demorati sumus diebus septem. ⁷ Una autem sabbati cum convenissemus ad frangendum panem, Paulus disputabat cum eis profecturus in crastinum, protraxitque sermonem usque in mediam noctem. ⁸ Erant autem lampades copiosæ in cœnaculo, ubi eramus congregati. ⁹ Sedens autem quidam adolescens nomine Eutychus super fenestram, cum mergeretur somno gravi, disputante diu Paulo, ductus somno cecidit de tertio cœnaculo deorsum, et sublatus est mortuus. ¹⁰ Ad quem cum descendisset Paulus, incubuit super eum: et complexus dixit: Nolite turbari, anima enim ipsius in ipso est. ¹¹ Ascendens autem, frangensque panem, et gustans, satisque allocutus usque in lucem, sic profectus est. ¹² Adduxerunt autem puerum viventem, et consolati sunt non minime. ¹³ Nos autem ascendentes navem, navigavimus in Asson, inde suscepturi Paulum: sic enim disposuerat ipse per terram iter facturus. ¹⁴ Cum autem convenisset nos in Asson, assumpto eo, venimus Mitylenen. ¹⁵ Et inde navigantes, sequenti die venimus contra Chium, et alia applicuimus Samum, et sequenti die venimus Miletum. ¹⁶ Proposuerat enim Paulus transnavigare Ephesum, ne qua mora illi fieret in Asia. Festinabat enim, si possibile sibi esset, ut diem Pentecostes faceret Jerosolymis. ¹⁷ A Mileto autem mittens Ephesum, vocavit majores natu ecclesiæ. ¹⁸ Qui cum venissent ad eum, et simul essent, dixit eis: Vos scitis a prima die qua ingressus sum in Asiam, qualiter vobiscum per omne tempus fuerim, ¹⁹ serviens Domino cum omni humilitate, et lacrimis, et tentationibus, quæ mihi acciderunt ex insidiis Judæorum: ²⁰ quomodo nihil subtraxerim utilium, quominus annuntiarem vobis et docerem vos, publice et per domos, ²¹ testificans Judæis atque gentilibus in Deum pœnitentiam, et fidem in Dominum nostrum Jesum Christum. ²² Et nunc ecce alligatus ego spiritu, vado in Jerusalem: quæ in ea ventura sint mihi, ignorans: ²³ nisi quod Spiritus Sanctus per omnes civitates mihi protestatur, dicens quoniam vincula et tribulationes Jerosolymis me manent. ²⁴ Sed nihil horum vereor: nec facio animam meam pretiosiorem quam me, dummodo consummem cursum meum, et ministerium verbi quod accepi a Domino Jesu, testificari Evangelium gratiæ Dei. ²⁵ Et nunc ecce ego scio quia amplius non videbitis faciem meam vos omnes, per quos transivi prædicans regnum Dei. ²⁶ Quapropter contestor vos hodierna die, quia mundus sum a sanguine omnium. ²⁷ Non enim subterfugi, quominus annuntiarem omne consilium Dei vobis. ²⁸ Attendite vobis, et universo gregi, in quo vos Spiritus Sanctus posuit episcopos regere ecclesiam Dei, quam acquisivit sanguine suo. ²⁹ Ego scio quoniam intrabunt post discessionem meam lupi rapaces in vos, non parcentes gregi. ³⁰ Et ex vobisipsis exsurgent viri loquentes perversa, ut abducant discipulos post se. ³¹ Propter quod vigilate, memoria retinentes quoniam per triennium nocte et die non cessavi, cum lacrimis monens unumquemque vestrum. ³² Et nunc commendo vos Deo, et verbo gratiæ ipsius, qui potens est ædificare, et dare hæreditatem in sanctificatis omnibus. ³³ Argentum, et aurum, aut vestem nullius concupivi, sicut ³⁴ ipsi scitis: quoniam ad ea quæ mihi opus erant, et his qui mecum sunt, ministraverunt manus istæ. ³⁵ { Omnia ostendi vobis, quoniam sic laborantes, oportet suscipere infirmos ac meminisse verbi Domini Jesu: quoniam ipse dixit: Beatius est magis dare, quam accipere.} ³⁶ Et cum hæc dixisset, positis genibus suis oravit cum omnibus illis. ³⁷ Magnus autem fletus factus est omnium: et procumbentes super collum Pauli, osculabantur eum, ³⁸ dolentes maxime in verbo quod dixerat, quoniam amplius faciem ejus non essent visuri. Et deducebant eum ad navem.

Wycliffe⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And aftir the noise ceesside, Poul clepide the disciplis, and monestide hem, and seide fare wel; and he wente forth, to go in to Macedonye. ² And whanne he hadde walkid bi tho coostis, and hadde monestid hem bi many wordis, he cam to Greece. ³ Where whanne he hadde be thre monethis, the Jewis leiden aspies for hym, that was to saile in to Sirie; and he hadde counsel to turne ayen bi Macedonye. ⁴ And Sosipater of Pirri Boroense folowide hym; of Thessolonycenses, Astirak, and Secoundus, and Gayus Derbeus, and Tymothe; and Asians, Titicus and Trofimus. ⁵ These for thei wenten bifore, aboden vs at Troade. ⁶ For we schippiden aftir the daies of therf looues fro Filippis, and cam to hem at Troade in fyue daies, where we dwelten seuene daies. ⁷ And in the first dai of the woke, whanne we camen to breke breed, Poul disputide with hem, and schulde go forth in the morew; ⁸ and he drow along the sermoun til in to mydnyyt. And many laumpes weren in the soler, where we weren gaderyd togidir. ⁹ And a yong man, Euticus bi name, sat on the wyndowe, whanne he was fallun in to an heuy sleep, while Poul disputide long, al slepynge he felle doun fro the thridde stage; and he was takun vp, and was brouyt deed. ¹⁰ To whom whanne Poul cam doun, he lay on hym, and biclippide, and seide, Nyle ye be troblid; for his soule is in hym. ¹¹ And he wente vp, and brak breed, and eete, and spak ynowy vnto the dai; and so he wente forth. ¹² And thei brouyten the childe alyue, and thei weren coumfortid greetli. ¹³ And we wenten vp in to a schip, and schippiden in to Asson, to take Poul fro thennus; for so he hadde disposid to make iourney bi loond. ¹⁴ And whanne he foond vs in Asson, we token hym, and camen to Mitilene. ¹⁵ And fro thennus we schippiden in the dai suynge, and we camen ayens Chyum, and another dai we hauenyden at Samum, and in the dai suynge we camen to Mylete. ¹⁶ And Poul purposide to schip ouer to Efesi, lest ony tariyng were maad to hym in Asie; for he hiyede, if it were possible to hym, that he schulde be in the dai of Pentecost at Jerusalem. ¹⁷ Fro Mylete he sente to Effesi, and clepide the grettest men of birthe of the chirche. ¹⁸ And whanne thei camen to hym, and weren togidir, he seide to hem, Ye witen fro the firste dai, in which Y cam in to Asie, hou with you bi eche tyme Y was, ¹⁹ seruynge to the Lord with al mekenesse, and mildnesse, and teeris, and temptaciouns, that felden to me of aspiyngis of Jewis; ²⁰ hou Y withdrowe not of profitable thingis to you, that Y telde not to you, and tauyte you opynli, and bi housis; ²¹ and Y witnesside to Jewis and to hethene men penaunce in to God, and feith in to oure Lord Jhesu Crist. ²² And now lo! Y am boundun in spirit, and go in to Jerusalem; and Y knowe not what thingis schulen come to me in it, ²³ but that the Hooli Goost `bi alle citees witnessith to me, and seith, that boondis and tribulaciouns at Jerusalem abiden me. ²⁴ But Y drede no thing of these, nether Y make my lijf preciousere than my silf, so that Y end my cours, and the mynysterie of the word, which Y resseyuede of the Lord Jhesu, to witnesse the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And `now lo! Y woot, that ye schulen no more se my face, alle ye bi whiche Y passide, prechynge the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Wherfor Y witnesse to you this day, that Y am cleen of the blood of alle men. ²⁷ For Y fley not awey, that Y telde not to you al the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take ye tente to you, and to al the flocke, in which the Hooli Goost hath set you bischops, to reule the chirche of God, which he purchaside with his blood. ²⁹ Y woot, that aftir my departyng, rauyschinge wolues schulen entre in to you, `and spare not the flok; ³⁰ and men spekinge schrewid thingis schulen rise of you silf, that thei leden awei disciplis aftir hem. ³¹ For which thing wake ye, holdinge in mynde that bi thre yeer nyyt and dai Y ceesside not with teeris monestinge ech of you. ³² And now Y bitake you to God and to the word of his grace, that is myyti to edifie and yyue eritage in alle that ben maad hooli. ³³ And of no man Y coueitide siluer, and gold, ether cloth, as you silf witen; ³⁴ for to tho thingis that weren nedeful to me, and to these that ben with me, these hoondis mynystriden. ³⁵ Alle these thingis Y schewide to you, for so it bihoueth men trauelinge to resseyue sike men, and to haue mynde of the `word of the Lord Jhesu; for he seide, It is more blesful to yyue, than to resseyue. ³⁶ And whanne he hadde seid these thingis, he knelide, and he preiede with alle hem. ³⁷ And greet weping of alle men was maad; and thei felden on the necke of Poul, and kissiden hym, ³⁸ and sorewiden moost in the word that he seide, for thei schulen no more se his face. And thei ledden hym to the schip.

Tyndale⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the rage was ceased Paul called the disciples vnto him and toke his leave of them and departed for to goo into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parties and geven them large exhortacions he came into Grece ³ and there abode .iii. monethes. And when the Iewes layde wayte for him as he was about to sayle into Syria he purposed to returne thorowe Macedonia. ⁴ Ther acompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berrea and of Thessalonia Aristarcus and Secundus and Gayus of Derba and Timotheus: and out of Asia Tychicus and Trophimos. ⁵ These went before and taryed vs at Troas. ⁶ And we sayled awaye fro Philippos after the ester holydayes and came vnto them to Troas in five dayes where we abode seven dayes. ⁷ And on the morowe after the saboth daye the disciples came to geder for to breake breed and Paul preached vnto them (redy to departe on the morowe) and cotinued the preachynge vnto mydnyght. ⁸ And there were many lyghtes in the chamber where thy were gaddered to geder ⁹ and there sate in a wyndowe a certayne yonge man named Eutichos fallen into a depe slepe. And as Paul declared he was the moare overcome with slepe and fell doune from the thyrde lofte and was taken vp deed. ¹⁰ Paul went doune and fell on him and embrased him and sayde: make nothinge ado for his lyfe is in him. ¹¹ When he was come vp agayne he brake breed and tasted and comened a longe whyle even tyll the mornynge and so departed. ¹² And they brought the youge man a lyve and were not alytell comforted. ¹³ And we went a fore to shippe and lowsed vnto Asson there to receave Paul. For so had he apoynted and wolde him selfe goo a fote. ¹⁴ When he was come to vs vnto Asson we toke him in and came to Mytelenes. ¹⁵ And we sayled thence and came the nexte daye over agaynst Chios. And the nexte daye we aryved at Samos and taryed at Trogilion. The nexte daye we came to Myleton: ¹⁶ for Paul had determined to leave Ephesus as they sayled because he wolde not spende ye tyme in Asia. For he hasted to be (yf he coulde possible) at Ierusalem at the daye of pentecoste. ¹⁷ Wherfore from Myleton he sent to Ephesus and called the elders of the cogregacion. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him he sayde vnto the: Ye knowe fro the fyrst daye yt I came vnto Asia after what maner I have bene wt you at all ceasons ¹⁹ servynge the lorde with all humblenes of mynde and with many teares and temptacions which happened vnto me by the layinges awayte of the Ieues ²⁰ and how I kept backe no thinge that was profitable: but that I have shewed you and taught you openly and at home in youre houses ²¹ witnessinge bothe to the Iewes and also to the Grekes the repentaunce toward God and faith towarde oure Lorde Iesu. ²² And now beholde I goo bounde in the sprete vnto Ierusalem and knowe not what shall come on me there ²³ but that the holy goost witnesseth in every cite sayinge: yt bondes and trouble abyde me. ²⁴ But none of tho thinges move me: nether is my lyfe dere vnto my selfe that I myght fulfill my course wt ioye and the ministracio which I have receaved of ye Lorde Iesu to testify the gospell of ye grace of god. ²⁵ And now beholde I am sure yt hence forth ye all (thorow who I have gone preachinge ye kyngdome of God) shall se my face no moore. ²⁶ Wherfore I take you to recorde this same daye that I am pure fro the bloude of all me. ²⁷ For I have kepte nothinge backe: but have shewed you all the counsell of God. ²⁸ Take hede therfore vnto youre selves and to all the flocke wherof the holy goost hath made you oversears to rule the congregacion of God which he hath purchased with his bloud. ²⁹ For I am sure of this that after my departynge shall greveous wolves entre in amonge you which will not spare the flocke. ³⁰ Moreover of youre awne selves shall men aryse speakinge perverse thinges to drawe disciples after the. ³¹ Therfore awake and remember that by the space of .iii. yeares I ceased not to warne every one of you both nyght and daye with teares. ³² And now brethren I comende you to God and to the worde of his grace which is able to bylde further and to geve you an inheritaunce amoge all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have desyred no mas silver golde or vesture. ³⁴ Ye knowe well yt these hondes have ministred vnto my necessities and to them that were wt me. ³⁵ I have shewed you all thinges how that so laborynge ye ought to receave the weake and to remember the wordes of the Lorde Iesu howe that he sayde: It is more blessed to geve then to receave. ³⁶ When he had thus spoken he kneled doune and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they wept all aboundantly and fell on Pauls necke and kissed him ³⁸ sorowinge most of all for the wordes which he spake that they shuld se his face no moore. And they acompanyed him vnto the shyppe.

Coverdale⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now whan the vproure was ceassed, Paul called the disciples vnto him, and toke his leue of them, and departed to go in to Macedonia. ² And whan he had gone thorow those partes, and exhorted them with many wordes, he came into Grekelonde, ³ and there abode thre monethes. But whan the Iewes layed wayte for him, as he was aboute to sayle in to Syria, he purposed to turne agayne thorow Macedonia. ⁴ There accompanied him in to Asia, Sopater of Berrea: and of Thessalonica, Aristarchus and Secundus: and Gaius of Derba, and Timotheus: but of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These wente before, and taried for vs at Troada: ⁶ but we sayled after the Easter dayes from Philippos, vnto ye fyfth daye, and came to them vnto Troada, and taried there seuen dayes. ⁷ Vpon one of the Sabbathes, whan the disciples came together to breake bred, Paul preached vnto them, wyllinge to departe on the morow, and contynued the preachinge vnto mydnight. ⁸ And there were many lightes in the chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ There sat a yonge man named Eutychos, in a wyndow, and fell in to a depe slepe (whyle Paul was speakinge) and was ouercome with slepe, and fell downe from the thirde lofte, and was taken vp deed. ¹⁰ But Paul wente downe, and fell on him, and enbraced him, and sayde: Make nothinge a doo, for his soule is in hi. ¹¹ Then wente he vp, and brake the bred, and ate, and talked moch with the, tyll the daye brake, and so departed. ¹² As for the yoge man, they broughte him alyue, and were not a litle conforted. ¹³ But we wente afore in to the shippe, and sayled towarde Asson, wyllinge there to receaue Paul. For so had he appoynted, and wolde himselfe go on fote. ¹⁴ Whan he was come to vs vnto Asson, we toke him in, and came to Mitylenes, ¹⁵ and sayled from thence, and came on the nexte daye ouer agaynst Chios, and on the daye folowinge we aryued at Samos, and taried at Tragilion, and on the nexte daye came we to Mileton: ¹⁶ for Paul had determed to sayle ouer by Ephesus, that he nede not to spende the tyme in Asia: for he haisted to be at Ierusalem vpo the Whitsondaye, yf it were possible for him. ¹⁷ But from Mileton he sent vnto Ephesus, and called for the Elders of the congregacion. ¹⁸ Whan they were come to him, he sayde vnto them: Ye knowe sence the first daye that I came in to Asia, after what maner I haue bene with you at all tyme, ¹⁹ and serued ye LORDE with all humblenesse of mynde, and with many teares and tentacions, which happened vnto me by ye layenges of wayte of the Iewes, ²⁰ how yt I haue kepte backe nothinge yt was profitable, but that I haue shewed you, and taughte you openly, and priuately from house to house. ²¹ And haue testifyed both vnto the Iewes & to the Grekes the repentaunce towarde God, and faith towarde oure LORDE Iesus. ²² And now beholde, I go bounde in ye sprete vnto Ierusale, not knowinge what shal happen there vnto me, ²³ but yt the holy goost witnesseth in euery cite, and sayeth, that bondes and troubles abyde me there. ²⁴ But I regarde none of them, nether counte I my life dearer then my selfe, that I maye fulfyll my course with ioye, and the office yt I haue receaued of the LORDE Iesu, to testifye the Gospell of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now beholde, I knowe that ye shal se my face nomore, all ye, thorow whom I haue gone, and preached the kyngdome of God. ²⁶ Wherfore I take you to recorde this daye, that I am pure from the bloude of all men: ²⁷ For I haue kepte nothinge backe, but haue shewed you all the councell off God. ²⁸ Take hede therfore vnto youre selues, and to all the flocke, amonge the which the holy goost hath set you to be Bishoppes, to fede the congregacion of God, which he hath purchaced thorow his owne bloude. ²⁹ For this I knowe, that after my departinge there shal enter in amonge you greuous wolues, which shal not spare the flocke. ³⁰ Yee eue from amonge youre awne selues shal men aryse, speakynge peruerse doctryne, to drawe disciples after them. ³¹ Therfore awake, and remembre, that by the space of thre yeares I ceassed not to warne euery one off you both nighte and daye with teares. ³² And now brethren I commende you vnto God, and to ye worde of his grace, which is mightie to edifye you, and to geue you the enheritaunce amoge all them that are sanctified. ³³ I haue not desyred syluer, golde or rayment off eny off you. ³⁴ For ye youre selues knowe, that these handes haue mynistred vnto my necessities, and them that were with me. ³⁵ I haue shewed you all thinges, how that so labouringe ye oughte to receaue the weake, and to remembre the worde of the LORDE, how that he sayde: It is more blessed to geue, then to receaue. ³⁶ And whan he had sayde this, he kneled downe, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ But there was moch wepynge amonge them all, and they fell aboute Pauls necke, and kyssed him, ³⁸ and were sory, most of all because of the worde which he had sayde, that they shulde se his face nomore. And they accopanied him vnto the shippe.

MSTC⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the rage was ceased, Paul called the disciples unto him, and took his leave of them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and given them large exhortations, he came into Greece: ³ and there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria; He purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ There accompanied him into Asia, Sopater of Beroea: And of Thessalonica, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy: And out of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These went before, and tarried us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the holy days, and came unto them to Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the morrow after the Sabbath day the disciples came together for to break bread, and Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued the preaching unto midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the chamber where they were gathered together, ⁹ and there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, fallen into a deep sleep. And as Paul declared, he was the more overcome with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Paul went down and fell on him, and embraced him, and said, "Make nothing ado. For his life is in him." ¹¹ When he was come up again, he brake bread, and tasted, and communed a long while: even till the morning, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went afore to ship, and loosed unto Assos, there to receive Paul. For so had he appointed, and would himself go a foot. ¹⁴ When he was come to us unto Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios. And the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium. The next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to leave Ephesus as they sailed, because he would not spend the time in Asia. For he hasted to be, if he could possibly, at Jerusalem at the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ Wherefore from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, "Ye know from the first day that I came unto Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humbleness of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which happened unto me by the layings wait of the Jews, ²⁰ and how I kept back nothing that was profitable: but that I have showed you, and taught you openly and at home in your houses, ²¹ witnessing both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, the repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, and know not what shall come on me there, ²³ but that the holy ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and trouble abide me. ²⁴ But none of those things move me. Neither is my life dear unto myself; that I might fulfill my course with joy, and the ministration which I have received of the Lord Jesus to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I am sure that henceforth ye all, through whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to record this same day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have kept nothing back: but have showed you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, whereof the holy ghost hath made you overseers: to rule the congregation of God, which he hath purchased with his blood. ²⁹ For I am sure of this: that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, which will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Moreover, of your own selves shall men arise speaking perverse things, to draw disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore awake and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one of you, both night and day with tears. ³² And now dear brethren I commend you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to build further, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have desired no man's silver, gold, or vesture. ³⁴ Ye know well that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, how that so laboring ye ought to receive the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how that he said, 'It is more blessed to give, than to receive.'" ³⁶ When he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they wept all abundantly, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him: ³⁸ sorrowing, most of all, for the words, which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

Matthew⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the rage was ceased: Paule called the disciples vnto him, & toke his leaue of them, & departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone ouer those partyes, and geuen them large exhortacyons he came into Grece, ³ and there abode thre monethes. And when the Iewes layde wayte for him as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to returne thorough Macedonia. ⁴ There accompanyed hym into Asia, Sopater of Berrea, and of Thessalonia Aristarcus and Secundus, & Gaius of Derba, and Timotheus, and out of Asia, Tichycus and Trophimos. ⁵ These wente before, & taryed vs at Troas. ⁶ And we sayled awaye from Philippus after the easter holy daies, and came vnto them do Troas in .v. dayes where we abode seuen dayes. ⁷ And on the morowe after the saboth day the disciples came together for to breake bread and Paule preached vnto them (readye to departe on the morowe) and contynued the preachynge vnto midnyght. ⁸ And there were manye lyghtes in the chamber where they were gathered together, ⁹ and there sate in a wyndowe a certayne yonge man named Eutichos, fallen into a depe slepe. And as Paule declared, he was the more ouercome with slepe, and fell doune from the thyrde lofte, and was taken vp dead. ¹⁰ Paule wente doune and fell on hym, and embrased hym, and sayed: make nothynge a do, for hys lyfe is in hym. ¹¹ When he was come vp again, he brake bread and tasted, and commened a longe whyle euen tyll the mornynge, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the yonge man alyue, and were not a lytle comforted. ¹³ And we went afore to shyppe, and loused vnto Asson there to receyue Paule. For so had he appoynted and woulde hym self go afore. ¹⁴ When he was come to vs to Assone, we toke hym in and came to Mitelenes. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next daye ouer agaynste Chios. And the next daye we aryued at Samos, and taryed at Trogilio. The nexte daye we came to Mileton, ¹⁶ for Paule had determyned to leaue Ephesus as they sayled, because he woulde not spende the tyme in Asia. For he hasted to be (yf he coulde possible) at Ierusalem at the daye of Pentecoste. ¹⁷ Wherfore from Myleton he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the congregacyon. ¹⁸ And when they were come to hym, he sayde vnto them. Ye knowe from the fyrste daye that I came into Asia, after what maner I haue ben with you at al ceasons ¹⁹ seruynge the Lorde with all humblenes of mynde, and with many teares, and temptacyons whiche happened to me by the laiynges awayte of the Iewes, ²⁰ and howe I kept backe nothyng that was profytable, but that I haue shewed you, and taughte you openlye, and at home in your houses, ²¹ wytnessyng both to the Iewes, and also to the Grekes, the repentaunce towarde God and fayth towarde oure Lorde Iesus. ²² And now beholde I go bounde in the spyryte vnto Ierusalem, and knowe not what shal come on me there, ²³ but that the holy ghost wytnesseth in euerye citie, saiynge: that bondes and trouble abyde me. ²⁴ But none of these thinges moue me: neyther is my lyfe dere vnto my selfe: that I myght fulfyl my course with ioye, and the ministracyon whiche I haue receyued of the Lord Iesus, to testifye the gospell of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now beholde, I am sure that henceforth ye al (through whom I haue gone preachyng the kingdom of God) shal se my face no more. ²⁶ Wherfore I take you to recorde this same daye that I am pure from the bloud of all men. ²⁷ For I haue kept nothynge backe, but haue shewed you all the counsell of God. ²⁸ Take hede therfore vnto youre selues, and to all the flocke wherof the holy ghoste hath made you ouersears, to rule the congregacyon of God, which he hath purchased wt hys bloude. ²⁹ For I am sure of this, that after my departing shall greuous wolues enter in amonge you, which wyll not spare the flocke. ³⁰ Moreouer of your own selues shal men aryse speakyng peruerse thinges to draw disciples after them. ³¹ Therfore awake & remember, that by the space of .iij. yeares I ceased not to warne euerye one of you both night and daye with teares. ³² And nowe brethren I commende you to God, and to the worde of hys grace, which is able to buylde further, and to geue you an inheritaunce amonge all them which are sanctifyed ³³ I haue desyred no mans syluer, golde or vesture. ³⁴ Ye knowe well that these handes haue ministred vnto my necessities, & to them that were with me, ³⁵ I haue shewed you all thinges, how that so laborynge ye ought to receyue the weake & to remember the wordes of the lorde Iesu, how that he sayde: it is more blessed to geue then to receyue. ³⁶ When he had thus spoken, he kneled doune & prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they wept al aboundauntly, and fell on Paules necke, & kyssed him ³⁸ sorowynge moste of all for the wordes which he spake, that they should se hys face no more. And they accompanied hym vnto the shyppe.

Great⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After that the rage was ceased, Paul called the dyscyples vnto hym, and toke hys leaue of them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone ouer those partyes, and had geuen them a longe exhortacyon, he cam into Grece ³ & there abode .iij. monethes. And when the Iewes layde wayt for him as he was about to sayle into Syria, he purposed to returne thorow Macedonia. ⁴ Ther accompanied him into Asia, Sopater of Berrea, and of Thessalonia, Aristarcus and Secundus, and Gayus of Derba, & Timotheus, & out of Asia Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These goynge before, taryed vs at Troas. ⁶ And we sayled awaye from Philippos after the dayes of swete bread, and cam vnto them to Troas in fyue dayes, where we abode seuen dayes. ⁷ And vpon one of the Saboth dayes, whan the disciples came together for to breake breed Paul preached vnto them (ready to departe on the morowe) & continued the preaching vnto mydnyght. ⁸ And there were many lyghtes in the chamber, where we were gathered together, ⁹ & ther sate in a wyndowe a certayne yonge man (named Euticus) beinge fallen into a depe sleepe. And as Paul was preachinge, he was the more ouercome with slepe, and fell downe from the thyrde lofte, & was taken vp deed. ¹⁰ But whan Paul went doune, he fell on him & embrased him and sayde: make nothynge a do, for his lyfe is in hym. ¹¹ So when he was come vp agayne, & had broken the bread & eaten, and talcked a longe whyle (euen tyll the mornyng) at the last he departed. ¹² And they brought the yonge man alyue, & were not a lytell conforted. ¹³ And we went afore to shyppe, & lowsed vnto Asson there to receaue Paul. For so had he appoynted, and wolde hym selfe goo a fote. ¹⁴ When we were come together at Asson, we toke him in, & came to Mytilenes. ¹⁵ And we sayled thence, and cam the nexte daye ouer agaynst Chios. And the nexte daye we ariued at Samos, & taried at Trogylon. The nexte daye we came to Myleton: ¹⁶ for Paul had determined to sayle ouer by Ephesus, because he wolde not spende the tyme in Asia. For he hasted (yf it were possible for him) to kepe at Ierusalem the daye of Pentecoste. ¹⁷ And from Myleton he sent messaungers to Ephesus, & called the elders of the congregacion. ¹⁸ Which when they were come to him, he layd vnto them: Ye knowe from the fyrst daye that I cam into Asia, after what maner I haue bene wt you at all ceasons, ¹⁹ seruynge the Lorde with all humblenes of mynde, and with many teares & temptacions which happened vnto me by the layinges awayte of the Iewes, ²⁰ because I wolde kepe backe nothynge that was profitable vnto you: but to shewe you and teache you openly, & thorowe out euery house, ²¹ witnessynge both to the Iewes, & also to the Grekes, the repentaunce, that is toward God, & the fayth which is toward oure Lorde Iesus. ²² And now beholde I go bounde in the sprete vnto Ierusalem, not knowing the thinges that shal come on me there, ²³ but the the holy goost witnesseth in euery cytie, saying. that bandes and trouble abyde me. ²⁴ But none of these thinges moue me nether is my lyfe deare vnto my selfe, that I might fulfyll my course with ioye, and the ministracyon which I haue receaued of the Lorde Iesu, to testifye the Gospell of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now beholde, I am sure, that henceforth ye all (thorow whom I haue gone preachynge the kyngdom of God) shall se my face no more. ²⁶ Wherfore, I take you to recorde this daye that I am pure from the bloude of all men. ²⁷ For I haue spared no laboure, but haue shewed you all the counsell of God. ²⁸ Take hede therfore vnto youre selues & to all the flocke amonge whom the holy ghost hath made you ouersears, to rule the congregacyon of God which he hath purchased with his bloude. ²⁹ For I am sure of thys, that after my departynge shall greueous wolues entre in amonge you, not sparyng the flocke. ³⁰ Moreouer, of youre awne selues shall men arise, speaking peruerse thinges to drawe disciples after them. ³¹ Therfore awake, & remember, that by the space of .iij. yeres: I ceased not to warne euery one of you nyght and daye with teares. ³² And now brethren, I commende you to God and to the worde of his grace, which is able to build farther, & to geue you an inheritaunce amonge all them which are sanctifyed ³³ I haue desyred no mans syluer, golde, or vesture. ³⁴ Yee, ye your selues knowe that these handes haue ministred vnto my necessyties, & to them that were with me. ³⁵ I haue shewed you all thinges, how that so laboring ye ought to receaue the weake, & to remember the wordes of the Lorde Iesu, how that he sayd: it is more blessed to geue then to receaue. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneled downe and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wepte sore and fell on Pauls necke, and kyssed hym, ³⁸ sorowynge, most of all for the wordes which he spake, that they shulde se hys face nomore. And they conuayed hym vnto the shyppe.

Geneva⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Nowe after the tumult was appeased, Paul called the disciples vnto him, and embraced them, and departed to goe into Macedonia. ² And when hee had gone through those parts, and had exhorted them with many words, he came into Grecia. ³ And hauing taried there three moneths, because the Iewes layde waite for him, as hee was about to saile into Syria, hee purposed to returne through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia, Sopater of Berea, and of them of Thessalonica, Aristarchus, and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus, and of them of Asia, Tychicus, and Trophimus. ⁵ These went before, and taried vs at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed forth from Philippi, after the dayes of vnleauened bread, and came vnto them to Troas in fiue dayes, where we abode seuen dayes. ⁷ And the first day of the weeke, the disciples being come together to breake bread, Paul preached vnto them, ready to depart on the morrow, and continued the preaching vnto midnight. ⁸ And there were many lightes in an vpper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sate in a windowe a certaine yong man, named Eutychus, fallen into a dead sleepe: and as Paul was long preaching, hee ouercome with sleepe, fell downe from the thirde loft, and was taken vp dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went downe, and layde himselfe vpon him, and embraced him, saying, Trouble not your selues: for his life is in him. ¹¹ Then when Paul was come vp againe, and had broken bread, and eaten, hauing spoken a long while till the dawning of the day, hee so departed. ¹² And they brought the boye aliue, and they were not a litle comforted. ¹³ Then we went before to shippe, and sailed vnto the citie Assos, that wee might receiue Paul there: for so had hee appointed, and would himselfe goe afoote. ¹⁴ Now when he was come vnto vs to Assos, and we had receiued him, we came to Mitylenes. ¹⁵ And wee sailed thence, and came the next day ouer against Chios, and the next day we arriued at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium: the next day we came to Miletum. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to saile by Ephesus, because hee woulde not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted to be, if hee could possible, at Hierusalem, at the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ Wherefore from Miletum, hee sent to Ephesus, and called the Elders of the Church. ¹⁸ Who when they were come to him, hee said vnto them, Ye know from the first day that I came into Asia, after what maner I haue bene with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Seruing the Lord with all modestie, and with many teares, and tentations, which came vnto me by the layings awaite of the Iewes, ²⁰ And how I kept backe nothing that was profitable, but haue shewed you, and taught you openly and throughout euery house, ²¹ Witnessing both to the Iewes, and to the Grecians the repentance towarde God, and faith toward our Lord Iesus Christ. ²² And nowe beholde, I goe bound in the Spirit vnto Hierusalem, and know not what things shall come vnto me there, ²³ Saue that ye holy Ghost witnesseth in euery citie, saying, that bondes and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But I passe not at all, neither is my life deare vnto my selfe, so that I may fulfill my course with ioye, and the ministration which I haue receiued of the Lord Iesus, to testifie the Gospell of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I know that henceforth ye all, through whome I haue gone preaching the kingdome of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to recorde this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I haue kept nothing backe, but haue shewed you all the counsell of God. ²⁸ Take heede therefore vnto your selues, and to all the flocke, whereof the holy Ghost hath made you Ouerseers, to feede the Church of God, which hee hath purchased with that his owne blood. ²⁹ For I knowe this, that after my departing shall grieuous wolues enter in among you, not sparing the flocke. ³⁰ Moreouer of your owne selues shall men arise speaking peruerse thinges, to drawe disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watche, and remember, that by the space of three yeres I ceased not to warne euery one, both night and day with teares. ³² And nowe brethren, I commend you to God, and to the worde of his grace, which is able to build further, and to giue you an inheritance, among all them, which are sanctified. ³³ I haue coueted no mans siluer, nor gold, nor apparell. ³⁴ Yea, ye knowe, that these handes haue ministred vnto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I haue shewed you all things, howe that so labouring, ye ought to support the weake, and to remember the wordes of the Lord Iesus, howe that hee saide, It is a blessed thing to giue, rather then to receiue. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled downe, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ Then they wept all abundantly, and fell on Pauls necke, and kissed him, ³⁸ Being chiefly sorie for the words which he spake, That they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him vnto the shippe.

Bishops⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the vprore was ceassed, Paul called the disciples, & toke his leaue of them, and departed, for to go into Macedonia ² And whe he had gone ouer those parties, and had geuen them a long exhortation, he came into Grece ³ And [there] abode three monethes. And when the Iewes layde wayte for hym as he was about to sayle into Syria, he purposed to returne through Macedonia ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berrea, and of the Thessalonians Aristarcus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe and Timotheus, and out of Asia Tychicus and Trophimus ⁵ These going before, taried vs at Troas ⁶ And we sayled away fro Philippos, after the dayes of sweete bread, & came vnto the to Troas in fiue dayes, where we abode seuen dayes ⁷ And vpon one of the Sabboth dayes, when the disciples came together for to breake bread, Paul reasoned with the, redy to depart on the morowe, and continued the worde vnto mydnyght ⁸ And there were many lyghtes in an vpper chamber, where they were gathered together ⁹ And there sate in a window a certaine young man, named Eutychus, being fallen into a deepe sleepe: And as Paul was long reasonyng, he was the more ouercome with sleepe, and fell downe from the thirde loft, and was taken vp dead ¹⁰ But whe Paul went downe, he fell on hym, and imbraced hym, & saide: make nothyng a do, for his lyfe is in hym ¹¹ And so when he was come vp againe, and had broken bread and eaten, & talked a long while, euen tyll the morning, and so he departed ¹² And they brought the young man alyue, and were not a litle comforted ¹³ And we went afore to shippe, & loosed vnto Asson, there to receaue Paul: For so had he appoynted, and woulde hym selfe go a foote ¹⁴ And when he was come to vs to Asso, we toke hym in, and came to Mytilene ¹⁵ And we sayled thence, and came the next day ouer agaynst Chios: and the next daye we arryued at Samos, and taryed at Trogylliu. The next day we came to Miletum ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sayle ouer by Ephesus, because he would not spend the tyme in Asia. For he hasted, yf it were possible for hym, to kepe at Hierusalem the day of Pentecost ¹⁷ And from Miletum, he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the Church ¹⁸ Which when they were come to hym, he saide vnto them: Ye knowe from the first daye that I came into Asia, after what maner I haue ben with you at all seasons ¹⁹ Seruyng the Lorde with all humblenesse of mynde, and with many teares, and temptations whiche came vnto me by the layinges awayte of the Iewes ²⁰ And howe I kept backe nothing that was profitable vnto you, but haue shewed you, and haue taught you openly, and throughout euery house ²¹ Witnessyng both to the Iewes & also to the Grekes, the repentaunce that is towarde God, and the fayth whiche is towarde our Lorde Iesus ²² And nowe beholde I go bounde in the spirite vnto Hierusale, not knowyng the thynges that shall come vnto me ²³ But that the holy ghost witnesseth in euery citie, saying that bondes & trouble abyde me ²⁴ But none of these thynges moue me, neither is my lyfe deare vnto my selfe, so that I myght fulfyll my course with ioy, and the ministerie whiche I haue receaued of the Lorde Iesu, to testifie the Gospell of the grace of God ²⁵ And nowe beholde, I am sure that hencefoorth ye al, through who I haue gone preachyng the kyngdome of God, shall see my face no more ²⁶ Wherefore, I take you to recorde this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men ²⁷ For I haue kept nothyng backe, but haue shewed you all ye counsell of God ²⁸ Take heede therfore vnto your selues, and to all the flocke, ouer the which the holy ghost hath made you ouerseers, to rule the Church of God, which he hath purchased with his owne blood ²⁹ For I knowe this, that after my departyng, shall greeuous wolfes enter in among you, not sparyng the flocke ³⁰ Also of your owne selues shall men aryse, speakyng peruerse thynges, to drawe disciples after them ³¹ Therfore watch, and remember that by the space of three yeres I ceassed not to warne euery one night and day with teares ³² And nowe brethren I commende you to God, and to the worde of his grace, which is able to buylde further, and to geue you an inheritaunce among all the which are sanctified ³³ I haue desired no mans syluer, golde, or vesture ³⁴ Yea, ye your selues knowe, that these handes haue ministred vnto my necessities, and to them that were with me ³⁵ I haue shewed you all thinges, howe that so labouryng ye ought to receaue the weake, and to remember ye wordes of the Lorde Iesu, howe that he said, it is more blessed to geue, then to receaue ³⁶ And when he hadde thus spoken, he kneled downe, & prayed with them all ³⁷ And they all wepte sore, and fell on Paules necke, and kyssed hym ³⁸ Sorowyng most of all for the wordes whiche he spake, that they shoulde see his face no more. And they accompanied hym vnto the shippe

DouayRheims⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult was ceased, Paul calling to him the disciples and exhorting them, took his leave and set forward to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts and had exhorted them with many words, he came into Greece: ³ Where, when he had spent three months, the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria. So he took a resolution to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him Sopater, the son of Pyrrhus, of Berea: and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus: and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy: and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These, going before, stayed for us at Troas. ⁶ But we sailed from Philippi after the days of the azymes and came to them to Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when we were assembled to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, being to depart on the morrow. And he continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were a great number of lamps in the upper chamber where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, sitting on the window, being oppressed with a deep sleep (as Paul was long preaching), by occasion of his sleep fell from the third loft down and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ To whom, when Paul had gone down, he laid himself upon him and, embracing him, said: Be not troubled, for his soul is in him. ¹¹ Then going up and breaking bread and tasting and having talked a long time to them, until daylight, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the youth alive and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we going aboard the ship, sailed to Assos, being there to take in Paul. For so he had appointed, himself purposing to travel by land. ¹⁴ And when he had met with us at Assos, we took him in and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing thence, the day following we came over against Chios: and the next day we arrived at Samos: and the day following we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, lest he should be stayed any time in Asia. For he hasted. if it were possible for him, to keep the day of Pentecost at Jerusalem. ¹⁷ And sending from Miletus to Ephesus, he called the ancients of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him and were together, he said to them: You know from the first day that I came into Asia, in what manner I have been with you, for all the time. ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility and with tears and temptations which befell me by the conspiracies of the Jews: ²⁰ How I have kept back nothing that was profitable to you, but have preached it to you, and taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to Jews and Gentiles penance towards God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, being bound in the spirit, I go to Jerusalem: not knowing the things which shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost in every city witnesseth to me, saying: That bands and afflictions wait for me at Jerusalem. ²⁴ But I fear none of these things, neither do I count my life more precious than myself, so that I may consummate my course and the ministry of the word which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I know that all you, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to witness this day that I am clear from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not spread to declare unto you all, the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves and to the whole flock, wherein the Holy Ghost hath placed you bishops, to rule the Church of God which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure ravening wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And of your own selves shall arise men speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, keeping in memory that for three years I ceased not with tears to admonish every one of you, night and day. ³² And now I commend you to God and to the word of his grace, who is able to build up and to give an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I have not coveted any man's silver, gold or apparel, as ³⁴ You yourselves know. For such things as were needful for me and them that are with me, these hands have furnished. ³⁵ I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring you ought to support the weak and to remember the word of the Lord Jesus, how he said: It is a more blessed thing to give, rather than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had said these things, kneeling down, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there was much weeping among them all. And falling on the neck of Paul, they kissed him, ³⁸ Being grieved most of all for the word which he had said, that they should see his face no more. And they brought him on his way to the ship.

KJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the LORD with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

KJV_Cambridge⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have shewed you, and have taught you publickly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you all things, how that so labouring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

KJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 And G3326 after G2351 the uproar G3973 was ceased [G5670] G3972 , Paul G4341 called [G5666] G3101 unto him the disciples G2532 , and G782 embraced [G5666] G1831 them, and departed [G5627] G4198 for to go [G5677] G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 And G1330 when he had gone over [G5631] G1565 those G3313 parts G2532 , and G4183 had given G846 them G4183 much G3870 exhortation [G5660] G3056 G2064 , he came [G5627] G1519 into G1671 Greece,

3 G5037 And G4160 there abode [G5660] G5140 three G3376 months G5259 . And when the Jews G2453 G1096 laid [G5637] G1917 wait G846 for him G3195 , as he was about [G5723] G321 to sail [G5745] G1519 into G4947 Syria G1096 , he purposed [G5633] G1106 G5290 to return [G5721] G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 And G4902 there accompanied [G5711] G846 him G891 into G773 Asia G4986 Sopater G961 of Berea G1161 ; and G2331 of the Thessalonians G708 , Aristarchus G2532 and G4580 Secundus G2532 ; and G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe G2532 , and G5095 Timotheus G1161 ; and G774 of Asia G5190 , Tychicus G2532 and G5161 Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 going before [G5631] G3306 tarried [G5707] G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 And G2249 we G1602 sailed away [G5656] G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened bread G2532 , and G2064 came [G5627] G4314 unto G846 them G1519 to G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days G3757 ; where G1304 we abode [G5656] G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1161 And G1722 upon G3391 the first G4521 day of the week G3101 , when the disciples G4863 came together [G5772] G2806 to break [G5658] G740 bread G3972 , Paul G1256 preached [G5711] G846 unto them G3195 , ready [G5723] G1826 to depart [G5750] G1887 on the morrow G5037 ; and G3905 continued [G5707] G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 And G2258 there were [G5713] G2425 many G2985 lights G1722 in G5253 the upper chamber G3757 , where G2258 they were [G5713] G4863 gathered together [G5772] .

9 G1161 And G2521 there sat [G5740] G1909 in G2376 a window G5100 a certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus G2702 , being fallen [G5746] G901 into a deep G5258 sleep G3972 : and as Paul G1909 was long G4119 G1256 preaching [G5740] G2702 , he sunk down [G5685] G575 with G5258 sleep G2736 , and fell down G4098 [G5627] G575 from G5152 the third loft G2532 , and G142 was taken up [G5681] G3498 dead.

10 G1161 And G3972 Paul G2597 went down [G5631] G1968 , and fell on [G5627] G846 him G2532 , and G4843 embracing [G5631] G2036 him said [G5627] G2350 , Trouble G3361 not G2350 yourselves [G5744] G1063 ; for G846 his G5590 life G2076 is [G5748] G1722 in G846 him.

11 G1161 When G305 he G305 therefore was come up again [G5631] G2532 , and G2806 had broken [G5660] G740 bread G2532 , and G1089 eaten [G5666] G5037 , and G3656 talked [G5660] G1909 G2425 a long while G891 , even till G827 break of day G3779 , so G1831 he departed [G5627] .

12 G1161 And G71 they brought [G5627] G3816 the young man G2198 alive [G5723] G2532 , and G3870 were G3756 not G3357 a little G3870 comforted [G5681] .

13 G1161 And G2249 we G4281 went before [G5631] G1909 to G4143 ship G321 , and sailed [G5681] G1519 unto G789 Assos G1564 , there G3195 intending [G5723] G353 to take in [G5721] G3972 Paul G1063 : for G3779 so G2258 had he [G5713] G1299 appointed [G5772] G3195 , minding [G5723] G846 himself G3978 to go afoot [G5721] .

14 G1161 And G5613 when G4820 he met [G5627] G2254 with us G1519 at G789 Assos G353 , we took G846 him G353 in [G5631] G2064 , and came [G5627] G1519 to G3412 Mitylene.

15 G2547 And G636 we sailed [G5660] G2547 thence G2658 , and came [G5656] G1966 the next [G5752] G481 day over against G5508 Chios G1161 ; and G2087 the next G3846 day we arrived [G5627] G1519 at G4544 Samos G2532 , and G3306 tarried [G5660] G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium G2192 ; and the next [G5746] G2064 day we came [G5627] G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 had determined [G5656] G3896 to sail by [G5658] G2181 Ephesus G3704 , because G846 he G1096 would [G5638] G3361 not G5551 spend the time [G5658] G1722 in G773 Asia G1063 : for G4692 he hasted [G5707] G1487 , if G2258 it were [G5713] G1415 possible G846 for him G1096 , to be [G5635] G1519 at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 And G575 from G3399 Miletus G3992 he sent [G5660] G1519 to G2181 Ephesus G3333 , and called [G5668] G4245 the elders G1577 of the church.

18 G1161 And G5613 when G3854 they were come [G5633] G4314 to G846 him G2036 , he said [G5627] G846 unto them G5210 , Ye G1987 know [G5736] G575 , from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 that G3739 G1910 I came [G5627] G1519 into G773 Asia G4459 , after what manner G1096 I have been [G5633] G3326 with G5216 you G3956 at all G5550 seasons,

19 G1398 Serving [G5723] G2962 the Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility of mind G2532 , and G4183 with many G1144 tears G2532 , and G3986 temptations G3588 , which G4819 befell [G5631] G3427 me G1722 by G1917 the lying in wait G2453 of the Jews:

20 G5613 And how G5288 I kept back [G5668] G3762 nothing G4851 that was profitable [G5723] G3361 unto you, but G312 have shewed [G5658] G5213 you G2532 , and G1321 have taught [G5658] G5209 you G1219 publickly G2532 , and G2596 from G3624 house to house,

21 G1263 Testifying [G5740] G5037 both G2453 to the Jews G2532 , and also G1672 to the Greeks G3341 , repentance G1519 toward G2316 God G2532 , and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G2532 And G3568 now G2400 , behold [G5628] G1473 , I G4198 go [G5736] G1210 bound [G5772] G4151 in the spirit G1519 unto G2419 Jerusalem G3361 , not G1492 knowing [G5761] G4876 the things that shall befall [G5694] G3427 me G1722 there G846 :

23 G4133 Save G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Ghost G1263 witnesseth [G5736] G2596 in every G4172 city G3004 , saying [G5723] G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 abide [G5719] G3165 me.

24 G235 But G3762 none G3056 of these things G4160 move me [G5731] G3761 , neither G2192 count I [G5719] G3450 my G5590 life G5093 dear G1683 unto myself G5613 , so G5048 that I might finish [G5658] G3450 my G1408 course G3326 with G5479 joy G2532 , and G1248 the ministry G3739 , which G2983 I have received [G5627] G3844 of G2962 the Lord G2424 Jesus G1263 , to testify [G5664] G2098 the gospel G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now G2400 , behold [G5628] G1473 , I G1492 know [G5758] G3754 that G5210 ye G3956 all G1722 , among G3739 whom G1330 I have gone [G5627] G2784 preaching [G5723] G932 the kingdom G2316 of God G3700 , shall see [G5695] G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Wherefore G3143 I take G5213 you G3143 to record [G5736] G1722 this G4594 G2250 day G3754 , that G1473 I G2513 am pure G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men .

27 G1063 For G5288 I have G3756 not G3361 G5288 shunned [G5668] G312 to declare [G5658] G5213 unto you G3956 all G1012 the counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take heed [G5720] G3767 therefore G1438 unto yourselves G2532 , and G3956 to all G4168 the flock G1722 , over G3739 the which G40 the Holy G4151 Ghost G5087 hath made [G5639] G5209 you G1985 overseers G4165 , to feed [G5721] G1577 the church G2316 of God G3739 , which G4046 he hath purchased [G5668] G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 For G1473 I G1492 know [G5758] G5124 this G3754 , that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departing G926 shall grievous G3074 wolves G1525 enter in [G5695] G1519 among G5209 you G3361 , not G5339 sparing [G5740] G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 Also G1537 of G5216 your G846 own selves G450 shall G435 men G450 arise [G5698] G2980 , speaking [G5723] G1294 perverse things [G5772] G645 , to draw away [G5721] G3101 disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 watch [G5720] G3421 , and remember [G5723] G3754 , that G5148 by the space of three years G3973 I ceased [G5668] G3756 not G3560 to warn [G5723] G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32 G2532 And G3569 now G80 , brethren G3908 , I commend [G5731] G5209 you G2316 to God G2532 , and G3056 to the word G846 of his G5485 grace G3588 , which G1410 is able [G5740] G2026 to build you up [G5658] G2532 , and G1325 to give [G5629] G5213 you G2817 an inheritance G1722 among G3956 all G37 them which are sanctified [G5772] .

33 G1937 I have coveted [G5656] G3762 no man's G694 silver G2228 , or G5553 gold G2228 , or G2441 apparel.

34 G1161 Yea G846 , ye yourselves G1097 know [G5719] G3754 , that G3778 these G5495 hands G5256 have ministered [G5656] G3450 unto my G5532 necessities G2532 , and G5607 to them that were [G5752] G3326 with G1700 me.

35 G5263 I have shewed [G5656] G5213 you G3956 all things G3754 , how that G3779 so G2872 labouring [G5723] G1163 ye ought [G5748] G482 to support [G5738] G770 the weak [G5723] G5037 , and G3421 to remember [G5721] G3056 the words G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus G3754 , how G846 he G2036 said [G5627] G2076 , It is [G5748] G3123 more G3107 blessed G1325 to give [G5721] G2228 than G2983 to receive [G5721] .

36 G2532 And G5023 when he had thus G2036 spoken [G5631] G846 , he G1119 kneeled G5087 down [G5631] G4336 , and prayed [G5662] G4862 with G846 them G3956 all.

37 G1161 And G3956 they all G2805 wept G1096 [G5633] G2425 sore G2532 , and G1968 fell [G5631] G1909 on G3972 Paul's G5137 neck G2705 , and kissed [G5707] G846 him,

38 G3600 Sorrowing [G5746] G3122 most of all G1909 for G3056 the words G3739 which G2046 he spake [G5715] G3754 , that G3195 they should [G5719] G2334 see [G5721] G846 his G4383 face G3765 no more G1161 . And G4311 they accompanied [G5707] G846 him G1519 unto G4143 the ship.

Mace⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ This disturbance being over, Paul sent for the disciples, took his leave and departed for Macedonia. ² after having visited the faithful in those parts, and given them many exhortations, he went to Greece. ³ there he stay'd three months; and then the Jews conspiring to surprize him at his embarkation for Syria, it was thought adviseable he should return thro' Macedonia. Sopater of Berea, ⁴ Aristarchus and Secundus of Thessalonica, Gaius of Derby and Timothy, Tychicus and Trophimus both Asiatics, all accompanied him to Asia, ⁵ and then advanc'd before and waited for us at Troas. ⁶ after the feast of unleaven'd bread we sail'd from Philippi, and in five days we join'd them at Troas, where we stay'd seven. ⁷ on the first day of the week we assembled to break bread, when Paul, who was to depart on the morrow, gave them a sermon, which lasted till midnight. ⁸ in the upper chamber where we were assembled, several lamps were burning: ⁹ and as Paul continued his discourse a great while, a young man, named Eutychus, who was sitting in the window, was seiz'd with a deep sleep, which quite o'er-came him; so that he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ so Paul went down, and stooping over him, he embraced him, and said, don't trouble your selves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ then Paul went up again, and having broken bread and eaten, he reassumed his discourse till break of day, and then departed. ¹² but the young man was brought in alive and well, to the joy of the whole assembly. As for us, we embark'd, and sail'd to Assos, ¹³ where by appointment Paul was to be taken aboard, designing himself to go thither by land. ¹⁴ meeting with him at Assos, we took him in and arriv'd at Mitylene: ¹⁵ from thence we bore away: the next day we came off Chios, and the day after we pass'd by Samos, landing at Trogyllium, and arrived at Miletus the next day. ¹⁶ for Paul had determined not to go ashore at Ephesus, to avoid losing time in Asia: because he was eager to get to Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of pentecost. ¹⁷ At Miletus he sent a message to the pastors of the church at Ephesus, to come to him: ¹⁸ and when they were arriv'd he told them, you know how I have always behav'd towards you from the first day of my arrival in Asia: ¹⁹ how I have serv'd the Lord with all resignation, with tears, and trials occasion'd by the insidious practices of the Jews: ²⁰ that I have conceal'd nothing that might be useful to you, but have inform'd you of it, and instructed you therein, both in publick and in private: ²¹ remonstrating both to Jews and Gentiles the advantages of a sincere repentance, and of believing ²² in our Lord Jesus Christ. but now I am fix'd in my resolution to go to Jerusalem, without any apprehension of what may befal me there: ²³ save what the holy spirit in every city declares, "that bonds and afflictions wait for me." ²⁴ things that little affect me, nor is life so much my concern, as to finish my course, and the charge I receiv'd from the Lord Jesus, to attest the declaration of the divine favour. ²⁵ and now I am persuaded you will none of you see my face any more: whilst I have been among you, I have proclaim'd the kingdom of the Messias: ²⁶ I therefore declare to you at this present time, that I am not responsible for the ruin of any: ²⁷ for I have acquainted you with the whole dispensation of God without reserve. ²⁸ be therefore upon your guard to secure your selves, and the whole flock over which the holy spirit has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ for I know when I am gone, you will be oppress'd by wolves, that will not spare the flock. ³⁰ nay, among your own body some will start up to vent their intricate conceits, and draw a number of followers. ³¹ be then upon the watch, and remember, that for three years I have not ceased by night, or by day to warn every soul of you, even with tears. ³² and now, my brethren, I recommend you to God, and to his gracious dispensation, which is able to improve you, and secure to you the inheritance with those who are sanctify'd. ³³ I have not desir'd to get from any one either silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ you yourselves can witness, that what was necessary for myself and those who were with me, these very hands have supply'd. ³⁵ my constant example has shown you that the disabled should be assisted by your labours, remembring the words of the Lord Jesus, who said, "it is a greater happiness to give than to receive." ³⁶ After this discourse, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ then melted into tears, they fell upon his neck and kissed him, ³⁸ being more particularly afflicted at his having said, "they should see his face no more." and then they conducted him to the ship.

Whiston⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and exhorted [them] in many words, and took his leave of them, and departed for Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over all those parts, and had given [them] much exhortation he came into Greece. ³ And abode three months: and when the Jews laid wait for him, he was desirous to sail into Syria, but the Spirit said to him that he should return through Macedonia. ⁴ And when he was about to go forth, Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius; Of Derbe, Timothy; and of the Ephesians Eutychus and Trophimus accompanied him as far as Asia. ⁵ But these going before, tarried for him at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas, in five days, wherein we abode seven days. ⁷ But upon the first [day] of the week, when we the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the morrow, [and] continued his speech until midnight: ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper chamber where we were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead, ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embraced [him,] and said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And when he being come up again, and having broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed, ¹² And when they had saluted him, they brought the young man alive, and they were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went down to the ship, and sailed unto Assos, thence intending to take in Paul, for so had he appointed, as being himself to go afoot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next [day] over against Chios; and the next [day] we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllia; and the next [day] we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, lest somewhat should detain him in Asia: for he hasted to be at Jerusalem against the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And as they were with him, he said unto them. Ye know, Brethren, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I was always with you for three years, or even more. ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with tears, and temptations which befel me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ How I kept back nothing that was profitable, but have shewed you, and have taught from house to house publickly, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and the faith which is by our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befal me there; ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost witnesseth to me in every city, saying, that bonds and afflictions abide me at Jerusalem. ²³ Take heed unto your selves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of the Lord, which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁴ But this I do not value, neither count I my life dear unto my self, so that I may finish my course, and the ministry of the word, which word I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify to Jews and Gentiles the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of Jesus, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I call you to witness this day, that I am pure from the blood of all of you: ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁹ I know that after my departing, grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves will men arise, speaking perverse things to turn away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember that for three years night and day I ceased not to warn every one of you with tears. ³² And now, I commend you to the Lord, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give [you] an inheritance among all them who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted the silver, and gold, or apparel of none of you. ³⁴ You your selves know, that my hands have ministred unto my necessities, and to all them that were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you every thing, that so labouring ye ought to support the weak; and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the word which he spake, [that] they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

Wesley⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult was ceased, Paul calling the disciples to him, and having taken his leave of them, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And having gone through those parts, and exhorted them with much discourse, he came into Greece. ³ And having abode there three months, an ambush being laid for him by the Jews, as he was about to sail into Syria, he determined to return by Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him to Asia Sopater of Berea, and of the Thessalonians Aristarchus, and Secundus, and Caius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before, staid for us at Troas, And we set sail from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, ⁶ and came to them at Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when we were met together to break bread, Paul being to depart on the morrow, preached to them, and continued his discourse till midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room where they were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man, named Eutychus, sitting in a window, fell into a deep sleep: and as Paul still continued his discourse, being overpowered with sleep, he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and fell on him; and taking him in his arms, said, Be not troubled; for his life is in him. ¹¹ And going up again, and having broken bread, he conversed long with them, even till break of day, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we going before into the ship, sailed to Assos, where we were to take up Paul; for so he had appointed, being himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him up and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing thence, we came the following day over-against Chios, and the next day we touched at Samos, and having tarried at Trogyllium, the day after came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that he might not spend any time in Asia; for he hasted, if it were possible, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And sending to Ephesus from Miletus, he called thither the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said to them, Ye know in what manner I have conversed among you, all the time from the first day I came into Asia, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility, and with tears, and trials which befell me through the ambushes of the Jews: ²⁰ And that I have with-held nothing which was profitable, but have preached to you, and taught you, publickly and from house to house: ²¹ Testifying both to Jews and Greeks repentance towards God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now behold, being bound by the Spirit, I go to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost testifieth to me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me; nor do I count my life precious to myself, so I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now I know that ye all among whom I have conversed, proclaiming the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men: ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves and to the whole flock, over which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Yea, from among yourselves men will arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for three years, I ceased not to warn every one, night and day, with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, who is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among them that are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, you yourselves know, that these hands have ministred to my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you all things, that thus labouring ye ought to help the infirm, and to remember the word of the Lord Jesus, which he himself said, It is happier to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having said these things, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and falling on Paul's neck kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most for that word which he spake, that they should see his face no more. And they conducted him to the ship.

Worsley⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult was over, Paul sent for the disciples to him, and having embraced them, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And having passed through those parts, and given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had spent three months there, the Jews having laid wait for him as he was going to embark for Syria, he determined to return by Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him to Asia, Sopater the Berean, and of the Thessalonians Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy: and the Asiatics, ⁵ Tychicus and Trophimus, who went before and stayed for us at Troas. ⁶ And after the days of unleavened bread we sailed from Philippi, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we spent seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples were assembled together to break bread, Paul being about to depart on the morrow, preached unto them, and continued his discourse till midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room where they were assembled. ⁹ And a young man named Eutychus, who sat in a window, falling into a deep sleep, as Paul was discoursing for a long time, sunk down and fell from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and leaned over him, and took him up and said, Be not disturbed; for his life is in him. ¹¹ Then he went up again, and having broken bread and eaten, and conversed with them a considerable time, even till break of day, he departed. ¹² And they brought in the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we went before to the ship, and sailed to Assos, being there to take in Paul: for so he had appointed, designing himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And as soon as he joined us at Assos, we took him in and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing from thence we came the next day over against Chios; and the day following we arrived at Samos, and stopping at Trogyllium, we came the day after to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that he might not spend time in Asia: for he endeavoured, if it were possible, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ But he sent from Miletus to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know in what manner I behaved among you all the time, from the first day that I came into Asia. ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears, and trials which befel me by the ambushes of the Jews. ²⁰ And how I with-held nothing that was useful, but have declared it to you, and have taught you publicly and from house to house: ²¹ testifying both to the Jews and Greeks, repentance towards God, and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, being constrained by the spirit, behold I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will befal me there: ²³ save that the holy Spirit testifieth in every city, that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, nor do I account my life dear, so that I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I call you to witness this day, that I am clear from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not failed to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the holy Spirit hath appointed you bishops, to feed the church of God, which He purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among yourselves shall men arise, speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Watch therefore, remembering that for the space of three years I ceased not by night and by day to warn every one with tears. ³² And now, my brethren, I recommend you to God, and to the word of his grace: who is able to edify you, and to give you an inheritance among all that are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no one's silver, or gold, or apparel: ³⁴ and ye yourselves know that these hands have ministred to my necessities, and to those that were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you in all things, that by labouring thus ye ought to support the infirm; and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, who said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had said these things, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they were all much grieved, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him: sorrowing most of all at the word which he spake, ³⁸ that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Haweis⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ THEN after the tumult was quieted, Paul called to him the disciples, and taking his leave, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And passing through those parts, and having exhorted them with much discourse, he went into Greece. ³ And after three months stay, as the Jews were lying in wait for him, when he was just embarking for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater a Berean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus, Asiatics. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas after five days; where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when the disciples were assembled to break bread, Paul preached unto them (ready to depart on the morrow), and extended his discourse until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upper room, where they were assembled. ⁹ And a certain youth named Eutytchus, who sat in the window, fell into a profound sleep: as Paul discoursed much longer than usual, quite overpowered with sleep, he fell down from a third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul came down, and fell upon him, and taking him in his arms, said, Trouble not yourselves, for his life is yet in him. ¹¹ And when he had gone up, and broken bread, and eaten, and conversed a long time, even to the break of day, he then departed. ¹² And they brought the lad alive, and were comforted exceedingly. ¹³ Then we going before to the ship, sailed for Assos, intending there to take in Paul: for so he had ordered, meaning himself to walk thither. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him up, and came to Mytelene. ¹⁵ And sailing from thence, on the following day we advanced over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos, and staying at Trogyllium, the day following we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that he might not spend the time in Asia: for he hastened on, if it was possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ So he sent to Ephesus from Miletus, and called the presbyters of the church to attend him. ¹⁸ And when they were come unto him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the very first day in which I entered into Asia, how I have been among you at every season, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and with many tears and trials, which have befallen me through the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ and that I have suppressed nothing which could conduce to your profiting; not desisting from preaching to you, and teaching you in public, and from house to house, ²¹ repeatedly urging both on Jews and Greeks repentance towards God, and faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now behold I am going, bound by the Spirit, unto Jerusalem, not knowing what things shall there befal me: ²³ only this, that the Holy Ghost witnesseth in every city, saying, that bonds and tribulation await thee. ²⁴ Yet I make no account of any [suffering], nor regard my life as of any value to myself, farther than as I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord, to testify fully the Gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I know that ye shall see my face no more, even ye all, among whom I have gone in and out preaching the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Wherefore I appeal to you this day as witnesses that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have concealed nothing, so as not repeatedly to declare to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, over which the Holy Ghost hath made you bishops, to feed as shepherds the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For this I know, that after my departure there will come among you grievous wolves, not sparing the flock: ³⁰ Yea, from among yourselves shall men arise, speaking perverting doctrines, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for three years, by night and by day, I have never ceased with tears to admonish every individual. ³² And now, brethren, I commit you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to finish the superstructure, and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ The silver, or gold, or apparel of no man have I coveted: ³⁴ but ye yourselves know that these hands have by labour furnished necessaries for my own wants, and for those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I have set you the example, that so labouring hard ye ought to help the infirm, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, because he himself said, "It is more blessed to give than to receive." ³⁶ And when he had spoken these things, he fell on his knees, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And all of them shed floods of tears, and fell upon Paul's neck, and kissed him again and again, ³⁸ most peculiarly afflicted at that word which he had spoken, that they should see his face no more: and they accompanied him unto the ship.

Thomson⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now this tumult being over, Paul sent for the disciples, and having embraced them, he set out to go to Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and comforted them with many a discourse, he came to Greece, ³ where having spent three months, as an ambush was laid for him by the Jews just as he was on the point of embarking for Syria, he thought it advisable to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him to Asia, Sopater the Berean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gains, of Derbe; and Timothy; and the Asiatics, Tychicus, and Trophimus. ⁵ These having gone before, waited for us at Troas; ⁶ And we, after the days of unleavened bread, set sail from Philippi, and in five days came to them at Troas, where we staid seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week when the disciples assembled to break bread, Paul, being about to depart on the morrow, discoursed with them, and lengthened out the discourse till midnight. ⁸ Now in the upper room where they were assembled, there were many lamps. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, who was sitting in an open window, bending backwards in a deep sleep, was, while Paul was continuing his discourse, bent quite back with the sleep, and fell from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul going down, threw himself upon him, and taking him in his arms, said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ Then going up again, and having broken bread and eaten, he conversed with them a considerable time, even till break of day, and so departed. ¹² Now when they brought up the lad alive and were not a little comforted, ¹³ we went before to the ship and sailed to Assos where we were to take in Paul. For so he had ordered, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos we took him in and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing thence we came the next day over against Chios, and on the day following reached Samos. And after stopping at Trogyllium, we came the next day to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that he might not spend time in Asia, for he was earnestly desirous, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ So from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called hither the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them, You know how from my first coming into Asia, I have been with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and with many tears and trials which befel me by the insidious practices of the Jews; ²⁰ how I have never shrunk from those things which are advantageous; from announcing to you and teaching you publicly and privately, ²¹ attesting both to Jews and Greeks the turning of the mind to God, and the belief in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² Now behold I am going up to Jerusalem, bound by the spirit, not knowing the things which shall befal me there, ²³ save only that the Holy spirit testifieth in every city, saying, That bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I make no account of any of these, nor is this life of mine so much my concern as to finish with joy my course; even the office which I have received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the glad tidings of the favour of God. ²⁵ And now behold I know that all you among whom I have gone proclaiming the reign of God, shall no more see my face; ²⁶ therefore I testify to you this day that I am clear from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shrunk from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves and to the whole flock among which the holy spirit hath made you overseers to tend the congregation of God which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For this I know, that after my departure there will enter in among you grievous wolves, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Yes, even from among yourselves men will start up, speaking perverse things to draw the disciples after them. ³¹ Watch therefore, remembering that for the space of three years I did not cease, night nor day, with tears to warn every one. ³² And now with regard to these things I recommend you, brethren, to God and to the word of his grace, who is able to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver or gold, or raiment. ³⁴ Even you yourselves know that these very hands have ministered to my wants, and to the supply of them who were with me. ³⁵ On all occasions I have suggested to you that you ought thus to labour, and support the indigent, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said, "It is a greater happiness to give, than to receive." ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down with them all and prayed. ³⁷ And there was great weeping among them all; and they fell upon Paul's neck and kissed him, ³⁸ being more particularly afflicted at his having said, that they should see his face no more.

Webster⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar had ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus, and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before, tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached to them (ready to depart on the morrow) and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were assembled. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, having fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him, said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he had come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and discoursed a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went before to a ship, and sailed to Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so he had appointed, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable to you, but have shown you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance towards God, and faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now behold, I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Spirit testifieth in every city, saying, that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I have received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I call you to witness this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock over which the Holy Spirit hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also from your own selves will men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ And ye yourselves know, that these hands have ministered to my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have shown you all things, that so laboring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept bitterly, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Webster_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 And G3326 after G2351 the uproar G3973 [G5670] had ceased G3972 , Paul G4341 [G5666] called G3101 to him the disciples G2532 , and G782 [G5666] embraced G1831 [G5627] them, and departed G4198 [G5677] to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 And G1330 [G5631] when he had gone over G1565 those G3313 parts G2532 , and G4183 0 had given G846 them G4183 much G3870 G3056 [G5660] exhortation G2064 [G5627] , he came G1519 into G1671 Greece,

3 G5037 And G4160 [G5660] there abode G5140 three G3376 months G5259 G2453 . And when the Jews G1096 [G5637] laid G1917 wait G846 for him G3195 [G5723] , as he was about G321 [G5745] to sail G1519 into G4947 Syria G1096 G1106 [G5633] , he purposed G5290 [G5721] to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 And G4902 [G5711] there accompanied G846 him G891 into G773 Asia G4986 Sopater G961 of Berea G1161 ; and G2331 of the Thessalonians G708 , Aristarchus G2532 and G4580 Secundus G2532 ; and G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe G2532 , and G5095 Timothy G1161 ; and G774 of Asia G5190 , Tychicus G2532 and G5161 Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 [G5631] going before G3306 [G5707] tarried G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 And G2249 we G1602 [G5656] sailed away G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened bread G2532 , and G2064 [G5627] came G4314 to G846 them G1519 to G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days G3757 ; where G1304 [G5656] we abode G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1161 And G1722 upon G3391 the first G4521 day of the week G3101 , when the disciples G4863 [G5772] came together G2806 [G5658] to break G740 bread G3972 , Paul G1256 [G5711] preached G846 to them G3195 [G5723] , ready G1826 [G5750] to depart G1887 on the next day G5037 ; and G3905 [G5707] continued G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 And G2258 [G5713] there were G2425 many G2985 lights G1722 in G5253 the upper chamber G3757 , where G2258 [G5713] they were G4863 [G5772] gathered together.

9 G1161 And G2521 [G5740] there sat G1909 in G2376 a window G5100 a certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus G2702 [G5746] , having fallen G901 into a deep G5258 sleep G3972 : and as Paul G1909 G4119 was long G1256 [G5740] preaching G2702 [G5685] , he sunk down G575 with G5258 sleep G2736 G4098 [G5627] , and fell G575 from G5152 the third loft G2532 , and G142 [G5681] was taken up G3498 dead.

10 G1161 And G3972 Paul G2597 [G5631] went down G1968 [G5627] , and fell on G846 him G2532 , and G4843 [G5631] embracing G2036 [G5627] him said G2350 0 , Trouble G3361 not G2350 [G5744] yourselves G1063 ; for G846 his G5590 life G2076 [G5748] is G1722 in G846 him.

11 G1161 When G305 0 he G305 [G5631] had come up again G2532 , and G2806 [G5660] had broken G740 bread G2532 , and G1089 [G5666] eaten G5037 , and G3656 G1909 [G5660] talked G2425 a long while G891 , even till G827 break of day G3779 , so G1831 [G5627] he departed.

12 G1161 And G71 [G5627] they brought G3816 the young man G2198 [G5723] alive G2532 , and G3870 0 were G3756 not G3357 a little G3870 [G5681] comforted.

13 G1161 And G2249 we G4281 [G5631] went before G1909 to G4143 a ship G321 [G5681] , and sailed G1519 to G789 Assos G1564 , there G3195 [G5723] intending G353 [G5721] to take in G3972 Paul G1063 : for G3779 so G2258 [G5713] he G1299 [G5772] had appointed G3195 [G5723] , intending G846 himself G3978 [G5721] to go on foot.

14 G1161 And G5613 when G4820 [G5627] he met G2254 with us G1519 at G789 Assos G353 0 , we took G846 him G353 [G5631] in G2064 [G5627] , and came G1519 to G3412 Mitylene.

15 G2547 0 And G636 [G5660] we sailed G2547 from there G2658 [G5656] , and came G1966 [G5752] the next G481 day opposite G5508 Chios G1161 ; and G2087 the next G3846 [G5627] day we arrived G1519 at G4544 Samos G2532 , and G3306 [G5660] tarried G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium G2192 [G5746] ; and the next G2064 [G5627] day we came G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 [G5656] had determined G3896 [G5658] to sail by G2181 Ephesus G3704 , because G846 he G1096 [G5638] would G3361 not G5551 [G5658] spend the time G1722 in G773 Asia G1063 : for G4692 [G5707] he hastened G1487 , if G2258 [G5713] it were G1415 possible G846 for him G1096 [G5635] , to be G1519 at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 And G575 from G3399 Miletus G3992 [G5660] he sent G1519 to G2181 Ephesus G3333 [G5668] , and called G4245 the elders G1577 of the church.

18 G1161 And G5613 when G3854 [G5633] they had come G4314 to G846 him G2036 [G5627] , he said G846 to them G5210 , Ye G1987 [G5736] know G575 , from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 G3739 that G1910 [G5627] I came G1519 into G773 Asia G4459 , after what manner G1096 [G5633] I have been G3326 with G5216 you G3956 at all G5550 seasons,

19 G1398 [G5723] Serving G2962 the Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility of mind G2532 , and G4183 with many G1144 tears G2532 , and G3986 trials G3588 , which G4819 [G5631] befell G3427 me G1722 by G1917 the lying in wait G2453 of the Jews:

20 G5613 And how G5288 [G5668] I kept back G3762 nothing G4851 [G5723] that was profitable G3361 to you, but G312 [G5658] have shown G5213 you G2532 , and G1321 [G5658] have taught G5209 you G1219 publicly G2532 , and G2596 from G3624 house to house,

21 G1263 [G5740] Testifying G5037 both G2453 to the Jews G2532 , and also G1672 to the Greeks G3341 , repentance G1519 toward G2316 God G2532 , and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G2532 And G3568 now G2400 [G5628] , behold G1473 , I G4198 [G5736] go G1210 [G5772] bound G4151 in the spirit G1519 to G2419 Jerusalem G3361 , not G1492 [G5761] knowing G4876 [G5694] the things that shall befall G3427 me G1722 G846 there:

23 G4133 Except G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G1263 [G5736] testifieth G2596 in every G4172 city G3004 [G5723] , saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 [G5719] await G3165 me.

24 G235 But G3762 none G3056 of these things G4160 [G5731] move me G3761 , neither G2192 [G5719] count I G3450 my G5590 life G5093 dear G1683 to myself G5613 , so G5048 [G5658] that I may finish G3450 my G1408 course G3326 with G5479 joy G2532 , and G1248 the ministry G3739 , which G2983 [G5627] I have received G3844 from G2962 the Lord G2424 Jesus G1263 [G5664] , to testify G2098 the gospel G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now G2400 [G5628] , behold G1473 , I G1492 [G5758] know G3754 that G5210 ye G3956 all G1722 , among G3739 whom G1330 [G5627] I have gone G2784 [G5723] preaching G932 the kingdom G2316 of God G3700 [G5695] , shall see G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Therefore G5213 G3143 [G5736] I testify to you G1722 G4594 this G2250 day G3754 , that G1473 I G2513 am pure G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men.

27 G1063 For G5288 0 I have G3756 G3361 not G5288 [G5668] shunned G312 [G5658] to declare G5213 to you G3956 all G1012 the counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 [G5720] Take heed G3767 therefore G1438 to yourselves G2532 , and G3956 to all G4168 the flock G1722 , over G3739 which G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G5087 [G5639] hath made G5209 you G1985 overseers G4165 [G5721] , to feed G1577 the church G2316 of God G3739 , which G4046 [G5668] he hath purchased G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 For G1473 I G1492 [G5758] know G5124 this G3754 , that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departure G926 grievous G3074 wolves G1525 [G5695] shall enter in G1519 among G5209 you G3361 , not G5339 [G5740] sparing G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 Also G1537 from G5216 your G846 own selves G450 0 shall G435 men G450 [G5698] arise G2980 [G5723] , speaking G1294 [G5772] perverse things G645 [G5721] , to draw away G3101 disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 [G5720] watch G3421 [G5723] , and remember G3754 , that G5148 by the space of three years G3973 [G5668] I ceased G3756 not G3560 [G5723] to warn G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32 G2532 And G3569 now G80 , brethren G3908 [G5731] , I commend G5209 you G2316 to God G2532 , and G3056 to the word G846 of his G5485 grace G3588 , which G1410 [G5740] is able G2026 [G5658] to build you up G2532 , and G1325 [G5629] to give G5213 you G2817 an inheritance G1722 among G3956 all G37 [G5772] them who are sanctified.

33 G1937 [G5656] I have coveted G3762 no man's G694 silver G2228 , or G5553 gold G2228 , or G2441 apparel.

34 G1161 Yea G846 , ye yourselves G1097 [G5719] know G3754 , that G3778 these G5495 hands G5256 [G5656] have ministered G3450 to my G5532 necessities G2532 , and G5607 [G5752] to them that were G3326 with G1700 me.

35 G5263 [G5656] I have shown G5213 you G3956 all things G3754 , that G3779 so G2872 [G5723] labouring G1163 [G5748] ye ought G482 [G5738] to support G770 [G5723] the weak G5037 , and G3421 [G5721] to remember G3056 the words G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus G3754 , that G846 he G2036 [G5627] said G2076 [G5748] , { It is G3123 more G3107 blessed G1325 [G5721] to give G2228 than G2983 [G5721] to receive.}

36 G2532 And G5023 when he had thus G2036 [G5631] spoken G846 , he G1119 kneeled G5087 [G5631] down G4336 [G5662] , and prayed G4862 with G846 them G3956 all.

37 G1161 And G3956 they all G2805 G1096 [G5633] wept G2425 bitterly G2532 , and G1968 [G5631] fell G1909 on G3972 Paul's G5137 neck G2705 [G5707] , and kissed G846 him,

38 G3600 [G5746] Sorrowing G3122 most of all G1909 for G3056 the words G3739 which G2046 [G5715] he spoke G3754 , that G3195 [G5719] they should G2334 [G5721] see G846 his G4383 face G3765 no more G1161 . And G4311 [G5707] they accompanied G846 him G1519 to G4143 the ship.

Living_Oracles⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now, after the tumult was ceased, Paul, calling the disciples to him: and embracing them, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And going through those parts, and having exhorted them with much discourse, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had continued there three months, as an ambush was laid for him by the Jews, when he was about to embark for Syria, he thought it advisable to return by Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater, the Berean, accompanied him as far as Asia; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius, of Derbe, and Timothy: and of the Asiatics, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These, going before, staid for us at Troas. ⁶ And we set sail from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we continued seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when the disciples met together to break bread, Paul, being about to depart on the morrow, discoursed to them, and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room, in which we were assembled; ⁹ and a certain young man, whose name was Eutychus, sitting in a window, fell into a profound sleep: and as Paul continued his discourse a long time, he was so overpowered with sleep that he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell upon him, and taking him in his arms, said, Do not make any disturbance, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And going up again, and having broken bread, and eaten, he conversed a considerable time, even till break of day, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the youth alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we went before into the ship, and sailed to Assos, where we are to take up Paul, for so he had appointed, choosing himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And as soon as he joined us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene, ¹⁵ And sailing thence, we came the next day over against Chios; and the day following, we touched at Samos, and having staid at Trogyllium, we came the day after to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that he might not spend any time in Asia; for he earnestly endeavored, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ But, sending to Ephesus, from Miletus, he called thither the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said to them, You know how I have been conversant among you all the time, from the first day in which I entered into Asia, ¹⁹ serving the Lord, with all humility, and with tears, and trials which befell me by the ambushes of the Jews: ²⁰ and how I have suppressed nothing that was advantageous, not neglecting to announce to you, and to teach you publicly and privately; ²¹ testifying both to the Jews and Greeks, reformation with respect to God, and faith with respect to our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I am going to Jerusalem, bound by the Spirit, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I make no account of any of these things, nor do I regard even life itself; so that I may but joyfully finish my course, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord Jesus, even to testify the good news of the favor of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, with whom I have conversed, proclaiming the kingdom of God, shall not see my face any more. ²⁶ Wherefore, I testify to you this day, that I am clear from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not declined to declare to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Therefore, take heed to yourselves, and to the whole flock over which the Holy Spirit has constituted you overseers; to feed the congregation of the Lord, which he has redeemed with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure, grievous wolves will enter in among you, having no mercy on the flock. ³⁰ Yes, from among your own selves men shall arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Watch, therefore, remembering that for the space of three years, I ceased not to warn every one, night and day, with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I recommend you to God, and to the word of his favor, who is able to edify you, and to give you an inheritance among all that are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yes, you yourselves know, that these hands ministered to my necessities, and to those that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things; how, that thus laboring, you ought to assist the infirm, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is much happier to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having said these things, he kneeled down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there was great lamentation among them all: and falling upon Paul's neck, they kissed him; ³⁸ especially grieving for that word which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they conducted him to the ship.

Etheridge⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult had stilled, Paulos called the disciples and consoled them and kissed them, and going forth went unto Makedunia. ² And when he had itinerated those regions, and had consoled them with many words, he came into the country of Hales,[Quasi dicat, HELLAS, Greece.] ³ and was there three months. But the Jihudoyee wrought treachery against him, when he was about to go into Syria, and had thought to return into Makedunia. ⁴ And (there) went forth with him into Asia Supatros who was from Berula, the city; and Aristarkos and Sakundos, who (were) from Thessalonika; and Gaios, who was from Derbe the city; and Timotheos, who was from Lystra; and from Asia, Tukikos and Trophimos. ⁵ These went before us, and waited for us in Troas. ⁶ But we went forth from Philipos, a city of the Makedunoyee, after the days of the Phatiree, and voyaged by sea and came to Troas in five days, and there were we seven days. ⁷ AND on the first day in the week, when we were assembled to break the eucharist, Paulos discoursed with them, because the day following he was to depart; and he prolonged his discourse until the dividing of the night. ⁸ And there were many lamps of fire in the high-room [B'elitho.] where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain youth whose name was Eutikos sat in a window and heard. And he had sunk into a heavy sleep while Paulos prolonged his discourse, and in his sleep he fell from the third floor, and was taken up as dead. ¹⁰ And Paulos descended, and fell upon him and embraced him, and said, Be not agitated, for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he had gone up, he broke bread and tasted, speaking with them until the morning arose; and then went he forth to proceed by land. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and rejoiced over him greatly. ¹³ But we went down to the ship, and voyaged to the port* of Thesos, because there we were to receive Paulos, for thus he had instructed us, while he himself would proceed by land. [* Portus. But Tremellius, G. Faber, Buxtorf, and Trostius say, Caetus, congregatio. Schaaff seems to prefer caetus.] ¹⁴ But when we had received him from Thesos, we took him up into the ship and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And from thence the day after we voyaged over against Kios the island, and again the day after we came to Samos; and we tarried at Trogalium, and the day after we came to Militos: ¹⁶ for Paulos had decided with himself to pass by Ephesos, that he might not be hindered there, because he hastened, that, if it were possible, on the day of the Pentecost in Urishlem he might work. ¹⁷ AND from Militos he sent to bring the presbyters of the church of Ephesos; ¹⁸ and when they came to him, he said to them: You know, that from the first day that I entered Asia, how I was with you all time, ¹⁹ serving Aloha in much lowliness and with tears, and in those temptations which passed upon me through the devices of the Jihudoyee. ²⁰ Neither neglected I any thing that was profitable for your souls, that I might preach to you and teach in public places and in houses, ²¹ while I testified to Jihudoyee and to Aramoyee concerning repentance that is toward Aloha, and faith which is in our Lord Jeshu Meshiha. ²² And now I, bound in the Spirit, go to Urishlem; not knowing what I shall know in her. ²³ Nevertheless, the Spirit of Holiness in every city testifieth to me and saith, that bonds and afflictions are for me. ²⁴ But by me my life is reckoned nothing, so that I may accomplish my course, and the ministry I have received from our Lord Jeshu, to bear witness concerning the gospel of the grace of Aloha. ²⁵ And now, I know that again my face you will not see, you, all, among whom I have gone about, preaching to you the kingdom of Aloha. ²⁶ I testify to you this very day, that I am pure from the blood of you all. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to make known to you all the will of Aloha. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to the whole flock over which the Spirit of Holiness hath constituted you the bishops; to pasture the church of the Meshiha which he hath purchased with his blood. ²⁹ For I know that after I shall have gone, there will enter with you furious wolves which will not spare the flock. ³⁰ And also from you, of yourselves, will men arise speaking perverse things to turn away disciples to go after them. ³¹ On account of this be watchful, and remember, that for three years I ceased not by night and by day with tears to instruct every one of you. ³² And now I commend you to Aloha, and to the word of his grace, who is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance with all the saints. ³³ Silver, or gold, or raiment have I not coveted; ³⁴ and you know to the necessity of myself, and of those who are with me, these hands have ministered. ³⁵ And I have shown you every thing, (that) so it behoveth to labour, and to be careful of those who are infirm, and to remember the word of our Lord Jeshu, that he said, He is blessed who giveth, more than he who receiveth. ³⁶ And when these he had said, he kneeled on his knees and prayed, and all the men with him. ³⁷ And there was a great weeping with all of them, and they embraced him and kissed him; ³⁸ but most agonized (were they) by that word which he had spoken, that again they were not to see his face. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Murdock⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult had subsided, Paul called the disciples to him, and comforted them, and kissed them, and departed, and went into Macedonia. ² And when he had travelled over those regions, and had comforted them with many discourses, he proceeded to the country of Greece. ³ And he was there three months. And the Jews formed a plot against him, when he was about to go to Syria: and he contemplated returning to Macedonia. ⁴ And there departed with him, as far as Asia, Sopater of the city Berea, and Aristarchus and Secundus who were of Thessalonica, and Gaius who was of the city of Derbe, and Timothy of Lystra, and of Asia Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ these proceeded on before us, and waited for us at Troas. ⁶ And we departed from Philippi, a city of the Macedonians, after the days of unleavened bread; and proceeded by water and arrived at Troas in five days, and remained there seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when we assembled to break the eucharist, Paul discoursed with them, because he was to depart the next day; and he continued his discourse till midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps burning in the chamber where we were assembled. ⁹ And a young man named Eutychus was sitting in a window and listening. And while Paul prolonged his discourse, he sunk into a deep sleep; and, in his sleep, he fell from the third loft, and was taken up as dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and bent over him and embraced him, and said: Be not agitated, for his soul is in him. ¹¹ And when he had gone up, he broke the bread and tasted it, and discoursed until the morning dawned. And then he departed to go by land. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and rejoiced over him greatly. ¹³ And we went on board the ship, and sailed to the port of Thesos; because, there we were to take in Paul: for so had he bidden us, when he proceeded on by land. ¹⁴ And when we had received him at Thesos, we took him on board ship and proceeded to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And from there, the next day, we sailed over against the island Chios; and again, the next day we arrived at Samos, and stopped at Trogyllium; and on the following day we arrived at Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined with himself to pass by Ephesus, lest he should be delayed there; because he hasted on, if possible, to keep the day of pentecost in Jerusalem. And from Miletus, he sent and called the Elders of the church at Ephesus. ¹⁷ : ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them: Ye yourselves know, how, at all times, since the first day that I entered Asia, I have been with you; ¹⁹ laboring for God, in great humility, and with tears, amid the trials which beset me from the plottings of Jews: ²⁰ and I shunned not that which was advantageous to your souls, that I might preach to you, and teach in the streets and in houses, ²¹ while I testified to Jews and to Gentiles, as to repentance towards God and faith in our Lord Jesus Messiah. ²² And now I am bound in spirit, and I go to Jerusalem; and I know not what will befall me there; ²³ except that the Holy Spirit in every city, testifieth to me and saith: Bonds and afflictions await thee. ²⁴ But my life is accounted by me as nothing, so that I may but finish my course, and the ministration which I have received from our Lord Jesus, to bear testimony to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, I know that ye will see my face no more, all of you among whom I have travelled and preached the kingdom of God. ²⁶ I therefore protest to you, this day, that I am pure from the blood of you all. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to acquaint you with all the will of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock over which the Holy Spirit hath established you bishops; that ye feed the church of God, which he hath acquired by his blood. ²⁹ For I know, that after I am gone, fierce wolves will come in among you, and will have no mercy on the flock. ³⁰ And also, from among yourselves, there will rise up men speaking perverse things, that they may turn away the disciples to go after them. ³¹ Therefore be ye vigilant; and remember, that for three years I ceased not to admonish each one of you, by day and by night, with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all the saints. ³³ Silver, or gold, or garments, I have not coveted. ³⁴ And ye yourselves, know, that these hands ministered to my wants, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ And I have showed you all things; that thus it is a duty to labor, and to care for the infirm, and to remember the words of our Lord Jesus; for he hath said, That he is more blessed who giveth, than he who receiveth. ³⁶ And when he had said these things, he fell on his knees and prayed, and all the people with him. ³⁷ And there was great weeping among them all. And they embraced him, and kissed him. ³⁸ And they had the most anguish, because of the word he uttered, that they would see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Sawyer⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ^(18:1) AFTER the tumult was allayed, Paul calling the disciples and embracing them departed to go into Macedonia. ² And going through those parts, and exhorting them with many words, he went into Greece; ³ and when he had staid there three months, and a conspiracy was formed against him by the Jews as he was about to sail to Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there followed him to Asia, Sopater the son of Pyrrhus of Berea, and of those of Thessalonica, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and those of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus; ⁵ these going before waited for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to those at Troas in five days, where we staid seven days. ⁷ ^(18:2) And on the first day of the week, we being assembled to break bread, Paul preached to them, being about to depart on the next day, and continued his discourse till midnight; ⁸ and there were many lamps in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ And a young man by the name of Eutychus sitting in a window, falling into a deep sleep while Paul preached long, and being overcome by sleep, fell from the third story down, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul going down fell on him, and embracing him, said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And going up and breaking bread, and tasting it, and conversing a long time till the break of day, he departed. ¹² And they brought away the child alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ ^(18:3) And we going before by ship sailed to Assos, being about to take in Paul at that place; for so had he appointed, being about to go on foot himself. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in and came to Mitylene, ¹⁵ and sailing thence, on the next day we came opposite to Chios, and in another day we touched at Samos, and stopping at Trogylium, on the day following we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, that it might not be necessary for him to spend a long time in Asia; for he hastened, if it was possible for him, to be at Jerusalem at the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ ^(18:4) And from Miletus sending to Ephesus he called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, You know from the first day that I came into Asia, how I was with you at all times, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and tears and trials that befell me by the conspiracies of the Jews, ²⁰ how I kept not back from declaring to you and teaching you publicly and from house to house any thing that was profitable, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and Greeks the change of mind to God, and the faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And behold now, I go constrained by the Spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things which shall befall me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city, saying, That bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But life precious to myself, I make of no account that I may finish my course and the service which I received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ ^(18:5) And now, behold, I know that you all among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I call you to witness this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men; ²⁷ for I have not kept back from declaring to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves, therefore, and to all the flock in which the Holy Spirit has made you bishops, to feed the church of the Lord which he has purchased with his blood. ²⁹ For I know that after my departure grievous wolves will come among you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and of yourselves men will arise speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch, remembering that for three years, night and day, I ceased not to admonish every one of you with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and the word of his grace, who is able to build you up and to give you an inheritance with all the sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver or gold or clothing; ³⁴ you yourselves know that these hands have served my necessities and those with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, that so laboring you ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ ^(18:6) And having said these words he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept much, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him, ³⁸ grieving most of all for the word which he said, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Diaglott⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After and the to be restrained the tumult, having called to the Paul the disciples, and having embraced, he went out to go into the Macedonia. ² Having passed through and the parts those, and having exhorted them with a word great, he went into the Greece; ³ having continued and months three, being formed him a plot against by the Jews, being about to sail into the Syria, came a resolution of the to return through Macedonia. ⁴ Went with and him as far as the Asia Sopater of Pyrrhus a Berean. Of Thessalonians and, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy; Asiatics and, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before awaited us in Troas; ⁶ we but sailed out after the days of the unleavened cakes from Philippi, and came to them into the Troas in days five, where we remained days seven. ⁷ In and the first of the sabbaths, having been assembled of us to break bread, the Paul discoursed to them, being about to depart on the morrow; continued and the discourse till midnight. ⁸ Were and lamps many in the upper room, where we were assembled. ⁹ Sitting and certain youth, by name Eutychus, in the window, being overpowered with sleep deep, discoursing the Paul for a longer time, having been overcome from the sleep, fell from the third story down, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Having gone down and the Paul fell upon him, and having embraced said: Not be you troubled; the for life of him in him is. ¹¹ Having come up and, and having broken bread and having tasted, for a longer time and having conversed till day-break, so he departed. ¹² They brought and the youth living, and were comforted not a little. ¹³ We but going before to the ship, sailed to the Assos, there intending to take in again the Paul; so for it was having been arranged, being about himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ When and he met with us at the Assos, having again received him we came to Mitylene; ¹⁵ and thence having sailed away, on the morrow we came opposite Chios. In the and another we touched at Samos; and having remained in Troyllium, in the following we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ Had determined for the Paul to sail by the Ephesus, so that not it might be for him to spend time in the Asia; he was hastening for, if possible it was for him, the day of the pentecost to be in Jerusalem. ¹⁷ From and the Miletus having sent to Ephesus he called for the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ When and they were come to him, he said to them: You know, from first day in which I entered into the Asia, how with you the whole time I was, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness and tears and temptations, of those having happened to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how nothing I kept back of that being profitable, the not to declare to you and to teach you publicly and in houses; ²¹ earnestly testifying to Jews both and Greeks the towards the God reformation, and faith that towards the Lord of us Jesus Anointed. ²² And now lo, having been bound I in the spirit, to go to Jerusalem, the things in her shall be happening to me not knowing, ²³ except that the spirit the holy every city witnesses to me, saying, that bonds me and afflictions await. ²⁴ But of no account I make, nor I the life of me valuable to myself, so that to finish the course of me with joy, and the services which I received from the Lord Jesus, to earnestly declare the glad tidings of the favor of the God. ²⁵ And now lo, I know, that no longer will see the face of me you all, among whom I have gone about proclaiming the kingdom of the God. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you in this day, that clean I from the blood of all; ²⁷ not for I kept back of the not to declare to you all the will of the God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves and to all the flock, in which you the spirit the holy placed overseers, to feed the congregation of the Lord, which he purchased through the blood of the own. ²⁹ I for know this, that shall enter after the departure of me wolves rapacious among you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and from yourselves will arise men speaking perverse things, the to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch you, remembering, that three years night and day not I ceased with tears admonishing one each. ³² And now I commend you, brethren, to the God and to the word of the favor of him, to that being able to build up, and to give you an inheritance among those having been sanctified all. ³³ Silver or gold or raiment of no one I coveted; ³⁴ yourselves you know; that the necessities of me and those being with me supplied the hands these. ³⁵ All these I pointed out to you, that so laboring it is necessary to aid those being weak, to remember and the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said: Blessed it is more to give than to receive. ³⁶ And these things having said, having placed the knees of himself, with all those he prayed. ³⁷ Much and was weeping of all; and having fallen on the neck of the Paul, they affectionately kissed him; ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he spoke, that no more, they are about the face of him to see. They accompanied and him to the ship.

ABU⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ AND after the tumult ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and having embraced them, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And having gone through those regions, and given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And after he had stayed three months, a plot being laid for him by the Jews, as he was about sailing to Syria, it was resolved that he should return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him unto Asia, Sopater, son of Pyrrhus, a Beroean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These, having gone forward, were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ But we sailed forth from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, we having come together to break bread, Paul discoursed to them (being about to depart on the morrow), and continued the discourse until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lights in the upper room, where we were assembled. ⁹ And there sat on the window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep; and as Paul was long discoursing, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said: Do not lament, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And having come up again, and broken the bread, and eaten, he talked a long while even till break of day, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the young man living, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we, going forward to the ship, embarked for Assos, intending there to take in Paul; for so he had appointed, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos; and having tarried at Trogyllium, we came the next day to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said to them: Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you the whole time; ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and trials which befell me by the plottings of the Jews; ²⁰ how I kept back nothing that was profitable, that I should not announce it to you, and teach you, publicly and from house to house; ²¹ testifying, to both Jews and Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there; ²³ save that the Holy Spirit witnesses to me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither do I count my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that all ye, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify to you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all; ²⁷ for I shunned not to declare to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit made you overseers, to feed the church of the Lord, which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among yourselves will men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for the space of three years, night and day, I ceased not to warn every one with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, who is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I coveted no one's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know, that these hands ministered to my necessities, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ In all ways I showed you that, so laboring, ye ought to assist the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said: It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sorely, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him; ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Anderson⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the tumult had ceased, Paul called the disciples to him, and bade them farewell, and departed, in order to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those regions, and had exhorted them with many words, he came into Greece. ³ And having remained there three months, he determined to return through Macedonia, because a plot had been laid for him by the Jews, as he was about to sail to Syria. ⁴ And Sopater of Berea, and Aristarchus and Secundus of Thessalonica, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy and Tychicus and Trophimus, who were Asiatics, accompanied him to Asia. ⁵ These went before, and waited for us at Troas. ⁶ But we sailed from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we remained seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul discoursed to them, intending to depart on the morrow; and he continued his speech till mid night. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room, in which they had met together. ⁹ And a certain young man, named Eutychus, was sitting in the window, overpowered with deep sleep: and, as Paul was discoursing a long time, being oppressed with sleep, he fell from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, and fell upon him, and embracing him, said: Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And he went up again, and broke bread, and ate; and having conversed a long time, till daylight, he thus departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went on before to the ship, and put to sea for Assos, intending to take Paul on board at that place; for he had BO directed, intending to go himself on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him on board, and came to Mityiene; ¹⁵ and sailing from that place, we came, on the following day, opposite to Chios; and, on the next day, we arrived at Samos: and after stopping at Trogyllium, we came, on the next day, to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not spend time in Asia; for he hastened, that, if it were possible for him, he might be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them: You know, from the first day on which I came into Asia, how I have been with you during the whole time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials, which came upon me through the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ and that I have kept back nothing that was profitable, but have preached to you, and taught you both publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ bearing full testimony both to Jews and to Greeks, of the repentance that leads to God, and of the faith that leads to our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I am going, bound in spirit, to Jerusalem, not knowing what shall befall me there, ²³ except that in every city the Holy Spirit testifies to me, saying, That bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I esteem this a matter of no importance, nor do I hold my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my course with joy, and the ministry that I have received from the Lord Jesus, to bear full testimony to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, will see my face no more. ²⁶ For this reason I solemnly affirm to you this day, that I am clean from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Therefore, take heed to yourselves, and to all the flock over which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, that you be shepherds to the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that, after my departure, rapacious wolves will enter in among you, who will not spare the flock; ³⁰ and men will arise from among yourselves, speaking perverse things, that they may draw off disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for three years, by day and by night, I ceased not to warn every one of you with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace; to Him who is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands have ministered to my necessities, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I have taught you by ex ample, that by thus laboring, you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus; for he himself said, It is more blessed to give, than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept much, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ grieving most of all for the word he had spoken, that they would see his face no more. And they conducted him to the ship.

Noyes⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the tumult had ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and having embraced them departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those regions, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had stayed three months, a plot having been laid for him by the Jews as he was about to sail for Syria, he resolved to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater, son of Pyrrhus, a Beroean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These having gone forward waited for us at Troas. ⁶ But we set sail from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when we had assembled to break bread, Paul discoursed to them, being about to depart on the morrow, and continued the discourse until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room where we had assembled. ⁹ And there sat on the window a certain young man named Eutychus, having fallen into a deep sleep; and as Paul was discoursing at great length, he sank down with sleep, and fell from thee third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down and fell on him, and having embraced him, said, Make no lamentations; for his life is in him. ¹¹ And having gone up again, and broken the bread and eaten, he talked a long while even till break of day, and so departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ We however, going forward to the ship, put to sea for Assos, intending to take in Paul from that place; for so he had appointed, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him on board, and came to Mitylene; ¹⁵ and sailing thence, we came the following day over against Chios. And the next day we arrived at Samos; and having tarried at Trogyllium, we came the next day to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not be detained in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them: Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you the whole time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and with tears, and trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I kept back nothing that was profitable, but have made it known to you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house; ²¹ testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance toward God, and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And now behold, I go, bound in my spirit, to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will befall me there; ²³ save that the Holy Spirit witnesseth to me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I count life of no value to me, so that I may finish my course, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the glad tidings of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify to you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men; ²⁷ for I have not shunned to declare to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock over which the Holy Spirit made you overseers, to feed the church of the Lord, which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among yourselves will men arise speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be watchful, and remember that for the space of three years, night and day, I ceased not to warn every one with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, who is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no mans silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know, that these hands ministered to my necessities, and to those that were with me. ³⁵ In all ways I showed you that so laboring ye ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sorely, and fell on Pauls neck, and kissed him; ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they were to see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

YLT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the ceasing of the tumult, Paul having called near the disciples, and having embraced them, went forth to go on to Macedonia; ² and having gone through those parts, and having exhorted them with many words, he came to Greece; ³ having made also three months' stay —a counsel of the Jews having been against him—being about to set forth to Syria, there came to him a resolution of returning through Macedonia. ⁴ And there were accompanying him unto Asia, Sopater of Berea, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus, and of Asiatics Tychicus and Trophimus; ⁵ these, having gone before, did remain for us in Troas, ⁶ and we sailed, after the days of the unleavened food, from Philippi, and came unto them to Troas in five days, where we abode seven days.
⁷ And on the first of the week, the disciples having been gathered together to break bread, Paul was discoursing to them, about to depart on the morrow, he was also continuing the discourse till midnight, ⁸ and there were many lamps in the upper chamber where they were gathered together, ⁹ and there was sitting a certain youth, by name Eutychus, upon the window—being borne down by a deep sleep, Paul discoursing long—he having sunk down from the sleep, fell down from the third story, and was lifted up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul, having gone down, fell upon him, and having embraced him, said, `Make no tumult, for his life is in him;' ¹¹ and having come up, and having broken bread, and having tasted, for a long time also having talked—till daylight, so he went forth, ¹² and they brought up the lad alive, and were comforted in no ordinary measure.
¹³ And we having gone before unto the ship, did sail to Assos, thence intending to take in Paul, for so he had arranged, intending himself to go on foot; ¹⁴ and when he met with us at Assos, having taken him up, we came to Mitylene, ¹⁵ and thence having sailed, on the morrow we came over-against Chios, and the next day we arrived at Samos, and having remained in Trogyllium, on the following day we came to Miletus, ¹⁶ for Paul decided to sail past Ephesus, that there may not be to him a loss of time in Asia, for he hasted, if it were possible for him, on the day of the Pentecost to be at Jerusalem.
¹⁷ And from Miletus, having sent to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the assembly, ¹⁸ and when they were come unto him, he said to them, `Ye—ye know from the first day in which I came to Asia, how, with you at all times I was; ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears, and temptations, that befell me in the counsels of the Jews against me; ²⁰ how nothing I did keep back of what things are profitable, not to declare to you, and to teach you publicly, and in every house, ²¹ testifying fully both to Jews and Greeks, toward God reformation, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² `And now, lo, I—bound in the Spirit—go on to Jerusalem, the things that shall befall me in it not knowing, ²³ save that the Holy Spirit in every city doth testify fully, saying, that for me bonds and tribulations remain; ²⁴ but I make account of none of these, neither do I count my life precious to myself, so that I finish my course with joy, and the ministration that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify fully the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ `And now, lo, I have known that no more shall ye see my face, —ye all among whom I did go preaching the reign of God; ²⁶ wherefore I take you to witness this day, that I am clear from the blood of all, ²⁷ for I did not keep back from declaring to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ `Take heed, therefore, to yourselves, and to all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit made you overseers, to feed the assembly of God that He acquired through His own blood, ²⁹ for I have known this, that there shall enter in, after my departing, grievous wolves unto you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and of your own selves there shall arise men, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ `Therefore, watch, remembering that three years, night and day, I did not cease with tears warning each one; ³² and now, I commend you, brethren, to God, and to the word of His grace, that is able to build up, and to give you an inheritance among all those sanctified. ³³ `The silver or gold or garments of no one did I covet; ³⁴ and ye yourselves know that to my necessities, and to those who were with me, minister did these hands; ³⁵ all things I did shew you, that, thus labouring, it behoveth us to partake with the ailing, to be mindful also of the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.'
³⁶ And these things having said, having bowed his knees, with them all, he did pray, ³⁷ and there came a great weeping to all, and having fallen upon the neck of Paul, they were kissing him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word that he had said—that they are about no more to see his face; and they were accompanying him to the ship.

JuliaSmith⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul having called the disciples, and greeted, he came out to go into Macedonia. ² And having passed through those parts, and having besought them by much speech, he came into Greece. ³ And having made three months; an insidious plot having been for him by the Jews, being about to sail to Syria, there was a purpose to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there agreed with him as far as Asia Sopater a Berean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus: and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and Asians, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These having come before awaited us in Troas. ⁶ And we sailed forth after the days of unleavened from Philippi, and came to them in Troas up to five days; where we tarried seven days. ⁷ And in one of the sabbaths, the disciples having been assembled together to break bread, Paul conversed with them being about to go forth the morrow; and he continued the word until midnight. ⁸ And sufficient lights were in the upper room, where they were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man by name Eutychus, sitting in the window, borne down by deep sleep, Paul conversing more and more, fell down below from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul having gone down, fell upon him, and embracing, said, Be not disturbed, for his soul is in him. ¹¹ And having gone up, and broken bread, and tasted, and conversed for a sufficient time, till the light, so he went forth. ¹² And they brought the child living, and were not little comforted. ¹³ And we having gone before to the ship, sailed to Assos, there being about to take up Paul: for so had he ordered, being about himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he joined us at Assos, having taken him up, we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And from thence having sailed away, the following day we arrived over against Chios; and the other day we approached to Samos, and having remained in Trogyllium, the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul determined to sail to Ephesus, as it might not be to him to spend the time in Asia: for he hastened, if it were possible to him, to be in Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And having sent from Miletus to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them, Ye know, from the first day in which I embarked for Asia, how I was with you all the time ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears, and temptations, having happened to me by the insidious plots of the Jews: ²⁰ how I concealed nothing of things profitable, not to announce to you, and teach you publicly, and in the houses, ²¹ Testifying to both Jews, and Greeks, repentance towards God, and the faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I, bound in the spirit, am going to Jerusalem, not knowing the things going to happen to me in it; ²³ But that the Holy Spirit testifies in the city, saying that bonds and pressures await me. ²⁴ But the word of none do I make mine own, neither have I my soul highly prized to myself, in order to finish my course with joy, and the service which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that all ye shall see my face no more, among whom I passed through, proclaiming the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify to you in this day, that I pure from the blood of all. ²⁷ For I concealed not to announce to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Attend therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit set you inspectors, to feed the church of God, which he acquired by his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that there shall come in after my departure grievous wolves to you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And of yourselves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to tear away disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch ye, remembering that the space of three years night and day I ceased not reminding each one with tears. ³² And now I commit you, brethren, to God, and to the word of his grace, being able to build up, and give you inheritance among all the consecrated. ³³ Silver or gold, or clothing, of none have I eagerly desired. ³⁴ And ye yourselves know, that to my necessities, and to those being with me, these hands served. ³⁵ I shewed you all things, that so being wearied ye must support the weak, and remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that himself said, It is happy to give rather than receive. ³⁶ And having said these, having placed his knees, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And much weeping was from all; and having fallen upon Paul's neck, they kissed him, ³⁸ Grieving chiefly for the word which he spake, that they are about to see his face no more. And they sent him forward to the ship.

Darby⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ But after the tumult had ceased, Paul having called the disciples to [him] and embraced [them], went away to go to Macedonia. ² And having passed through those parts, and having exhorted them with much discourse, he came to Greece. ³ And having spent three months [there], a treacherous plot against him having been set on foot by the Jews, as he was going to sail to Syria, [the] resolution was adopted of returning through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater [son] of Pyrrhus, a Berean; and of Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius and Timotheus of Derbe, and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before waited for us in Troas; ⁶ but we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and we came to them to Troas in five days, where we spent seven days. ⁷ And the first day of the week, we being assembled to break bread, Paul discoursed to them, about to depart on the morrow. And he prolonged the discourse till midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain youth, by name Eutychus, sitting at the window-opening, overpowered by deep sleep, while Paul discoursed very much at length, having been overpowered by the sleep, fell from the third story down to the bottom, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul descending fell upon him, and enfolding [him] [in his arms], said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And having gone up, and having broken the bread, and eaten, and having long spoken until daybreak, so he went away. ¹² And they brought [away] the boy alive, and were no little comforted. ¹³ And we, having gone before on board ship, sailed off to Assos, going to take in Paul there; for so he had directed, he himself being about to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, having taken him on board, we came to Mitylene; ¹⁵ and having sailed thence, on the morrow arrived opposite Chios, and the next day put in at Samos; and having stayed at Trogyllium, the next day we came to Miletus: ¹⁶ for Paul thought it desirable to sail by Ephesus, so that he might not be made to spend time in Asia; for he hastened, if it was possible for him, to be the day of Pentecost at Jerusalem. ¹⁷ But from Miletus having sent to Ephesus, he called over [to him] the elders of the assembly. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said to them, *Ye* know how I was with you all the time from the first day that I arrived in Asia, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness, and tears, and temptations, which happened to me through the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I held back nothing of what is profitable, so as not to announce [it] to you, and to teach you publicly and in every house, ²¹ testifying to both Jews and Greeks repentance towards God, and faith towards our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, bound in my spirit *I* go to Jerusalem, not knowing what things shall happen to me in it; ²³ only that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city, saying that bonds and tribulations await me. ²⁴ But I make no account of [my] life [as] dear to myself, so that I finish my course, and the ministry which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the glad tidings of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom [of God], shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I witness to you this day, that I am clean from the blood of all, ²⁷ for I have not shrunk from announcing to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, wherein the Holy Spirit has set you as overseers, to shepherd the assembly of God, which he has purchased with the blood of his own. ²⁹ [For] *I* know [this,] that there will come in amongst you after my departure grievous wolves, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and from among your own selves shall rise up men speaking perverted things to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch, remembering that for three years, night and day, I ceased not admonishing each one [of you] with tears. ³² And now I commit you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build [you] up and give [to you] an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I have coveted [the] silver or gold or clothing of no one. ³⁴ Yourselves know that these hands have ministered to my wants, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ I have shewed you all things, that thus labouring [we] ought to come in aid of the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having said these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore; and falling upon the neck of Paul they ardently kissed him, ³⁸ specially pained by the word which he had said, that they would no more see his face. And they went down with him to the ship.

ERV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul having sent for the disciples and exhorted them, took leave of them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had spent three months [there], and a plot was laid against him by the Jews, as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia Sopater of Beroea, [the son] of Pyrrhus; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ But these had gone before, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we tarried seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow; and prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where we were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep sleep; and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Make ye no ado; for his life is in him. ¹¹ And when he was gone up, and had broken the bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we, going before to the ship, set sail for Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing from thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos; and the day after we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews: ²⁰ how that I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ save that the Holy Ghost testifieth unto me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But I hold not my life of any account, as dear unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in the which the Holy Ghost hath made you bishops, to feed the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and from among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build [you] up, and to give [you] the inheritance among all them that are sanctified. ³³ I coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ In all things I gave you an example, how that so labouring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul’s neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship.

ASV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar ceased, Paul having sent for the disciples and exhorted them, took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had spent three months [there], and a plot was laid against him by the Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of Beroea, [the son] of Pyrrhus; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ But these had gone before, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we tarried seven days.
⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow; and prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber where we were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep sleep; and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Make ye no ado; for his life is in him. ¹¹ And when he was gone up, and had broken the bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little comforted.
¹³ But we, going before to the ship, set sail for Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing from thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos; and the day after we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost.
¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ save that the Holy Spirit testifieth unto me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But I hold not my life of any account as dear unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of the Lord which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and from among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build [you] up, and to give [you] the inheritance among all them that are sanctified. ³³ I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.
³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship.

ASV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 And G3326 after G2351 the uproar G3973 ceased, G3972 Paul G4341 having sent for G3101 the disciples G2532 and G782 exhorted them, took leave G1831 of them, and departed G4198 to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 And G1330 when he had gone through G1565 those G3313 parts, G2532 and G3870 had given G846 them G4183 much G3056 exhortation, G2064 he came G1519 into G1671 Greece.

3 G5037 And G4160 when he had spent G5140 three G3376 months G1096 there, and G5259 G1917 a plot G846 was laid against him G2453 by Jews G3195 as he was about G321 to set sail G1519 for G4947 Syria, G1096 he G1106 determined G5290 to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 And G4902 there accompanied G846 him G891 as far as G773 Asia, G4986 Sopater G961 of Beroea, G1161 the son of Pyrrhus; and G2331 of the Thessalonians, G708 Aristarchus G2532 and G4580 Secundus; G1161 and G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe, G2532 and G5095 Timothy; G1161 and G774 of Asia, G5190 Tychicus G2532 and G5161 Trophimus.

5 G3778 But these G4281 had gone before, G3306 and were waiting G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 And G2249 we G1602 sailed away G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened bread, G2532 and G2064 came G4314 unto G846 them G1519 to G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days, G3757 where G1304 we tarried G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1722 And G1161 upon G1520 the first G4521 day of the week, G4863 when G3101 we G4863 were gathered together G2806 to break G740 bread, G3972 Paul G1256 discoursed G846 with them, G3195 intending G1826 to depart G1887 on the morrow; G5037 and G3905 prolonged G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 And G2258 there were G2425 many G2985 lights G1722 in G5253 the upper chamber G3757 where G2258 we were G4863 gathered together.

9 G1161 And G2521 there sat G1909 in G2376 the window G5100 a certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus, G2702 borne down G901 with deep G5258 sleep; G1909 and as G3972 Paul G1256 discoursed G1256 yet G4119 longer, G2702 being borne down G575 by G5258 his sleep G4098 he fell down G575 from G5152 the third story, G2532 and G142 was taken G2736 up G3498 dead.

10 G1161 And G3972 Paul G2597 went down, G2532 and G1968 fell G846 on him, G2532 and G4843 embracing G846 him G2036 said, G3361 Make ye no G1063 ado; for G846 his G5590 life G2076 is G1722 in G846 him.

11 G1161 And when G305 he was gone up, G2532 and G2806 had broken G740 the bread, G2532 and G1089 eaten, G5037 and G3656 had talked G1909 with them a G2425 long while, G891 even till G827 break of day, G3779 so G1831 he departed.

12 G1161 And G71 they brought G3816 the lad G2198 alive, G2532 and G3870 were G3756 not G3357 a little G3870 comforted.

13 G1161 But G2249 we G4281 going before G1909 to G4143 the ship G321 set sail G1519 for G789 Assos, G1564 there G3195 intending G353 to take G3972 in Paul: G1063 for G3779 so G2258 had G1299 he appointed, G3195 intending G846 himself G3978 to go by land.

14 G1161 And G5613 when G4820 he met G2254 us G1519 at G789 Assos, G353 we took G846 him G353 in, G2064 and came G1519 to G3412 Mitylene.

15 G636 And sailing G2547 from thence, G2658 we came G1966 the following G481 day over against G5508 Chios; G1161 and G2087 the next G3846 day we touched G1519 at G4544 Samos; G2064 and the day after we came G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 had determined G3896 to sail past G2181 Ephesus, G3704 that G846 he G1096 might G3361 not G5551 have to spend time G1722 in G773 Asia; G1063 for G4692 he was hastening, G1487 if G2258 it were G1415 possible G846 for him, G1096 to be G1519 at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 And G575 from G3399 Miletus G3992 he sent G1519 to G2181 Ephesus, G3333 and called G4245 to him the elders G1577 of the church.

18 G1161 And G5613 when G3854 they were come G4314 to G846 him, G2036 he said G846 unto them, G5210 Ye G1987 yourselves know, G575 from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 G3739 that G1910 I set foot G1519 in G773 Asia, G4459 after what manner G1096 I was G3326 with G5216 you G3956 all G5550 the time,

19 G1398 serving G2962 the Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 lowliness of mind, G2532 and G4183 with G1144 tears, G2532 and G3986 with trials G4819 which befell G3427 me G1722 by G1917 the plots G2453 of the Jews;

20 G5613 how G5288 I shrank G5213 not from declaring unto you G3762 anything G4851 that was profitable, G2532 and G1321 teaching G5213 you G1219 publicly, G2532 and G2596 from G3624 house G3624 to house,

21 G1263 testifying G5037 both G2453 to Jews G2532 and G1672 to Greeks G3341 repentance G1519 toward G2316 God, G2532 and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G4198 go G1210 bound G4151 in the spirit G1519 unto G2419 Jerusalem, G3361 not G1492 knowing G3588 the things G1722 that G4876 shall befall G3427 me G846 there:

23 G4133 save G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G1263 testifieth G2596 unto me in G4172 every city, G3004 saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 abide G3165 me.

24 G235 But G2192 I G3762 hold not G3450 my G5590 life G5093 of any account as dear G1683 unto myself, G5613 so G5048 that I may accomplish G3450 my G1408 course, G2532 and G1248 the ministry G3739 which G2983 I received G2962 from the Lord G2424 Jesus, G1263 to testify G2098 the gospel G3844 of G5485 the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G1492 know G3754 that G5210 ye G3956 all, G1722 among G3739 whom G1330 I went G2784 about preaching G932 the kingdom, G2316 G3700 shall see G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Wherefore G1722 I G3143 testify G1722 unto G5213 you G4594 this G2250 day, G3754 that G1473 I G2513 am pure G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men.

27 G1063 For G5288 I G5288 shrank G3756 not G3361 from G312 declaring G5213 unto you G3956 the whole G1012 counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take heed G3767 G1438 unto yourselves, G2532 and G3956 to all G4168 the flock, G1722 in G3739 which G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G5087 hath made G5209 you G1985 bishops, G4165 to feed G1577 the church G2316 of the Lord G3739 which G4046 he purchased G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 G1473 I G1492 know G5124 G3754 that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departing G926 grievous G3074 wolves G1525 shall enter G1519 in among G5209 you, G3361 not G5339 sparing G4168 the flock;

30 G2532 and G1537 from among G5216 your G846 own selves G435 shall G435 men G450 arise, G2980 speaking G1294 perverse things, G645 to draw away G3101 the disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Wherefore G1127 watch G3421 ye, remembering G3754 that G5148 by the space of three years G3973 I ceased G3756 not G3560 to admonish G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you the inheritance among all them that are sanctified.

33I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel.

34Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me.

35In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.

36And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down and prayed with them all.

37And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him,

38sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship.

JPS_ASV_Byz⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar ceased, Paul having sent for the disciples, took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had spent three months there, and a plot was laid against him by Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of Beroea, and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ But these had gone before, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days, where we tarried seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples gathered together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow, and prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber where we were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in the window a certain young man named Eutychus, borne down with deep sleep, and as Paul discoursed yet longer, being borne down by his sleep he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Make ye no ado, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And when he was gone up, and had broken the bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the lad alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we going before to the ship set sail for Assos, there intending to take in Paul; for so had he appointed, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing from thence, we came the following day over against Chios, and the next day we touched at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium, and the day after we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia, for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to him the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews, ²⁰ how I shrank not from declaring unto you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ save that the Holy Spirit testifieth unto me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But I make myself an account of nothing, neither do I count my life dear unto myself, so that I may accomplish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I shrank not from declaring unto you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed unto yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit hath made you bishops, to feed the church of the Lord and God, which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departing grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and from among your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore watch ye, remembering that by the space of three years I ceased not to admonish every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you the inheritance among all them that are sanctified. ³³ I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he had spoken, that they should behold his face no more. And they brought him on his way unto the ship.

Rotherham⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ But, after the tumult had ceased, Paul, sending for the disciples and exhorting them, took leave, and went forth to be journeying unto Macedonia. ² Passing through those parts, however, and exhorting them with much discourse, he came into Greece; ³ and, spending three months, when a plot was laid against him by the Jews, as he was about to sail to Syria, he determined to turn back through Macedonia. ⁴ Now there were accompanying him, Sopater, son of Pyrrhus a Beroean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy; and, of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ And, these, came and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ And, we, sailed forth, after the days of unleavened bread, from Philippi, and came unto them in Troas in five days, where we tarried seven days.
⁷ And, on the first of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul went on to discourse with them, being about to depart on the morrow; and he prolonged his discourse until midnight. ⁸ Now there were a good many torches in the upper room, where we were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat, a certain young man by name Eutychus, in the window, who was getting overpowered by a deep sleep; and, while Paul was discoursing yet further, being overpowered by his sleep, he fell, from the third story, down, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Going down, however, Paul fell upon him, and, embracing him, said––Be not making confusion; for, his soul, is, in him. ¹¹ And, going up, and breaking the loaf, and tasting,––for a good while also conversing, until dawn, thus, he departed. ¹² And they brought the boy alive, and were comforted beyond measure.
¹³ And, we, going forward unto the ship, set sail for Assos, from thence being about to take up Paul; for, so, had he arranged, being about, himself, to go on foot. ¹⁴ And, when he fell in with us in Assos, we took him on board, and came into Mitylene; ¹⁵ and, from thence sailing away on the morrow, we came over against Chios, and, on the next day, we thrust aside into Samos, and, on the succeeding day, we came into Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, lest he should happen to lose time in Asia; for he hastened, if it were possible for him, against the day of Pentecost, to arrive, in Jerusalem.
¹⁷ But, from Miletus, he sent unto Ephesus, and called for the elders of the assembly. ¹⁸ And, when they were come to him, he said unto them––Ye yourselves, well know, from the first day when I set foot in Asia, in what manner came to be with you all the time, ¹⁹ doing service unto the Lord, with all humility and tears, and temptations which befell me through the plots of the Jews: ²⁰ in what manner I in nowise shrank from announcing unto you anything that was profitable and teaching you publicly and in your homes; ²¹ bearing full witness, both to Jews and to Greeks, as to the repentance due unto God, and as to belief on our Lord Jesus. ²² And, now, lo! I, bound in my spirit, am journeying unto Jerusalem; the things which therein shall befall me, not knowing,–– ²³ save that, the Holy Spirit, from city to city, doth bear me full witness, saying that, bonds and tribulations, await me. ²⁴ But, for no cause whatever, am I making my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my course and the ministry which I have received from the Lord Jesus, to bear full witness as to the good news of the favour of God. ²⁵ And, now, lo! I, know that, no more, shall ye see my face,––ye all, among whom I have gone about proclaiming the kingdom. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to witness, on this very day, that, pure am I from the blood of all; ²⁷ for I have not shrunk from announcing all the counsel of God unto you. ²⁸ Be taking heed unto yourselves, and unto all the little flock in which the Holy Spirit hath set, you, as overseers,––to be shepherding the assembly of God which he hath acquired through means of the blood of his own. ²⁹ I, know, that there will enter, after my departure, grievous wolves into your midst, not sparing the little flock; ³⁰ and, from among your own selves, will arise men speaking distorted things, to draw away the disciples after themselves. ³¹ Wherefore, be on the watch, remembering that, for three years, night and day, I gave myself no rest, with tears, admonishing each one. ³² Now, therefore, I commend you unto the Lord, and unto his word of favour,––which is able to build up and give the inheritance among all the hallowed ones. ³³ The silver or gold or apparel of no one, did I covet: ³⁴ yourselves, acknowledge that, for my necessities and for those who were with me, hard wrought these hands! ³⁵ In all things, I gave you to understand, that, thus toiling, it behoves to be helping the weak, also to be keeping in mind the words of the Lord Jesus, that, he himself, said––Happy is it, rather to give than to receive!
³⁶ And, these things saying, kneeling down with them all, he prayed. ³⁷ And they all wept much, and, falling upon Paul’s neck, they were tenderly kissing him; ³⁸ being most distressed for the word which he had said,––That, no more, should they, his face, behold. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

Twentieth_Century⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples, and, with encouraging words, bade them goodbye, and started on his journey to Macedonia. ² After going through those districts and speaking many encouraging words to the disciples, he went into Greece, where he stayed three months. ³ He was about to sail to Syria, when he learned that a plot had been laid against him by the Jews; so he decided to return by way of Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied by Sopater the son of Pyrrhus, of Beroea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, as well as by Tychicus and Trophimus of Roman Asia. ⁵ These men went to Troas and waited for us there; ⁶ While we ourselves sailed from Philippi after the Passover, and joined them five days later at Troas, where we stayed for a week. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we had met for the Breaking of Bread, Paul, who was intending to leave the next day, began to address those who were present, and prolonged his address till midnight. ⁸ There were a good many lamps in the upstairs room, where we had met; ⁹ And a young man named Eutychus, sitting at the window, was gradually overcome with great drowsiness, as Paul continued his address. At last, quite overpowered by his drowsiness, he fell from the third story to the ground, and was picked up for dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, threw himself upon him, and put his arms round him. "Do not be alarmed," he said, "he is still alive." ¹¹ Then he went upstairs; and, after breaking and partaking of the Bread, he talked with them at great length till daybreak, and then left. ¹² Meanwhile they had taken the lad away alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ We started first, went on board ship, and sailed for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there. This was by his own arrangement, as he intended to go by land himself. ¹⁴ So, when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and went on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ The day after we had sailed from there, we arrived off Chios, touched at Samos the following day, and the next day reached Miletus; ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, so as to avoid spending much time in Roman Asia. He was making haste to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the Festival at the close of the Harvest. ¹⁷ From Miletus, however, he sent to Ephesus and invited the Officers of the Church to meet him; ¹⁸ And, when they came, he spoke to them as follows: "You know well the life that I always led among you from the very first day that I set foot in Roman Asia, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord, as I did, in all humility, amid the tears and trials which fell to my lot through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I never shrank from telling you anything that could be helpful to you, or from teaching you both in public and in private. ²¹ I earnestly pointed both Jews and Greeks to the repentance that leads to God, and to faith in Jesus, our Lord. ²² And now, under spiritual constraint, I am here on my way to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there, ²³ Except that in town after town the Holy Spirit plainly declares to me that imprisonment and troubles await me. ²⁴ But I count my life of no value to myself, if only I may complete the course marked out for me, and the task that was allotted me by the Lord Jesus--which was to declare the Good News of the Love of God. ²⁵ And now, I tell you, I know that none of you will ever see my face again--you among whom I have gone about proclaiming the Kingdom. ²⁶ Therefore I declare to you this day, that my conscience is clear in regard to the fate of any of you, ²⁷ For I have not shrunk from announcing the whole purpose of God regarding you. ²⁸ Be watchful over yourselves, and over the whole flock, of which the Holy Spirit has placed you in charge, to shepherd the Church of God, which he won for himself at the cost of his life. ²⁹ I know that, after my departure, merciless wolves will get in among you, who will not spare the flock; ³⁰ And from among yourselves, too, men will arise, who will teach perversions of truth, so as to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore, be on your guard, remembering how for three years, night and day, I never ceased, even with tears, to warn each one of you. ³² And now I commend you to the Lord and to the Message of his Love--a Message which has the power to build up your characters, and to give you your place among all those who have become Christ's People. ³³ I have never coveted any one's gold or silver or clothing. ³⁴ You, yourselves, know that these hands of mine provided not only for my own wants, but for my companions also. ³⁵ I left nothing undone to show you that, laboring as I labored, you ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said himself-- 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" ³⁶ When Paul had finished speaking, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ All were in tears; and throwing their arms round Paul's neck, they kissed him again and again, ³⁸ Grieving most of all over what he had said--that they would never see his face again. Then they escorted him to the ship.

Godbey⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar ceased, Paul, having sent for the disciples and exhorted them, bidding them adieu, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And having come through those regions, and exhorted them with much speaking, he came into Greece; ³ and having remained three months, a plot rising against him from the Jews, when about to sail for Syria, he was of a mind to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater the (son) of Pyrrhus, the Berean, and Aristarchus, the Thessalonian, and Secundus; and Gaius the Derbean, and Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus the Asiatics, accompanied him; ⁵ and these having gone in advance, awaited us in Troas; ⁶ and we, after the days of unleaven bread, sailed from Philippi, and came to them into Troas within five days; where we spent seven days. ⁷ And on the first of the Sabbaths we being assembled to break bread, Paul spoke to them, being about to depart the following day, and continued his discourse till midnight: ⁸ and there were many lamps in the upper room, where we were assembled. ⁹ Paul speaking more prolixly, there was a certain young man, Eutychus by name, sitting in the window, being borne down with deep sleep, completely relaxed by sleep, fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul, having come down, fell on him, and taking him in his arms said, Fear not; for his soul is in him: ¹¹ and having come up, and broken the bread, and eaten, and talking a long time, until daydawn, thus he departed. ¹² And they led up the boy alive, and were comforted exceedingly. ¹³ But we, having come in advance to the ship, embarked for Assos, thence being about to take up Paul, for he had so commanded us, himself being about to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, taking him up, we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And thence having sailed away on the following day we arrived opposite Chios; and on the following day we touched at Samos, and on the next day we came into Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul decided to sail by Ephesus, in order that it might not be necessary for him to spend the time in Asia: for he was hastening, if it might be possible for him to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And having sent from Miletus into Ephesus, he called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them, You know, that from the first day from which I came unto Asia, how I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and tears, and temptations, which came upon me through the plots of the Jews: ²⁰ how I omitted nothing of those things which are profitable, that I should not declare unto you and teach you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ witnessing both to Jews, and to Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go to Jerusalem bound in spirit, not knowing the things which shall come upon me in it: ²³ except that the Holy Ghost in every city witnesses to me, saying that bonds and tribulations await me. ²⁴ But I consider my life worthy of no consideration to myself, so as to finish my course, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to bear testimony to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I came preaching the gospel of the kingdom, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I witness to you this clay, that I am pure from the blood of all men; ²⁷ for I did not shrink to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves, and all the flock, over which the Holy Ghost has placed you shepherds, to shepherdise the church of God, which He bought with His own blood. ²⁹ I know, that after my departure grievous wolves will rise up against you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and men from you yourselves will rise up, speaking perverse things, in order to lead away disciples after them. ³¹ Watch therefore, remembering, that three years night and day I ceased not admonishing you with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God and the word of His grace, who is able to edify you, and give you an inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I have not sought the silver, or gold, or raiment of any one; ³⁴ you yourselves know, that these hands did minister to my necessities, and those along with me. ³⁵ I have shown you all things, that it so behooveth you laboring to assist the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having said these things, putting down his knees along with them all, he prayed. ³⁷ And the weeping of all was great, and falling on the neck of Paul, they continued to kiss him copiously, ³⁸ being especially grieved at the word which he had spoken, that they were about to see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

WNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples; and, after speaking words of encouragement to them, he took his leave, and started for Macedonia. ² Passing through those districts he encouraged the disciples in frequent addresses, and then came into Greece, and spent three months there. ³ The Jews having planned to waylay him whenever he might be on the point of taking ship for Syria, he decided to travel back by way of Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied as far as the province of Asia by Sopater the Beroean, the son of Pyrrhus; by the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; by Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and by the Asians, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These brethren had gone on and were waiting for us in the Troad. ⁶ But we ourselves sailed from Philippi after the days of Unleavened Bread, and five days later joined them in the Troad, where we remained for a week. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we had met to break bread, Paul, who was going away the next morning, was preaching to them, and prolonged his discourse till midnight. ⁸ Now there were a good many lamps in the room upstairs where we all were, ⁹ and a youth of the name of Eutychus was sitting at the window. This lad, gradually sinking into deep sleep while Paul preached at unusual length, overcome at last by sleep, fell from the second floor and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Paul, however, went down, threw himself upon him, and folding him in his arms said, "Do not be alarmed; his life is still in him." ¹¹ Then he went upstairs again, broke bread, and took some food; and after a long conversation which was continued till daybreak, at last he parted from them. ¹² They had taken the lad home alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ The rest of us had already gone on board a ship, and now we set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there; for so he had arranged, he himself intending to go by land. ¹⁴ Accordingly, when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, we arrived the next day off Chios. On the next we touched at Samos; and on the day following reached Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul's plan was to sail past Ephesus, so as not to spend much time in the province of Asia; since he was very desirous of being in Jerusalem, if possible, on the day of the Harvest Festival. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the Elders of the Church to come to him. ¹⁸ Upon their arrival he said to them, "You Elders well know, from the first day of my setting foot in the province of Asia, the kind of life I lived among you the whole time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord in all humility, and with tears, and amid trials which came upon me through the plotting of the Jews-- ²⁰ and that I never shrank from declaring to you anything that was profitable, or from teaching you in public and in your homes, ²¹ and urging upon both Jews and Greeks the necessity of turning to God and of believing in Jesus our Lord. ²² "And now, impelled by a sense of duty, I am on my way to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit, at town after town, testifies to me that imprisonment and suffering are awaiting me. ²⁴ But even the sacrifice of my life I count as nothing, if only I may perfect my earthly course, and be faithful to the duty which the Lord Jesus has entrusted to me of proclaiming, as of supreme importance, the Good News of God's grace. ²⁵ "And now, I know that none of you among whom I have gone in and out proclaiming the coming of the Kingdom will any longer see my face. ²⁶ Therefore I protest to you to-day that I am not responsible for the ruin of any one of you. ²⁷ For I have not shrunk from declaring to you God's whole truth. ²⁸ "Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock among which the Holy Spirit has placed you to take the oversight for Him and act as shepherds to the Church of God, which He has bought with His own blood. ²⁹ I know that, when I am gone, cruel wolves will come among you and will not spare the flock; ³⁰ and that from among your own selves men will rise up who will seek with their perverse talk to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be on the alert; and remember that, night and day, for three years, I never ceased admonishing every one, even with tears. ³² "And now I commend you to God and to the word of His grace. He is able to build you up and to give you your inheritance among His people. ³³ No one's silver or gold or clothing have I coveted. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands of mine have provided for my own necessities and for the people with me. ³⁵ In all things I have set you an example, showing you that, by working as I do, you ought to help the weak, and to bear in mind the words of the Lord Jesus, how He Himself said, "'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" ³⁶ Having spoken thus, Paul knelt down and prayed with them all; ³⁷ and with loud lamentation they all threw their arms round his neck, and kissed him lovingly, ³⁸ grieved above all things at his having told them that after that day they were no longer to see his face. And they went with him to the ship.

Worrell⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And, after the tumult ceased, Paul, having sent for the disciples, and exhorted them, taking leave of them, departed to go into Macedonia. ² And, having gone through those parts and exhorted them with many words, he came into Greece; ³ and, having spent three months there, a plot being laid for him by the Jews, as he was about to sail into Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him Sopater, son of Pyrrhus, a Beraean; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Galas of Derbe, and, Timothy; and, of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ And these, having gone before, were waiting for us at Troas; ⁶ and we sailed away from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas in five days; where we tarried seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the sabbaths, we having come together to break bread, Paul was discoursing to them (being about to depart on the morrow), and continued the discourse until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper room, where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man, Eutychus by name, seated in a window, being borne down with deep sleep, as Paul was long discoursing, overpowered by the sleep, fell from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul, going down, fell upon him; and, embracing him, said, "Make no tumult! for his soul is in him." ¹¹ And, having gone up, and broken bread, and eaten, and for a long time having conversed with them, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the boy alive, and were comforted in no ordinary measure. ¹³ And we, going before to the ship, set sail for Assos, there intending to take up Paul; for so he had arranged, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And, when he met us at Assos, taking him up, we came to Mytilene. ¹⁵ And sailing thence, we came the following day over against Chios; and the next day we touched at Samos; and, on the following day, we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And, having sent from Miletus to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the assembly. ¹⁸ And, when they came to him, he said to them, "Ye yourselves know from the first day on which I came into Asia, after what manner I was with you all the time; ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and with tears, and with trials which befell me in the plottings of the Jews; ²⁰ how I shrank not from declaring to you anything that was profitable, and from teaching you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ fully testifying, both to Jews and Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And, now, behold, I, bound by the Spirit, am going to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there; ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifieth to me in every city, saying that bonds and tribulations await me. ²⁴ But I make not my soul of any value as dear to myself, so that I may accomplish my course, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to fully testify the Gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I went about preaching the Kingdom, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore, I testify to you this day, that I am clean from the blood of all men; ²⁷ for I shrank not from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves, and to all the flock in which the Holy Spirit appointed you overseers, to shepherd the assembly of God, which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ I know that, after my departure, grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and from among yourselves will men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Wherefore, watch, remembering that for three years, night and day, I ceased not to admonish every one with tears. ³² "And now I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you the inheritance among all the sanctified. ³³ I coveted no one's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know that these hands ministered to my necessities, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I showed you that, thus laboring, ye ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He Himself said, "It is more blessed to give than to receive." ³⁶ And, having said these things, bowing his knees, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And great weeping arose from all; and, falling upon Paul's neck, they kept kissing him; ³⁸ being distressed especially on account of the word which he had spoken, that they were to see his face no more. And they were escorting him to the ship.

Moffatt⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the tumult had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples and encouraged them; he then took leave of them and went his way to Macedonia. ² After passing through the districts of Macedonia and encouraging the people at length, he came to Greece, ³ where he spent three months. Just as he was on the point of sailing for Syria, the Jews laid a plot against him. He therefore resolved to return through Macedonia. ⁴ His company as far as Asia consisted of Sopater of Beroea (the son of Pyrrhus), Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius of Derbe, Timotheus, and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia. ⁵ They went on to wait for us at Troas, ⁶ while we sailed from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and joined them five days later at Troas. There we spent seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week we met for the breaking of bread; Paul addressed them, as he was to leave next day, and he prolonged his address till midnight ⁸ (there were plenty of lamps in the upper room where we met). ⁹ In the window sat a young man called Eutychus, and as Paul's address went on and on, he got overcome with drowsiness, went fast asleep, and fell from the third storey. He was picked up a corpse, ¹⁰ but Paul went downstairs, threw himself upon him, and embraced him. "Do not lament," he said, "the life is still in him." ¹¹ Then he went upstairs, broke bread, and ate; finally, after conversing awhile with them till the dawn, he went away. ¹² As for the lad, they took him away alive, much to their relief. ¹³ Now we had gone on beforehand to the ship and set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there. This was his own arrangement, for he intended to travel by land. ¹⁴ So when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and got to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing thence on the following day we arrived off Chios; next day we crossed over to Samos, and [after stopping at Trogyllium] we went on next day to Miletus. ¹⁶ This was because Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, to avoid any loss of time in Asia; he wanted to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the presbyters of the church. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he said, "You know quite well how I lived among you all the time ever since I set foot in Asia, ¹⁹ how I served the Lord in all humility, with many a tear and many a trial which I encountered owing to the plots of the Jews, ²⁰ how I never shrank from letting you know anything for your good, or from teaching you alike in public and from house to house, ²¹ bearing my testimony, both to Jews and Greeks, of repentance before God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² Now here I go to Jerusalem under the binding force of the Spirit. What will befall me there, I do not know. ²³ Only, I know this, that in town after town the holy Spirit testifies to me that bonds and troubles are awaiting me. ²⁴ But then, I set no value on my own life as compared with the joy of finishing my course and fulfilling the commission I received from the Lord Jesus to attest the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ I know to-day that not one of you will ever see my face again — not one of you among whom I moved as I preached the Reign. ²⁶ Therefore do I protest before you this day that I am not responsible for the blood of any of you; ²⁷ I never shrank from letting you know the entire purpose of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock of which the holy Spirit has appointed you guardians; shepherd the church of the Lord which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that when I am gone, fierce wolves will get in among you, and they will not spare the flock; yes. ³⁰ and men of your own number will arise with perversions of the truth to draw the disciples after them. ³¹ So be on the alert, remember how for three whole years I never ceased night and day to watch over each one of you with tears. ³² And now I entrust you to God and the word of his grace; he is able to upbuild you and give you your inheritance among all the consecrated. ³³ Silver, gold, or apparel I never coveted; ³⁴ you know yourselves how these hands of mine provided everything for my own needs and for my companions. ³⁵ I showed you how this was the way to work hard and succour the needy, remembering the words of the Lord Jesus, who said, 'To give is happier than to get.'" ³⁶ With these words he knelt down and prayed beside them all. ³⁷ They all broke into loud lamentation and falling upon the neck of Paul kissed him fondly, ³⁸ sorrowing chiefly because he told them they would never see his face again. Then they escorted him to the ship.

Goodspeed⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the confusion was over, Paul sent for the disciples and encouraged them. Then he bade them goodbye and started for Macedonia. ² After traveling through those districts and giving the people a great deal of encouragement, he went on to Greece ³ where he stayed for three months. Just as he was going to sail for Syria, the Jews made a plot against him, and he made up his mind to return by way of Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied by Sopater of Berea, the son of Pyrrhus, Aristarchus and Secundus, from Thessalonica, Gaius of Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus, from Asia. ⁵ They went on to Troas and waited for us there, ⁶ while we sailed from Philippi after the festival of Unleavened Bread, and joined them at Troas five days later. There we stayed a week. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we had met for the breaking of bread, Paul addressed them, as he was going away the next morning, and he prolonged his address until midnight. ⁸ There were a great many lamps in the upstairs room where we met ⁹ and a young man named Eutychus, who was sitting at the window, became very drowsy as Paul's address grew longer and longer, and finally went fast asleep and fell from the third story to the ground, and was picked up for dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went downstairs, and threw himself upon him, and put his arms around him. "Do not be alarmed," he said, "he is still alive." ¹¹ Then he went upstairs again, and broke the bread, and ate, and after a long talk with them that lasted until daylight, he went away. ¹² They took the boy home alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ We had already gone on board the ship and sailed for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there, for that was the arrangement he had made, as he intended to travel there by land. ¹⁴ So when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and went on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, we arrived off Chios on the following day. On the next we crossed to Samos, and on the next we reached Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, so that he would not have to lose any time in Asia, for he was hurrying to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of the Harvest Festival. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they came, he said to them, "You know well enough how I lived among you all the time from the first day I set foot in Asia, ¹⁹ and how I served the Lord most humbly and with tears, through all the trials that I encountered because of the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I never shrank from telling you anything that was for your good, nor from teaching you in public or at your houses, ²¹ but earnestly urged Greeks as well as Jews to turn to God in repentance and to believe in our Lord Jesus. ²² I am here now on my way to Jerusalem, for the Spirit compels me to go there, though I do not know what will happen to me there, ²³ except that in every town I visit, the holy Spirit warns me that imprisonment and persecution are awaiting me. ²⁴ But my life does not matter, if I can only finish my race and do the service intrusted to me by the Lord Jesus, of declaring the good news of God's favor. ²⁵ Now I know perfectly well that none of you among whom I went about preaching the Kingdom of God will ever see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I declare to you today that I am not responsible for the blood of any of you, ²⁷ for I have not shrunk from letting you know God's purpose without reserve. ²⁸ Take care of yourselves and of the whole flock, of which the holy Spirit has made you guardians, and be shepherds of the church of God, which he got at the cost of his own life. ²⁹ I know that after I am gone savage wolves will get in among you and will not spare the flock, ³⁰ and from your own number men will appear and teach perversions of the truth in order to draw the disciples away after them. ³¹ So you must be on your guard and remember that for three years, night and day, I never stopped warning any of you, even with tears. ³² Now I commit you to the Lord, and to the message of his favor, which will build you up and give you a place among those whom God has consecrated. ³³ I have never coveted anyone's gold or silver or clothes. ³⁴ You know well enough that these hands of mine provided for my needs and my companions. ³⁵ I showed you in every way that by hard work like that we must help those who are weak and remember the words of the Lord Jesus, for he said, 'It makes one happier to give than to be given to.' " ³⁶ With these words, he knelt down with them all and prayed. ³⁷ They all wept aloud, and throwing their arms about Paul's neck they kissed him affectionately, ³⁸ for they were especially saddened at his saying that they would never see his face again. Then they accompanied him to the ship.

Riverside⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ WHEN the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples, and, after encouraging them, he bade them farewell and left to proceed to Macedonia. ² Passing through those parts and encouraging them by many addresses, he came into Greece. ³ There he spent three months. When a plot was formed against him by the Jews as he was about to sail for Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia. ⁴ There were in company with him Sopater of Beraea, the son of Pyrrhus, and of the Thessalonians Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy, and from Asia Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These went on and were waiting for us in Troas. ⁶ After the Days of Unleavened Bread we sailed from Philippi and came to them in Troas in five days. There we spent seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we all were assembled to break bread, Paul was discoursing to them, being about to leave in the morning, and he extended his address until midnight. ⁸ There were many lamps in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ A certain young man named Eutychus, sitting in a window, was overcome with deep sleep while Paul went on discoursing. At last overpowered by sleep he fell from the third story and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down and threw himself on him and embraced him and said, "Do not make a noisy wailing; for his life is still in him." ¹¹ Then he went up and broke bread and ate and talked on till daybreak and so departed. ¹² They brought the boy living, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ We went in advance to the ship and sailed for Assos, intending to take on Paul there, for so he had arranged, intending to come himself by land. ¹⁴ So when he joined us at Assos, we took him aboard and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ From there we sailed next day and arrived off Chios. The next day we came to Samos, and on the following day to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus in order not to spend time in Asia. He was hurrying to be in Jerusalem, if possible, on the Day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he said to them, "You know how I have lived among you the whole time since the first day I set foot in Asia, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and with tears and with trials that befell me through the plots of the Jews — ²⁰ how I did not shrink from telling you anything that was profitable or from teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ urging upon both Jews and Greeks the need of a change of heart toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² "And now I am on my way, bound in spirit, to Jerusalem, not knowing what is to befall me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies from city to city that chains and trials are waiting for me. ²⁴ But I do not hold my life as of any account if only I may finish my race and the service which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now I know that you all, among whom I have gone about heralding the kingdom, will never see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you to-day that I am clear of the blood of all. ²⁷ For I did not shrink from telling you the whole purpose of God. ²⁸ "Be watchful of yourselves and of all the flock of which the Holy Spirit has placed you as overseers. Shepherd the church of God which he bought with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure fierce wolves will come among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among yourselves men will arise speaking perverse things to draw away the disciples after themselves. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for three years I never ceased night nor day to exhort each one of you with tears. ³² "And now I commit you to the Lord and to his gracious message, which can build you up and give you the heritage among all those who have been made holy. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver or gold or apparel. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands provided for my needs and the needs of my companions. ³⁵ In all things I showed you that so laboring we ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he said, 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.' ³⁶ After saying this he kneeled with them all and prayed. ³⁷ All wept aloud, and falling on Paul's neck they kissed him affectionately, ³⁸ grieving especially because he had said that they would never see his face again; and they escorted him to the ship.

MNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples and, after embracing them, bade them farewell, and started for Macedonia. ² And when he had passed through those districts and encouraged the disciples in many addresses, he came into Greece where he spent three months. ³ Just as he was about to set sail for Syria, the Jews laid a plot against him, and he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ There accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater of Berea, the son of Pyrrhus; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and the Asians, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ Now these had gone on, and were awaiting us at Troas; ⁶ but we ourselves set sail from Philippi, after the days of unleavened bread, and joined them five days later at Troas. There we remained for a week. ⁷ On the first day of the week we met for the breaking of bread, and Paul, who was going away the next morning, began preaching to them, and prolonged his discourse until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upper room where we were assembled, ⁹ and a young man named Eutychus was sitting in a window, overborne by deep sleep, while Paul continued to preach at length. Overcome at last by sleep, he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Then Paul went down, threw himself upon him, and embracing him, said: "Do not lament; his life is still in him." ¹¹ Then he went upstairs again, broke bread and took some food, and after talking with them a long time, even until daybreak, he left them. ¹² They had taken the lad home alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ The rest of us going before to the ship, set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there; for so he had appointed, because he intended to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ We sailed from thence, and arrived next day off Chios; and the day after we touched at Samos; and the following day we came to Mitylene. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, so as not to spend time in Asia, for he was hurrying to get to Jerusalem, if it were possible, by the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church to come to him; ¹⁸ and when they arrived, he said to them. "You yourselves know quite well, how I lived among you, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, ¹⁹ "serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and amid trials that befell me through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ "You know that I never shrank from declaring to you anything that was profitable, nor from teaching you publicity and in your homes, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now I am going to Jerusalem, bound in the Spirit, not knowing what will befall me there, ²³ except that in city after city the Holy Spirit is warning me that bonds and afflictions are awaiting me. ²⁴ But I hold not my life of any account, as dear unto myself, if only I may run my race, and accomplish the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to attest the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now I know that not one of you among whom I went about preaching the kingdom, will ever see my face again. ²⁶ So I testify to you this day that I am clear from the blood of all men; ²⁷ I never shrank from telling you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock of which the Holy Spirit has appointed you overseers, and be shepherds of the church of God which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure fierce wolves will come among you, and they will not spare the flock; ³⁰ and that from among your own number, men will arise, perverting the truth, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ So be on guard; and remember that for three years I ceased not to admonish you all, night and day, even with tears. ³² "And now I commend you to God and to the word of his grace. He is able to build you up, and to give you your inheritance among all those who are consecrated. ³³ "No man's silver or gold of clothing did I ever covet. ³⁴ "You yourselves know how these hands of mine provided for my needs, and those of my companions. ³⁵ "In all things I have set you an example, how that so toiling, you ought to help the weak and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he himself said, "It is more blessed to give than to receive." ³⁶ When he had so said, Paul kneeled down, and prayed with them. ³⁷ And they all began, with loud lamentations, to throw their arms about his neck, and to kiss him lovingly, again and again, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the words that he had spoken, that after that day they should look upon his face no more. And they began to escort him to the ship.

Lamsa⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ AND after the tumult had ceased, Paul called to him the disciples and comforted them and kissed them and then departed and went to Mac-e-doÆni-a. ² And when he had traveled through those countries and had comforted them with many words, he came to Greece. ³ There he remained three months. But the Jews laid a plot against him, just as he was about to sail for Syria, so he decided to return to Mac-e-doÆni-a. ⁴ And there accompanied him, as far as Asia Minor, SopÆa-ter of the city of Be-reÆa and Ar-is-tarÆchus and Se-cunÆdus of Thes-sa-loniÆca and GaÆius of the city of DerÆbe and Ti-moÆthe-us of LyÆstra, and from Asia Minor TychÆi-cus and TrophÆi-mus. ⁵ These men went before us, and waited for us at TroÆas. ⁶ But we departed from the Mac-e-doÆni-an city of Phi-lipÆpi, after the days of unleavened bread, and sailed and arrived at TroÆas in five days, where we staved seven days; ⁷ And on the first day of the week, while the disciples were assembled to break bread, Paul preached to them, and because he was ready to leave the next day, he prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ Now there was a great glow of light from the torches in the upper chamber, where we were gathered together. ⁹ And a young man named EuÆty-chus was sitting at the floor opening above and listening, and as Paul prolonged his speech, the youth fell into a deep sleep, and while asleep he fell down from the third loft, and was taken up as dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and bent over him and embraced him and said, Do not be excited for he still lives. ¹¹ And when he was come up again, and had broken bread and eaten, he continued to speak till daybreak; then he departed to journey by land. ¹² And they carried away the young man alive, and rejoiced over him exceedingly. ¹³ But we went on board the ship, and sailed to the port of AsÆsos, where we were to take in Paul: as he had commanded us when he left to travel by land. ¹⁴ When we had welcomed him at AsÆsos, we took him on board and came to Mit-yleÆne. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence the next day towards the island of ChiÆos; and the following day we arrived at SaÆmos, and tarried at Tro-gylÆli-um; and the next day we came to Mi-leÆtus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined not to stop at EphÆe-sus, fearing he might be delayed there; because he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to celebrate the day of Pentecost at Jerusalem. ¹⁷ And from Mi-leÆtus he sent and called the elders of the church of EphÆe-sus. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, You know from the very first day that I entered Asia Minor, how I have been with you always, ¹⁹ Serving God with great humility and with tears and amid the trials which were brought upon me by conspiracies of the Jews. ²⁰ And yet I did not neglect to preach to you about those things which were good for your souls, and I taught in the streets and from house to house. ²¹ Thus testifying both to the Jews and to the SyrÆi-ans, about repentance toward God and faith in our LORD Jesus Christ. ²² And now I am on my way to Jerusalem, bound in the spirit, not knowing what will happen to me there: ²³ Save that in every city the Holy Spirit testifies to me, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But to me my life is nothing; I am not afraid. I desire only that I may finish my course with joy and finish the ministry, which I have received from our LORD Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now I know that you, among whom I have traveled and preached the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore, I testify to you this very day that I am innocent of the blood of all. ²⁷ For I have never shunned to declare to you, all the will of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves and to all the flock, over which the Holy Spirit has appointed you overseers, to feed the church of Christ which he has purchased with his blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after I have departed, fierce wolves will attack you, which will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Also from among yourselves, men shall arise, speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that for three years, night and day, I did not cease to teach every one of you with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all the saints. ³³ I have never coveted silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Indeed you yourselves know, that my own hands have provided for my needs and for those who have been with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, how that one must work hard, and be mindful of the weak, and remember the words of our LORD Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept bitterly, and they embraced him and kissed him; ³⁸ But they were most distressed because of the words he spoke, that they would not see his face again. And they accompanied him to the ship.

CLV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the tumult ceased, Paul, sending after the disciples and consoling and saluting them, came away to go into Macedonia." ² Now, passing through those parts and entreating them with many a word, he came into Greece." ³ Besides, spending three months, at there coming to be a plot against him by the Jews, being about to set out for Syria, he came to be of the opinion that he would return through Macedonia." ⁴ Now it was arranged for him to be met, as far away as the province of Asia, by Sopater Pyrrhus, a Berean. Yet of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius the Derbian, and Timothy, yet of the province of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus." ⁵ Now these, coming before, remained for us in Troas." ⁶ Yet we sail off from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them in Troas in five days, where we tarry seven days." ⁷ Now on one of the sabbaths, at our having gathered to break bread, Paul argued with them, being about to be off on the morrow. Besides, he prolonged the word unto midnight." ⁸ Now there were a considerable number of torches in the upper chamber where we were gathered. ⁹ Now a certain young man named Eutychus, being seated on the window, sinking into a deep sleep while Paul is arguing still more, being sunk from sleep, falls down from the third story, and was picked up dead." ¹⁰ Now Paul, descending, falls on him, and, embracing him, said, "Make no tumult, for his soul is in him." ¹¹ Now, going up and breaking bread and tasting, besides conversing a considerable time until daybreak, thus he came away." ¹² Now they led the boy alive, and were not measurably consoled." ¹³ Now we, coming before to the ship, set out for Assos, thence being about to take up Paul, for thus it has been prescribed, he being about to go on foot." ¹⁴ Now as he came up with us in Assos, taking him up, we came to Mitylene." ¹⁵ And sailing from thence, the ensuing day we arrive abreast of Chios, yet on another we put in at Samos, yet the next we came to Miletus, ¹⁶ for Paul had decided to sail by Ephesus, so that he may not be coming to linger in the province of Asia, for he hurried, if it may be possible for him to be in Jerusalem by the day of Pentecost." ¹⁷ Now from Miletus, sending to Ephesus, he calls for the elders of the ecclesia." ¹⁸ Now as they came along to him, he said to them, "You are versed in the facts, from the first day on which I stepped into the province of Asia, how I came to be with you all the time, ¹⁹ slaving for the Lord with all humility and tears, and the trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews;" ²⁰ how under no circumstances did I shrink from informing you of anything which was expedient, and teaching you in public and at your homes, ²¹ certifying to both Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, lo! I, bound in spirit, am going to Jerusalem, not being aware what I will meet with in it, ²³ more than that the holy spirit, city by city, certifies to me, saying that bonds and afflictions are remaining for me." ²⁴ But of nothing have I a word, nor yet am I making my soul precious to myself, till I should be perfecting my career and the dispensation which I got from the Lord Jesus, to certify the evangel of the grace of God." ²⁵ And now, lo! I am aware that you all, among whom I passed through heralding the kingdom, shall be seeing my face no longer." ²⁶ Wherefore I am attesting to you in this very day that I am clear from the blood of all, ²⁷ for under no circumstances do I shrink from informing you of the entire counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves and to the entire flocklet, among which the holy spirit appointed you supervisors, to be shepherding the ecclesia of God, which He procures through the blood of His Own." ²⁹ Now I am aware that, after I am out of reach, burdensome wolves will be entering among you, not sparing the flocklet." ³⁰ And from among yourselves will arise men, speaking perverse things to pull away disciples after themselves." ³¹ Wherefore watch, remembering that for three years, night and day, I cease not admonishing each one with tears." ³² And now I am committing you to God and to the word of His grace, which is able to edify and give the enjoyment of an allotment among all who have been hallowed." ³³ I covet no one's silver or gold or vesture." ³⁴ You know that these hands subserve my needs, and of those who are with me." ³⁵ All I intimate to you, that, thus toiling, you must be supporting the infirm. Besides, remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He said, 'Happy is it to give rather than to get.'" ³⁶ And, saying these things, at his kneeling together with them all, he prays." ³⁷ Now there came to be considerable lamentation by all, and falling on Paul's neck, they kissed him fondly, ³⁸ being pained especially at the word which he had declared, that no longer are they about to behold his face. Yet they sent him forward into the ship."

Williams⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples and encouraged them. Then he bade them goodbye and started off for Macedonia. ² He passed through those districts and by continuing to talk to them encouraged the people. He then went on to Greece ³ where he stayed three months. Just as he was about to sail for Syria, he changed his mind and returned by way of Macedonia, because a plot against him had been laid by the Jews. ⁴ He had as companions Sopater, the son of Pyrrhus, from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia. ⁵ They went on to Troas and waited there for us, ⁶ while we, after the Feast of Unleavened Bread, sailed from Philippi, and five days after joined them at Troas, where we spent a week. ⁷ On the first day of the week when we had met to break bread, Paul addressed them, since he was leaving the next day, and prolonged his speech till midnight. ⁸ There were many lamps in the room upstairs where we met, ⁹ and a young man named Eutychus, who was sitting by the window, was gradually overcome by heavy drowsiness, as Paul kept speaking longer and longer, and at last he went fast asleep and fell from the third story to the ground and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down and fell on him and embraced him, and said, "Stop being alarmed, his life is still in him." ¹¹ So he went back upstairs, and broke the bread and ate with them, and after talking with them extendedly, even till daylight, he left them. ¹² Then they took the boy home alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ We had already gone on board the ship and set sail for Assos, where we were to take Paul on board; for it had been so arranged by him, as he intended to travel there on foot. ¹⁴ So when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and sailed on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ On the next day we sailed from there and arrived off Chios. On the next day we crossed to Samos, and the next we reached Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul's plan was to sail past Ephesus, so as not to lose any time in the province of Asia; for he was eager, if possible, to reach Jerusalem by Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they arrived, he said to them: "You know how I lived among you all the time from the day I first set foot in the province of Asia, and how I continued ¹⁹ to serve the Lord with all humility and in tears, through the trials that befell me because of the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I never shrank from telling you anything that was for your good, nor from teaching you in public and in private, ²¹ but constantly and earnestly I urged Greeks as well as Jews to turn with repentance to God and to have faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And I am here now on my way to Jerusalem, because I am impelled by the Spirit to do so, though I am not aware what will befall me there, ²³ except that in town after town the Holy Spirit emphatically assures me that imprisonment and sufferings are awaiting me. ²⁴ But now I count as nothing the sacrifice of my life, if only I can finish my race and render the service entrusted to me by the Lord Jesus, of faithfully telling the good news of God's favor. ²⁵ And now I know that none of you among whom I went about preaching the kingdom will ever see my face again. ²⁶ I therefore protest to you today that I am not responsible for the blood of any of you, ²⁷ for I never shrank from telling you God's whole plan. ²⁸ Take care of yourselves and of the whole flock, of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, so as to continue to be shepherds of the church of God, which He bought with His own blood. ²⁹ Because I know that after I have gone violent wolves will break in among you and will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Even from your own number men will appear who will try, by speaking perversions of truth, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ So ever be on your guard and always remember that for three years, night and day, I never ceased warning you one by one, and that with tears. ³² And now I commit you to the Lord, and to the message of His favor, which is able to build you up and to give you your proper possession among all God's consecrated people. ³³ I have never coveted any man's silver or gold or clothes. ³⁴ You know yourselves that these hands of mine provided for my own needs and for my companions. ³⁵ In everything I showed you that by working hard like this we must help those who are weak, and remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He said, 'It makes one happier to give than to get.'" ³⁶ After he had finished this speech, he fell on his knees with them all and prayed. ³⁷ There was loud weeping by them all, as they threw their arms around Paul's neck and kept on kissing him with affection, ³⁸ ^(44:37) because they were especially pained at his saying that they would never see his face again. Then they went down to the ship with him.

BBE⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the noise had come to an end, Paul, having sent for the disciples and given them comfort, went away from them to Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts and given them much teaching, he came into Greece. ³ And when he had been there three months, because the Jews had made a secret design against him when he was about to take ship for Syria, he made a decision to go back through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater of Beroea, the son of Pyrrhus, and Aristarchus and Secundus of Thessalonica, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia, went with him as far as Asia. ⁵ But these had gone before, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ And we went away from Philippi by ship after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas in five days; and we were there for seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when we had come together for the holy meal, Paul gave them a talk, for it was his purpose to go away on the day after; and he went on talking till after the middle of the night. ⁸ And there were a number of lights in the room where we had come together. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, who was seated in the window, went into a deep sleep; and while Paul went on talking, being overcome by sleep, he had a fall from the third floor, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and, falling on him, took him in his arms and said, Do not be troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And when he had gone up, and had taken the broken bread, he went on talking to them for a long time, even till dawn, and then he went away. ¹² And they took the boy in, living, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ But we, going before him by ship, went to Assos with the purpose of taking Paul in there: for so he had given orders, because he himself was coming by land. ¹⁴ And when he came up with us at Assos, we took him in the ship and went on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And going from there by sea, we came on the day after opposite Chios, and touching at Samos on the day after that, we came on the third day to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul's purpose was to go past Ephesus, so that he might not be kept in Asia; for he was going quickly, in order, if possible, to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus for the rulers of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come, he said to them, You yourselves have seen what my life has been like all the time from the day when I first came into Asia, ¹⁹ Doing the Lord's work without pride, through all the sorrow and troubles which came on me because of the evil designs of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing which might be of profit to you, teaching you publicly and privately, ²¹ Preaching to Jews and to Greeks the need for a turning of the heart to God, and faith in the Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, as you see, I am going to Jerusalem, a prisoner in spirit, having no knowledge of what will come to me there: ²³ Only that the Holy Spirit makes clear to me in every town that prison and pains are waiting for me. ²⁴ But I put no value on my life, if only at the end of it I may see the work complete which was given to me by the Lord Jesus, to be a witness of the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now I am conscious that you, among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom, will not see my face again. ²⁶ And so I say to you this day that I am clean from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not kept back from you anything of the purpose of God. ²⁸ Give attention to yourselves, and to all the flock which the Holy Spirit has given into your care, to give food to the church of God, for which he gave his blood. ²⁹ I am conscious that after I am gone, evil wolves will come in among you, doing damage to the flock; ³⁰ And from among yourselves will come men who will give wrong teaching, turning away the disciples after them. ³¹ So keep watch, having in mind that for three years without resting I was teaching every one of you, day and night, with weeping. ³² And now, I give you into the care of God and the word of his grace, which is able to make you strong and to give you your heritage among all the saints. ³³ I have had no desire for any man's silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves have seen that with these hands I got what was necessary for me and those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I was an example to you of how, in your lives, you are to give help to the feeble, and keep in memory the words of the Lord Jesus, how he himself said, There is a greater blessing in giving than in getting. ³⁶ And having said these words, he went down on his knees in prayer with them all. ³⁷ And they were all weeping, falling on Paul's neck and kissing him, ³⁸ Being sad most of all because he had said that they would not see his face again. And so they went with him to the ship.

MKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar had ceased, calling the disciples and greeting them, Paul left to go into Macedonia. ² And passing through those parts, and exhorting them with much speech, he came into Greece. ³ And spending three months there, there being a plot against him by the Jews, being about to sail into Syria, he proposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater of Berea accompanied him into Asia, and Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus as far as Asia. ⁵ Going before, these waited for us at Troas. ⁶ And after the days of Unleavened Bread, we sailed away from Philippi and came to them at Troas in five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first of the sabbaths, the disciples having been assembled to break bread, being about to depart on the morrow, Paul reasoned to them. And he continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper room where they were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus was sitting on the window sill, Paul reasoning for a longer time, being overborne by sleep, he fell down from the third floor, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and fell on him, and embracing him said, Do not be terrified, for his soul is in him. ¹¹ And going up, and breaking bread, and tasting, and conversing over a long time, until daybreak, he went out thus. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And going ahead onto the ship, we sailed to Assos, there intending to take in Paul; for so he had appointed, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there and came the next day across from Chios. And the next day we arrived at Samos, and we stayed at Trogyllium. And the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, so that he might not lose time in Asia; for, if it were possible for him, he hastened to be at Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, You know how I was with you at all times, from the first day I arrived in Asia, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and many tears and temptations happening to me through the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ and how I kept back nothing that was profitable, but have shown you and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I am going bound by the Spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall happen to me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit witnesses in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither do I count my life dear to myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus Christ, to testify fully the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all will see my face no more, among whom I went proclaiming the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you on this day that I am pure from the blood of all. ²⁷ For I did not keep back from declaring to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Therefore take heed to yourselves, and to all the flock in which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to feed the church of God which He has purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also men shall arise from your own selves, speaking perverse things in order to draw disciples away after them. ³¹ Therefore watch and remember that for the time of three years I did not cease to warn everyone night and day with tears. ³² And now, brothers, I commend you to God, and to the Word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver or gold or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, you yourselves know that these hands have ministered to my needs, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ I have shown you all things, that working in this way we ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He Himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And saying these things, kneeling, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there was much weeping of all, and falling on the neck of Paul, they ardently kissed him, ³⁸ grieving most of all over the word which he had spoken, that they should see his face no more. And they went with him to the ship.

LITV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the ceasing of the tumult, having called the disciples, and having greeted them, Paul went away to go into Macedonia. ² And passing through those parts, and exhorting them with much speech, he came into Greece. ³ And spending three months there, a plot by the Jews being against him, being about to sail into Syria, he was of a mind to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater, a Berean; and Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia accompanied him as far as Asia. ⁵ Going forward, these awaited us in Troas. ⁶ But we sailed along after the days of Unleavened Bread from Philippi, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first of the week, the disciples having been assembled to break bread, being about to depart on the morrow, Paul reasoned to them. And he continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And many lamps were in the upper room where they were gathered. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus was sitting on the window sill, being overborne by deep sleep, Paul reasoning for a longer time, having been overborne by the sleep, he fell from the third floor down and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But going down Paul fell on him, and embracing him, he said, Do not be terrified, for his soul is in him. ¹¹ And going up, and breaking bread, and tasting, and conversing over a long time, until daybreak, he went out thus. ¹² And they brought the boy alive and were comforted not a little. ¹³ But going before onto the ship, we set sail for Assos, being about to take Paul in there; for so it had been arranged, he being about to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us in Assos, taking him up we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And sailing away from there, on the next day we arrived off Chios, and on the next we crossed to Samos. And remaining at Trogyllium, the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail by Ephesus, so as it might not happen to him to spend time in Asia; for he hastened if it were possible for him to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And sending to Ephesus from Miletus, he called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them: You understand, from the first day on which I set foot in Asia, how I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears and trials happening to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ as I kept nothing back of what is profitable, so as not to tell you, and to teach you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ earnestly testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, being bound by the Spirit, I go to Jerusalem, not knowing the things going to meet me in it, ²³ but that the Holy Spirit testifies city by city saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I make account of nothing, nor do I hold my life precious to myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, fully to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all will see my face no more, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Because of this I testify to you on this day that I am pure from the blood of all. ²⁷ For I did not keep back from declaring to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Then take heed to yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit placed you as overseers, to shepherd the church of God which He purchased through His own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and out of you yourselves will rise up men speaking perverted things, in order to draw away the disciples after themselves. ³¹ Because of this watch, remembering that I did not cease admonishing each one with tears night and day for three years. ³² And now, brothers, I commend you to God and to the Word of His grace, which is able to build up and to give you inheritance among all those having been sanctified. ³³ I have desired the silver, or gold, or clothing of no one. ³⁴ But you yourselves know that these hands ministered to my needs, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ I showed you all things, that working in this way we ought to help those being weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And saying these things, placing his knees, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there was much weeping of all, and falling on the neck of Paul, they ardently kissed him, ³⁸ most of all grieving for the word which he said, that they were going to see his face no more. And they went with him to the ship.

ECB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹
ON TO MACEDONIA AND HELLAS
And after the tumult pauses, Paulos calls the disciples to him, and salutes and departs to go into Macedonia: ² and he passes through those parts, and beseeches them with many words; and he comes into Hellas ³ and does three months. And so be it, the Yah Hudiym plot for him as he is about to embark to Syria; and his decision becomes to return through Macedonia: ⁴ and following him into Asia, Sopater a Berean, and Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonikeus, and Gaius a Derbean, and Timo Theos, and Tychicus and Trophimus, Asians: ⁵ these who precede, abide for us at Troas. ⁶
ON TO TROAS
And after the days of matsah we sail from Philippi; and in five days, come to them to Troas; where we tarry seven days: ⁷ and on the first of the shabbath, as the disciples assemble together to break bread, Paulos reasons to them - about to depart on the morrow; and stretches his words until midnight. ⁸ And there are many lamps in the upper loft where they gather together: ⁹ and sitting in a window, a youth named Eutychus is brought down into a deep sleep: and as Paulos reasons much, he is brought down by sleep, and falls from the third loft, and is taken for dead. ¹⁰ And Paulos descends, and falls on him, and embracing him, says, Tumult not yourselves; for his soul is in him. ¹¹ And he ascends and breaks bread and tastes; and homologizes at length - even until dawn, thus he departs: ¹² and they bring the lad alive, and are consoled not a slight measure. ¹³
ON TO MILETUS
And we proceed to the sailer and embark to Assos to take in Paulos there: for thus he ordains, to go afoot. ¹⁴ And he encounters us at Assos, and we take him in and come to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And there we sail; and arrive next, cast along side opposite Hios; and regarding another, we arrive at Samos and abide at Trogyllium; and next we come to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paulos judges to sail past Ephesus, that it be that he not waste time in Asia: for he hastens, if possible, to be at Yeru Shalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷
PAULOS AND THE EPHESIAN ELDERS
And from Miletus he sends to Ephesus and calls the elders of the ecclesia: ¹⁸ and when they come to him, he says to them, You understand, from the first day I embarked into Asia, after what manner I became with you at all times: ¹⁹ serving Adonay with all humblemindedness and with many tears and testings which happened to me by the plotting of the Yah Hudiym: ²⁰ and how I withheld naught beneficial, that I evangelized not to you; and doctrinated you publicly and from house to house ²¹ - witnessing both to the Yah Hudiym and to the Hellenes repentance to Elohim, and trust to our Adonay Yah Shua Messiah. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the Spirit to Yeru Shalem, not knowing those that meet me there: ²³ except that the Holy Spirit witnesses in every city, wording that bonds and tribulations abide me. ²⁴ But none of these words move me nor regard I my soul precious to myself - so as to complete/shalam my race with cheer, and the ministry I took of Adonay Yah Shua, to witness the evangelism of the charism of Elohim. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I pass through preaching the sovereigndom of Elohim, see my face no more. ²⁶ So I witness to you in this day, that I am pure from the blood of all: ²⁷ for I withhold naught to evangelize the whole counsel of Elohim to you. ²⁸ So heed to yourselves and to all the shepherddom, over which the Holy Spirit placed you episcopates - to shepherd the ecclesia of Elohim which he acquired through his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing, burdenous wolves enter to you, not sparing the shepherddom. ³⁰ And of your own selves, men rise, speaking thorough perversions, to draw disciples after them. ³¹ So watch, and remember, that for three years I paused not to remind each one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brothers, I set you forth to Elohim, and to the word of his charism, which is able to build you, and to give you an inheritance among all the hallowed. ³³ I panted after silver or gold or garment from no one. ³⁴ Yes, you yourselves know that these hands tended to my necessities - and to them with me. ³⁵ I exemplified all, how that thus laboring, you ought to support the frail, and to remember the words of Adonay Yah Shua, how he says, It is more blessed to give than to take. ³⁶ - and saying these, he places his knees and prays with them all. ³⁷ And there becomes much weeping; they fall on the neck of Paulos and ardently kiss him, ³⁸ grieving especially over the words he says, that they are about to observe his face no more. - and they forward him to the sailer.

AUV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the commotion died down, Paul sent for the [Ephesian] disciples and encouraged them before he left, [heading west] for Macedonia. ² And when he had traveled through those districts and had delivered many messages of encouragement, he went on [south] into Greece, ³ where he spent three months. Then, just as he was about to set sail for Syria, Paul discovered that a plot was being laid against him by the Jews, so he decided to return through Macedonia. ⁴ The following men accompanied Paul as far as [the province of] Asia [where Troas was located]: Sopater, the son of Pyrrhus, of Berea; Aristarchus and Secundus, of Thessalonica; Gaius, of Derbe; Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from [the province of] Asia, [seven in all]. ⁵ These [men] had gone ahead and were waiting for us [when we arrived] in Troas [i.e., a seaport town across the Aegean Sea from Philippi]. [Note: The use of "us" begins here again, suggesting that the writer Luke rejoins the party at Philippi. See next verse]. ⁶ And we [ourselves] sailed away from Philippi after the Festival of Unleavened Bread [Note: This was the Jewish feast commemorating deliverance from Egyptian bondage], and five days later [we] joined them at Troas [i.e., the seven men mentioned in verses 4 and 5], where we remained for seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week [i.e., Sunday], when we [disciples] had gathered together to break bread [i.e., the Lord's Supper. See I Cor. 11:20-24], Paul delivered a message that lasted until midnight, [since] he was planning to leave [Troas] the next day. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upstairs room where we were meeting. ⁹ A certain young man, named Eutychus, fell sound asleep while sitting on an [open] window ledge [during the message]. Since Paul's message continued [until nearly midnight] Eutychus was overcome by sleep and fell from the third floor to his death. ¹⁰ Paul hurried downstairs and placed himself on the young man and held him closely, saying [to the people gathered around], "Do not be upset, he is alive." ¹¹ After that Paul went upstairs, broke bread and ate [a common meal]. [Following the meal] Paul talked with them for a long time, even until it got daylight, and then he left. ¹² [In the meantime] they brought the young fellow [back upstairs] alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ But we went on ahead to the ship and sailed for Assos [i.e., a seaport town near Troas], where we expected to take Paul on board. This is how Paul had planned it, intending to go there himself by land. ¹⁴ When he met us at Assos, we took him on board, then [together] we went to Mitylene [i.e., a town on a nearby island]. ¹⁵ And after leaving there, the next day we sailed past Chios [i.e., another small island on the way], and the next day past Samos [i.e., another small island], until [finally] on the following day we arrived at Miletus [i.e., another seaport town near Ephesus]. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail on past Ephesus so he would not have to spend any time in [the province of] Asia, because he was hurrying to get to Jerusalem in time for the Day of Pentecost, if at all possible. ¹⁷ And from Miletus Paul sent to Ephesus, requesting that the elders of the church [there] come to him. ¹⁸ And when they arrived, he said to them, "You [men] know the kind of life I lived when I was with you, from the [very] first day I set foot in [the province of] Asia. ¹⁹ [You know that] I served the Lord with humility, with tears and with trials that I experienced as the result of plots by the Jews. ²⁰ [You know] how I held back nothing in declaring to you whatever was profitable, and taught you in public [meetings] and in your homes. ²¹ [You know how] I testified to both Jews and Greeks [i.e., Gentiles], that they must repent [i.e., change their attitudes and behavior] toward God, and have faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² "And now, look, I am going to Jerusalem, impelled by the Holy Spirit, not knowing what will happen to me [when I get] there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit reveals to me in every city [I visit] that chains and persecutions await me there. ²⁴ But I do not consider my life to be of value, as precious to me, [when compared to the importance of] accomplishing my task and the mission I received from the Lord Jesus to declare the good news of God's unearned favor [through Christ]. ²⁵ Now look, I know that none of you, among whom I traveled on preaching missions, will ever see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore, I [must] declare to you today that I am not responsible for what happens to any of you. ²⁷ For I held nothing back in declaring to you the entire message of God. ²⁸ So, pay close attention to your [own] lives, and to all [members] of the flock [i.e., the congregation] of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers [i.e., elders, shepherds or pastors]. Provide [spiritual] food for the church of the Lord which He purchased by [shedding] His own blood. ²⁹ [Because] I know that after I am gone [from here] there will be vicious wolves [i.e., ravaging false teachers] who will come in among you, and they will not spare the flock [i.e., the congregation]. ³⁰ [Indeed, even] from among your own selves [i.e., the body of elders there in Ephesus] some men will arise and, by speaking false things, they will lead away the disciples, [influencing them] to follow them. ³¹ So, be very watchful, and remember that for three years I never stopped warning every one of you [about such matters] both night and day with tears [in my eyes]. ³² "Now I commit you [elders] to God and to the message of His unearned favor which can build you up [spiritually] and provide you with the inheritance [of never ending life], along with others who are [specially] set apart [for God]. ³³ [You know that] I had no greedy desire for anyone's silver, gold or clothing. ³⁴ You [also] know that I worked with my own hands to provide not only my own needs, but the needs of those who were with me. ³⁵ I have demonstrated before you a [good] example in all [these] things, so that you [too] will work hard to help those who are [physically] weak. [Also] remember the words of the Lord Jesus who Himself said, 'It is a greater blessing [for you] to give [to people's needs] than to receive [help yourselves].' " ³⁶ After speaking these things Paul knelt down and prayed with all of the elders. ³⁷ And when they all had a good cry, they embraced Paul and kissed him. ³⁸ What saddened them most of all was when Paul said that they would never see his face again. Then they accompanied him to his ship.

ACV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar ceased, Paul having summoned the disciples and having embraced them, he departed to go into Macedonia. ² And having passed through those parts, and having exhorted them with many words, he came into Greece. ³ And having spent three months there, and a conspiracy having developed against him by Jews, intending to go up into Syria, a decision developed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him as far as Asia, Sopater a Berean, and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius a Derbean, and Timothy, and the Asians, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These men, who went ahead, awaited us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas within five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, the disciples having come together to break bread, Paul discoursed with them, intending to depart on the morrow. And he prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were considerable lights in the upper floor where we were gathered together. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus sitting in the window, being carried away by deep sleep (Paul discoursing on more), being carried away by sleep, he fell down below from the third floor, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul having come down, he fell on him, and having embraced him he said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. ¹¹ And after getting up, and having broken bread and eaten, and having conversed for a considerable time, until dawn, thus he departed. ¹² And they brought the boy alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ But we, having gone ahead to the ship, went up to Assos, intending from there to take up Paul, for so it was arranged, he himself intending to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, having taken him up, we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And having sailed from there on the next day, we arrived opposite Chios, and the next day we came near to Samos. And having remained in Trogyllium, on the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul determined to sail past Ephesus, so that he might not happen to lose time in Asia. For he was hastening, if it were possible, for him to become at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus having sent to Ephesus, he summoned the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them, Ye know, from the first day in which I stepped in Asia, how I became with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears and trials that befell me by the conspiracies of the Jews. ²⁰ How I kept back nothing of these things that are beneficial, not to inform you, and to teach you in public, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And now behold, I, bound in the spirit, am going to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will happen to me in it, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies from city to city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I make nothing of the matter, nor do I hold my life precious to myself, so as to fully complete my course with joy, and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to solemnly testify the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, I have seen that ye will no longer see my face, ye all among whom I passed through preaching the kingdom of God. ²⁶ Therefore I solemnly declare to you this day, that I am clean from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not withdraw from declaring to you the whole plan of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit placed you guardians, to tend the church of the Lord and God, which he purchased by his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from you yourselves men will rise up, speaking distorted things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch ye, remembering that for three years, night and day, I did not cease warning each one with tears. ³² And now brothers, I commit you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build up, and to give you an inheritance among all those who have been sanctified. ³³ I coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Ye yourselves know that these hands served my needs, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ I gave you a glimpse of all things, that so laboring ye ought to aid the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And having spoken these things, having knelt down, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there developed considerable weeping of all. And having fallen on Paul's neck, they kissed him much, ³⁸ sorrowing especially for the word that he had spoken, that they were going to see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

Common⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples, and when he had exhorted them and taken his leave of them, he set out for Macedonia. ² When he had gone through those parts and had given them much encouragement, he came to Greece. ³ There he spent three months, and when a plot was made against him by the Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied by Sopater of Berea, the son of Pyrrhus, and by Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia. ⁵ These went on ahead and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ But we sailed away from Philippi after the Days of Unleavened Bread, and in five days came to them at Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul began talking to them, intending to leave the next day, and he prolonged his message until midnight. ⁸ There were many lamps in the upper room where we were gathered. ⁹ And there was a young man named Eutychus sitting in the window sill, sinking into a deep sleep. And as Paul talked on and on, he was overcome by sleep and fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down and fell on him, and after embracing him, he said, "Do not be alarmed, for his life is in him." ¹¹ When he had gone back up and had broken the bread and eaten, he talked with them a long while until daybreak, and then left. ¹² They took away the boy alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ But going ahead to the ship, we set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul aboard there; for so he had arranged, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, we arrived the following day opposite Chios; and the next day we crossed over to Samos; and the day after that we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, so that he would not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hurrying to be in Jerusalem, if possible, on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus and called to him the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them: "You yourselves know how I lived the whole time I was with you, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and with tears and with trials which came upon me through the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks of repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, bound in the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit solemnly testifies to me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I do not consider my life of any account nor as precious to myself, if only I may finish my course and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that all of you among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom will see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore, I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Be on guard for yourselves and for all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the church of God which he purchased with the blood of his Own. ²⁹ I know that after my departure savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and from among your own selves will arise men speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert, remembering that for three years I did not cease night and day to admonish each one with tears. ³² And now I commend you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no one's silver or gold or clothes. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands ministered to my own needs and to the men who were with me. ³⁵ In everything I did, I showed you that by this kind of hard work we must help the weak, remembering the words the Lord Jesus himself said: 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" ³⁶ When he had said this, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept and embraced Paul and kissed him, ³⁸ grieving most of all over the word which he had spoken, that they would not see his face again. And they accompanied him to the ship.

WEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples, took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² When he had gone through those parts, and had encouraged them with many words, he came into Greece. ³ When he had spent three months there, and a plot was made against him by Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ These accompanied him as far as Asia: Sopater of Beroea; Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians; Gaius of Derbe; Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia. ⁵ But these had gone ahead, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ We sailed away from Philippi after the days of Unleavened Bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when the disciples were gathered together to break bread, Paul talked with them, intending to depart on the next day, and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ There were many lights in the upper room where we were gathered together. ⁹ A certain young man named Eutychus sat in the window, weighed down with deep sleep. As Paul spoke still longer, being weighed down by his sleep, he fell down from the third floor and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Paul went down and fell upon him, and embracing him said, “Don’t be troubled, for his life is in him.” ¹¹ When he had gone up, and had broken bread and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even until break of day, he departed. ¹² They brought the boy in alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ But we, going ahead to the ship, set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul aboard there; for he had so arranged, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ When he met us at Assos, we took him aboard, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, we came the following day opposite Chios. The next day we touched at Samos and stayed at Trogyllium, and the day after we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to himself the elders of the assembly. ¹⁸ When they had come to him, he said to them, “You yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, how I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, with many tears, and with trials which happened to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I didn’t shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable, teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² Now, behold, I go bound by the Spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there; ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions wait for me. ²⁴ But these things don’t count; nor do I hold my life dear to myself, so that I may finish my race with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to fully testify to the Good News of the grace of God. ²⁵ “Now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I went about preaching God’s Kingdom, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you today that I am clean from the blood of all men, ²⁷ for I didn’t shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed, therefore, to yourselves, and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the assembly of the Lord and God which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Men will arise from among your own selves, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for a period of three years I didn’t cease to admonish everyone night and day with tears. ³² Now, brothers, I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace, which is able to build up, and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I coveted no one’s silver, gold, or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands served my necessities, and those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring you ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’” ³⁶ When he had spoken these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ They all wept freely, and fell on Paul’s neck and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all because of the word which he had spoken, that they should see his face no more. Then they accompanied him to the ship.

WEB_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 G3326 After G2351 the uproar G3973 had ceased, G3972 Paul G4341 sent for G3101 the disciples, G2532 G782 took leave G1831 of them, and departed G4198 to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 When G1330 he had gone through G1565 those G3313 parts, G2532 and G3870 had encouraged G846 them G4183 with many G3056 words, G2064 he came G1519 into G1671 Greece.

3 G5037 G4160 When he had spent G5140 three G3376 months G1096 there, and G5259 G1917 a plot G846 was made against him G2453 by Jews G3195 as he was about G321 to set sail G1519 for G4947 Syria, G1096 he G1106 determined G5290 to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 These G4902 accompanied G846 him G891 as far as G773 Asia: G4986 Sopater G961 of Beroea; G1161 G708 Aristarchus G1161 and G4580 Secundus G2331 of the Thessalonians; G2532 G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe; G2532 G5095 Timothy; G2532 and G5190 Tychicus G1161 and G5161 Trophimus G774 of Asia.

5 G3778 But these G4281 had gone ahead, G3306 and were waiting G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 G2249 We G1602 sailed away G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of Unleavened Bread, G2532 and G2064 came G4314 to G846 them G1519 at G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days, G3757 where G1304 we stayed G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1722 G1161 On G1520 the first G4521 day of the week, G4863 when G3101 the disciples G4863 were gathered together G2806 to break G740 bread, G3972 Paul G1256 talked G846 with them, G3195 intending G1826 to depart G1887 on the next day, G5037 and G3905 continued G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 There G2258 were G2425 many G2985 lights G1722 in G5253 the upper room G3757 where G2258 we were G4863 gathered together.

9 G1161 G5100 A certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus G2521 sat G1909 in G2376 the window, G2702 weighed down G901 with deep G5258 sleep. G1909 As G3972 Paul G1256 spoke G1256 still G4119 longer, G2702 being weighed down G575 by G5258 his sleep, G4098 he fell down G575 from G5152 the third story, G2532 and G142 was taken G2736 up G3498 dead.

10 G1161 G3972 Paul G2597 went down, G1161 and G1968 fell G846 upon him, G2532 and G4843 embracing G2036 him said, G3361 "Don't G2350 be troubled, G1063 for G846 his G5590 life G2076 is G1722 in G846 him."

11 G1161 When G305 he had gone up, G2532 and G2806 had broken G740 bread, G5037 and G1089 eaten, G2532 and G3656 had talked G1909 with them a G2425 long while, G891 even until G827 break of day, G3779 he G1831 departed.

12 G1161 They G71 brought G3816 the boy G2198 in alive, G1161 and G3870 were G3756 G3357 greatly G3870 comforted.

13 G1161 But G2249 we G4281 who went ahead G1909 to G4143 the ship G321 set sail G1519 for G789 Assos, G3195 intending G353 to take G3972 Paul G1564 aboard there, G1063 for G2258 he had G3779 so G1299 arranged, G3195 intending G846 himself G3978 to go by land.

14 G1161 G5613 When G4820 he met G2254 us G1519 at G789 Assos, G353 we took G846 him G353 aboard, G2064 and came G1519 to G3412 Mitylene.

15 G636 Sailing G2547 from there, G2658 we came G1966 the following G481 day opposite G5508 Chios. G1161 The G1966 next G3846 day we touched G1519 at G4544 Samos G1161 and G3306 stayed G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium, G2192 and the day after G2064 we came G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 had determined G3896 to sail past G2181 Ephesus, G3704 that G846 he G1096 might G3361 not G5551 have to spend time G1722 in G773 Asia; G1063 for G4692 he was hastening, G1487 if G2258 it were G1415 possible G846 for him, G1096 to be G1519 in G2414 Jerusalem G2250 on the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 G575 From G3399 Miletus G3992 he sent G1519 to G2181 Ephesus, G3333 and called G4245 to himself the elders G1577 of the assembly.

18 G1161 G5613 When G3854 they had come G4314 to G846 him, G2036 he said G846 to them, G5210 "You G1987 yourselves know, G575 from G4413 the first G2250 day G2250 G3739 that G1910 I set foot G1519 in G773 Asia, G4459 how G1096 I was G3326 with G5216 you G3956 all G5550 the time,

19 G1398 serving G2962 the Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility, G2532 with G4183 many G1144 tears, G2532 and G3986 with trials G4819 which happened G3427 to me G1722 by G1917 the plots G2453 of the Jews;

20 G5613 how G5288 I didn't shrink G5213 from declaring to you G3762 anything G4851 that was profitable, G1321 teaching G5213 you G1219 publicly G2532 and G2596 from G3624 house to house,

21 G1263 testifying G5037 both G2453 to Jews G2532 and G1672 to Greeks G3341 repentance G1519 toward G2316 God, G2532 and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G5547 G2424 Jesus.

22 G2532 G3568 Now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G4198 go G1210 bound G4151 by the Spirit G1519 to G2419 Jerusalem, G3361 not G1492 knowing G3588 what G1722 G4876 will happen G3427 to me G846 there;

23 G4133 except G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G1263 testifies G2596 in G4172 every city, G3004 saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 wait G3165 for me.

24 G235 But G3056 these things G3762 don't G4160 count; G3761 nor G2192 do I G3450 hold my G5590 life G5093 dear G1683 to myself, G5613 so G2192 that I G5048 may finish G3450 my G3326 race with G5479 joy, G2532 and G1248 the ministry G3739 which G2983 I received G2962 from the Lord G2424 Jesus, G1263 to fully testify G2098 to the Good News G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 G3568 "Now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G1492 know G3754 that G5210 you G3956 all, G1722 among G3739 whom G1330 I went G2784 about preaching G932 the Kingdom G2316 of God, G3700 will see G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Therefore G1722 I G3143 testify G1722 to G5213 you G4594 this G2250 day G3754 that G1473 I G2513 am clean G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men,

27 G1063 for G5288 I G3756 didn't G5288 shrink G3361 from G312 declaring G5213 to you G3956 the whole G1012 counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take heed, G3767 therefore, G1438 to yourselves, G2532 and G3956 to all G4168 the flock, G1722 in G3739 which G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G5087 has made G5209 you G1985 overseers, G4165 to shepherd G1577 the assembly G2316 of the Lord and God G3739 which G4046 he purchased G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 For G1473 I G1492 know G3754 G3754 that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departure, G926 vicious G3074 wolves G1525 will enter G1519 in among G5209 you, G3361 not G5339 sparing G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 G435 Men G435 will G450 arise G1537 from among G5216 your G846 own selves, G2980 speaking G1294 perverse things, G645 to draw away G3101 the disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 watch, G3421 remembering G3754 that G5148 for a period of three years G3756 I didn't G3973 cease G3560 to admonish G1538 everyone G1520 G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32Now, brothers, I entrust you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build up, and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified.

33I coveted no one's silver, or gold, or clothing.

34You yourselves know that these hands served my necessities, and those who were with me.

35In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring you ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, "‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.'"

36When he had spoken these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all.

37They all wept a lot, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him,

38sorrowing most of all because of the word which he had spoken, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

NHEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar had ceased, Paul sent for the disciples and, after encouraging them, took leave of them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² When he had gone through those parts, and had encouraged them with many words, he came into Greece. ³ When he had spent three months there, and a plot was made against him by Jews as he was about to set sail for Syria, he determined to return through Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied by Sopater son of Pyrrhus of Beroea; Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians; Gaius of Derbe; Timothy; and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia. ⁵ But these had gone ahead, and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ We sailed away from Philippi after the days of Unleavened Bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul talked with them, intending to depart on the next day, and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ There were many lights in the upper chamber where we were gathered together. ⁹ A certain young man named Eutychus sat in the window, weighed down with deep sleep. As Paul spoke still longer, being weighed down by his sleep, he fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Paul went down, and fell upon him, and embracing him said, "Do not be troubled, for his life is in him." ¹¹ When he had gone up, and had broken bread, and eaten, and had talked with them a long while, even until break of day, he departed. ¹² They brought the boy in alive, and were greatly comforted. ¹³ But we who went ahead to the ship set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul aboard there, for he had so arranged, intending himself to go by land. ¹⁴ When he met us at Assos, we took him aboard, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, we came the following day opposite Chios. The next day we landed at Samos, and the day after we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, that he might not have to spend time in Asia; for he was hastening, if it were possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called to himself the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they had come to him, he said to them, "You yourselves know, from the first day that I set foot in Asia, how I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, with many tears, and with trials which happened to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I did not hold back from declaring to you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, look, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there; ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions wait for me. ²⁴ But I make my life an account of nothing precious to myself, so that I may finish my race, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to fully testify to the Good News of the grace of God. ²⁵ "And now, look, I know that you all, among whom I went about proclaiming the Kingdom, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you today that I am innocent of everyone's blood, ²⁷ for I did not hold back from declaring to you the whole plan of God. ²⁸ Watch out for yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the church of God which he purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know that after my departure, vicious wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Men will arise from among your own selves, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, remembering that for a period of three years I did not cease to admonish everyone night and day with tears. ³² Now I entrust you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build up, and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I coveted no one's silver, or gold, or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands served my necessities, and those who were with me. ³⁵ In all things I gave you an example, that so laboring you ought to help the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" ³⁶ When he had spoken these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ They all wept a lot, and fell on Paul's neck and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all because of the word which he had spoken, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

AKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there stayed three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them to Troas in five days; where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached to them, ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went before to ship, and sailed to Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go afoot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed there, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hurried, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said to them, You know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the LORD with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable to you, but have showed you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost witnesses in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear to myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Why I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore to yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brothers, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yes, you yourselves know, that these hands have ministered to my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, how that so laboring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

AKJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 And after G2351 the uproar G3973 was ceased, G3972 Paul G4341 called G3101 to him the disciples, G782 and embraced G1831 them, and departed G4198 for to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1330 And when he had gone G1330 over G1565 those G3313 parts, G4183 and had given them much G3870 exhortation, G2064 he came G1519 into G1671 Greece,

3 G4160 And there stayed G5140 three G3376 months. G2453 And when the Jews G1096 laid G1096 wait G1917 G3195 for him, as he was about G321 to sail G1519 into G4947 Syria, G1096 he purposed G1106 G5290 to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G4902 And there accompanied G891 him into G773 Asia G4986 Sopater G960 of Berea; G2331 and of the Thessalonians, G708 Aristarchus G4580 and Secundus; G1050 and Gaius G1191 of Derbe, G5095 and Timotheus; G773 and of Asia, G5190 Tychicus G5161 and Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 going G4281 before G3306 tarried G1722 for us at G5174 Troas.

6 G1602 And we sailed G1602 away G5375 from Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened G2064 bread, and came G5174 to them to Troas G4002 in five G2250 days; G3757 where G1304 we stayed G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G3391 And on the first G4521 day of the week, G3101 when the disciples G4863 came G4863 together G2806 to break G740 bread, G3972 Paul G1256 preached G3195 to them, ready G1826 to depart G1887 on the morrow; G3905 and continued G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G2425 And there were many G2985 lights G5253 in the upper G5253 chamber, G3757 where G4863 they were gathered G4863 together.

9 G2521 And there sat G2376 in a window G5100 a certain G3494 young G3494 man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus, G2702 being fallen G901 into a deep G5258 sleep: G3972 and as Paul G1909 was long G4119 G1256 preaching, G2702 he sunk G2736 down G5258 with sleep, G4098 and fell G5152 down from the third G5152 loft, G142 and was taken G3498 up dead.

10 G3972 And Paul G2597 went G2597 down, G1968 and fell G1968 on G4843 him, and embracing G2036 him said, G2350 Trouble G5590 not yourselves; for his life is in him.

11 G3767 When he therefore G305 was come G2806 up again, and had broken G740 bread, G1089 and eaten, G3656 and talked G2425 a long G891 while, even till G827 break G827 of day, G3779 so G1831 he departed.

12 G71 And they brought G3816 the young G2198 man alive, G3357 and were not a little G3870 comforted.

13 G4281 And we went G4281 before G4143 to ship, G321 and sailed G789 to Assos, G1564 there G3195 intending G353 to take G3972 in Paul: G3779 for so G1299 had he appointed, G3195 minding G846 himself G3978 to go afoot.

14 G5613 And when G4820 he met G1519 with us at G789 Assos, G353 we took G2064 him in, and came G3412 to Mitylene.

15 G636 And we sailed G1564 there, G2064 and came G1966 the next G481 day over G481 against G5508 Chios; G2087 and the next G3846 day we arrived G1519 at G4544 Samos, G3306 and tarried G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium; G2192 and the next G2064 day we came G3399 to Miletus.

16 G3972 For Paul G2919 had determined G3896 to sail G2181 by Ephesus, G3704 because G1096 he would G5551 not spend G5551 the time G773 in Asia: G4692 for he hurried, G1487 if G1415 it were possible G1519 for him, to be at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G3399 And from Miletus G3992 he sent G2181 to Ephesus, G3333 and called G4245 the elders G1577 of the church.

18 G5613 And when G3854 they were come G2036 to him, he said G1987 to them, You know, G4413 from the first G2250 day G1910 that I came G1519 into G773 Asia, G4459 after G4458 what manner G1096 I have been G3956 with you at all G5550 seasons,

19 G1398 Serving G2962 the LORD G3956 with all G5012 humility G4183 of mind, and with many G1144 tears, G3986 and temptations, G3588 which G4819 befell G1917 me by the lying in wait G2453 of the Jews:

20 G5613 And how G5288 I kept G5288 back G3762 nothing G4851 that was profitable G2192 to you, but have G312 showed G2192 you, and have G1321 taught G1219 you publicly, G3624 and from house G3624 to house,

21 G1263 Testifying G5037 both G2453 to the Jews, G2532 and also G1672 to the Greeks, G3341 repentance G1519 toward G2316 God, G4102 and faith G1519 toward G2962 our Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G3568 And now, G2400 behold, G4198 I go G1210 bound G4151 in the spirit G2419 to Jerusalem, G1492 not knowing G4876 the things that shall befall G1722 me there:

23 G4133 Save G40 that the Holy G4151 Ghost G1263 witnesses G2596 in every G4172 city, G3004 saying G1199 that bonds G2347 and afflictions G3306 abide me.

24 G3762 But none G3056 of these things G3056 move G4160 G3761 me, neither G2192 count G5590 I my life G5093 dear G1683 to myself, G5613 so G5048 that I might finish G1408 my course G5479 with joy, G1248 and the ministry, G3739 which G2192 I have G2983 received G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus, G1263 to testify G2098 the gospel G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G3568 And now, G2400 behold, G1492 I know G3956 that you all, G1722 among G3739 whom G2192 I have G1330 gone G2784 preaching G932 the kingdom G2316 of God, G3700 shall see G4383 my face G3765 no G3765 more.

26 G1352 Why G3143 I take you to record G4594 this G4594 day, G2513 that I am pure G129 from the blood G3956 of all men.

27 G2192 For I have G5288 not shunned G312 to declare G3956 to you all G1012 the counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take heed G1438 therefore to yourselves, G3956 and to all G4168 the flock, G1722 over G3739 the which G40 the Holy G4151 Ghost G5087 has made G1985 you overseers, G4165 to feed G1577 the church G2316 of God, G3739 which G4046 he has purchased G2398 with his own G129 blood.

29 G1492 For I know G5124 this, G3326 that after G867 my departing G926 shall grievous G3074 wolves G1525 enter G1519 in among G5339 you, not sparing G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 Also G5216 of your G846 own selves G435 shall men G450 arise, G2980 speaking G1294 perverse G645 things, to draw G645 away G3101 disciples G3694 after them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 watch, G3421 and remember, G5148 that by the space G5148 of three G5148 years G3973 I ceased G3560 not to warn G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2250 and day G1144 with tears.

32 G3568 And now, G80 brothers, G3908 I commend G2316 you to God, G3056 and to the word G5485 of his grace, G3588 which G1410 is able G2026 to build G1325 you up, and to give G2817 you an inheritance G1722 among G3956 all G37 them which are sanctified.

33 G2192 I have G1937 coveted G3762 no G3762 man’s G694 silver, G2228 or G5553 gold, G2228 or G2441 apparel.

34 G1161 Yes, G846 you yourselves G1097 know, G3778 that these G5495 hands G2192 have G5256 ministered G5532 to my necessities, and to them that were with me.

35 G2192 I have G5263 showed G3956 you all G3779 things, how that so G2872 laboring G1163 you ought G482 to support G770 the weak, G3421 and to remember G3056 the words G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus, G3754 how G2036 he said, G3122 It is more G3107 blessed G1325 to give G2983 than to receive.

36 G5023 And when he had thus G2036 spoken, G5087 he kneeled G1119 G4336 down, and prayed G3956 with them all.

37 G3956 And they all G1096 wept G2805 G2425 sore, G1968 and fell G1909 on G3972 Paul’s G5137 neck, G2705 and kissed him,

38 G3600 Sorrowing G3122 most G3122 of all G3056 for the words G3739 which G2046 he spoke, G3195 that they should G2334 see G4383 his face G3765 no G3765 more. G4311 And they accompanied G4143 him to the ship.

KJC⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the next day; and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there, and came the next day over against Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said unto them, You know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the LORD with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have showed you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Ghost witnesses in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brothers, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yes, you yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, that so laboring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept intensely, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

KJ2000⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them at Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the next day; and continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell upon him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went ahead to the ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take aboard Paul: for so had he appointed, intending himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him aboard, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there, and came the next day opposite Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hastened, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, You know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all times, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have showed you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Except that the Holy Spirit witnesses in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn everyone night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, you yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, how that so laboring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept much, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

UKJV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called unto him the disciples, and embraced them, and departed in order to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, (o. logos) he came into Greece, ³ And there abode three months. And when the Jews laid wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came unto them to Troas in five days; where we abode seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart on the next day; and continued his speech (o. logos) until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, being fallen into a deep sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep, and fell down from the third upper room, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him said, Trouble not yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even till break of day, so he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went on board ship, and sailed unto Assos, there intending to take in Paul: for so had he appointed, minding himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed thence, and came the next day opposite to Chios; and the next day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: for he hasted, if it were possible for him, to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, All of you know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ Serving the LORD with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and temptations, which befell me by the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have showed you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit (o. pneuma) unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Save that the Holy Spirit (o. pneuma) witnesses in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions abide me. ²⁴ But none of these things (o. logos) move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that all of you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over the which the Holy Spirit (o. pneuma) has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word (o. logos) of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all them which are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yea, all of you yourselves know, that these hands have ministered unto my necessities, and to them that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you all things, how that so labouring all of you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words (o. logos) of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had thus spoken, he kneeled down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept sore, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words (o. logos) which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

RKJNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the uproar had ceased, Paul called the disciples to him, and after exhorting them, he embraced them and departed to go to Macedonia. ² And when he had gone through those parts, and had given them much encouragement, he came to Greece, ³ And there he remained three months. And when the Jews laid in wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he decided to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And he was accompanied into Asia by Sopater of Beroea, son of Pyrrhus; and the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and from Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These went on ahead and waited for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread, and came to them at Troas in five days; where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And upon the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached to them, and because he intended to depart the next day; he continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, who was sinking into a deep sleep: and as Paul kept talking, he was overcome by sleep, and fell down from the third floor, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down, and bent over him, and embraced him saying, Do not trouble yourselves; for his life is in him. ¹¹ When Paul came up again, and had broken bread, and eaten, he talked a long while, even until the break of day, then he departed. ¹² And they took the young man home alive, and were not a little comforted. ¹³ And we went ahead to the ship, and sailed to Assos, intending to take Paul aboard there: for so he had directed, intending himself to go by foot. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him aboard, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there, and arrived the next day opposite Chios; and the following day we crossed over to Samos; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, because he did not want to spend time in Asia: for he was making haste, so that if possible, he would be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, You yourselves know, from the first day that I came to Asia, in what manner I have lived among you at all times, ¹⁹ Serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and with many tears, and with trials which befell me by the plots of the Jews: ²⁰ How I kept back nothing that was profitable for you, but have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ Testifying both to the Jews, and to the Greeks, of repentance toward God, and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound in the spirit, to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Except that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in every city, that bonds and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I do not count my life as precious to myself, so that I might finish my course, and the ministry, which I have received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore, I testify to you this day, that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not hesitated to declare to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed for yourselves, and for all the flock, over which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to shepherd the church of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure savage wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among your own selves men shall arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that for three years I did not cease to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commit you to God, and to the word of his grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no man's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ You yourselves know, that these hands have ministered to my needs, and to the needs of those who were with me. ³⁵ I have shown you in all things, that by labouring in this manner you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words the Lord Jesus himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ And when he had spoken thus, he knelt down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ And they all wept bitterly, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ Sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

TKJU⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar had ceased, Paul called the disciples to himself, embraced them, and departed to go into Macedonia. ² Now when he had gone over those parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece, ³ and abode there three months. And when the Jews laid in wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater of Berea accompanied him into Asia, also Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going on before, tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the Days of Unleavened Bread, and came to them at Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached to them; and ready to depart on the next day, continued his speech until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lights in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And there sat in a window a certain young man named Eutychus, having fallen into a deep sleep: And as Paul was preaching long, he sunk down with sleep; and fell down from the third loft, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, fell on him, and embracing him said, "Do not trouble yourselves; for his life is in him." ¹¹ When he therefore had come up again, had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a long while, even until daybreak, after that he departed. ¹² And they brought the young man alive, and were not just a little comforted. ¹³ And we went onward to ship, and sailed to Assos, there intending to take Paul onboard: For he had appointed this, minding himself to go there on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him onboard, and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Afterward we sailed from that place, and the next day came over opposite Chios; and the following day we arrived at Samos, and tarried at Trogyllium; and the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, because he would not spend the time in Asia: For he hastened, if it were possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent a message to Ephesus, and called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, "You know, from the first day that I came into Asia, in what manner I have been with you throughout all seasons, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility of mind, with many tears, and temptations, which befell me through the lying in wait of the Jews: ²⁰ And how I kept back nothing that was profitable to you, but have shown you, and have taught you publicly, and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now behold, I go bound in the spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there: ²³ Except that the Holy Spirit witnesses in every city, saying that chains and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither do I count my life dear to myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ "And now behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no longer. ²⁶ Therefore I testify for the record this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I have not shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ Therefore take heed to yourselves, and to all the flock, among whom the Holy Spirit has made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which He has purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also men shall arise from among your own selves, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after themselves. ³¹ Therefore watch, and remember, that for a span of three years I did not cease to warn everyone night and day with tears. ³² "And now, brethren, I commend you to God, and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up, and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no one's silver, or gold, or apparel. ³⁴ Yes, you yourselves know that these hands have served for my necessities, and for those that were with me. ³⁵ I have shown you all things, how by so laboring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how He said, 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.' " ³⁶ And when he had spoken these things, he knelt down, and prayed with them all. ³⁷ Moreover they all wept deeply, and fell on Paul's neck, and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the words which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

CKJV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 And G3326 after G2351 the uproar G3973 was ceased, G3972 Paul G4341 called to G3101 him the disciples, G2532 and G782 embraced G1831 them, and departed G4198 to go G1519 into G3109 Macedonia.

2 G1161 And G1330 when he had gone through G1565 those G3313 parts, G2532 and G3870 had given G846 them G4183 much G3056 exhortation, G2064 he came G1519 into G1671 Greece,

3 G5037 And G4160 there he lived G5140 three G3376 months. G1096 And when G5259 G2453 the Jews G1917 plotted G846 against him, G3195 as he was about G321 to sail G1519 into G4947 Syria, G1096 he G1106 decided G5290 to return G1223 through G3109 Macedonia.

4 G1161 And G4902 there accompanied G846 him G891 into G773 Asia G4986 Sopater G961 of Berea; G1161 and G2331 of the Thessalonians, G708 Aristarchus G2532 and G4580 Secundus; G2532 and G1050 Gaius G1190 of Derbe, G2532 and G5095 Timotheus; G1161 and G774 of Asia, G5190 Tychicus G2532 and G5161 Trophimus.

5 G3778 These G4281 going ahead G3306 waited G2248 for us G1722 at G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 And G2249 we G1602 sailed away G575 from G5375 Philippi G3326 after G2250 the days G106 of unleavened bread, G2532 and G2064 came G4314 to G846 them G1519 at G5174 Troas G891 in G4002 five G2250 days; G3757 where G1304 we stayed G2033 seven G2250 days.

7 G1722 And G1161 upon G1520 the first G4521 day of the week, G4863 when G3101 the disciples G4863 came together G2806 to break G740 bread, G3972 Paul G1256 preached G846 to them, G3195 ready G1826 to depart G1887 the next day; G5037 and G3905 continued G3056 his speech G3360 until G3317 midnight.

8 G1161 And G2258 there were G2425 many G2985 lamps G1722 in G5253 the upper chamber, G3757 where G2258 they were G4863 gathered together.

9 G1161 And G2521 there sat G1909 in G2376 a light G5100 a certain G3494 young man G3686 named G2161 Eutychus, G2702 being fallen G901 into a deep G5258 sleep: G1909 and as G3972 Paul G1256 was G4119 long G1256 preaching, G2702 he sunk down G575 with G5258 sleep, G4098 and fell down G575 from G5152 the third story, G2532 and G142 was taken G2736 up G3498 dead.

10 G1161 And G3972 Paul G2597 went down, G1968 and fell G846 on him, G2532 and G4843 embracing G2036 him said, G2350 Trouble G3361 not G2350 yourselves; G1063 for G846 his G5590 life G2076 is G1722 in G846 him.

11 G1161 When G305 he therefore had come up again, G2532 and G2806 had broken G740 bread, G2532 and G1089 eaten, G5037 and G3656 talked G1909 a G2425 long while, G891 even until G827 break of day, G3779 then G1831 he departed.

12 G1161 And G71 they brought G3816 the young man G2198 alive, G2532 and G3870 were G3756 not G3357 a little G3870 comforted.

13 G1161 And G2249 we G4281 went before G1909 to G4143 boat, G321 and sailed G1519 to G789 Assos, G1564 there G3195 intending G353 to take G3972 in Paul: G1063 for G3779 so G2258 had G1299 he arranged, G3195 intending G846 G3978 to go afoot.

14 G1161 And G5613 when G4820 he met G2254 with us G1519 at G789 Assos, G353 we took G846 him G353 in, G2064 and came G1519 to G3412 Mitylene.

15 G636 And we sailed G2547 there, G2658 and came G1966 the next G481 day over opposite G5508 Chios; G1161 and G2087 the next G3846 day we arrived G1519 at G4544 Samos, G2532 and G3306 stayed G1722 at G5175 Trogyllium; G2192 and the next G2064 day we came G1519 to G3399 Miletus.

16 G1063 For G3972 Paul G2919 had determined G3896 to sail by G2181 Ephesus, G3704 because G846 he G1096 would G3361 not G5551 spend the time G1722 in G773 Asia: G1063 for G4692 he was hurrying, G1487 so that, if G2258 it were G1415 possible, G846 he G1096 would be G1519 at G2414 Jerusalem G2250 the day G4005 of Pentecost.

17 G1161 And G575 from G3399 Miletus G3992 he sent G1519 to G2181 Ephesus, G3333 and called G4245 the elders G1577 of the church.

18 G1161 And G5613 when G3854 they had come G4314 to G846 him, G2036 he said G846 to them, G5210 You G1987 know, G575 from G4413 the first G2250 day G575 G3739 that G1910 I came G1519 into G773 Asia, G4459 after what manner G1096 I have been G3326 with G5216 you G3956 at all G5550 times,

19 G1398 Serving G2962 the Lord G3326 with G3956 all G5012 humility of mind, G2532 and G4183 with many G1144 tears, G2532 and G3986 trials, G4819 which happened G3427 to me G1722 by G1917 the plotting G2453 of the Jews:

20 G5613 And how G5288 I kept back G3762 nothing G4851 that was profitable G3361 to you, but G312 have showed G5213 you, G2532 and G1321 have taught G5209 you G1219 publicly, G2532 and G2596 from G3624 house to house,

21 G1263 Testifying G5037 both G2453 to the Jews, G2532 and also G1672 to the Greeks, G3341 repentance G1519 toward G2316 God, G2532 and G4102 faith G1519 toward G2257 our G2962 Lord G2424 Jesus G5547 Christ.

22 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G4198 go G1210 bound G4151 in the spirit G1519 to G2419 Jerusalem, G3361 not G1492 knowing G3588 the things G1722 that G4876 shall happen to G3427 me G846 there:

23 G4133 Except G3754 that G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G1263 witnesses G2596 in G4172 every city, G3004 saying G3754 that G1199 bonds G2532 and G2347 afflictions G3306 await G3165 me.

24 G235 But G3762 none G3056 of these things G4160 move me, G3761 neither G2192 count I G3450 my G5590 life G5093 dear G1683 to myself, G5613 so G5048 that I might finish G3450 my G1408 course G3326 with G5479 joy, G2532 and G1248 the ministry, G3739 which G2983 I have received G3844 of G2962 the Lord G2424 Jesus, G1263 to testify G2098 the gospel G5485 of the grace G2316 of God.

25 G2532 And G3568 now, G2400 behold, G1473 I G1492 know G3754 that G5210 you G3956 all, G1722 among G3739 whom G1330 I have gone G2784 preaching G932 the kingdom G2316 of God, G3700 shall see G3450 my G4383 face G3765 no more.

26 G1352 Therefore G3143 I take G5213 you G3143 to record G1722 G4594 this G2250 day, G3754 that G1473 I G2513 am pure G575 from G129 the blood G3956 of all men.

27 G1063 For G5288 I have G3756 not G5288 shunned G3361 to G312 declare G5213 to you G3956 all G1012 the counsel G2316 of God.

28 G4337 Take care G3767 therefore G1438 to yourselves, G2532 and G3956 to all G4168 the flock, G1722 over G3739 the which G40 the Holy G4151 Spirit G5087 has made G5209 you G1985 overseers, G4165 to feed G1577 the church G2316 of God, G3739 which G4046 he has purchased G1223 with G2398 his own G129 blood.

29 G1063 For G1473 I G1492 know G5124 this, G3754 that G3326 after G3450 my G867 departing G926 shall severe G3074 wolves G1525 enter G1519 in among G5209 you, G3361 not G5339 sparing G4168 the flock.

30 G2532 Also G1537 of G5216 your G846 own selves G435 shall G435 men G450 arise, G2980 speaking G1294 perverse things, G645 to draw away G3101 disciples G3694 after G846 them.

31 G1352 Therefore G1127 watch, G3421 and remember, G3754 that G5148 for a period of three years G3973 I ceased G3756 not G3560 to warn G1538 every G1520 one G3571 night G2532 and G2250 day G3326 with G1144 tears.

32 G2532 And G3569 now, G80 brothers, G3908 I commend G5209 you G2316 to God, G2532 and G3056 to the word G846 of his G5485 grace, G3588 which G1410 is able G2026 to build you up, G2532 and G1325 to give G5213 you G2817 a inheritance G1722 among G3956 all G37 them which are sanctified.

33 G1937 I have coveted G3762 no man's G694 silver, G2228 or G5553 gold, G2228 or G2441 apparel.

34 G1161 Yes, G1097 you G846 yourselves G1097 know, G3754 that G3778 these G5495 hands G5256 have ministered G3450 to my G5532 necessities, G2532 and G3588 to them G5607 that were G3326 with G1700 me.

35 G5263 I have shown G5213 you G3956 all things, G3754 how that G3779 so G2872 laboring G1163 you should G482 support G770 the weak, G5037 and G3421 to remember G3056 the words G2962 of the Lord G2424 Jesus, G3754 how G846 he G2036 said, G2076 It is G3123 more G3107 blessed G1325 to give G2228 than G2983 to receive.

36 G2532 And G2036 when he had G5023 thus G846 spoken, G1119 he kneeled down, G4336 and prayed G4862 with G846 them G3956 all.

37 G1161 And G3956 they all G2085 wept G1096 G2425 greatly, G2532 and G1968 fell G1909 on G3972 Paul's G5137 neck, G2705 and kissed G846 him,

38 G3600 Sorrowing G3122 most of all G1909 for G3056 the words G3739 which G2046 he spoke, G3754 that G3195 they should G2334 see G846 his G4383 face G3765 no more. G1161 And G4311 they accompanied G846 him G1519 to G4143 the boat.

RYLT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ And after the ceasing of the tumult, Paul having called near the disciples, and having embraced them, went forth to go on to Macedonia; ² and having gone through those parts, and having exhorted them with many words, he came to Greece; ³ having made also three months' stay -- a counsel of the Jews having been against him -- being about to set forth to Syria, there came to him a resolution of returning through Macedonia. ⁴ And there were accompanying him unto Asia, Sopater of Berea, and of Thessalonians Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus, and of Asiatics Tychicus and Trophimus; ⁵ these, having gone before, did remain for us in Troas, ⁶ and we sailed, after the days of the unleavened food, from Philippi, and came unto them to Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ And on the first of the week, the disciples having been gathered together to break bread, Paul was discoursing to them, about to depart on the morrow, he was also continuing the discourse till midnight, ⁸ and there were many lamps in the upper chamber where they were gathered together, ⁹ and there was sitting a certain youth, by name Eutychus, upon the window -- being borne down by a deep sleep, Paul discoursing long -- he having sunk down from the sleep, fell down from the third story, and was lifted up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul, having gone down, fell upon him, and having embraced him, said, 'Make no tumult, for his life is in him;' ¹¹ and having come up, and having broken bread, and having tasted, for a long time also having talked -- till daylight, so he went forth, ¹² and they brought up the lad alive, and were comforted in no ordinary measure. ¹³ And we having gone before unto the ship, did sail to Assos, thence intending to take in Paul, for so he had arranged, intending himself to go on foot; ¹⁴ and when he met with us at Assos, having taken him up, we came to Mitylene, ¹⁵ and thence having sailed, on the morrow we came over-against Chios, and the next day we arrived at Samos, and having remained in Trogyllium, on the following day we came to Miletus, ¹⁶ for Paul decided to sail past Ephesus, that there may not be to him a loss of time in Asia, for he hasted, if it were possible for him, on the day of the Pentecost to be at Jerusalem. ¹⁷ And from Miletus, having sent to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the assembly, ¹⁸ and when they were come unto him, he said to them, 'You -- you know from the first day in which I came to Asia, how, with you at all times I was; ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears, and temptations, that befell me in the counsels of the Jews against me; ²⁰ how nothing I did keep back of what things are profitable, not to declare to you, and to teach you publicly, and in every house, ²¹ testifying fully both to Jews and Greeks, toward God reformation, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² 'And now, lo, I -- bound in the Spirit -- go on to Jerusalem, the things that shall befall me in it not knowing, ²³ save that the Holy Spirit in every city does testify fully, saying, that for me bonds and tribulations remain; ²⁴ but I make account of none of these, neither do I count my life precious to myself, so that I finish my course with joy, and the ministration that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify fully the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ 'And now, lo, I have known that no more shall you see my face, -- you all among whom I did go preaching the reign of God; ²⁶ therefore I take you to witness this day, that I am clear from the blood of all, ²⁷ for I did not keep back from declaring to you all the counsel of God. ²⁸ 'Take heed, therefore, to yourselves, and to all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit made you overseers, to feed the assembly of God that He acquired through His own blood, ²⁹ for I have known this, that there shall enter in, after my departing, grievous wolves unto you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and of your own selves there shall arise men, speaking perverse things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ 'Therefore, watch, remembering that three years, night and day, I did not cease with tears warning each one; ³² and now, I commend you, brethren, to God, and to the word of His grace, that is able to build up, and to give you an inheritance among all those sanctified. ³³ 'The silver or gold or garments of no one did I covet; ³⁴ and you yourselves know that to my necessities, and to those who were with me, minister did these hands; ³⁵ all things I did show you, that, thus labouring, it behooves us to partake with the ailing, to be mindful also of the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.' ³⁶ And these things having said, having bowed his knees, with them all, he did pray, ³⁷ and there came a great weeping to all, and having fallen upon the neck of Paul, they were kissing him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word that he had said -- that they are about no more to see his face; and they were accompanying him to the ship.

EJ2000⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ¶ And after the uproar was ceased, Paul called the disciples and embraced them and departed to go into Macedonia. ² And when he had gone over those parts and had exhorted them with much word, he came into Greece ³ and there abode three months. And when the Jews laid in wait for him, as he was about to sail into Syria, he took counsel to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And there accompanied him into Asia Sopater of Berea; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ These going before tarried for us at Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread and came unto them to Troas in five days, where we abode seven days. ⁷ ¶ And the first of the sabbaths, when the disciples came together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, ready to depart the next day, and continued his word until midnight. ⁸ And there were many lamps in the upper chamber, where they were gathered together. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus sat in a window, being fallen into a deep sleep; and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down with sleep and fell down from the third loft and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ And Paul went down and fell on him and, embracing him, said, Trouble not yourselves, for his soul is still in him. ¹¹ When he therefore was come up again and had broken bread and eaten and talked a long while, even until day break, thus he departed. ¹² And they took the young man home alive and were greatly comforted. ¹³ ¶ And we went into the ship and sailed unto Assos, intending to take in Paul there, for so he had determined that he should go by land. ¹⁴ And when he met with us at Assos, we took him in and came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there and came the next day over against Chios, and the next day we arrived in port at Samos; and having rested in Trogyllium, the next day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had determined to sail by Ephesus, not to detain himself in Asia, for he hasted to keep the day of Pentecost, if it were possible for him, in Jerusalem. ¹⁷ ¶ And from Miletus he sent to Ephesus and called the elders of the congregation {Gr. ekklesia – called out ones}. ¹⁸ And when they were come to him, he said unto them, Ye know, from the first day that I came into Asia, after what manner I have been with you at all seasons, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and with many tears and temptations, which have befallen me by the ambushes of the Jews, ²⁰ and how I kept back nothing that was profitable unto you, but have showed you and have taught you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to the Jews and also to the Gentiles, repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, behold, I go bound of the Spirit unto Jerusalem, not knowing the things that shall befall me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit witnesses in every city, saying that prisons and tribulations await me. ²⁴ But none of these things move me, neither do I count my life dear unto myself, only that I might finish my course with joy and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I take you to record this day that I am pure from the blood of everyone. ²⁷ For I have not refrained from declaring unto you the full counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed therefore unto yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit has placed you as bishops to feed the congregation {Gr. ekklesia – called out ones} of God, which he has purchased with his own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departing, grievous wolves shall enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also from among your own selves, men shall arise, speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after themselves. ³¹ Therefore watch and remember that by the space of three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears. ³² And now, brethren, I commend you to God and to the word of his grace, which is powerful to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have coveted no one’s silver or gold or apparel. ³⁴ Moreover, ye yourselves know that these hands have ministered unto my necessities and to those that were with me. ³⁵ I have showed you in all things how that so labouring, ye ought to support the weak and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how he said, It is more blessed to give than to receive. ³⁶ ¶ And when he had thus spoken, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ Then they all wept sore and fell on Paul’s neck and kissed him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all for the word which he spoke, that they should see his face no more. And they accompanied him unto the ship.

CAB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the disturbance had ceased, Paul, summoning the disciples and greeting them, went away to go to Macedonia. ² And going through those parts, and encouraging them with many words, he came to Greece ³ and spent three months there. And as a plot by the Jews developed against him, as he was to put to sea for Syria, a decision came about to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater, a Berean, was accompanying him to Asia--also Aristarchus of the Thessalonians, and Secundus, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus, the Asians. ⁵ These men, having gone ahead, were waiting for us in Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away after the Days of Unleavened Bread, from Philippi, and we came to them in Troas within five days, where we spent seven days. ⁷ Now on the first day of the week, the disciples being assembled to break bread, Paul was discussing with them, being about to leave on the next day, and extended his message until midnight. ⁸ And there were a considerable number of lamps in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus sat in the window, being overwhelmed by a deep sleep. While Paul was speaking for a while longer, having been overwhelmed by sleep, he fell down from the third story and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul, going down, fell upon him, and embracing him said, "Do not be troubled, for his life is in him." ¹¹ And going up and breaking bread and eating, and talking for a considerable time, until daybreak, thus he departed. ¹² And they brought the boy living, and they were encouraged greatly. ¹³ Now we, having gone ahead on the ship, put to sea for Assos, from there intending to take Paul on board; for thus it had been arranged, since he intended to go on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, having taken him aboard, we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And having sailing away from there, on the next day we arrived opposite Chios. The following day we approached to Samos and remained in Trogyllium. The following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, in order that it might not happen to him to spend time in Asia; for he was hurrying, if it was possible for him to be in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ Now from Miletus, having sent to Ephesus, he summoned the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they were present with him, he said to them: "You know from the first day which I arrived in Asia, how I was with you the whole time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and many tears and trials which happened to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I kept back nothing that was profitable, but declared it to you, teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ solemnly bearing witness to both Jews and to Greeks, the repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And now behold, I, having been bound in the spirit, am going to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will happen to me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit in every city is solemnly bearing witness, saying that bonds and tribulations are waiting for me. ²⁴ But I count myself as nothing; nor do I regard my life as valuable to myself, so that I may complete my course with joy, and the ministry which I received from the Lord Jesus, to bear solemn testimony to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now behold, now I know that you all, among whom I have passed through preaching the kingdom of God, will no longer see my face. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this very day, that I am innocent of all blood. ²⁷ For I did not draw back from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Therefore take heed to yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit placed you as overseers, to shepherd the church of the Lord, and of God, which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that savage wolves will come in after my departure, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Also from among you yourselves will arise men speaking things having been distorted, in order to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert, remembering that for three years, night and day I did not cease, with tears, exhorting each one. ³² So for the present, I entrust you, brothers, to God and to the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and give you an inheritance among all those who have been sanctified. ³³ I have desired the silver or gold or clothes of no one. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands rendered service to my needs, and those who were with me. ³⁵ By all things I have shown you, that thus laboring it is necessary to help those being weak, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that He said, 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.' " ³⁶ And having said these things, he knelt down, together with them all, and prayed. ³⁷ And there was considerable weeping by all, and falling on Paul's neck, they were affectionately kissing him, ³⁸ feeling pain most of all for the words which he said, that they were about to see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

WPNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the uproar had ended, Paul summoned the disciples, took leave of them, and set out for Macedonia. ² When he had gone through those parts and encouraged them with many words, he came into Greece. ³ When he had stayed three months, as he was about to set sail for Syria, the Jews made a plot against him, so he decided to return through Macedonia. ⁴ Now Sopater of Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus of the Thessalonians, Gaius of Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia were going to accompany him as far as Asia; ⁵ so having gone on ahead, these men were waiting for us in Troas. ⁶ But it was after the Days of Unleavened Bread that we sailed from Philippi, and in five days we joined them at Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ Now on the first day of the week, the disciples being assembled to break bread, Paul started addressing them, and because he intended to leave the next day he continued his message until midnight. ⁸ There were many lamps in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ Well a certain young man named Eutychus sat in a window and was sinking into a deep sleep as Paul kept on talking; when he was overcome by the sleep he fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ So Paul went down, threw himself on him and embracing him said, “Don’t be distressed, because his life is in him!” ¹¹ Then he went back up and broke bread, ate, and kept on speaking until daybreak—that’s how he left! ¹² (On their part, they led the boy away alive, and were greatly comforted.) ¹³ As for us, we went to the ship and set sail for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there—so it had been arranged, he himself intending to go on foot. ¹⁴ When he met us at Assos we took him aboard and went on to Mityline. ¹⁵ Sailing from there, the next day we arrived opposite Chios, and the day after we crossed over to Samos and stopped in Trogylium; the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ (Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus, to avoid being detained in Asia, because he was hurrying to be in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost, if he possibly could.) ¹⁷ From Miletus he sent to Ephesus and summoned the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ So when they had come to him he said to them: “You yourselves know, from the first day that I arrived in Asia, how I lived the whole time I was with you, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility, and with many tears and trials, the ones that happened to me by the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable, teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ solemnly proclaiming to both Jews and Greeks the repentance toward God and the faith into our Lord Jesus. ²² Now then, I am going to Jerusalem bound in my spirit, not knowing the things that will happen to me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit keeps warning me in every city, saying that fetters and afflictions are just waiting for me. ²⁴ However none of this moves me, nor do I regard my life as valuable to myself, just so that I may complete my course with joy, even the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to solemnly proclaim the Good News of the grace of God. ²⁵ “Furthermore, I know that none of you among whom I have gone about proclaiming the Kingdom of God will ever see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all; ²⁷ because I did not shrink from declaring to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ So take heed to yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit has placed you as overseers, to shepherd the congregation of the Lord and God which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ Because I know this, that after my departure savage wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ Yes, men will rise up from among you yourselves, speaking distorted things, to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert, remembering that during three years, night and day, I never stopped admonishing each one, with tears. ³² “And so now, brothers, I entrust you to God and to the Word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all those who have been sanctified. ³³ I have not coveted anyone’s silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands have supplied my own needs, and of those who were with me. ³⁵ In every way I showed you that working hard like this it is necessary to help the weak, and to remember the word of the Lord Jesus, that He Himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive’.” ³⁶ When he had said these things, he knelt down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ Then they all wept freely, and falling on Paul’s neck kept kissing him, ³⁸ sorrowing most of all because of the word that he had spoken, that they would see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

JMNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now with (or: after) this [intervention] to cause the uproar, milling and disorderly tumult to cease, Paul – after summoning the disciples to himself, then comforting and encouraging [them], and finally giving a farewell embrace – went out to continue [his] journey into Macedonia. ² So, after passing through [D adds: all] those parts and [at the same time] comforting, assisting and encouraging them with many a word and message (or: with much Logos and thought), he came into Greece. ³ Along with this, after doing (= spending) three months [in that area, and] there coming to be a plot against him by the Jews (or: under [the direction of the leaders of] the Jewish [religion]), being progressively about to set sail unto Syria, he suddenly came to be of the informed opinion and of the experienced decision [D reads: he intended to go back again into Syria, but the Breath-effect (Spirit) told him] to be now returning through Macedonia. ⁴ Now [D: therefore with his being progressively about to depart], it continued being arranged for him to be met, as far as [the province of] Asia, [by] Sopater, [the son] of Pyrrhus, a Berean. Now [there was] also Aristarchus and Secundus, from Thessalonica, and Gaius from Derbe, as well as Timothy. Then, from [the province] of Asia, [there were] Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ So these, having come before us [other MSS: after going on], continued waiting (or: were for a while remaining) in Troas, ⁶ yet we [= Paul and Luke?] put out to sea (or: set sail) from Philippi, after the days [= the Feast] of Unleavened [Bread], and came to them, after five days [entering] into Troas, where we spent seven days. ⁷ Now on that one particular sabbath (literally: in the one of the sabbaths), at our having been gathered together to break bread (= share a meal), Paul began dialoging with (or: discussing and reasoning through a discourse to) them. [He was] being about to depart on the next day, so he continued prolonging the message (stretching out beside [them] the thoughts and reasons of the Logos) until midnight. ⁸ So in the upper room (or: chamber; = upstairs or in the upper story) where we were gathered together, there were quite a few lamps. ⁹ Now a certain young man named Eutychus, remaining seated upon the window [sill] (or: little door [opening]; [note: likely opened due to the crowd as well as from the heat and smoke from all the lamps]) [and] being made to increasingly sink down in a deep sleep during Paul's discoursing still more (= for a long time), upon being caused to collapse from the sleep, he fell down from the third story – and was lifted up dead! ¹⁰ So Paul, descending the steps, fell on him and, after taking [him] in his arms and embracing [him], said, "Stop wailing and do not continue causing a tumult, for his soul (the inner life of his being) continues existing (or: being) within the midst of him!" ¹¹ Now after walking back up and breaking bread, then tasting (= sipping and eating) for a considerable time, besides conversing until daybreak, without further ado, he went out. ¹² So [D adds: after their embracing and saying good-bye], they took the young man [home] alive (or: living), and thus were relieved and comforted beyond measure. ¹³ Now we ourselves (= the rest of us), going ahead by boat, sailed on to Assos, being about (= planning; intending) to take up Paul – for thus [he] had arranged, [as] he himself was being about to continue going on, [taking a shortcut], by foot. [note: this was a journey of about twenty miles over a paved Roman road, and was less than half the distance of the sea voyage around Cape Lectum] ¹⁴ So as [soon as] he was joining us in Assos, after taking him up (= on board), we went into Mitylene. ¹⁵ Then from there, sailing away on the succeeding [day], we arrived down in front of and face to face with Chios. Yet on a different day, we threw alongside and touched into Samos, but then on the following [day], we came into Miletus. ¹⁶ You see, Paul had decided to sail on, passing beside Ephesus, so that it would not happen for him to linger or run out of time in the [province of] Asia, for he was continuing to hurry on [so as] to come to be [entered] into Jerusalem [for] the Day of Pentecost – if it would be possible for him. ¹⁷ Now by sending from Miletus unto Ephesus, he summoned the older men of the called-out community [there] to journey over to him. ¹⁸ So when they arrived and came to his side [D & p74 add:, their being in the same place], he said to them," [D adds: Brothers,] you yourselves continue being fully acquainted with and are well versed about how I came to be (= lived and acted [during]) the whole time with you folks, from the first day on which I stepped into the [province of] Asia – ¹⁹ "constantly performing as a slave for the Lord (or: continually serving as a slave-servant to [Christ, or, Yahweh]), with all submissive humility (the frame of mind as of being in a low position) and [with] tears and [with] harassing ordeals (or: tests and trials) which from time to time walked along with me (= happened to me) during, and in the midst of, plots originating from the [religious leaders of the] Jews – ²⁰ "how [in] nothing (or: under no circumstances) did I arrange myself under (= out of public view) and hold myself away [from the issue] (or: shrink or draw back) from repeatedly bringing [thoughts and information] together to recount to (or: for) you and to teach you folks in public, as well as from house to house, ²¹ "to both Jews and Greeks constantly certifying with thorough testimony about and full witness of the change in thinking and the returning into God, as well as faith and trust [directed] into our Lord, Jesus [p74, Aleph, A, C & D add: Christ]. ²² "And so now, look and consider this! I myself, having been bound by the Breath-effect (or: in the Spirit; to [my] spirit and attitude; with the [realm of] spirit; for the breath-effect) – and still being thus – I continue proceeding on my journey into Jerusalem, not seeing or knowing [p41 & D read: having insight about] the things that will progressively be meeting together with me (or: that will proceed falling together in opposition to me) within the midst of her (or: it), ²³ "except that down through each city (or: from city to city) the Set-apart Breath-effect (or: Holy Spirit) keeps repeatedly giving full witness and evidence to me, continually saying that bonds (= imprisonments) and pressures (oppressions; afflictions; tribulations) continue remaining and are still awaiting me. ²⁴ "Nevertheless, from not even one thought do I habitually make my soul of value to myself (or, with other MSS: neither do I now hold a word or idea for me, nor do I continuously make my inner life or self valuable or precious to me), until I can finish my course (complete my trek and perfect my career; bring my run to its purposed destiny; or: [with other MSS: so] I would bring my race-course to its goal), as well as the attending service, which I received from beside the Lord Jesus: to for myself make full witness of and give thorough evidence for the good news (the message of ease, goodness and well-being) which is God's grace (or: which has a source in, and the character of, the undeserved joyous favor of God). ²⁵ "And thus now, consider this. I have seen and am thus aware that all you folks, among whom I passed through constantly and progressively making public proclamation heralding the reign and kingdom [D adds: of Jesus; E and others read: of God], will no longer see my face. ²⁶ "Hence (or: Because of this) I am now testifying to you men – in this very day – that I continue being clean from the blood of all humanity, ²⁷ "for you see, I did not draw back from recounting to you folks all the purpose, will and counsel of God (or: from the [situation] to at some point announce again all God's design and determination for you people). ²⁸ "Continue holding focused toward and taking attentive care – to and for yourselves, as well as for all the little flock among whom the Set-apart Breath-effect Itself (or: the Holy Spirit Himself) set you folks [as] ones who look around over people for their welfare and oversee situations – to be continuously (or: habitually) acting as shepherds of God's [other MSS: {the} Lord's {= Christ's or Yahweh's}] called-out community which He built as a surrounding for Himself (or: made to encompass Himself), through (or: by means of) His own blood. ²⁹ "Now I myself have seen and am aware that, after (or: with) my spreading forth as dust and ashes (= going away, so as to be out of reach), heavy (= burdensome and oppressive) wolves will enter into the midst of you folks – folks by habit not sparing (or: treating with tenderness or forbearance) the flock, ³⁰ "and men from among you yourselves (= from your own community) will of themselves proceed standing up, repeatedly speaking things having been thoroughly turned and twisted (things that are distorted and not straight), to progressively drag (or: draw; [D & p41 read: turn]) away the disciples behind (thus: after) themselves. ³¹ "Therefore, constantly keep your wits about you (be continuously awake, alert and watchful) while continuously bearing in mind through remembrance that three-year period [when] night and day I did not cease – with tears – repeatedly and progressively placing [thoughts; ideas; information; admonition] in the minds of each one [D & E add: of you folks]. ³² "And these present things I am presently placing beside you folks, by (or: in) the Lord [= Christ or Yahweh; other MSS: God] and by (or: in) the Logos (Word; thought; idea; message) of His grace and undeserved favor which is continuously having power and ability to at any point edify and build the house, and then to at once give the enjoyment of the allotted inheritance within the midst of (or: in union with; or: among) all the folks having been set-apart (or: consecrated, made holy and dedicated to sacred service). ³³ "I did not covet, have an over-desire for, or set my heart upon silver or gold or clothing which belongs to even one person. ³⁴ "You yourselves continue knowing by personal experience that these very hands subserved to my needs, as well as [giving service] to those being with me. ³⁵ "I demonstrated under your observation, giving you an object lesson for all situations and for all people, that by thus laboring it continues binding and necessary to habitually take things in hand so as to assist in the stead of the weak and infirm folks, besides to be constantly bearing in mind through remembrance the words (thoughts; ideas; messages) of the Lord Jesus, that He said, 'It is a happy and blessed [state and situation] to be habitually giving, rather than to be continually receiving!'" ³⁶ Then, after saying these things, upon bending his knees together with all of them, he spoke toward things being well (or: he prayed). ³⁷ So there came to be considerable weeping and lamentation from all of them, and one after another, after falling upon Paul's neck, were successively giving down expressions of affection and fondly kissing him, ³⁸ being presently pained by mental and emotional distress – especially upon the word which he had declared, that they were now about to no longer be periodically gazing upon his face. Thus they began escorting him, sending [him] forward unto the boat.

NSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ After the uproar ceased Paul sent for the disciples. He encouraged them. Then he left for Macedonia. ² He went to Greece after traveling through the area giving encouragement. ³ After three months he set sail for Syria. He decided to return through Macedonia. He left there because the Jews formed a plot against him. ⁴ Those who accompanied him as far as Asia: Sopater of Beroea, the son of Pyrrhus; and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ They left early and were waiting for us at Troas. ⁶ We sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread. Five days later we met them at Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we were gathered together to break bread, Paul spoke to them. Intending to depart the next morning he prolonged his speech until midnight. ⁸ There were many lights in the upper chamber where we gathered. ⁹ A young man named Eutychus sat in the window. He was very sleepy. Paul’s talk was long and he fell asleep. He fell down from the third story, and was taken up dead. ¹⁰ Paul went down and fell on him. He embraced him and said: »Do not be troubled for he lives.« ¹¹ He went up and they broke bread and ate. He talked with them a long time until morning. Then he left. ¹² The people took the young man home alive for they were greatly comforted. ¹³ We went ahead to the ship and set sail for Assos. We intended to take Paul on board for he had arranged to go there on foot. ¹⁴ He met us at Assos and journeyed to Mitylene. ¹⁵ We sailed from there to Chios and then to Samos. One day later we went to Miletus. ¹⁶ Paul decided to sail past Ephesus so he might not spend time in Asia. He was in a hurry to be at Jerusalem the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ At Miletus he sent to Ephesus, and called the elders of the congregation to him. ¹⁸ When they arrived he said: »You know from the first day that I set foot in Asia, I was with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all lowliness of mind, and with tears, and with trials that came on me by the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ »I did not shrink from declaring to you anything that was profitable, and teaching you publicly, and from house to house. ²¹ »I witnessed to both Jews and to Greeks about repentance toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² »I am compelled by the spirit to go to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will happen to me there. ²³ »Holy Spirit warns me that in every city, prison and hardships are facing me there. ²⁴ »I do not consider my life of any account. It is not dear to me so that I may finish the race, and I may accomplish the ministry I received from the Lord Jesus, to preach the good news of the grace of God. ²⁵ »I know all of you and have preached the kingdom with you. But you will not see me again. ²⁶ »I declare to you today that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ »I did not shrink from telling you the entire will of God. ²⁸ »Be on guard for yourselves and the flock that the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Feed the Congregation of God that he purchased with the blood of his own [Son]. ²⁹ »I know that after my departing grievous wolves will enter in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ »Such men will arise from among you speaking perverse things to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ »Be on guard! Remember I did not cease for three years to admonish you day and night with tears. ³² »Now I commend you to God, and to the word of his grace. This is able to build you up, and to give you the inheritance among all them that are sanctified. ³³ »I coveted no man’s silver, or gold, or clothes. ³⁴ »You know that my own hands ministered to my necessities, and to those who were with me. ³⁵ »In all things I gave you an example. You by laboring should help the weak. Remember the words of the Lord Jesus: It is more blessed to give than to receive.« ³⁶ When he had spoken he kneeled down and prayed with them all. ³⁷ They all wept profusely, and fell on Paul’s neck and kissed him. (embraced him) (hugged him) (Genesis 45:14) ³⁸ What grieved them most was his statement that they would not see him again. They accompanied him to the ship.

ISV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Paul’s Trip to Macedonia and GreeceWhen the uproar was over, Paul sent for the disciples and encouraged them. Then he said goodbye to them and left to go to Macedonia. ² He went through those regions and encouraged the people with everything he had to say. Then he went to Greece ³ and stayed there for three months. When he was about to sail for Syria, a plot was initiated against him by the Jews, so he decided to go back through Macedonia. ⁴ He was accompanied by Sopater (the son of Pyrrhus) from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia. ⁵ These men went on ahead and were waiting for us in Troas. ⁶ After the Festival of Unleavened Bread, we sailed from Philippi, and days later we joined them in Troas and stayed there for seven days.
⁷ Paul’s Farewell Visit to TroasOn the first day of the week, when we had met to break bread, Paul began to address the people. Since he intended to leave the next day, he went on speaking until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upstairs room where we were meeting. ⁹ A young man named Eutychus, who was sitting in a window, began to sink off into a deep sleep as Paul kept speaking longer and longer. Overcome by sleep, he fell down from the third floor and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, bent over him, took him into his arms, and said, “Stop being alarmed, because he’s still alive.” ¹¹ Then he went back upstairs, broke bread, and ate. He talked with them for a long time, until dawn, and then left. ¹² They took the young man away alive and were greatly relieved.
¹³ Paul’s Trip to MiletusWe proceeded to the ship and sailed for Assos, where we intended to pick up Paul. He had arranged it this way, since he had planned to travel there on foot. ¹⁴ When he met us in Assos, we took him on board and went to Mitylene. ¹⁵ We sailed from there and on the following day arrived off Chios. The next day, we crossed over to Samos and stayed at Trogyllium. The day after that, we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus to avoid spending time in Asia, as he was in a hurry to get to Jerusalem for the day of Pentecost, if that was possible.
¹⁷ Paul Meets with the Ephesian EldersFrom Miletus he sent messengers to Ephesus to ask the elders of the church to meet with him. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he told them, “You know how I lived among you the entire time from the first day I set foot in Asia. ¹⁹ I served the Lord with all humility, with tears, and with trials that came to me through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I never shrank from telling you anything that would help you nor from teaching you publicly and from house to house. ²¹ I testified to both Jews and Greeks about repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am on my way to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there, ²³ except that in town after town the Holy Spirit assures me that imprisonment and suffering are waiting for me. ²⁴ But I don’t place any value on my life, if only I can finish my race and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus of testifying to the gospel of God’s grace.
²⁵ “Now I know that none of you among whom I traveled preaching about the kingdom will ever see my face again. ²⁶ I therefore declare to you today that I’m not responsible for the blood of any of you, ²⁷ because I never shrank from telling you the whole plan of God. ²⁸ Pay attention to yourselves and to the entire flock over which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers to be shepherds of God’s church, which he acquired with his own blood. ²⁹ I know that when I’m gone, savage wolves will come among you and not spare the flock. ³⁰ Indeed, some of your own men will arise and distort the truth in order to lure the disciples into following them. ³¹ So be alert! Remember that for three years, night and day, I never stopped tearfully warning each of you.
³² “I’m now entrusting you to God and to the message of his grace, which is able to build you up and secure for you an inheritance among all who are sanctified. ³³ I never desired anyone’s silver, gold, or clothes. ³⁴ You yourselves know that I worked with my own hands to support myself and those who were with me. ³⁵ In every way I showed you that by working hard like this we should help the weak and remember the words that the Lord Jesus himself said, ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’”
³⁶ When Paul had said this, he knelt down and prayed with all of them. ³⁷ All of them cried and cried as they put their arms around Paul and kissed him affectionately. ³⁸ They were especially sorrowful because of what he had said—that they would never see his face again. Then they took him to the ship.

LEB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the turmoil had ceased, Paul summoned* the disciples, and after* encouraging them,* he said farewell and* departed to travel to Macedonia. ² And after he* had gone through those regions and encouraged them _⌊at length_⌋,* he came to Greece ³ and stayed* three months. Because* a plot was made against him by the Jews as he* was about to set sail for Syria, he came to a decision to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea, and Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, and Gaius from Derbe, and Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from Asia, were accompanying him. ⁵ And these had gone on ahead and* were waiting for us in Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of Unleavened Bread and came to them at Troas within five days, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, when* we had assembled to break bread, Paul began conversing* with them, because he* was going to leave on the next day, and he extended his* message until midnight. ⁸ Now there were quite a few lamps in the upstairs room where we were gathered. ⁹ And a certain young man _⌊named_⌋* Eutychus who was sitting in the window was sinking into a deep sleep while* Paul was conversing at length. Being overcome by sleep, he fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down and* threw himself on him, and putting his arms around him,* said, "Do not be distressed, for his life is in him." ¹¹ So he went up and broke bread,* and when he* had eaten and talked for a long time, until dawn, then he departed. ¹² And they led the youth away alive, and _⌊were greatly_⌋* comforted. ¹³ But we went on ahead to the ship and* put out to sea for Assos, intending to take Paul on board there. For having made arrangements in this way, he himself was intending to travel by land. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him on board and* went to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And we sailed from there on the next day, and* arrived opposite Chios. And on the next day we approached Samos, and on the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus so that he would not be having to spend time in Asia.* For he was hurrying if it could be possible for him to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus he sent word* to Ephesus and* summoned the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they came to him, he said to them, "You know from the first day on which I set foot in Asia* how I was the whole time with you— ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and with tears, and with the trials that happened to me through the plots of the Jews— ²⁰ how I did not shrink from proclaiming to you anything that would be profitable, and from teaching you in public and from house to house, ²¹ testifying both to Jews and to Greeks with respect to repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² "And now behold, bound by the Spirit I am traveling to Jerusalem, not knowing the things that will happen to me _⌊there_⌋,* ²³ except that the Holy Spirit testifies to me in town after town, saying that bonds and persecutions await me. ²⁴ But I consider my* life as worth _⌊nothing_⌋* to myself, in order to finish my mission and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus, to testify to the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ "And now behold, I know that all of you, among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom, will see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you on this very day that I am guiltless of the blood of all of you,* ²⁷ for I did not shrink from proclaiming to you the whole purpose of God. ²⁸ Be on guard for yourselves and for all the flock among which the Holy Spirit has appointed you as overseers, to shepherd the church of God which he obtained through the blood of his own Son.* ²⁹ I know that after my departure fierce wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock. ³⁰ And from among you yourselves men will arise, speaking _⌊perversions of the truth_⌋* in order to draw away the disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be on the alert, remembering that night and day for three years I did not stop warning each one of you* with tears. ³² "And now I entrust you to God and to the message of his grace, which is able to build you* up and to give you* the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. ³³ I have desired no one's silver or gold or clothing! ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands served to meet* my needs and the needs of* those who were with me. ³⁵ I have shown you with respect to all things that by* working hard in this way it is necessary to help those who are in need, and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus that he himself said, "It is more blessed to give than to receive."* ³⁶ And when he* had said these things, he fell to his knees and* prayed with them all. ³⁷ And there was considerable weeping by all, and _⌊hugging_⌋* Paul, they kissed him, ³⁸ especially distressed at the statement that he had said, that they were going to see his face no more. And they accompanied him to the ship.

BGB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Μετὰ δὲ τὸ παύσασθαι τὸν θόρυβον μεταπεμψάμενος ὁ Παῦλος τοὺς μαθητὰς καὶ παρακαλέσας, ἀσπασάμενος ἐξῆλθεν πορεύεσθαι εἰς Μακεδονίαν. ² διελθὼν δὲ τὰ μέρη ἐκεῖνα καὶ παρακαλέσας αὐτοὺς λόγῳ πολλῷ ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, ³ ποιήσας τε μῆνας τρεῖς, γενομένης ἐπιβουλῆς αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων μέλλοντι ἀνάγεσθαι εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, ἐγένετο γνώμης τοῦ ὑποστρέφειν διὰ Μακεδονίας. ⁴ Συνείπετο δὲ αὐτῷ Σώπατρος Πύρρου Βεροιαῖος, Θεσσαλονικέων δὲ Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Σεκοῦνδος, καὶ Γάϊος Δερβαῖος καὶ Τιμόθεος, Ἀσιανοὶ δὲ Τυχικὸς καὶ Τρόφιμος· ⁵ οὗτοι δὲ προελθόντες ἔμενον ἡμᾶς ἐν Τρῳάδι· ⁶ ἡμεῖς δὲ ἐξεπλεύσαμεν μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἀζύμων ἀπὸ Φιλίππων, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Τρῳάδα ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε, ὅπου διετρίψαμεν ἡμέρας ἑπτά. ⁷ Ἐν δὲ τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων συνηγμένων ἡμῶν κλάσαι ἄρτον ὁ Παῦλος διελέγετο αὐτοῖς, μέλλων ἐξιέναι τῇ ἐπαύριον, παρέτεινέν τε τὸν λόγον μέχρι μεσονυκτίου. ⁸ Ἦσαν δὲ λαμπάδες ἱκαναὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπερῴῳ οὗ ἦμεν συνηγμένοι. ⁹ καθεζόμενος δέ τις νεανίας ὀνόματι Εὔτυχος ἐπὶ τῆς θυρίδος, καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ, διαλεγομένου τοῦ Παύλου ἐπὶ πλεῖον, κατενεχθεὶς ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου ἔπεσεν ἀπὸ τοῦ τριστέγου κάτω καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός. ¹⁰ καταβὰς δὲ ὁ Παῦλος ἐπέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ συμπεριλαβὼν εἶπεν “Μὴ θορυβεῖσθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν.” ¹¹ Ἀναβὰς δὲ καὶ κλάσας τὸν ἄρτον καὶ γευσάμενος, ἐφ’ ἱκανόν τε ὁμιλήσας ἄχρι αὐγῆς, οὕτως ἐξῆλθεν. ¹² ἤγαγον δὲ τὸν παῖδα ζῶντα, καὶ παρεκλήθησαν οὐ μετρίως. ¹³ Ἡμεῖς δὲ προελθόντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἀνήχθημεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἆσσον, ἐκεῖθεν μέλλοντες ἀναλαμβάνειν τὸν Παῦλον· οὕτως γὰρ διατεταγμένος ἦν, μέλλων αὐτὸς πεζεύειν. ¹⁴ ὡς δὲ συνέβαλλεν ἡμῖν εἰς τὴν Ἆσσον, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἤλθομεν εἰς Μιτυλήνην· ¹⁵ κἀκεῖθεν ἀποπλεύσαντες τῇ ἐπιούσῃ κατηντήσαμεν ἄντικρυς Χίου, τῇ δὲ ἑτέρᾳ παρεβάλομεν εἰς Σάμον, τῇ δὲ ἐχομένῃ ἤλθομεν εἰς Μίλητον. ¹⁶ Κεκρίκει γὰρ ὁ Παῦλος παραπλεῦσαι τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὅπως μὴ γένηται αὐτῷ χρονοτριβῆσαι ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ· ἔσπευδεν γὰρ, εἰ δυνατὸν εἴη αὐτῷ, τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς γενέσθαι εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα. ¹⁷ Ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Μιλήτου πέμψας εἰς Ἔφεσον μετεκαλέσατο τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους τῆς ἐκκλησίας. ¹⁸ Ὡς δὲ παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς “Ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡμέρας ἀφ’ ἧς ἐπέβην εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, πῶς μεθ’ ὑμῶν τὸν πάντα χρόνον ἐγενόμην, ¹⁹ δουλεύων τῷ Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης ταπεινοφροσύνης καὶ δακρύων καὶ πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβουλαῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ²⁰ ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τῶν συμφερόντων τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς δημοσίᾳ καὶ κατ’ οἴκους, ²¹ διαμαρτυρόμενος Ἰουδαίοις τε καὶ Ἕλλησιν τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν. ²² Καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ δεδεμένος ἐγὼ τῷ πνεύματι πορεύομαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι* μὴ εἰδώς, ²³ πλὴν ὅτι τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον κατὰ πόλιν διαμαρτύρεταί μοι λέγον ὅτι δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν. ²⁴ ἀλλ’ οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ ὡς τελειῶσαι* τὸν δρόμον μου καὶ τὴν διακονίαν ἣν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ. ²⁵ Καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ὑμεῖς πάντες ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν. ²⁶ διότι μαρτύρομαι ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σήμερον ἡμέρᾳ ὅτι καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων· ²⁷ οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι πᾶσαν τὴν βουλὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑμῖν. ²⁸ Προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς καὶ παντὶ τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου. ²⁹ ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι εἰσελεύσονται μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξίν μου λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου, ³⁰ καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν ἀναστήσονται ἄνδρες λαλοῦντες διεστραμμένα τοῦ ἀποσπᾶν τοὺς μαθητὰς ὀπίσω ἑαυτῶν. ³¹ διὸ γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες ὅτι τριετίαν νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην μετὰ δακρύων νουθετῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον. ³² Καὶ τὰ νῦν παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ θεῷ* καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι καὶ δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν ἐν τοῖς ἡγιασμένοις πᾶσιν. ³³ Ἀργυρίου ἢ χρυσίου ἢ ἱματισμοῦ οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα· ³⁴ αὐτοὶ γινώσκετε ὅτι ταῖς χρείαις μου καὶ τοῖς οὖσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται. ³⁵ πάντα ὑπέδειξα ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὕτως κοπιῶντας δεῖ ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν ἀσθενούντων, μνημονεύειν τε τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, ὅτι αὐτὸς εἶπεν ‘Μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν.’” ³⁶ Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν, θεὶς τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ σὺν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς προσηύξατο. ³⁷ ἱκανὸς δὲ κλαυθμὸς ἐγένετο πάντων, καὶ ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου κατεφίλουν αὐτόν, ³⁸ ὀδυνώμενοι μάλιστα ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ᾧ εἰρήκει, ὅτι οὐκέτι μέλλουσιν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ θεωρεῖν. προέπεμπον δὲ αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον.

BIB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Μετὰ (After) δὲ (now) τὸ (-) παύσασθαι (had ceased) τὸν (the) θόρυβον (uproar), μεταπεμψάμενος (having called to him) ὁ (-) Παῦλος (Paul) τοὺς (the) μαθητὰς (disciples) καὶ (and) παρακαλέσας (having encouraged), ἀσπασάμενος (having said farewell), ἐξῆλθεν (he departed) πορεύεσθαι (to go) εἰς (to) Μακεδονίαν (Macedonia). ² διελθὼν (Having passed through) δὲ (then) τὰ (the) μέρη (districts) ἐκεῖνα (those), καὶ (and) παρακαλέσας (having exhorted) αὐτοὺς (them) λόγῳ (with talk) πολλῷ (much), ἦλθεν (he came) εἰς (to) τὴν (-) Ἑλλάδα (Greece). ³ ποιήσας (Having continued) τε (then) μῆνας (months) τρεῖς (three), γενομένης (having been made) ἐπιβουλῆς (a plot) αὐτῷ (against him) ὑπὸ (by) τῶν (the) Ἰουδαίων (Jews), μέλλοντι (he being about) ἀνάγεσθαι (to sail) εἰς (into) τὴν (-) Συρίαν (Syria), ἐγένετο (arose) γνώμης (a purpose) τοῦ (-) ὑποστρέφειν (to return) διὰ (through) Μακεδονίας (Macedonia). ⁴ Συνείπετο (Was accompanied by) δὲ (then) αὐτῷ (he) Σώπατρος (Sopater) Πύρρου (Pyrrhus), Βεροιαῖος (a Berean); Θεσσαλονικέων (of the Thessalonians) δὲ (now), Ἀρίσταρχος (Aristarchus) καὶ (and) Σεκοῦνδος (Secundus); καὶ (and) Γάϊος (Gaius) Δερβαῖος (of Derbe) καὶ (and) Τιμόθεος (Timothy); Ἀσιανοὶ (the Asians) δὲ (now), Τυχικὸς (Tychicus) καὶ (and) Τρόφιμος (Trophimus). ⁵ οὗτοι (These) δὲ (also) προελθόντες (having gone ahead), ἔμενον (waited for) ἡμᾶς (us) ἐν (in) Τρῳάδι (Troas). ⁶ ἡμεῖς (We) δὲ (then) ἐξεπλεύσαμεν (sailed away) μετὰ (after) τὰς (the) ἡμέρας (days) τῶν (of the) ἀζύμων (Unleavened Bread), ἀπὸ (from) Φιλίππων (Philippi), καὶ (and) ἤλθομεν (we came) πρὸς (to) αὐτοὺς (them) εἰς (at) τὴν (-) Τρῳάδα (Troas) ἄχρι (within) ἡμερῶν (days) πέντε (five), ὅπου (where) διετρίψαμεν (we stayed) ἡμέρας (days) ἑπτά (seven). ⁷ Ἐν (In) δὲ (then) τῇ (the) μιᾷ (first day) τῶν (of the) σαββάτων (week), συνηγμένων (having come together) ἡμῶν (we) κλάσαι (to break) ἄρτον (bread), ὁ (-) Παῦλος (Paul) διελέγετο (talked) αὐτοῖς (to them), μέλλων (about) ἐξιέναι (to depart) τῇ (on the) ἐπαύριον (next day); παρέτεινέν (he continued) τε (then) τὸν (the) λόγον (talk) μέχρι (until) μεσονυκτίου (midnight). ⁸ Ἦσαν (There were) δὲ (now) λαμπάδες (lamps) ἱκαναὶ (many) ἐν (in) τῷ (the) ὑπερῴῳ (upper room) οὗ (where) ἦμεν (we were) συνηγμένοι (assembled). ⁹ καθεζόμενος (Was sitting) δέ (then) τις (a certain) νεανίας (young man) ὀνόματι (named) Εὔτυχος (Eutychus) ἐπὶ (by) τῆς (the) θυρίδος (window), καταφερόμενος (overpowered) ὕπνῳ (by sleep) βαθεῖ (deep) διαλεγομένου (as talked) τοῦ (-) Παύλου (Paul) ἐπὶ (on) πλεῖον (longer); κατενεχθεὶς (having been overpowered) ἀπὸ (by) τοῦ (the) ὕπνου (sleep), ἔπεσεν (he fell) ἀπὸ (from) τοῦ (the) τριστέγου (third story) κάτω (down), καὶ (and) ἤρθη (was picked up) νεκρός (dead). ¹⁰ καταβὰς (Having descended) δὲ (however), ὁ (-) Παῦλος (Paul) ἐπέπεσεν (fell upon) αὐτῷ (him), καὶ (and) συμπεριλαβὼν (having embraced him), εἶπεν (said), “Μὴ (Not) θορυβεῖσθε (be alarmed), ἡ (the) γὰρ (for) ψυχὴ (life) αὐτοῦ (of him) ἐν (in) αὐτῷ (him) ἐστιν (is).” ¹¹ Ἀναβὰς (Having gone up) δὲ (then), καὶ (and) κλάσας (having broken) τὸν (the) ἄρτον (bread), καὶ (and) γευσάμενος (having eaten), ἐφ’ (for) ἱκανόν (long) τε (and) ὁμιλήσας (having talked) ἄχρι (until) αὐγῆς (daybreak), οὕτως (so) ἐξῆλθεν (he departed). ¹² ἤγαγον (They brought) δὲ (then) τὸν (the) παῖδα (boy) ζῶντα (alive), καὶ (and) παρεκλήθησαν (were comforted) οὐ (not) μετρίως (a little). ¹³ Ἡμεῖς (We) δὲ (however), προελθόντες (having gone ahead) ἐπὶ (to) τὸ (the) πλοῖον (ship), ἀνήχθημεν (sailed) ἐπὶ (to) τὴν (-) Ἆσσον (Assos), ἐκεῖθεν (there) μέλλοντες (being about) ἀναλαμβάνειν (to take in) τὸν (-) Παῦλον (Paul). οὕτως (Thus) γὰρ (for) διατεταγμένος (having arranged), ἦν (he was) μέλλων (readying) αὐτὸς (himself) πεζεύειν (to go on foot). ¹⁴ ὡς (When) δὲ (now) συνέβαλλεν (he met with) ἡμῖν (us) εἰς (at) τὴν (-) Ἆσσον (Assos), ἀναλαβόντες (having taken in) αὐτὸν (him), ἤλθομεν (we came) εἰς (to) Μιτυλήνην (Mitylene). ¹⁵ κἀκεῖθεν (And from there) ἀποπλεύσαντες (having sailed away), τῇ (on the) ἐπιούσῃ (following day) κατηντήσαμεν (we arrived) ἄντικρυς (opposite) Χίου (Chios); τῇ (-) δὲ (then) ἑτέρᾳ (the next day) παρεβάλομεν (we arrived) εἰς (at) Σάμον (Samos); τῇ (the) δὲ (now) ἐχομένῃ (following day) ἤλθομεν (we came) εἰς (to) Μίλητον (Miletus). ¹⁶ Κεκρίκει (Had decided) γὰρ (for) ὁ (-) Παῦλος (Paul) παραπλεῦσαι (to sail by) τὴν (-) Ἔφεσον (Ephesus), ὅπως (so that) μὴ (not) γένηται (it might come upon) αὐτῷ (to him) χρονοτριβῆσαι (to spend time) ἐν (in) τῇ (-) Ἀσίᾳ (Asia); ἔσπευδεν (he was hastened) γὰρ (for), εἰ (if) δυνατὸν (possible) εἴη (it was) αὐτῷ (for him), τὴν (on the) ἡμέραν (day) τῆς (-) Πεντηκοστῆς (of Pentecost) γενέσθαι (to be) εἰς (in) Ἱεροσόλυμα (Jerusalem). ¹⁷ Ἀπὸ (From) δὲ (then) τῆς (-) Μιλήτου (Miletus), πέμψας (having sent) εἰς (to) Ἔφεσον (Ephesus), μετεκαλέσατο (he called for) τοὺς (the) πρεσβυτέρους (elders) τῆς (of the) ἐκκλησίας (church). ¹⁸ Ὡς (When) δὲ (then) παρεγένοντο (they had come) πρὸς (to) αὐτὸν (him), εἶπεν (he said) αὐτοῖς (to them), “Ὑμεῖς (You) ἐπίστασθε (know) ἀπὸ (from) πρώτης (the first) ἡμέρας (day) ἀφ’ (on) ἧς (which) ἐπέβην (I arrived) εἰς (in) τὴν (-) Ἀσίαν (Asia), πῶς (how) μεθ’ (with) ὑμῶν (you) τὸν (the) πάντα (whole) χρόνον (time) ἐγενόμην (I was), ¹⁹ δουλεύων (serving) τῷ (the) Κυρίῳ (Lord) μετὰ (with) πάσης (all) ταπεινοφροσύνης (humility), καὶ (and) δακρύων (tears), καὶ (and) πειρασμῶν (trials) τῶν (-) συμβάντων (having befallen) μοι (me) ἐν (in) ταῖς (the) ἐπιβουλαῖς (plots) τῶν (of the) Ἰουδαίων (Jews); ²⁰ ὡς (how) οὐδὲν (nothing) ὑπεστειλάμην (I did shrink back) τῶν (of that) συμφερόντων (being profitable), τοῦ (-) μὴ (not) ἀναγγεῖλαι (to declare) ὑμῖν (to you), καὶ (and) διδάξαι (to teach) ὑμᾶς (you) δημοσίᾳ (publicly) καὶ (and) κατ’ (from) οἴκους (house to house), ²¹ διαμαρτυρόμενος (earnestly testifying) Ἰουδαίοις (to the Jewish) τε (both) καὶ (and) Ἕλλησιν (to Greeks), τὴν (-) εἰς (in) Θεὸν (God) μετάνοιαν (repentance) καὶ (and) πίστιν (faith) εἰς (in) τὸν (the) Κύριον (Lord) ἡμῶν (of us), Ἰησοῦν (Jesus). ²² Καὶ (And) νῦν (now), ἰδοὺ (behold), δεδεμένος (bound) ἐγὼ (I) τῷ (in the) πνεύματι (Spirit) πορεύομαι (go) εἰς (to) Ἰερουσαλήμ (Jerusalem), τὰ (what) ἐν (in) αὐτῇ (it) συναντήσοντά (will happen) μοι* (to me) μὴ (not) εἰδώς (knowing), ²³ πλὴν (except) ὅτι (that) τὸ (the) Πνεῦμα (Spirit) τὸ (-) Ἅγιον (Holy) κατὰ (in every) πόλιν (city) διαμαρτύρεταί (fully testifies) μοι (to me), λέγον (saying) ὅτι (that) δεσμὰ (chains) καὶ (and) θλίψεις (tribulations) με (me) μένουσιν (await). ²⁴ ἀλλ’ (But) οὐδενὸς (not any) λόγου (account) ποιοῦμαι (I make) τὴν (my) ψυχὴν (life) τιμίαν (dear) ἐμαυτῷ (to myself), ὡς (so as) τελειῶσαι* (to finish) τὸν (the) δρόμον (course) μου (of me), καὶ (and) τὴν (the) διακονίαν (ministry) ἣν (that) ἔλαβον (I received) παρὰ (from) τοῦ (the) Κυρίου (Lord) Ἰησοῦ (Jesus), διαμαρτύρασθαι (to testify fully) τὸ (the) εὐαγγέλιον (gospel) τῆς (of the) χάριτος (grace) τοῦ (-) Θεοῦ (of God). ²⁵ Καὶ (And) νῦν (now), ἰδοὺ (behold), ἐγὼ (I) οἶδα (know) ὅτι (that) οὐκέτι (no more) ὄψεσθε (you will see) τὸ (the) πρόσωπόν (face) μου (of me), ὑμεῖς (you) πάντες (all) ἐν (among) οἷς (whom) διῆλθον (I have gone about) κηρύσσων (proclaiming) τὴν (the) βασιλείαν (kingdom). ²⁶ διότι (Therefore) μαρτύρομαι (I testify) ὑμῖν (to you) ἐν (in) τῇ (-) σήμερον (this) ἡμέρᾳ (day), ὅτι (that) καθαρός (innocent) εἰμι (I am) ἀπὸ (of) τοῦ (the) αἵματος (blood) πάντων (of all); ²⁷ οὐ (not) γὰρ (for) ὑπεστειλάμην (I shrunk back) τοῦ (-) μὴ (not) ἀναγγεῖλαι (from declaring) πᾶσαν (all) τὴν (the) βουλὴν (counsel) τοῦ (-) Θεοῦ (of God) ὑμῖν (to you). ²⁸ Προσέχετε (Take heed) ἑαυτοῖς (to yourselves) καὶ (and) παντὶ (to all) τῷ (the) ποιμνίῳ (flock) ἐν (among) ᾧ (which) ὑμᾶς (you) τὸ (the) Πνεῦμα (Spirit) τὸ (-) Ἅγιον (Holy) ἔθετο (has set) ἐπισκόπους (overseers), ποιμαίνειν (to shepherd) τὴν (the) ἐκκλησίαν (church) τοῦ (-) Θεοῦ (of God), ἣν (which) περιεποιήσατο (He purchased) διὰ (with) τοῦ (-) αἵματος (blood) τοῦ (the) ἰδίου (own). ²⁹ ἐγὼ (I) οἶδα (know) ὅτι (that) εἰσελεύσονται (will come in) μετὰ (after) τὴν (the) ἄφιξίν (departure) μου (of me) λύκοι (wolves) βαρεῖς (grievous) εἰς (among) ὑμᾶς (you), μὴ (not) φειδόμενοι (sparing) τοῦ (the) ποιμνίου (flock), ³⁰ καὶ (and) ἐξ (out from) ὑμῶν (your own) αὐτῶν (selves) ἀναστήσονται (will rise up) ἄνδρες (men) λαλοῦντες (speaking) διεστραμμένα (perverse things), τοῦ (-) ἀποσπᾶν (to draw away) τοὺς (-) μαθητὰς (disciples) ὀπίσω (after) ἑαυτῶν (them). ³¹ διὸ (Therefore) γρηγορεῖτε (stay awake), μνημονεύοντες (remembering) ὅτι (that) τριετίαν (three years), νύκτα (night) καὶ (and) ἡμέραν (day), οὐκ (not) ἐπαυσάμην (I ceased) μετὰ (with) δακρύων (tears) νουθετῶν (admonishing) ἕνα (one) ἕκαστον (each). ³² Καὶ (And) τὰ (-) νῦν (now) παρατίθεμαι (I commit) ὑμᾶς (you) τῷ (to) θεῷ* (God) καὶ (and) τῷ (to the) λόγῳ (word) τῆς (of the) χάριτος (grace) αὐτοῦ (of Him), τῷ (-) δυναμένῳ (being able) οἰκοδομῆσαι (to build up) καὶ (and) δοῦναι (to give) τὴν (you) κληρονομίαν (an inheritance) ἐν (among) τοῖς (those) ἡγιασμένοις (having been sanctified) πᾶσιν (all). ³³ Ἀργυρίου (Silver) ἢ (or) χρυσίου (gold) ἢ (or) ἱματισμοῦ (clothing) οὐδενὸς (of no one) ἐπεθύμησα (I coveted). ³⁴ αὐτοὶ (You yourselves) γινώσκετε (know) ὅτι (that) ταῖς (the) χρείαις (needs) μου (of me) καὶ (and) τοῖς (to those) οὖσιν (being) μετ’ (with) ἐμοῦ (me), ὑπηρέτησαν (ministered to) αἱ (the) χεῖρες (hands) αὗται (these). ³⁵ πάντα (In everything) ὑπέδειξα (I showed) ὑμῖν (you) ὅτι (that) οὕτως (by thus) κοπιῶντας (straining) δεῖ (it behooves us) ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι (to aid) τῶν (those) ἀσθενούντων (being weak), μνημονεύειν (to remember) τε (and also) τῶν (the) λόγων (words) τοῦ (of the) Κυρίου (Lord) Ἰησοῦ (Jesus), ὅτι (how) αὐτὸς (He Himself) εἶπεν (said), ‘Μακάριόν (Blessed) ἐστιν (it is) μᾶλλον (more) διδόναι (to give) ἢ (than) λαμβάνειν (to receive).’” ³⁶ Καὶ (And) ταῦτα (these things) εἰπὼν (having said), θεὶς (having bowed) τὰ (the) γόνατα (knee) αὐτοῦ (of him), σὺν (with) πᾶσιν (all) αὐτοῖς (them) προσηύξατο (he prayed). ³⁷ ἱκανὸς (Much) δὲ (then) κλαυθμὸς (weeping) ἐγένετο (there was) πάντων (among all); καὶ (and) ἐπιπεσόντες (having fallen) ἐπὶ (upon) τὸν (the) τράχηλον (neck) τοῦ (-) Παύλου (of Paul), κατεφίλουν (they were kissing) αὐτόν (him), ³⁸ ὀδυνώμενοι (sorrowing) μάλιστα (especially) ἐπὶ (over) τῷ (the) λόγῳ (word) ᾧ (that) εἰρήκει (he had spoken), ὅτι (that) οὐκέτι (no more) μέλλουσιν (they are about) τὸ (the) πρόσωπον (face) αὐτοῦ (of him) θεωρεῖν (to see). προέπεμπον (They accompanied) δὲ (then) αὐτὸν (him) εἰς (to) τὸ (the) πλοῖον (ship).

BLB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the uproar had ceased, Paul, having summoned the disciples and having encouraged them and having said farewell, departed to go to Macedonia. ² And having passed through those districts and having exhorted them with much talk, he came to Greece. ³ And having continued three months, a plot having been made against him by the Jews, he being about to sail into Syria, a purpose arose to return through Macedonia. ⁴ And he was accompanied by Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea, and Aristarchus, and Secundus of the Thessalonians, and Gaius of Derbe, and Timothy, and the Asians Tychicus and Trophimus. ⁵ But these, having gone ahead, waited for us in Troas. ⁶ And we sailed away from Philippi after the days of the Unleavened Bread, and within five days we came to them at Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ And on the first day of the week, of us having come together to break bread, Paul, about to depart on the next day, talked to them and continued the talk until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upper room where we were assembled. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus was sitting by the window, overpowered by deep sleep as Paul talked on longer. Having been overpowered by sleep, he fell down from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul having descended, fell upon him, and having embraced him, he said, “Do not be alarmed, for his life is in him!” ¹¹ And having gone up, and having broken the bread, and having eaten, and having talked at length until daybreak, so he departed. ¹² Then they brought the boy alive, and were not just a little comforted. ¹³ But we, having gone ahead to the ship, sailed to Assos, being about to take in Paul there. For having arranged thus, he was readying himself to go on foot. ¹⁴ Now when he met with us at Assos, having taken him in, we came to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And having sailed away from there, on the following day we arrived opposite Chios, and the next day we arrived at Samos, and the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail by Ephesus, so that it might not come upon him to spend time in Asia; for he was hastened, if it was possible for him, to be in Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ And from Miletus, having sent to Ephesus, he called for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ And when they had come to him, he said to them, “You know from the first day on which I arrived in Asia, how I was with you the whole time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and tears, and trials having befallen me in the plots of the Jews; ²⁰ how I did not shrink back from declaring to you anything being profitable, and teaching you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ earnestly testifying both to the Jewish and to Greeks repentance in God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And now behold, bound in the Spirit I go to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me in it, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit fully testifies to me in every city, saying that chains and tribulations await me. ²⁴ But I make my life neither dear nor any account to myself, so as to finish my course and the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus: to testify fully the gospel of the grace of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that all of you among whom I have gone about proclaiming the kingdom will see my face no more. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you in this day that I am innocent of the blood of all. ²⁷ For I did not shrink back from proclaiming to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Take heed to yourselves and to all the flock, among which the Holy Spirit has set you overseers, to shepherd the church of God, which He purchased with the own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure, grievous wolves will come in among you, not sparing the flock, ³⁰ and out from your own selves, men will rise up, speaking perverse things to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore stay awake, remembering that three years night and day I never ceased admonishing each one with tears. ³² And now I commit you to God and to the word of His grace, being able to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all those having been sanctified. ³³ I coveted nobody’s silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands ministered to my needs and to those being with me. ³⁵ In everything I showed you that by thus straining, it behooves us to aid those being weak, and also to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, how He Himself said, ‘It is more Blessed to give than to receive.’” ³⁶ And having said these things, having bowed his knee, he prayed with them all. ³⁷ Then there was much weeping among all, and having fallen upon the neck of Paul, they were kissing him, ³⁸ sorrowing especially over the word that he had spoken, that they are about to see his face no more. Then they accompanied him to the ship.

BSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ended, Paul sent for the disciples. And after encouraging them, he said goodbye to them and left for Macedonia. ² After traveling through that area and speaking many words of encouragement, he arrived in Greece, ³ where he stayed three months. And when the Jews formed a plot against him as he was about to sail for Syria, he decided to go back through Macedonia. ⁴ Paul was accompanied by Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia. ⁵ These men went on ahead and waited for us in Troas. ⁶ And after the Feast of Unleavened Bread, we sailed from Philippi, and five days later we rejoined them in Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week we came together to break bread. Since Paul was ready to leave the next day, he talked to them and kept on speaking until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upper room where we were gathered. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, seated in the window, was sinking into a deep sleep as Paul talked on and on. When he was sound asleep, he fell from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, threw himself on the young man, and embraced him. “Do not be alarmed!” he said. “He is still alive!” ¹¹ Then Paul went back upstairs, broke bread, and ate. And after speaking until daybreak, he departed. ¹² And the people were greatly relieved to take the boy home alive. ¹³ We went on ahead to the ship and sailed to Assos, where we were to take Paul aboard. He had arranged this because he was going there on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him aboard and went on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing on from there, we arrived the next day opposite Chios. The day after that we arrived at Samos, and on the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus to avoid spending time in the province of Asia, because he was in a hurry to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus, Paul sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he said, “You know how I lived the whole time I was with you, from the first day I arrived in the province of Asia. ¹⁹ I served the Lord with great humility and with tears, especially in the trials that came upon me through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I did not shrink back from declaring anything that was helpful to you as I taught you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying to Jews and Greeks alike about repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ. ²² And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there. ²³ I only know that in town after town the Holy Spirit warns me that chains and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I consider my life of no value to me, if only I may finish my course and complete the ministry I have received from the Lord Jesus—the ministry of testifying to the good news of God’s grace. ²⁵ Now I know that none of you among whom I have preached the kingdom will see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not shrink back from declaring to you the whole will of God. ²⁸ Keep watch over yourselves and the entire flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be shepherds of the church of God, which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure, savage wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Even from your own number, men will rise up and distort the truth to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert and remember that for three years I never stopped warning each of you night and day with tears. ³² And now I commit you to God and to the word of His grace, which can build you up and give you an inheritance among all who are sanctified. ³³ I have not coveted anyone’s silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands of mine have ministered to my own needs and those of my companions. ³⁵ In everything, I showed you that by this kind of hard work we must help the weak, remembering the words of the Lord Jesus Himself: ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’” ³⁶ When Paul had said this, he knelt down with all of them and prayed. ³⁷ They all wept openly as they embraced Paul and kissed him. ³⁸ They were especially grieved by his statement that they would never see his face again. Then they accompanied him to the ship.

MSB⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ended, Paul sent for the disciples. And he said goodbye to them and left for Macedonia. ² After traveling through that area and speaking many words of encouragement, he arrived in Greece, ³ where he stayed three months. And when the Jews formed a plot against him as he was about to sail for Syria, he decided to go back through Macedonia. ⁴ Paul was accompanied into the province of Asia by Sopater from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia. ⁵ These men went on ahead and waited for us in Troas. ⁶ And after the Feast of Unleavened Bread, we sailed from Philippi, and five days later we rejoined them in Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, the disciples came together to break bread. Since Paul was ready to leave the next day, he talked to them and kept on speaking until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upper room where we were gathered. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, seated in the window, was sinking into a deep sleep as Paul talked on and on. When he was sound asleep, he fell from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, threw himself on the young man, and embraced him. “Do not be alarmed!” he said. “He is still alive!” ¹¹ Then Paul went back upstairs, broke bread, and ate. And after speaking until daybreak, he departed. ¹² And the people were greatly relieved to take the boy home alive. ¹³ We went on ahead to the ship and sailed to Assos, where we were to take Paul aboard. He had arranged this because he was going there on foot. ¹⁴ And when he met us at Assos, we took him aboard and went on to Mitylene. ¹⁵ Sailing on from there, we arrived the next day opposite Chios. The day after that we arrived at Samos. And after remaining at Trogyllium, on the following day we came to Miletus. ¹⁶ Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus to avoid spending time in the province of Asia, because he was in a hurry to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus, Paul sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he said, “You know how I lived the whole time I was with you, from the first day I arrived in the province of Asia. ¹⁹ I served the Lord with great humility and with many tears, especially in the trials that came upon me through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ I did not shrink back from declaring anything that was helpful to you as I taught you publicly and from house to house, ²¹ testifying to Jews and Greeks alike about repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there. ²³ I only know that in town after town the Holy Spirit warns me that chains and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I consider my life of no value to me, if only I may finish my course with joy and complete the ministry I have received from the Lord Jesus—the ministry of testifying to the good news of God’s grace. ²⁵ Now I know that none of you among whom I have preached the kingdom of God will see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not shrink back from declaring to you the whole will of God. ²⁸ Therefore keep watch over yourselves and the entire flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be shepherds of the church of the Lord and of God, which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ For I know this, that after my departure, savage wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Even from your own number, men will rise up and distort the truth to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert and remember that for three years I never stopped warning each of you night and day with tears. ³² And now I commit you, brothers, to God and to the word of His grace, which can build you up and give you an inheritance among all who are sanctified. ³³ I have not coveted anyone’s silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands of mine have ministered to my own needs and those of my companions. ³⁵ In everything, I showed you that by this kind of hard work we must help the weak, remembering the words of the Lord Jesus Himself: ‘It is more blessed to give than to receive.’” ³⁶ When Paul had said this, he knelt down with all of them and prayed. ³⁷ They all wept openly as they embraced Paul and kissed him. ³⁸ They were especially grieved by his statement that they would never see his face again. Then they accompanied him to the ship.

MLV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Now after the uproar ceased, having called the disciples, Paul hugged them. Then he came out to travel into Macedonia.
² Now having gone through those parts and having encouraged them with much speech, he came into Greece. ³ And he made his stay there three months.
When it became known to him of a pact by the Jews, while being about to set-sail for Syria, it became his intention to return through Macedonia. ⁴ Now Sopater from Berea, and the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus, and Gaius from Derbe, and Timothy and Tychicus and Trophimus of Asia, were accompanying him to Asia. ⁵ But these having gone ahead, were remaining in Troas for us. ⁶ Now we sailed away from Philippi after the days of unleavened bread , and came to them in Troas until five days, where we stayed seven days.
⁷ Now on the first day of the week, the disciples having been gathered together with us to break bread, Paul was reasoning many things with them, being about to go away on the next-day, and he was prolonging the speech till midnight. ⁸ Now a considerable number of lamps were in the upstairs-room where we were gathering together with them. ⁹ But a certain young-man, Eutychus by name, while sitting in the window, being carried away by deep sleep, while Paul is reasoning on even more, fell downward, having finally been carried away by his sleep, from the third story and was raised up being dead. ¹⁰ Now Paul went down and fell upon him, and having embraced him, said, Do not be in an uproar, for his life is in him.
¹¹ Now when he had gone up, and having broken the bread and having eaten and conversed on for a considerable time till dawn, so he went away. ¹² And they led the living child Eutychus upstairs, and they were immeasurably comforted.
¹³ But having gone on the ship, we set-sail to Assos, being about to take up Paul from there; for so he had commanded, he himself being about to go on foot. ¹⁴ Now as he encountered us in Assos, we took him up and went to Mitylene. ¹⁵ And having sailing from there, we arrived the next day opposite Chios, and we put the ship in at Samos, and having remained in Trogyllium, we came to Miletus on the next day. ¹⁶ For Paul had decided to sail by Ephesus; for he was hurrying, that it might not happen to him to loiter any in Asia; if it was possible for him to come into Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost.

¹⁷ Now from Miletus, he sent to Ephesus and called the elders of the congregation. ¹⁸ Now as they came to him, he said to them, You know, from the first day of which I stepped into Asia, how I happened to be with you all the time, ¹⁹ serving the Lord with all humility and from many tears, and from tests which befell me among the pacts of the Jews; ²⁰ how I did not retreat back in anything of what is advantageous for you, proclaiming and teaching you in public and in every house, ²¹ thoroughly testifying both to Jews and to Greeks the repentance toward God and faith toward our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, behold, I travel to Jerusalem, having been bound in the spirit, not knowing the things which will be meeting with me there, ²³ except that the Holy Spirit is thoroughly testifying to me in every city, saying that bonds and afflictions are remaining for me. ²⁴ But I make account of nothing, nor am I holding my life as precious to myself, as I desire to complete my course with joy, and the service which I received from the Lord Jesus, to thoroughly testify the good-news of the favor of God. ²⁵ And now, behold, I know that you all, among whom I went through preaching the kingdom of God, will be seeing my face no more, ²⁶ because I testify to you on this very day, that I am clean from the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not retreat back from proclaiming to you the whole plan of God. ²⁸ Therefore, take-heed to yourselves and to all the flock, in which the Holy Spirit placed you as overseers, to shepherd the congregation of the Lord and God, which the Lord acquired through his own blood. ²⁹ I know this: after my goodbye, cruel wolves will be entering into you, not sparing the flock; ³⁰ and men will be standing up from among yourselves, speaking perverse things, to pull away the disciples after themselves. ³¹ Hence watch, remembering that for three years I ceased not from admonishing each one of you^\'b0 every day with tears. ³² And hereafter I consign you brethren to God, and to the word of his favor, which is able to build you up and to give you an inheritance among all those who have been made holy. ³³ I coveted no one’s silver or gold or garment. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands attended to my needs, and to those being with me. ³⁵ I showed to you an example in all things, that so laboring, it is essential to help the weak and to remember the words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said, It is more fortunate to give than to receive.
³⁶ And having said these things, he placed himself on his knees and prayed together with them all. ³⁷ But there became considerable weeping from all, and having fallen upon Paul’s neck, they were kissing him, ³⁸ sorrowing especially upon the word which he had spoken, because they are about to view his face no more. Now they were sending him onward to the ship.

VIN⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ When the uproar had ended, Paul sent for the disciples. After he had encouraged them, he said goodbye to them and left for Macedonia. ² After traveling through that area and speaking many words of encouragement, he arrived in Greece, ³ where he stayed three months. And when the Jews formed a plot against him as he was about to sail for Syria, he decided to go back through Macedonia. ⁴ He had as companions Sopater, the son of Pyrrhus, from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia. ⁵ These men went on ahead and waited for us in Troas. ⁶ But we sailed away from Philippi after the Days of Unleavened Bread, and in five days came to them at Troas, where we stayed seven days. ⁷ On the first day of the week, when we had met to break bread, Paul began to address the people. Since he intended to leave the next day, he went on speaking until midnight. ⁸ Now there were many lamps in the upstairs room where we were meeting. ⁹ And a certain young man named Eutychus, seated by the window, was sinking into a deep sleep as Paul talked on and on. When he was sound asleep, he fell from the third story and was picked up dead. ¹⁰ But Paul went down, threw himself upon him, and put his arms round him. "Do not be alarmed," he said, "he is still alive." ¹¹ Then Paul went back upstairs, broke bread, and ate. After speaking until daybreak, he departed. ¹² The people took the young man home alive for they were greatly comforted. ¹³ We went on ahead to the ship and sailed to Assos, where we were to take Paul aboard. He had arranged this because he was going there on foot. ¹⁴ When he met us at Assos we took him aboard and went on to Mityline. ¹⁵ On the next day we sailed from there and arrived off Chios. On the next day we crossed to Samos, and the next we reached Miletus. ¹⁶ Paul had decided to sail past Ephesus to avoid spending time in the province of Asia, because he was in a hurry to reach Jerusalem, if possible, by the day of Pentecost. ¹⁷ From Miletus, Paul sent to Ephesus for the elders of the church. ¹⁸ When they came to him, he said, “You know how I lived the whole time I was with you, from the first day I arrived in the province of Asia. ¹⁹ I served the Lord with great humility and with tears, and in the trials I faced through the plots of the Jews. ²⁰ You know how I did not hesitate to declare to you anything that was helpful, and taught you in public, and from house to house, ²¹ I testified to both Jews and Greeks about repentance to God and faith in our Lord Jesus. ²² And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there. ²³ I only know that in town after town the Holy Spirit warns me that chains and afflictions await me. ²⁴ But I consider my life of no value to myself, if only I may finish my course and complete the ministry I have received from the Lord Jesus—the ministry of testifying to the good news of God’s grace. ²⁵ And now I know that none of you among whom I went about preaching the kingdom will ever see my face again. ²⁶ Therefore I testify to you this day that I am innocent of the blood of all men. ²⁷ For I did not hesitate to declare to you the whole counsel of God. ²⁸ Keep watch over yourselves and the entire flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be shepherds of the church of God, which He purchased with His own blood. ²⁹ I know that after my departure, savage wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock. ³⁰ Even from your own number, men will rise up and distort the truth to draw away disciples after them. ³¹ Therefore be alert and remember that for three years I never stopped warning each of you night and day with tears. ³² And now I commit you to God and to the word of His grace, which can build you up and give you an inheritance among all who are sanctified. ³³ I have not coveted anyone’s silver or gold or clothing. ³⁴ You yourselves know that these hands of mine have ministered to my own needs and those of my companions. ³⁵ In everything I did, I showed you that by this kind of hard work we must help the weak, remembering the words the Lord Jesus himself said: 'It is more blessed to give than to receive.'" ³⁶ When Paul had said this, he knelt down with all of them and prayed. ³⁷ They all wept openly as they embraced Paul and kissed him. ³⁸ What grieved them most was his statement that they would not see him again. They accompanied him to the ship.

Luther1545⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Da nun die Empörung aufgehöret, rief Paulus die Jünger zu sich und segnete sie und ging aus, zu reisen nach Mazedonien. ² Und da er dieselbigen Länder durchzog und sie ermahnet hatte mit vielen Worten, kam er nach Griechenland und verzog allda drei Monden. ³ Da aber ihm die Juden nachstelleten, als er nach Syrien wollte fahren, ward er zu Rat, wieder umzuwenden durch Mazedonien ⁴ Es zogen aber mit ihm bis nach Asien Sopater von Beröa, von Thessalonich aber Aristarchus und Sekundus und Gajus von Derbe und Timotheus, aus Asien aber Tychikus und Trophimus. ⁵ Diese gingen voran und harreten unser zu Troas. ⁶ Wir aber schiffeten nach den Ostertagen von Philippi bis an den fünften Tag und kamen zu ihnen gen Troas und hatten da unser Wesen sieben Tage. ⁷ Auf einen Sabbat aber, da die Jünger zusammenkamen, das Brot zu brechen, predigte ihnen Paulus und wollte des andern Tages ausreisen und verzog das Wort bis zu Mitternacht. ⁸ Und es waren viel Fackeln auf dem Söller, da sie versammelt waren. ⁹ Es saß aber ein Jüngling mit Namen Eutychus in einem Fenster und sank in einen tiefen Schlaf, dieweil Paulus so lange redete, und ward vom Schlaf überwogen und fiel hinunter vom dritten Söller und ward tot aufgehoben. ¹⁰ Paulus aber ging hinab und fiel auf ihn, umfing ihn und sprach: Machet kein Getümmel; denn seine Seele ist in ihm. ¹¹ Da ging er hinauf und brach das Brot und aß und redete viel mit ihnen, bis der Tag anbrach; und also zog er aus. ¹² Sie brachten aber den Knaben lebendig und wurden nicht wenig getröstet. ¹³ Wir aber zogen voran auf dem Schiff und fuhren gen Assos und wollten daselbst Paulus zu uns nehmen; denn er hatte es also befohlen, und er wollte zu Fuße gehen. ¹⁴ Als er nun zu uns schlug zu Assos, nahmen wir ihn zu uns und kamen gen Mitylene. ¹⁵ Und von dannen schifften wir und kamen des andern Tages hin gen Chios; und des folgenden Tages stießen wir an Samos und blieben in Trogyllion; und des nächsten Tages kamen wir gen Milet. ¹⁶ Denn Paulus hatte beschlossen, an Ephesus vorüberzuschiffen, daß er nicht müßte in Asien Zeit zubringen; denn er eilete, auf den Pfingsttag zu Jerusalem zu sein, so es ihm möglich wäre. ¹⁷ Aber von Milet sandte er gen Ephesus und ließ fordern die Ältesten von der Gemeinde. ¹⁸ Als aber die zu ihm kamen, sprach er zu ihnen. Ihr wisset von dem ersten Tage an, da ich bin nach Asien kommen, wie ich allezeit bin bei euch gewesen ¹⁹ und dem HERRN gedienet mit aller Demut und mit viel Tränen und Anfechtungen, die mir sind widerfahren von den Juden, so mir nachstelleten; ²⁰ wie ich nichts verhalten habe, das da nützlich ist, daß ich euch nicht verkündiget hätte und euch gelehret öffentlich und sonderlich. ²¹ Und habe bezeuget beiden, den Juden und Griechen, die Buße zu Gott und den Glauben an unsern HERRN Jesum Christum. ²² Und nun siehe, ich, im Geist gebunden, fahre hin gen Jerusalem, weiß nicht, was mir daselbst begegnen wird, ²³ ohne daß der Heilige Geist in allen Städten bezeuget und spricht: Bande und Trübsal warten mein daselbst. ²⁴ Aber ich achte der keines; ich halte mein Leben auch nicht selbst teuer, auf daß ich vollende meinen Lauf mit Freuden und das Amt, das ich empfangen habe von dem HERRN Jesu, zu bezeugen das Evangelium von der Gnade Gottes. ²⁵ Und nun siehe, ich weiß, daß ihr mein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen werdet, alle die, durch welche ich gezogen bin und geprediget habe das Reich Gottes. ²⁶ Darum zeuge ich euch an diesem heutigen Tage, daß ich rein bin von aller Blut; ²⁷ denn ich habe euch nichts verhalten, daß ich nicht verkündiget hätte alle den Rat Gottes. ²⁸ So habt nun acht auf euch selbst und auf die ganze Herde, unter welche euch der Heilige Geist gesetzet hat zu Bischöfen, zu weiden die Gemeinde Gottes, welche er durch sein eigen Blut erworben hat. ²⁹ Denn das weiß ich, daß nach meinem Abschied werden unter euch kommen greuliche Wölfe, die die Herde nicht verschonen werden. ³⁰ Auch aus euch selbst werden aufstehen Männer, die da verkehrte Lehren reden, die Jünger an sich zu ziehen. ³¹ Darum seid wacker und denket daran, daß ich nicht abgelassen habe drei Jahre, Tag und Nacht einen jeglichen mit Tränen zu vermahnen. ³² Und nun, liebe Brüder, ich befehle euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und zu geben das Erbe unter allen, die geheiliget werden. ³³ Ich habe euer keines Silber noch Gold noch Kleid begehrt ³⁴ Denn ihr wisset selber, daß mir diese Hände zu meiner Notdurft und derer, die mit mir gewesen sind, gedienet haben. ³⁵ Ich habe es euch alles gezeiget, daß man also arbeiten müsse und die Schwachen aufnehmen und gedenken an das Wort des HERRN Jesu, das er gesagt hat: Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen. ³⁶ Und als er solches gesagt, kniete er nieder und betete mit ihnen allen. ³⁷ Es ward aber viel Weinens unter ihnen allen, und fielen Paulus um den Hals und küsseten ihn, ³⁸ am allermeisten betrübt über dem Wort, das er sagte, sie würden sein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen. Und geleiteten ihn in das Schiff.

Luther1545_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G2351 Da nun die Empörung G3972 aufgehöret, rief Paulus G3101 die Jünger G1519 zu G4341 sich G1161 und G782 segnete G2532 sie und G4198 ging G1831 aus G3326 , zu reisen nach G3109 Mazedonien .

2 G1161 Und G846 da er G3313 dieselbigen Länder G2532 durchzog und G3870 sie G4183 ermahnet hatte G4183 mit vielen G3056 Worten G1330 , kam G1519 er nach G1671 Griechenland G1565 und verzog allda drei Monden.

3 G5037 Da aber G2453 ihm die Juden G846 nachstelleten, als er G4160 nach G4947 Syrien G3195 wollte G321 fahren G1096 , ward G1519 er zu G5290 Rat, wieder G1223 umzuwenden durch G3109 Mazedonien

4 G4902 Es zogen G1161 aber G846 mit ihm G891 bis G773 nach Asien G4986 Sopater G961 von Beröa G2331 , von Thessalonich G1161 aber G708 Aristarchus G2532 und G4580 Sekundus G1050 und Gajus G1190 von Derbe G5095 und Timotheus G774 , aus Asien G1161 aber G5190 Tychikus G5161 und Trophimus .

5 G3778 Diese G4281 gingen voran G2248 und harreten unser G1722 zu G5174 Troas .

6 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G3326 schiffeten nach G2250 den Ostertagen G575 von G5375 Philippi G891 bis G4002 an den fünften G2250 Tag G2532 und G2064 kamen G4314 zu G846 ihnen G1519 gen G5174 Troas G3757 und hatten da G1304 unser Wesen G2033 sieben G2250 Tage .

7 G3391 Auf einen G4521 Sabbat G1161 aber G3101 , da die Jünger G4863 zusammenkamen G740 , das Brot G1722 zu G2806 brechen G1256 , predigte G3972 ihnen Paulus G5037 und G3195 wollte G846 des G1887 andern Tages G3056 ausreisen und verzog das Wort G3360 bis G3317 zu Mitternacht .

8 G1161 Und G2258 es waren G2425 viel G2985 Fackeln G1722 auf G5253 dem Söller G3757 , da G4863 sie versammelt G2258 waren .

9 G2521 Es saß G1161 aber G5100 ein G3494 Jüngling G3686 mit Namen G2161 Eutychus G575 in G2376 einem Fenster G2532 und G2702 sank G901 in einen tiefen G5258 Schlaf G3972 , dieweil Paulus G4119 so lange G1256 redete G1909 , und ward vom G5258 Schlaf G4098 überwogen und fiel G575 hinunter vom G5152 dritten Söller G3498 und ward tot G142 aufgehoben .

10 G3972 Paulus G1161 aber G2532 ging hinab und G2597 fiel G1968 auf G846 ihn G4843 , umfing G2036 ihn und sprach G2350 : Machet G3361 kein G1063 Getümmel; denn G846 seine G5590 SeeLE G2076 ist G1722 in G846 ihm .

11 G305 Da ging er G1161 hinauf und G2806 brach G1909 das G740 Brot G2532 und G1089 aß G2532 und G3656 redete G2425 viel G891 mit ihnen, bis G827 der Tag anbrach G5037 ; und G3779 also G1831 zog er aus .

12 G3870 Sie G71 brachten G1161 aber G3816 den Knaben G2198 lebendig G2532 und G3756 wurden nicht G3357 wenig G3870 getröstet .

13 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G1909 zogen voran auf G4143 dem Schiff G321 und fuhren G789 gen Assos G3195 und wollten G1564 daselbst G3972 Paulus G1519 zu G353 uns nehmen G1063 ; denn G2258 er G1299 hatte G3779 es also G846 befohlen, und er G3195 wollte G4281 zu Fuße gehen .

14 G5613 Als G846 er G1519 nun zu G2254 uns G1519 schlug zu G789 Assos G353 , nahmen G1161 wir ihn zu uns und G2064 kamen G3412 gen Mitylene .

15 G1161 Und G1722 von G2547 dannen G636 schifften G2532 wir und G2658 kamen G1966 des andern G1519 Tages hin gen G5508 Chios G2087 ; und des folgenden G3846 Tages stießen G2547 wir an G4544 Samos G3306 und blieben G1519 in G5175 Trogyllion G2192 ; und des nächsten G2064 Tages kamen G3399 wir gen Milet .

16 G1063 Denn G3972 Paulus G2919 hatte beschlossen G2181 , an Ephesus G3896 vorüberzuschiffen G3704 , daß G846 er G3361 nicht G1096 müßte G1722 in G773 Asien G2250 Zeit G5551 zubringen G1063 ; denn G2258 er G1519 eilete, auf G2414 den Pfingsttag zu Jerusalem G1096 zu sein G1487 , so G846 es ihm G1415 möglich wäre.

17 G1161 Aber G575 von G3399 Milet G3992 sandte G1519 er gen G2181 Ephesus G3333 und ließ fordern G4245 die Ältesten G1577 von der Gemeinde .

18 G1161 Als aber G3739 die G4314 zu G3854 ihm kamen G2036 , sprach G846 er G846 zu ihnen. Ihr G1987 wisset G575 von G4413 dem ersten G2250 Tage G1910 an, da ich bin G1519 nach G773 Asien G5613 kommen, wie G3956 ich allezeit G3326 bin bei G5210 euch G1096 gewesen

19 G2532 und G3588 dem G2962 HErrn G3326 gedienet mit G3956 aller G5012 Demut G2532 und G1722 mit G4183 viel G1144 Tränen G3986 und Anfechtungen G3427 , die mir G4819 sind widerfahren G2453 von den Juden, so mir nachstelleten;

20 G5613 wie G3762 ich nichts G5288 verhalten habe G4851 , das da nützlich ist G5213 , daß ich euch G3361 nicht G312 verkündiget hätte G2532 und G5209 euch G1219 gelehret öffentlich G2532 und G2596 sonderlich .

21 G5037 Und G2453 habe bezeuget beiden, den Juden G2532 und G1672 Griechen G3341 , die Buße G1519 zu G2316 GOtt G2532 und G4102 den Glauben G2257 an unsern G2962 HErrn G2424 JEsum G5547 Christum .

22 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1473 , ich G4151 , im Geist G1210 gebunden G4198 , fahre hin G1519 gen G2419 Jerusalem G1492 , weiß G3361 nicht G3427 , was mir G4876 daselbst begegnen wird,

23 G3754 ohne daß G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G2596 in allen G4172 Städten G3754 bezeuget und G3004 spricht G1199 : Bande G2532 und G2347 Trübsal G3306 warten G3165 mein daselbst.

24 G2532 Aber G4160 ich achte G3056 der G3450 keines; ich halte mein G5590 Leben G3761 auch G3762 nicht G1683 selbst G5093 teuer G5613 , auf daß G5048 ich vollende G3450 meinen G1408 Lauf G3326 mit G5479 Freuden G235 und G3739 das G1248 Amt G2983 , das ich empfangen G2192 habe G3844 von G2962 dem HErrn G2424 JEsu G1263 , zu bezeugen G2098 das Evangelium G5485 von der Gnade G2316 Gottes .

25 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1473 , ich G3754 weiß, daß G5210 ihr G3450 mein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G1492 sehen G3700 werdet G3956 , alle G1722 die, durch G1330 welche ich gezogen bin G2784 und geprediget habe G3739 das G932 Reich G2316 Gottes .

26 G1352 Darum G1473 zeuge ich G5213 euch G2250 an diesem heutigen Tage G3754 , daß G2513 ich rein G575 bin von G3956 aller G129 Blut;

27 G1063 denn G5288 ich habe G5213 euch G3361 nichts verhalten, daß ich nicht G312 verkündiget hätte G3956 alle G1012 den Rat G2316 Gottes .

28 G5087 So habt G3767 nun G4337 acht G1438 auf euch G2532 selbst und G3739 auf die G3956 ganze G4168 Herde G5209 , unter welche euch G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G4046 gesetzet hat G1722 zu G1985 Bischöfen G4165 , zu weiden G3739 die G1577 Gemeinde G2316 Gottes G1223 , welche er durch G2398 sein G129 eigen Blut erworben hat.

29 G1063 Denn G1492 das G1473 weiß ich G5124 , daß G3326 nach G3450 meinem G867 Abschied G5339 werden G1519 unter G3754 euch G1525 kommen G926 greuliche G3074 Wölfe G4168 , die die Herde G3361 nicht verschonen werden.

30 G2532 Auch G1537 aus G5216 euch G450 selbst werden aufstehen G435 Männer G846 , die G1294 da verkehrte G2980 Lehren reden G3101 , die Jünger G3694 an G848 sich G645 zu ziehen .

31 G1352 Darum G2532 seid wacker und G3421 denket G3754 daran, daß G3756 ich nicht G3973 abgelassen habe G5148 drei Jahre G2250 , Tag G3571 und Nacht G1520 einen G1538 jeglichen G3326 mit G1144 Tränen G3560 zu vermahnen .

32 G2532 Und G3569 nun G80 , liebe Brüder G5209 , ich befehle euch G2316 GOtt G2532 und G3588 dem G3056 Wort G846 seiner G5485 Gnade G3908 , der da mächtig ist G5213 , euch G1410 zu G2026 erbauen G2532 und G1722 zu G1325 geben G3956 das G2817 Erbe G37 unter allen, die geheiliget werden .

33 G3762 Ich habe euer keines G694 Silber G2228 noch G5553 Gold G2228 noch G2441 Kleid G1937 begehrt

34 G2532 Denn G846 ihr G1097 wisset G3754 selber, daß G3450 mir G3778 diese G5495 Hände G5532 zu meiner Notdurft G1161 und G3326 derer, die mit G1700 mir G5607 gewesen sind G5256 , gedienet haben .

35 G5263 Ich habe G5213 es euch G3754 alles gezeiget, daß G3779 man also G2872 arbeiten G1163 müsse G5037 und G770 die Schwachen G482 aufnehmen G2228 und G3421 gedenken an G3956 das G3056 Wort G2962 des HErrn G2424 JEsu G2036 , das er gesagt G1325 hat: Geben G2076 ist G3123 seliger G3754 denn G2983 Nehmen .

36 G2532 Und G846 als er G5023 solches G2036 gesagt G1119 , kniete G5087 er nieder G4336 und betete G4862 mit G3956 ihnen allen .

37 G1096 Es ward G1161 aber G2425 viel G846 Weinens unter ihnen G3956 allen G2532 , und G1968 fielen G3972 Paulus G1909 um G5137 den Hals und küsseten ihn,

38 G3122 am allermeisten G3600 betrübt G1909 über G3056 dem Wort G3739 , das G846 er G2046 sagte G1161 , sie G3195 würden G4383 sein Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G2334 sehen G3754 . Und G4311 geleiteten G846 ihn G1519 in G4143 das Schiff .

Luther1912⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Da nun die Empörung aufgehört, rief Paulus die Jünger zu sich und segnete sie und ging aus, zu reisen nach Mazedonien. ² Und da er diese Länder durchzogen und sie ermahnt hatte mit vielen Worten, kam er nach Griechenland und verzog allda drei Monate. ³ Da aber ihm die Juden nachstellten, als er nach Syrien wollte fahren, beschloß er wieder umzuwenden durch Mazedonien. ⁴ Es zogen aber mit ihm bis nach Asien Sopater von Beröa, von Thessalonich aber Aristarchus und Sekundus, und Gajus von Derbe und Timotheus, aus Asien aber Tychikus und Trophimus. ⁵ Diese gingen voran und harrten unser zu Troas. ⁶ Wir aber schifften nach den Ostertagen von Philippi bis an den fünften Tag und kamen zu ihnen gen Troas und hatten da unser Wesen sieben Tage. ⁷ Am ersten Tage der Woche aber, da die Jünger zusammenkamen, das Brot zu brechen, predigte ihnen Paulus, und wollte des andern Tages weiterreisen und zog die Rede hin bis zu Mitternacht. ⁸ Und es waren viel Lampen auf dem Söller, da sie versammelt waren. ⁹ Es saß aber ein Jüngling mit namen Eutychus in einem Fenster und sank in tiefen Schlaf, dieweil Paulus so lange redete, und ward vom Schlaf überwältigt und fiel hinunter vom dritten Söller und ward tot aufgehoben. ¹⁰ Paulus aber ging hinab und legte sich auf ihn, umfing ihn und sprach: Machet kein Getümmel; denn seine Seele ist in ihm. ¹¹ Da ging er hinauf und brach das Brot und aß und redete viel mit ihnen, bis der Tag anbrach; und also zog er aus. ¹² Sie brachten aber den Knaben lebendig und wurden nicht wenig getröstet. ¹³ Wir aber zogen voran auf dem Schiff und fuhren gen Assos und wollten daselbst Paulus zu uns nehmen; denn er hatte es also befohlen, und er wollte zu Fuße gehen. ¹⁴ Als er nun zu uns traf zu Assos, nahmen wir ihn zu uns und kamen gen Mitylene. ¹⁵ Und von da schifften wir und kamen des andern Tages hin gegen Chios; und des folgenden Tages stießen wir an Samos und blieben in Trogyllion; und des nächsten Tages kamen wir gen Milet. ¹⁶ Denn Paulus hatte beschlossen, an Ephesus vorüberzuschiffen, daß er nicht müßte in Asien Zeit zubringen; denn er eilte, auf den Pfingsttag zu Jerusalem zu sein, so es ihm möglich wäre. ¹⁷ Aber von Milet sandte er gen Ephesus und ließ fordern die Ältesten von der Gemeinde. ¹⁸ Als aber die zu ihm kamen, sprach er zu ihnen: Ihr wisset, von dem Tage an, da ich bin nach Asien gekommen, wie ich allezeit bin bei euch gewesen ¹⁹ und dem HERRN gedient habe mit aller Demut und mit viel Tränen und Anfechtung, die mir sind widerfahren von den Juden, so mir nachstellten; ²⁰ wie ich nichts verhalten habe, das da nützlich ist, daß ich's euch nicht verkündigt hätte und euch gelehrt, öffentlich und sonderlich; ²¹ und habe bezeugt, beiden, den Juden und Griechen, die Buße zu Gott und den Glauben an unsern HERRN Jesus Christus. ²² Und nun siehe, ich, im Geiste gebunden, fahre hin gen Jerusalem, weiß nicht, was mir daselbst begegnen wird, ²³ nur daß der heilige Geist in allen Städten bezeugt und spricht, Bande und Trübsal warten mein daselbst. ²⁴ Aber ich achte der keines, ich halte mein Leben auch nicht selbst teuer, auf daß ich vollende meinen Lauf mit Freuden und das Amt, das ich empfangen habe von dem HERRN Jesus, zu bezeugen das Evangelium von der Gnade Gottes. ²⁵ Und nun siehe, ich weiß, daß ihr mein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen werdet, alle die, bei welchen ich durchgekommen bin und gepredigt habe das Reich Gottes. ²⁶ Darum bezeuge ich euch an diesem heutigen Tage, daß ich rein bin von aller Blut; ²⁷ denn ich habe euch nichts verhalten, daß ich nicht verkündigt hätte all den Rat Gottes. ²⁸ So habt nun acht auf euch selbst und auf die ganze Herde, unter welche euch der heilige Geist gesetzt hat zu Bischöfen, zu weiden die Gemeinde Gottes, welche er durch sein eigen Blut erworben hat. ²⁹ Denn das weiß ich, daß nach meinem Abschied werden unter euch kommen greuliche Wölfe, die die Herde nicht verschonen werden. ³⁰ Auch aus euch selbst werden aufstehen Männer, die da verkehrte Lehren reden, die Jünger an sich zu ziehen. ³¹ Darum seid wach und denket daran, daß ich nicht abgelassen habe drei Jahre, Tag und Nacht, einen jeglichen mit Tränen zu vermahnen. ³² Und nun, liebe Brüder, ich befehle euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und zu geben das Erbe unter allen, die geheiligt werden. ³³ Ich habe euer keines Silber noch Gold noch Kleid begehrt. ³⁴ Denn ihr wisset selber, daß mir diese Hände zu meiner Notdurft und derer, die mit mir gewesen sind, gedient haben. ³⁵ Ich habe es euch alles gezeigt, daß man also arbeiten müsse und die Schwachen aufnehmen und gedenken an das Wort des HERRN Jesus, daß er gesagt hat: "Geben ist seliger denn Nehmen!" ³⁶ Und als er solches gesagt, kniete er nieder und betete mit ihnen allen. ³⁷ Es war aber viel Weinen unter ihnen allen, und sie fielen Paulus um den Hals und küßten ihn, ³⁸ am allermeisten betrübt über das Wort, das er sagte, sie würden sein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen; und geleiteten ihn in das Schiff.

Luther1912_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 Da G1161 nun G2351 die Empörung G3973 aufgehört G4341 , rief G3972 Paulus G3101 die Jünger G2532 zu sich und G782 segnete G1831 sie und ging aus G4198 , zu reisen G1519 nach G3109 Mazedonien .

2 G1161 Und G1330 da G1565 er diese G3313 Länder G1330 durchzogen G2532 und G846 sie G3870 ermahnt G4183 hatte mit vielen G3056 Worten G2064 , kam G1519 er nach G1671 Griechenland G5037 und G4160 verzog G5140 allda drei G3376 Monate .

3 G5259 Da G846 aber ihm G2453 die Juden G1917 G1096 nachstellten G3195 , als G1519 er nach G4947 Syrien G3195 wollte G321 fahren G1106 G1096 , beschloß G5290 er wieder umzuwenden G1223 durch G3109 Mazedonien .

4 G4902 Es zogen G1161 aber G4902 mit G846 ihm G891 bis nach G773 Asien G4986 Sopater G961 von Beröa G2331 , von Thessalonich G1161 aber G708 Aristarchus G2532 und G4580 Sekundus G2532 , und G1050 Gajus G1190 von Derbe G2532 und G5095 Timotheus G774 , aus Asien G1161 aber G5190 Tychikus G2532 und G5161 Trophimus .

5 G3778 Diese G4281 gingen voran G3306 und harrten G2248 unser G1722 zu G5174 Troas .

6 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G1602 schifften G3326 nach G2250 G106 den Ostertagen G575 von G5375 Philippi G891 an bis an G4002 den fünften G2250 Tag G2532 und G2064 kamen G4314 zu G846 ihnen G1519 gen G5174 Troas G3757 und hatten da G1304 unser Wesen G2033 sieben G2250 Tage .

7 G1722 Am G3391 ersten G4521 Tage der Woche G1161 aber G3101 , da die Jünger G4863 zusammenkamen G740 , das Brot G2806 zu brechen G1256 , predigte G846 ihnen G3972 Paulus G3195 , und wollte G1887 des andern Tages G1826 weiterreisen G5037 und G3905 zog G3056 die Rede G3905 hin G3360 bis G3317 zu Mitternacht .

8 G1161 Und G2258 es waren G2425 viel G2985 Lampen G1722 auf G5253 dem Söller G3757 , da G2258 sie G4863 versammelt G2258 waren .

9 G2521 Es saß G1161 aber G5100 ein G3494 Jüngling G3686 mit Namen G2161 Eutychus G1909 in G2376 einem Fenster G2702 und sank G901 in tiefen G5258 Schlaf G3972 , dieweil Paulus G1909 G4119 so lange G1256 redete G575 , und ward vom G5258 Schlaf G2702 überwältigt G2736 und G4098 fiel hinunter G575 vom G5152 dritten Söller G2532 und G3498 ward tot G142 aufgehoben .

10 G3972 Paulus G1161 aber G2597 ging hinab G1968 und legte G846 sich auf ihn G4843 , umfing G2532 ihn und G2036 sprach G2350 : Machet G3361 kein G2350 Getümmel G1063 ; denn G846 seine G5590 Seele G2076 ist G1722 in G846 ihm .

11 G1161 Da G305 ging er hinauf G2532 und G2806 brach G740 das Brot G2532 und G1089 aß G5037 und G1909 G3656 redete G2425 viel G891 mit ihnen, bis G827 der Tag anbrach G3779 ; und also G1831 zog G1831 er aus .

12 G71 Sie brachten G1161 aber G3816 den Knaben G2198 lebendig G2532 und G3870 wurden G3756 nicht G3357 wenig G3870 getröstet .

13 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G4281 zogen voran G1909 auf G4143 dem Schiff G321 und fuhren G1519 gen G789 Assos G3195 und wollten G1564 daselbst G3972 Paulus G353 zu uns nehmen G1063 ; denn G2258 er hatte G3779 es also G1299 befohlen G846 , und er G3195 wollte G3978 zu Fuße gehen .

14 G5613 Als G1161 er nun G2254 zu uns G4820 traf G1519 zu G789 Assos G353 , nahmen G846 wir ihn G353 zu uns G2064 und kamen G1519 gen G3412 Mitylene .

15 G2547 Und von da G636 schifften G2658 wir und kamen G1966 des andern Tages G481 hin gegen G5508 Chios G1161 ; und G2087 des folgenden G3846 Tages stießen G1519 wir an G4544 Samos G2532 und G3306 blieben G1722 in G5175 Trogyllion G2192 ; und des nächsten G2064 Tages kamen G1519 wir gen G3399 Milet .

16 G1063 Denn G3972 Paulus G2919 hatte beschlossen G2181 , an Ephesus G3896 vorüberzuschiffen G3704 , daß G846 er G3361 nicht G1096 müßte G1722 in G773 Asien G5551 Zeit G5551 zubringen G1063 ; denn G4692 er eilte G4005 G2250 , auf den Pfingsttag G1519 zu G2414 Jerusalem G1096 zu sein G1487 , so G2258 es G846 ihm G1415 möglich G2258 wäre .

17 G1161 Aber G575 von G3399 Milet G3992 sandte G1519 er gen G2181 Ephesus G3333 und ließ fordern G4245 die Ältesten G1577 von der Gemeinde .

18 G5613 Als G1161 aber G4314 die zu G846 ihm G3854 kamen G2036 , sprach G846 er zu ihnen G5210 : Ihr G1987 wisset G575 , von G4413 dem ersten G2250 Tage G575 G3739 an, da G1910 ich G1519 bin nach G773 Asien G1910 gekommen G4459 , wie G1096 ich G3956 G5550 allezeit G1096 bin G3326 bei G5216 euch gewesen

19 G2962 und dem HERRN G1398 gedient G3326 habe mit G3956 aller G5012 Demut G2532 und G4183 mit viel G1144 Tränen G2532 und G3986 Anfechtungen G3588 , die G3427 mir G4819 sind widerfahren G1722 von G2453 den Juden G1917 , so mir nachstellten;

20 G5613 wie G5288 ich G3762 nichts G5288 verhalten G4851 habe, das da nützlich G312 ist, daß G5213 ich’s euch G3361 nicht G312 verkündigt G2532 hätte und G5209 euch G1321 gelehrt G1219 öffentlich G2532 und G2596 G3624 sonderlich;

21 G1263 und habe bezeugt G5037 , beiden G2453 , den Juden G2532 und G1672 Griechen G3341 , die Buße G1519 zu G2316 Gott G2532 und G4102 den Glauben G1519 an G2257 unsern G2962 HERRN G2424 Jesus G5547 Christus .

22 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1473 , ich G4151 , im Geiste G1210 gebunden G4198 , fahre G1519 hin gen G2419 Jerusalem G1492 , weiß G3361 nicht G4876 , was G3427 mir G1722 G846 daselbst G4876 begegnen wird,

23 G4133 nur G3754 daß G40 der heilige G4151 Geist G2596 in allen G4172 Städten G1263 bezeugt G3004 und spricht G3754 , G1199 Bande G2532 und G2347 Trübsale G3306 warten G3165 mein G3306 daselbst .

24 G235 Aber G4160 ich achte G3056 der G3762 keines G2192 , ich halte G3450 mein G5590 Leben G3761 auch nicht G1683 selbst G5093 teuer G5613 , auf G5048 daß G5048 ich vollende G3450 meinen G1408 Lauf G3326 mit G5479 Freuden G2532 und G1248 das Amt G3739 , das G2983 ich empfangen G3844 habe von G2962 dem HERRN G2424 Jesus G1263 , zu bezeugen G2098 das Evangelium G5485 von der Gnade G2316 Gottes .

25 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1473 , ich G1492 weiß G3754 , daß G5210 ihr G3450 mein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G3700 sehen G3956 werdet, alle G1722 die, bei G3739 welchen G1330 ich durchgekommen G2784 bin und gepredigt G932 habe das Reich G2316 Gottes .

26 G1352 Darum G3143 bezeuge G5213 ich euch G1722 an diesem G4594 heutigen G2250 Tage G3754 , daß G1473 ich G2513 rein G575 bin von G3956 aller G129 Blut;

27 G1063 denn G5288 ich G5213 habe euch G3756 G3361 nichts G5288 verhalten G312 , daß ich nicht verkündigt G3956 hätte all G1012 den Rat G2316 Gottes .

28 G4337 So G3767 habt nun G4337 acht G1438 auf euch selbst G2532 und G3956 auf die ganze G4168 Herde G1722 , unter G3739 welche G5209 euch G40 der heilige G4151 Geist G5087 gesetzt G1985 hat zu Bischöfen G4165 , zu weiden G1577 die Gemeinde G2316 Gottes G3739 , welche G4046 er G1223 durch G2398 sein eigen G129 Blut G4046 erworben hat.

29 G1063 Denn G5124 das G1492 weiß G1473 ich G3754 , daß G3326 nach G3450 meinem G867 Abschied G1519 werden unter G5209 euch G1525 kommen G926 greuliche G3074 Wölfe G4168 , die die Herde G3361 nicht G5339 verschonen werden.

30 G2532 Auch G1537 aus G5216 euch G846 selbst G450 werden aufstehen G435 Männer G1294 , die da verkehrte G2980 Lehren reden G3101 , die Jünger G3694 an G846 sich G645 zu ziehen .

31 G1352 Darum G1127 seid wach G3421 und denket G3754 daran, daß G3973 ich G3756 nicht G3973 abgelassen G5148 habe drei Jahre G2250 , Tag G2532 und G3571 Nacht G1520 , einen G1538 jeglichen G3326 mit G1144 Tränen G3560 zu vermahnen .

32 G2532 Und G3569 nun G80 , liebe Brüder G3908 , ich befehle G5209 euch G2316 Gott G2532 und G3056 dem Wort G846 seiner G5485 Gnade G3588 , der G1410 da mächtig G5213 ist, euch G2026 zu erbauen G2532 und G1325 zu geben G2817 das Erbe G1722 unter G3956 allen G37 , die geheiligt werden.

33 G1937 Ich G3762 habe euer keines G694 Silber G2228 noch G5553 Gold G2228 noch G2441 Kleid G1937 begehrt .

34 G1161 Denn G1097 ihr wisset G846 selber G3754 , daß G3778 mir diese G5495 Hände G3450 zu meiner G5532 Notdurft G2532 und G5607 derer, die G3326 mit G1700 mir G5607 gewesen G5256 sind, gedient haben.

35 G5263 Ich G5213 habe es euch G3956 alles G5263 gezeigt G3754 , daß G3779 man also G2872 arbeiten G1163 müsse G770 und die Schwachen G482 aufnehmen G5037 und G3421 gedenken G3056 an das Wort G2962 des HERRN G2424 Jesu G3754 , daß G846 er G2036 gesagt G1325 hat: «Geben G2076 ist G3107 G3123 seliger G2228 denn G2983 Nehmen!

36 G2532 Und G5023 als er solches G2036 gesagt G1119 , kniete G846 er G5087 nieder G4336 und betete G4862 mit G846 ihnen G3956 allen .

37 G1161 Es ward aber G2425 viel G2805 G1096 Weinen G3956 unter ihnen allen G2532 , und G1968 sie fielen G3972 Paulus G1909 um G5137 den Hals G2705 und küßten G846 ihn,

38 G3122 am allermeisten G3600 betrübt G1909 über G3056 das Wort G3739 , das G2046 er sagte G3754 , G3195 sie würden G846 sein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G2334 sehen G1161 ; und G4311 geleiteten G846 ihn G1519 in G4143 das Schiff .

ELB1871⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Nachdem aber der Tumult aufgehört hatte, rief Paulus die Jünger zu sich, und als er Abschied genommen, ging er fort, um nach Macedonien zu reisen. ² Als er aber jene Gegenden durchzogen und sie mit vielen Worten ermahnt hatte, kam er nach Griechenland. ³ Und nachdem er sich drei Monate aufgehalten hatte und von den Juden ein Anschlag gegen ihn geschehen war, als er nach Syrien abfahren wollte, ward er des Sinnes, durch Macedonien zurückzukehren. ⁴ Es begleitete ihn aber bis nach Asien Sopater, des Pyrrhus Sohn, ein Beröer; von den Thessalonichern aber Aristarchus und Sekundus, und Gajus von Derbe und Timotheus und Tychikus und Trophimus aus Asien. ⁵ Diese gingen voraus und warteten auf uns in Troas; ⁶ wir aber segelten nach den Tagen der ungesäuerten Brote von Philippi ab und kamen in fünf Tagen zu ihnen nach Troas, wo wir sieben Tage verweilten. ⁷ Am ersten Tage der Woche aber, als wir versammelt waren, um Brot zu brechen, unterredete sich Paulus mit ihnen, indem er am folgenden Tage abreisen wollte; und er verzog das Wort bis Mitternacht. ⁸ Es waren aber viele Fackeln in dem Obersaal, wo wir versammelt waren. ⁹ Ein gewisser Jüngling aber, mit Namen Eutychus, saß im Fenster und wurde von einem tiefen Schlaf überwältigt, während Paulus noch weiter redete; und von dem Schlaf überwältigt, fiel er vom dritten Stock hinunter und wurde tot aufgehoben. ¹⁰ Paulus aber ging hinab und fiel auf ihn, und, ihn umfassend, sagte er: Machet keinen Lärm, denn seine Seele ist in ihm. ¹¹ Und als er hinaufgestiegen war und das Brot gebrochen und gegessen und lange bis zum Anbruch des Tages geredet hatte, reiste er also ab. ¹² Sie brachten aber den Knaben lebendig und wurden nicht wenig getröstet. ¹³ Wir aber gingen voraus auf das Schiff und fuhren ab nach Assos, indem wir dort den Paulus aufnehmen wollten; denn so hatte er es angeordnet, da er selbst zu Fuß gehen wollte. ¹⁴ Als er aber in Assos mit uns zusammentraf, nahmen wir ihn auf und kamen nach Mitylene. ¹⁵ Und als wir von da abgesegelt waren, langten wir am folgenden Tage Chios gegenüber an; des anderen Tages aber legten wir in Samos an, und nachdem wir in Trogyllion geblieben waren, kamen wir am folgenden Tage nach Milet; ¹⁶ denn Paulus hatte sich entschlossen, an Ephesus vorbeizufahren, damit es ihm nicht geschehe, in Asien Zeit zu versäumen; denn er eilte, wenn es ihm möglich wäre, am Pfingsttage in Jerusalem zu sein. ¹⁷ Von Milet aber sandte er nach Ephesus und rief die Ältesten der Versammlung herüber. ¹⁸ Als sie aber zu ihm gekommen waren, sprach er zu ihnen: Ihr wisset von dem ersten Tage an, da ich nach Asien kam, wie ich die ganze Zeit bei euch gewesen bin, ¹⁹ dem Herrn dienend mit aller Demut und mit Tränen und Versuchungen, welche mir durch die Nachstellungen der Juden widerfuhren; ²⁰ wie ich nichts zurückgehalten habe von dem, was nützlich ist, daß ich es euch nicht verkündigt und euch gelehrt hätte, öffentlich und in den Häusern, ²¹ indem ich sowohl Juden als Griechen bezeugte die Buße zu Gott und den Glauben an unseren Herrn Jesum Christum. ²² Und nun siehe, gebunden in meinem Geiste gehe ich nach Jerusalem, nicht wissend, was mir daselbst begegnen wird, ²³ außer daß der Heilige Geist mir von Stadt zu Stadt bezeugt und sagt, daß Bande und Drangsale meiner warten. ²⁴ Aber ich nehme keine Rücksicht auf mein Leben, als teuer für mich selbst, auf daß ich meinen Lauf vollende und den Dienst, den ich von dem Herrn Jesus empfangen habe, zu bezeugen das Evangelium der Gnade Gottes. ²⁵ Und nun siehe, ich weiß, daß ihr alle, unter welchen ich, das Reich [Gottes] predigend, umhergegangen bin, mein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen werdet. ²⁶ Deshalb bezeuge ich euch an dem heutigen Tage, daß ich rein bin von dem Blute aller; ²⁷ denn ich habe nicht zurückgehalten, euch den ganzen Ratschluß Gottes zu verkündigen. ²⁸ Habet nun acht auf euch selbst und auf die ganze Herde, in welcher euch der Heilige Geist als Aufseher gesetzt hat, die Versammlung Gottes zu hüten, welche er sich erworben hat durch das Blut seines Eigenen. ²⁹ [Denn] ich weiß [dieses], daß nach meinem Abschiede verderbliche Wölfe zu euch hereinkommen werden, die der Herde nicht schonen. ³⁰ Und aus euch selbst werden Männer aufstehen, die verkehrte Dinge reden, um die Jünger abzuziehen hinter sich her. ³¹ Darum wachet und gedenket, daß ich drei Jahre lang Nacht und Tag nicht aufgehört habe, einen jeden mit Tränen zu ermahnen. ³² Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Worte seiner Gnade, welches vermag aufzuerbauen und [euch] ein Erbe zu geben unter allen Geheiligten. ³³ Ich habe niemandes Silber oder Gold oder Kleidung begehrt. ³⁴ Ihr selbst wisset, daß meinen Bedürfnissen und denen, die bei mir waren, diese Hände gedient haben. ³⁵ Ich habe euch alles gezeigt, daß man, also arbeitend, sich der Schwachen annehmen und eingedenk sein müsse der Worte des Herrn Jesus, der selbst gesagt hat: Geben ist seliger als Nehmen. ³⁶ Und als er dies gesagt hatte, kniete er nieder und betete mit ihnen allen. ³⁷ Es entstand aber viel Weinens bei allen; und sie fielen Paulus um den Hals und küßten ihn sehr, ³⁸ am meisten betrübt über das Wort, das er gesagt hatte, sie würden sein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen. Sie geleiteten ihn aber zu dem Schiffe.

ELB1871_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 Nachdem G1161 aber G2351 der Tumult G3973 aufgehört G4341 hatte, rief G3972 Paulus G3101 die Jünger G4341 zu sich, G2532 und G782 als er Abschied genommen, G1831 ging er fort, G4198 um G1519 nach G3109 Macedonien G4198 zu reisen.

2 G1161 Als er aber G1565 jene G3313 Gegenden G1330 durchzogen G2532 und G846 sie G4183 mit vielen G3056 Worten G3870 ermahnt G2064 hatte, kam G1519 er nach G1671 Griechenland.

3 G5037 Und G4160 nachdem er sich G5140 drei G3376 Monate G4160 aufgehalten G5259 hatte und von G2453 den Juden G1917 ein Anschlag gegen G846 ihn G1096 geschehen G1519 war, als er nach G4947 Syrien G321 abfahren G3195 wollte, G1096 ward G1106 er des Sinnes, G1223 durch G3109 Macedonien G5290 zurückzukehren.

4 G4902 Es begleitete G846 ihn G1161 aber G891 bis nach G773 Asien G4986 Sopater, G961 des Pyrrhus Sohn, ein Beröer; G2331 von den Thessalonichern G1161 aber G708 Aristarchus G2532 und G4580 Sekundus, G2532 und G1050 Gajus G1190 von Derbe G2532 und G5095 Timotheus G1161 und G5190 Tychikus G2532 und G5161 Trophimus G774 aus Asien.

5 G3778 Diese G4281 gingen voraus G3306 und warteten G2248 auf uns G1722 in G5174 Troas;

6 G2249 wir G1161 aber G1602 segelten G3326 nach G2250 den Tagen G106 der ungesäuerten Brote G575 von G5375 Philippi G1602 ab G2532 und G2064 kamen G891 in G4002 fünf G2250 Tagen G4314 zu G846 ihnen G1519 nach G5174 Troas, G3757 wo G2033 wir sieben G2250 Tage G1304 verweilten.

7 G1722 Am G3391 ersten G4521 Tage der Woche G1161 aber, G3101 als wir G4863 versammelt G2806 waren, um G740 Brot G2806 zu brechen, G1256 unterredete sich G3972 Paulus G846 mit ihnen, G1887 indem er am folgenden Tage G1826 abreisen G3195 wollte; G5037 und G3905 er verzog G3056 das Wort G3360 bis G3317 Mitternacht.

8 G2258 Es waren G1161 aber G2425 viele G2985 Fackeln G1722 in G5253 dem Obersaal, G3757 wo G4863 wir versammelt G2258 waren.

9 G5100 Ein gewisser G3494 Jüngling G1161 aber, G3686 mit Namen G2161 Eutychus, G2521 saß G1909 im G2376 Fenster G2702 und wurde G901 von einem tiefen G5258 Schlaf G2702 überwältigt, G3972 während Paulus G1909 G4119 noch weiter G1256 redete; G575 und von G5258 dem Schlaf G2702 überwältigt, G4098 fiel G575 er vom G5152 dritten Stock G2736 hinunter G2532 und G142 wurde G3498 tot G142 aufgehoben.

10 G3972 Paulus G1161 aber G2597 ging hinab G1968 und fiel auf G846 ihn, G2532 und, G4843 ihn umfassend, G2036 sagte G2350 er: Machet G3361 keinen G2350 Lärm, G1063 denn G846 seine G5590 Seele G2076 ist G1722 in G846 ihm.

11 G1161 Und G305 als er hinaufgestiegen G2532 war und G740 das Brot G2806 gebrochen G2532 und G1089 gegessen G5037 G1909 und G2425 lange G891 bis zum G827 Anbruch des Tages G3656 geredet G1831 hatte, reiste G3779 er also G1831 ab.

12 G71 Sie brachten G1161 aber G3816 den Knaben G2198 lebendig G2532 und G3870 wurden G3756 nicht G3357 wenig G3870 getröstet.

13 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G4281 gingen voraus G1909 auf G4143 das Schiff G321 und fuhren ab G1519 nach G789 Assos, G1564 indem wir dort G3972 den Paulus G353 aufnehmen G3195 wollten; G1063 denn G3779 so G1299 hatte G1299 G2258 er es angeordnet, G846 da er selbst G3978 zu Fuß gehen G3195 wollte.

14 G5613 Als G1161 er aber G1519 in G789 Assos G2254 mit uns G4820 zusammentraf, G353 nahmen G846 wir ihn G353 auf G2064 und kamen G1519 nach G3412 Mitylene.

15 G2547 Und als wir von da G636 abgesegelt G2658 waren, langten G1966 wir am folgenden G5508 Tage Chios G481 gegenüber G2658 an; G2087 des anderen G1161 Tages aber G3846 legten G1519 wir in G4544 Samos G3846 an, G2532 und G1722 nachdem wir in G5175 Trogyllion G3306 geblieben G2064 waren, kamen G2192 wir am folgenden G1519 Tage nach G3399 Milet;

16 G1063 denn G3972 Paulus G2919 hatte sich entschlossen, G2181 an Ephesus G3896 vorbeizufahren, G3704 damit G846 es ihm G3361 nicht G1096 geschehe, G1722 in G773 Asien G5551 Zeit zu versäumen; G1063 denn G4692 er eilte, G1487 wenn G846 es ihm G1415 möglich G2258 wäre, G2250 G4005 am Pfingsttage G1519 in G2414 Jerusalem G1096 zu sein.

17 G575 Von G3399 Milet G1161 aber G3992 sandte G1519 er nach G2181 Ephesus G3333 und rief G4245 die Ältesten G1577 der Versammlung G3333 herüber.

18 G5613 Als G1161 sie aber G4314 zu G846 ihm G3854 gekommen G2036 waren, sprach G846 er zu ihnen: G5210 Ihr G1987 wisset G575 von G4413 dem ersten G2250 Tage G575 an, G3739 da G1519 ich nach G773 Asien G1910 kam, G4459 wie G3956 ich die ganze G5550 Zeit G3326 bei G5216 euch G1096 gewesen bin,

19 G2962 dem Herrn G1398 dienend G3326 mit G3956 aller G5012 Demut G2532 und G4183 mit G1144 Tränen G2532 und G3986 Versuchungen, G3588 welche G3427 mir G1722 durch G1917 die Nachstellungen G2453 der Juden G4819 widerfuhren;

20 G5613 wie G3762 ich nichts G5288 zurückgehalten G4851 habe von dem, was nützlich G3361 ist, daß G5213 ich es euch G3361 nicht G312 verkündigt G2532 und G5209 euch G1321 gelehrt G1219 hätte, öffentlich G2532 und G2596 in G3624 den Häusern,

21 G5037 indem ich sowohl G2453 Juden G2532 als G1672 Griechen G1263 bezeugte G3341 die Buße G1519 zu G2316 Gott G2532 und G4102 den Glauben G2257 an unseren G2962 Herrn G2424 Jesum G5547 Christum.

22 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe, G1210 gebunden G4151 in meinem Geiste G4198 gehe G1473 ich G1519 nach G2419 Jerusalem, G3361 nicht G1492 wissend, G3427 was mir G1722 G846 daselbst G4876 begegnen wird,

23 G4133 außer G3754 daß G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G2596 mir von G4172 Stadt zu Stadt G1263 bezeugt G3004 und sagt, G3754 daß G1199 Bande G2532 und G2347 Drangsale G3165 meiner G3306 warten.

24 G235 Aber G4160 G2192 ich nehme G3762 keine G3056 Rücksicht G3450 auf mein G5590 Leben, G3761 als G5093 teuer G1683 für mich G5613 selbst, auf daß G3450 ich meinen G1408 Lauf G5048 vollende G2532 und G1248 den Dienst, G3739 den G3844 ich von G2962 dem Herrn G2424 Jesus G2983 empfangen G1263 habe, zu bezeugen G2098 das Evangelium G5485 der Gnade G2316 Gottes.

25 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe, G1473 ich G1492 weiß, G3754 daß G5210 ihr G3956 alle, G1722 unter G3739 welchen G932 ich, das Reich G2316 [Gottes] G2784 predigend, G1330 umhergegangen G3450 bin, mein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G3700 sehen werdet.

26 G1352 Deshalb G3143 bezeuge G5213 ich euch G1722 an G4594 dem heutigen G2250 Tage, G3754 daß G1473 ich G2513 rein G575 bin von G129 dem Blute G3956 aller;

27 G1063 denn G5288 ich habe G3756 G3361 nicht G5288 zurückgehalten, G5213 euch G3956 den ganzen G1012 Ratschluß G2316 Gottes G312 zu verkündigen.

28 G4337 Habet G3767 nun G4337 acht G1438 auf euch selbst G2532 und G3956 auf die ganze G4168 Herde, G1722 in G3739 welcher G5209 euch G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G1985 als Aufseher G5087 gesetzt G1577 hat, die Versammlung G2316 Gottes G4165 zu hüten, G3739 welche G4046 er sich erworben G1223 hat durch G129 das Blut G2398 seines Eigenen.

29 G1063 [Denn] G1473 ich G1492 weiß G5124 [dieses] G3754 , daß G3326 nach G3450 meinem G867 Abschiede G926 verderbliche G3074 Wölfe G1519 zu G5209 euch G1525 hereinkommen G4168 werden, die der Herde G3361 nicht G5339 schonen.

30 G2532 Und G1537 aus G5216 euch G846 selbst G450 werden G435 Männer G450 aufstehen, G1294 die verkehrte Dinge G2980 reden, G645 um G3101 die Jünger G645 abzuziehen G3694 hinter G846 sich G3694 her.

31 G1352 Darum G1127 wachet G3421 und gedenket, G3754 daß G5148 ich drei Jahre lang G3571 Nacht G2532 und G2250 Tag G3756 nicht G3973 aufgehört G1520 habe, einen G1538 jeden G3326 mit G1144 Tränen G3560 zu ermahnen.

32 G2532 Und G3569 nun G3908 befehle G5209 ich euch G2316 Gott G2532 und G3056 dem Worte G846 seiner G5485 Gnade, G3588 welches G1410 vermag G2026 aufzuerbauen G2532 und G5213 [euch] G2817 ein Erbe G1325 zu geben G1722 unter G3956 allen G37 Geheiligten.

33 G1937 Ich habe G3762 niemandes G694 Silber G2228 oder G5553 Gold G2228 oder G2441 Kleidung G1937 begehrt.

34 G846 Ihr selbst G1097 wisset, G3754 daß G3450 meinen G5532 Bedürfnissen G2532 und G3326 denen, die bei G1700 mir G5607 waren, G3778 diese G5495 Hände G5256 gedient haben.

35 G5263 Ich habe G5213 euch G3956 alles G5263 gezeigt, G3754 daß G3779 man, also G2872 arbeitend, G482 sich G770 der Schwachen G482 annehmen G5037 und G3421 eingedenk G1163 sein müsse G3056 der Worte G2962 des Herrn G2424 Jesus, G3754 der G2036 selbst gesagt G1325 hat: Geben G2076 ist G3123 G3107 seliger G2228 als G2983 Nehmen.

36 G2532 Und G5023 als er dies G2036 gesagt G1119 hatte, kniete G846 er G5087 nieder G4336 und betete G4862 mit G846 ihnen G3956 allen.

37 G1096 Es entstand G1161 aber G2425 viel G2805 Weinens G3956 bei allen; G2532 und G1968 sie fielen G3972 Paulus G1909 um G5137 den Hals G2705 und küßten G846 ihn G2705 sehr,

38 G3122 am meisten G3600 betrübt G1909 über G3056 das Wort, G3739 das G2046 er gesagt G3195 hatte, sie würden G846 sein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G2334 sehen. G4311 Sie geleiteten G846 ihn G1161 aber G1519 zu G4143 dem Schiffe.

ELB1905⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Nachdem aber der Tumult aufgehört hatte, rief Paulus die Jünger zu sich, und als er Abschied genommen hatte, ging er fort, um nach Macedonien zu reisen. ² Als er aber jene Gegenden durchzogen und sie mit vielen Worten ermahnt O. ermuntert, getröstet hatte, kam er nach Griechenland. ³ Und nachdem er sich drei Monate aufgehalten hatte und, als er nach Syrien abfahren wollte, von den Juden ein Anschlag gegen ihn geschehen war, wurde er des Sinnes, durch Macedonien zurückzukehren. ⁴ Es begleitete ihn aber bis nach Asien Sopater, des Pyrrhus Sohn, ein Beröer; von den Thessalonichern aber Aristarchus und Sekundus und Gajus von Derbe und Timotheus und Tychikus und Trophimus aus Asien. ⁵ Diese gingen voraus und warteten auf uns in Troas; ⁶ wir aber segelten nach den Tagen der ungesäuerten Brote von Philippi ab und kamen in fünf Tagen zu ihnen nach Troas, wo wir sieben Tage verweilten. ⁷ Am ersten Tage der Woche aber, als wir versammelt waren, um Brot zu brechen, unterredete sich Paulus mit ihnen, indem er am folgenden Tage abreisen wollte; und er verzog das Wort bis Mitternacht. ⁸ Es waren aber viele Fackeln O. Lampen in dem Obersaal, wo wir versammelt waren. ⁹ Ein gewisser Jüngling aber, mit Namen Eutychus, saß im Fenster und wurde von einem tiefen Schlaf überwältigt, während Paulus noch weiter redete; O. sich unterredete; so auch [V. 11] und von dem Schlaf überwältigt, fiel er vom dritten Stock hinunter und wurde tot aufgehoben. ¹⁰ Paulus aber ging hinab und fiel auf ihn, und, ihn umfassend, sagte er: Machet keinen Lärm, denn seine Seele ist in ihm. ¹¹ Und als er hinaufgestiegen war und das Brot gebrochen und gegessen und lange bis zum Anbruch des Tages geredet hatte, reiste er also ab. ¹² Sie brachten aber den Knaben lebendig und wurden nicht wenig getröstet. ¹³ Wir aber gingen voraus auf das Schiff und fuhren ab nach Assos, indem wir dort den Paulus aufnehmen wollten; denn so hatte er es angeordnet, da er selbst zu Fuß gehen wollte. ¹⁴ Als er aber in Assos mit uns zusammentraf, nahmen wir ihn auf und kamen nach Mitylene. ¹⁵ Und als wir von da abgesegelt waren, langten wir am folgenden Tage Chios gegenüber an; des anderen Tages aber legten wir in Samos an, und nachdem wir in Trogyllion geblieben waren, kamen wir am folgenden Tage nach Milet; ¹⁶ denn Paulus hatte sich entschlossen, an Ephesus vorbeizufahren, damit es ihm nicht geschehe, in Asien Zeit zu versäumen; denn er eilte, wenn es ihm möglich wäre, am Pfingsttage in Jerusalem zu sein. ¹⁷ Von Milet aber sandte er nach Ephesus und rief die Ältesten der Versammlung herüber. ¹⁸ Als sie aber zu ihm gekommen waren, sprach er zu ihnen: Ihr wisset von dem ersten Tage an, da ich nach Asien kam, wie ich die ganze Zeit bei euch gewesen bin, ¹⁹ dem Herrn dienend mit aller Demut und mit Tränen und Versuchungen, welche mir durch die Nachstellungen der Juden widerfuhren; ²⁰ wie ich nichts zurückgehalten habe von dem, was nützlich ist, daß ich es euch nicht verkündigt und euch gelehrt hätte, öffentlich und in den Häusern, ²¹ indem ich sowohl Juden als Griechen bezeugte die Buße zu Gott und den Glauben an unseren Herrn Jesus Christus. ²² Und nun siehe, gebunden in meinem Geiste gehe ich nach Jerusalem, nicht wissend, was mir daselbst begegnen wird, ²³ außer daß der Heilige Geist mir von Stadt zu Stadt bezeugt und sagt, daß Bande und Drangsale meiner warten. ²⁴ Aber ich nehme keine Rücksicht auf mein Leben, als teuer für mich selbst, auf daß ich meinen Lauf vollende und den Dienst, den ich von dem Herrn Jesus empfangen habe, zu bezeugen das Evangelium der Gnade Gottes. ²⁵ Und nun siehe, ich weiß, daß ihr alle, unter welchen ich, das Reich Gottes predigend, umhergegangen bin, mein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen werdet. ²⁶ Deshalb bezeuge ich euch an dem heutigen Tage, daß ich rein bin von dem Blute aller; ²⁷ denn ich habe nicht zurückgehalten, euch den ganzen Ratschluß Gottes zu verkündigen. ²⁸ Habet nun acht auf euch selbst und auf die ganze Herde, in welcher der Heilige Geist euch als Aufseher gesetzt hat, die Versammlung Gottes zu hüten, welche er sich erworben hat durch das Blut seines Eigenen. ²⁹ Denn ich weiß dieses, daß nach meinem Abschiede verderbliche Wölfe zu euch hereinkommen werden, die der Herde nicht schonen. ³⁰ Und aus euch selbst werden Männer aufstehen, die verkehrte Dinge reden, um die Jünger abzuziehen hinter sich her. ³¹ Darum wachet und gedenket, daß ich drei Jahre lang Nacht und Tag nicht aufgehört habe, einen jeden mit Tränen zu ermahnen. ³² Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Worte seiner Gnade, welches O. welcher vermag aufzuerbauen und euch ein Erbe zu geben unter allen Geheiligten. ³³ Ich habe niemandes Silber oder Gold oder Kleidung begehrt. ³⁴ Ihr selbst wisset, daß meinen Bedürfnissen und denen, die bei mir waren, diese Hände gedient haben. ³⁵ Ich habe euch alles O. in allen Stücken gezeigt, daß man, also arbeitend, sich der Schwachen annehmen und eingedenk sein müsse der Worte des Herrn Jesus, der Eig. daß er selbst gesagt hat: Geben ist seliger als Nehmen. ³⁶ Und als er dies gesagt hatte, kniete er nieder und betete mit ihnen allen. ³⁷ Es entstand aber viel Weinens bei allen; und sie fielen Paulus um den Hals und küßten ihn sehr, O. vielmals, od. zärtlich ³⁸ am meisten betrübt über das Wort, das er gesagt hatte, sie würden sein Angesicht nicht mehr sehen. Sie geleiteten ihn aber zu dem Schiffe.

ELB1905_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 Nachdem G1161 aber G2351 der Tumult G3973 aufgehört G4341 hatte, rief G3972 Paulus G3101 die Jünger G4341 zu sich G2532 , und G782 als er Abschied genommen G1831 hatte, ging er fort G4198 , um G1519 nach G3109 Macedonien G4198 zu reisen .

2 G1161 Als er aber G1565 jene G3313 Gegenden G1330 durchzogen G2532 und G846 sie G4183 mit vielen G3056 Worten G3870 ermahnt G2064 hatte, kam G1519 er nach G1671 Griechenland .

3 G5037 Und G4160 nachdem er sich G5140 drei G3376 Monate G4160 aufgehalten G1519 hatte und, als er nach G4947 Syrien G321 abfahren G3195 wollte G5259 , von G2453 den Juden G1917 ein Anschlag gegen G846 ihn G1096 geschehen G1096 war, wurde G1519 er des G1106 Sinnes G1223 , durch G3109 Macedonien G5290 zurückzukehren .

4 G4902 Es begleitete G846 ihn G1161 aber G891 bis nach G773 Asien G4986 Sopater G961 , des Pyrrhus Sohn, ein Beröer G2331 ; von den Thessalonichern G1161 aber G708 Aristarchus G2532 und G4580 Sekundus G2532 und G1050 Gajus G1190 von Derbe G2532 und G5095 Timotheus G1161 und G5190 Tychikus G2532 und G5161 Trophimus G774 aus Asien .

5 G3778 Diese G4281 gingen voraus G3306 und warteten G2248 auf uns G1722 in G5174 Troas;

6 G2249 wir G1161 aber G1602 segelten G3326 nach G2250 den Tagen G106 der ungesäuerten Brote G575 von G5375 Philippi G1602 ab G2532 und G2064 kamen G891 in G4002 fünf G2250 Tagen G4314 zu G846 ihnen G1519 nach G5174 Troas G3757 , wo G2033 wir sieben G2250 Tage G1304 verweilten .

7 G1722 Am G3391 ersten G4521 Tage der Woche G1161 aber G3101 , als wir G4863 versammelt G2806 waren, um G740 Brot G2806 zu brechen G1256 , unterredete sich G3972 Paulus G846 mit ihnen G1887 , indem er am folgenden Tage G1826 abreisen G3195 wollte G5037 ; und G3905 er verzog G3056 das Wort G3360 bis G3317 Mitternacht .

8 G2258 Es waren G1161 aber G2425 viele G2985 Fackeln G1722 in G5253 dem Obersaal G3757 , wo G4863 wir versammelt G2258 waren .

9 G5100 Ein gewisser G3494 Jüngling G1161 aber G3686 , mit Namen G2161 Eutychus G2521 , saß G1909 im G2376 Fenster G2702 und wurde G901 von einem tiefen G5258 Schlaf G2702 überwältigt G3972 , während Paulus G1909 -G4119 noch weiter G1256 redete G575 ; und von G5258 dem Schlaf G2702 überwältigt G4098 , fiel G575 er vom G5152 dritten Stock G2736 hinunter G2532 und G142 wurde G3498 tot G142 aufgehoben .

10 G3972 Paulus G1161 aber G2597 ging hinab G1968 und fiel auf G846 ihn G2532 , und G4843 , ihn umfassend G2036 , sagte G2350 er: Machet G3361 keinen G2350 Lärm G1063 , denn G846 seine G5590 Seele G2076 ist G1722 in G846 ihm .

11 G1161 Und G305 als er hinaufgestiegen G2532 war und G740 das Brot G2806 gebrochen G2532 und G1089 gegessen G1909 -G5037 und G2425 lange G891 bis zum G827 Anbruch des Tages G3656 geredet G1831 hatte, reiste G3779 er also G1831 ab .

12 G71 Sie brachten G1161 aber G3816 den Knaben G2198 lebendig G2532 und G3870 wurden G3756 nicht G3357 wenig G3870 getröstet .

13 G2249 Wir G1161 aber G4281 gingen voraus G1909 auf G4143 das Schiff G321 und fuhren ab G1519 nach G789 Assos G1564 , indem wir dort G3972 den Paulus G353 aufnehmen G3195 wollten G1063 ; denn G3779 so G1299 hatte G1299 -G2258 er es angeordnet G846 , da er selbst G3978 zu Fuß gehen G3195 wollte .

14 G5613 Als G1161 er aber G1519 in G789 Assos G2254 mit uns G4820 zusammentraf G353 , nahmen G846 wir ihn G353 auf G2064 und kamen G1519 nach G3412 Mitylene .

15 G2547 Und als wir von da G636 abgesegelt G2658 waren, langten G1966 wir am folgenden G5508 Tage Chios G481 gegenüber G2658 an G2087 ; des anderen G1161 Tages aber G3846 legten G1519 wir in G4544 Samos G3846 an G2532 , und G1722 nachdem wir in G5175 Trogyllion G3306 geblieben G2064 waren, kamen G2192 wir am folgenden G1519 Tage nach G3399 Milet;

16 G1063 denn G3972 Paulus G2919 hatte sich entschlossen G2181 , an Ephesus G3896 vorbeizufahren G3704 , damit G846 es ihm G3361 nicht G1096 geschehe G1722 , in G773 Asien G5551 Zeit zu versäumen G1063 ; denn G4692 er eilte G1487 , wenn G846 es ihm G1415 möglich G2258 wäre G2250 -G4005 , am Pfingsttage G1519 in G2414 Jerusalem G1096 zu sein .

17 G575 Von G3399 Milet G1161 aber G3992 sandte G1519 er nach G2181 Ephesus G3333 und rief G4245 die Ältesten G1577 der Versammlung G3333 herüber .

18 G5613 Als G1161 sie aber G4314 zu G846 ihm G3854 gekommen G2036 waren, sprach G846 er zu ihnen G5210 : Ihr G1987 wisset G575 von G4413 dem ersten G2250 Tage G575 an G3739 , da G1519 ich nach G773 Asien G1910 kam G4459 , wie G3956 ich die ganze G5550 Zeit G3326 bei G5216 euch G1096 gewesen bin,

19 G2962 dem Herrn G1398 dienend G3326 mit G3956 aller G5012 Demut G2532 und G4183 mit G1144 Tränen G2532 und G3986 Versuchungen G3588 , welche G3427 mir G1722 durch G1917 die Nachstellungen G2453 der Juden G4819 widerfuhren;

21 G5037 indem ich sowohl G2453 Juden G2532 als G1672 Griechen G1263 bezeugte G3341 die Buße G1519 zu G2316 Gott G2532 und G4102 den Glauben G2257 an unseren G2962 Herrn G2424 Jesus G5547 Christus .

22 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1210 , gebunden G4151 in meinem Geiste G4198 gehe G1473 ich G1519 nach G2419 Jerusalem G3361 , nicht G1492 wissend G3427 , was mir G846 -G1722 daselbst G4876 begegnen wird,

23 G4133 außer G3754 daß G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G2596 mir von G4172 Stadt zu Stadt G1263 bezeugt G3004 und sagt G3754 , daß G1199 Bande G2532 und G2347 Drangsale G3165 meiner G3306 warten .

24 G235 Aber G2192 -G4160 ich nehme G3762 keine G3056 Rücksicht G3450 auf mein G5590 Leben G3761 , als G5093 teuer G1683 für mich G5613 selbst, auf daß G3450 ich meinen G1408 Lauf G5048 vollende G2532 und G1248 den Dienst G3739 , den G3844 ich von G2962 dem Herrn G2424 Jesus G2983 empfangen G1263 habe, zu bezeugen G2098 das Evangelium G5485 der Gnade G2316 Gottes .

25 G2532 Und G3568 nun G2400 siehe G1473 , ich G1492 weiß G3754 , daß G5210 ihr G3956 alle G1722 , unter G3739 welchen G932 ich, das Reich G2316 [Gottes G2784 ]predigend G1330 , umhergegangen G3450 bin, mein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G3700 sehen werdet.

26 G1352 Deshalb G3143 bezeuge G5213 ich euch G1722 an G4594 dem heutigen G2250 Tage G3754 , daß G1473 ich G2513 rein G575 bin von G129 dem Blute G3956 aller;

27 G1063 denn G5288 ich habe G3361 -G3756 nicht G5288 zurückgehalten G5213 , euch G3956 den ganzen G1012 Ratschluß G2316 Gottes G312 zu verkündigen .

28 G4337 Habet G3767 nun G4337 acht G1438 auf euch selbst G2532 und G3956 auf die ganze G4168 Herde G1722 , in G3739 welcher G40 der Heilige G4151 Geist G5209 euch G1985 als Aufseher G5087 gesetzt G1577 hat, die Versammlung G2316 Gottes G4165 zu hüten G3739 , welche G4046 er sich erworben G1223 hat durch G129 das Blut G2398 seines Eigenen .

29 G1063 [Denn G1473 ]ich G1492 weiß G5124 [dieses G3754 ], daß G3326 nach G3450 meinem G867 Abschiede G926 verderbliche G3074 Wölfe G1519 zu G5209 euch G1525 hereinkommen G4168 werden, die der Herde G3361 nicht G5339 schonen .

30 G2532 Und G1537 aus G5216 euch G846 selbst G450 werden G435 Männer G450 aufstehen G1294 , die verkehrte Dinge G2980 reden G645 , um G3101 die Jünger G645 abzuziehen G3694 hinter G846 sich G3694 her .

31 G1352 Darum G1127 wachet G3421 und gedenket G3754 , daß G5148 ich drei Jahre lang G3571 Nacht G2532 und G2250 Tag G3756 nicht G3973 aufgehört G1520 habe, einen G1538 jeden G3326 mit G1144 Tränen G3560 zu ermahnen .

32 G2532 Und G3569 nun G3908 befehle G5209 ich euch G2316 Gott G2532 und G3056 dem Worte G846 seiner G5485 Gnade G3588 , welches G1410 vermag G2026 aufzuerbauen G2532 und G5213 [euch G2817 ]ein Erbe G1325 zu geben G1722 unter G3956 allen G37 Geheiligten .

33 G1937 Ich habe G3762 niemandes G694 Silber G2228 oder G5553 Gold G2228 oder G2441 Kleidung G1937 begehrt .

34 G846 Ihr selbst G1097 wisset G3754 , daß G3450 meinen G5532 Bedürfnissen G2532 und G3326 denen, die bei G1700 mir G5607 waren G3778 , diese G5495 Hände G5256 gedient haben.

35 G5263 Ich habe G5213 euch G3956 alles G5263 gezeigt G3754 , daß G3779 man, also G2872 arbeitend G482 , sich G770 der Schwachen G482 annehmen G5037 und G3421 eingedenk G1163 sein müsse G3056 der Worte G2962 des Herrn G2424 Jesus G3754 , der G2036 selbst gesagt G1325 hat: Geben G2076 ist G3107 -G3123 seliger G2228 als G2983 Nehmen .

36 G2532 Und G5023 als er dies G2036 gesagt G1119 hatte, kniete G846 er G5087 nieder G4336 und betete G4862 mit G846 ihnen G3956 allen .

37 G1096 Es entstand G1161 aber G2425 viel G2805 Weinens G3956 bei allen G2532 ; und G1968 sie fielen G3972 Paulus G1909 um G5137 den Hals G2705 und küßten G846 ihn G2705 sehr,

38 G3122 am meisten G3600 betrübt G1909 über G3056 das Wort G3739 , das G2046 er gesagt G3195 hatte, sie würden G846 sein G4383 Angesicht G3765 nicht mehr G2334 sehen G4311 . Sie geleiteten G846 ihn G1161 aber G1519 zu G4143 dem Schiffe .

DSV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Nadat nu het oproer gestild was, Paulus, de discipelen tot zich geroepen en gegroet hebbende, ging uit om naar Macedonië te reizen. ² En als hij die delen doorgereisd, en hen met vele redenen vermaand had, kwam hij in Griekenland. ³ En als hij aldaar drie maanden overgebracht had, en hem van de Joden lagen gelegd werden, als hij naar Syrië zoude varen, zo werd hij van zin weder te keren door Macedonië. ⁴ En hem vergezelschapte tot in Azië Sopater van Berea; en van de Thessalonicensen Aristarchus en Sekundus; en Gajus van Derbe, en Timotheüs en van die van Azië Tychikus en Trofimus. ⁵ Dezen, vooraf heengegaan zijnde, wachtten ons te Troas. ⁶ Wij nu scheepten af van Filippi na de dagen der ongehevelde broden, en kwamen in vijf dagen bij hen te Troas, alwaar wij ons zeven dagen onthielden. ⁷ En op den eersten dag der week, als de discipelen bijeengekomen waren om brood te breken, handelde Paulus met hen, zullende des anderen daags verreizen; en hij strekte zijne rede uit tot den middernacht. ⁸ En er waren vele lichten in de opperzaal waar zij vergaderd waren. ⁹ En een zeker jongeling, met name Eutychus, zat in het venster en met een diepen slaap overvallen zijnde, alzo Paulus lang tot hen sprak, door den slaap nederstortende, viel van de derde zoldering nederwaarts, en werd dood opgenomen. ¹⁰ Doch Paulus, afgekomen zijnde, viel op hem, en hem omvangende, zeide hij: Weest niet beroerd; want zijn ziel is in hem. ¹¹ En als hij weder boven gegaan was, en brood gebroken en wat gegeten had, en lang, tot den dageraad toe, met hen gesproken had, vertrok hij alzo. ¹² En zij brachten den knecht levende, en waren bovenmate vertroost. ¹³ Maar wij, vooruit naar het schip gegaan zijnde, voeren af naar Assus, waar wij Paulus zouden innemen; want hij had het alzo bevolen, en hij zelf zou te voet gaan. ¹⁴ En als hij zich te Assus bij ons gevoegd had, namen wij hem in, en kwamen te Mitylene. ¹⁵ En van daar afgescheept zijnde, kwamen wij den volgenden dag tegen Chios over, en des anderen daags legden wij aan te Samos, en bleven te Trogyllion, en den dag daaraan kwamen wij te Milete. ¹⁶ Want Paulus had voorgenomen Efeze voorbij te varen, opdat hij niet den tijd in Azië zou verslijten; want hij spoedde zich, om (zo het hem mogelijk ware) op den pinksterdag te Jeruzalem te zijn. ¹⁷ Maar hij zond van Milete naar Efeze, en hij ontbood de ouderlingen der Gemeente. ¹⁸ En als zij tot hem gekomen waren, zeide hij tot hen: Gijlieden weet, van den eersten dag af, dat ik in Azië ben aangekomen, hoe ik bij u den gansen tijd geweest ben; ¹⁹ Dienende den Heere met alle ootmoedigheid, en vele tranen, en verzoekingen, die mij overkomen zijn door de lagen der Joden; ²⁰ Hoe ik niets achtergehouden heb van hetgeen nuttig was, dat ik u niet zou verkondigd en u geleerd hebben, in het openbaar en bij de huizen; ²¹ Betuigende, beiden Joden en Grieken, de bekering tot God en het geloof in onzen Heere Jezus Christus. ²² En nu ziet, ik, gebonden zijnde door den Geest, reis naar Jeruzalem, niet wetende, wat mij daar ontmoeten zal; ²³ Dan dat de Heilige Geest van stad tot stad betuigt, zeggende, dat mij banden en verdrukkingen aanstaande zijn. ²⁴ Maar ik acht op geen ding, noch houde mijn leven dierbaar voor mijzelven, opdat ik mijn loop met blijdschap mag volbrengen, en den dienst, welken ik, van den Heere Jezus ontvangen heb, om te betuigen het Evangelie der genade Gods. ²⁵ En nu ziet, ik weet, dat gij allen, waar ik doorgegaan ben, predikende het Koninkrijk Gods, mijn aangezicht niet meer zien zult. ²⁶ Daarom betuig ik ulieden op dezen huidigen dag, dat ik rein ben van het bloed van u allen. ²⁷ Want ik heb niet achtergehouden, dat ik u niet zou verkondigd hebben al den raad Gods. ²⁸ Zo hebt dan acht op uzelven, en op de gehele kudde, over dewelke u de Heilige Geest tot opzieners gesteld heeft, om de Gemeente Gods te weiden, welke Hij verkregen heeft door Zijn eigen bloed. ²⁹ Want dit weet ik, dat na mijn vertrek zware wolven tot u inkomen zullen, die de kudde niet sparen. ³⁰ En uit uzelven zullen mannen opstaan, sprekende verkeerde dingen, om de discipelen af te trekken achter zich. ³¹ Daarom waakt, en gedenkt, dat ik drie jaren lang nacht en dag, niet opgehouden heb een iegelijk met tranen te vermanen. ³² En nu, broeders, ik bevele u Gode, en den woorde Zijner genade, Die machtig is u op te bouwen, en u een erfdeel te geven onder al de geheiligden. ³³ Ik heb niemands zilver, of goud, of kleding begeerd. ³⁴ En gijzelve weet, dat deze handen tot mijn nooddruft, en dergenen, die met mij waren, gediend hebben. ³⁵ Ik heb u in alles getoond, dat men, alzo arbeidende, de zwakken moet opnemen, en gedenken aan de woorden van den Heere Jezus, dat Hij gezegd heeft: Het is zaliger te geven, dan te ontvangen. ³⁶ En als hij dit gezegd had, heeft hij nederknielende met hen allen gebeden. ³⁷ En er werd een groot geween van hen allen; en zij, vallende om den hals van Paulus, kusten hem; ³⁸ Zeer bedroefd zijnde, allermeest over het woord, dat hij gezegd had, dat zij zijn aangezicht niet meer zien zouden; en zij geleidden hem naar het schip.

DSV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G3326 Nadat G1161 nu G2351 het oproer G3973 G5670 gestild was G3972 , Paulus G3101 , de discipelen G4341 G5666 tot zich geroepen G2532 en G782 G5666 gegroet hebbende G1831 G5627 , ging uit G1519 om naar G3109 Macedonie G4198 G5677 te reizen.

2 G1161 En G1565 als hij die G3313 delen G1330 G5631 doorgereisd G2532 , en G846 hen G4183 met vele G3056 redenen G3870 G5660 vermaand had G2064 G5627 , kwam hij G1519 in G1671 Griekenland.

3 G5037 En G5140 als hij [aldaar] drie G3376 maanden G4160 G5660 overgebracht had G846 , en hem G5259 van G2453 de Joden G1917 lagen G1096 G5637 gelegd werden G1519 , als hij naar G4047 Syrie G3195 G5723 zoude G321 G5745 varen G1096 G5633 , zo werd hij G1106 van zin G5290 G5721 weder te keren G1223 door G3109 Macedonie.

4 G1161 En G846 hem G4902 G5711 vergezelschapte G891 tot in G773 Azie G4986 Sopater G961 van Berea G1161 ; en G2331 van de Thessalonicensen G708 Aristarchus G2532 en G4580 Sekundus G2532 ; en G1050 Gajus G1190 van Derbe G2532 , en G5095 Timotheus G1161 en G774 van die van Azie G5190 Tychikus G2532 en G5161 Trofimus.

5 G3778 Dezen G4281 G5631 , vooraf heengegaan zijnde G3306 G5707 , wachtten G2248 ons G1722 te G5174 Troas.

6 G2249 Wij G1161 nu G1602 G5656 scheepten af G575 van G5375 Filippi G3326 na G2250 de dagen G106 der ongehevelde G2532 [broden], en G2064 G5627 kwamen G891 in G4002 vijf G2250 dagen G4314 bij G846 hen G1519 te G5174 Troas G3757 , alwaar G2033 wij ons zeven G2250 dagen G1304 G5656 onthielden.

7 G1161 En G1722 op G3391 den eersten G4521 [dag] der week G3101 , als de discipelen G4863 G5772 bijeengekomen waren G740 om brood G2806 G5658 te breken G1256 G5711 , handelde G3972 Paulus G846 met hen G3195 G5723 , zullende G1887 des anderen daags G1826 G5750 verreizen G5037 ; en G3905 G5707 hij strekte G3056 [zijne] rede G3360 uit tot G3317 den middernacht.

8 G1161 En G2258 G5713 er waren G2425 vele G2985 lichten G1722 in G5253 de opperzaal G3757 waar G4863 G5772 zij vergaderd G2258 G5713 waren.

9 G1161 En G5100 een zeker G3494 jongeling G3686 , met name G2161 Eutychus G2521 G5740 , zat G1909 in G2376 het venster G901 en met een diepen G5258 slaap G2702 G5746 overvallen zijnde G3972 , alzo Paulus G1909 G4119 lang G1256 G5740 [tot] [hen] sprak G575 , door G5258 den slaap G2702 G5685 nederstortende G4098 G5627 , viel G575 van G5152 de derde zoldering G2736 nederwaarts G2532 , en G3498 werd dood G142 G5681 opgenomen.

10 G1161 Doch G3972 Paulus G2597 G5631 , afgekomen zijnde G1968 G5627 , viel op G846 hem G2532 , en G4843 G5631 [hem] omvangende G2036 G5627 , zeide hij G2350 G : Weest G3361 niet G2350 G5744 beroerd G1063 ; want G846 zijn G5590 ziel G2076 G5748 is G1722 in G846 hem.

11 G1161 En G305 G5631 als hij [weder] boven gegaan was G2532 , en G740 brood G2806 G5660 gebroken G2532 en G1089 G5666 [wat] gegeten had G5037 , en G1909 G2425 lang G891 , tot G827 den dageraad G3656 G5660 toe, met hen gesproken had G1831 G5627 , vertrok hij G3779 alzo.

12 G1161 En G71 G5627 zij brachten G3816 den knecht G2198 G5723 levende G2532 , en G3756 G3357 waren bovenmate G3870 G5681 vertroost.

13 G1161 Maar G2249 wij G1909 , vooruit naar G4143 het schip G4281 G5631 gegaan zijnde G321 G5681 , voeren af G1519 naar G789 Assus G1564 , waar G3972 wij Paulus G3195 G5723 zouden G353 G5721 innemen G1063 ; want G2258 G5713 hij had G3779 het alzo G1299 G5722 bevolen G846 , en hij zelf G3195 G5723 zou G3978 G5721 te voet gaan.

14 G1161 En G5613 als G1519 hij zich te G789 Assus G2254 bij ons G4820 G5627 gevoegd had G353 G , namen wij G846 hem G353 G5631 in G2064 G5627 , en kwamen G1519 te G3412 Mitylene.

15 G2547 En van daar G636 G5660 afgescheept zijnde G2658 G5656 , kwamen wij G1966 G5752 den volgenden G481 G [dag] tegen G5508 Chios G481 over G1161 , en G2087 des anderen G3846 G5627 [daags] legden wij aan G1519 te G4544 Samos G2532 , en G3306 G5660 bleven G1722 te G5175 Trogyllion G2192 G5746 , en den [dag] daaraan G2064 G5627 kwamen wij G1519 te G3399 Milete.

16 G1063 Want G3972 Paulus G2919 G5656 had voorgenomen G2181 Efeze G3896 G5658 voorbij te varen G3704 , opdat G846 hij G3361 niet G5551 G den tijd G1722 in G773 Azie G1096 G5638 zou G5551 G5658 verslijten G1063 ; want G4692 G5707 hij spoedde zich G1487 , om (zo G846 het hem G1415 mogelijk G2258 G5713 ware G2250 G4005 ) op den pinksterdag G1519 te G2414 Jeruzalem G1096 G5635 te zijn.

17 G1161 Maar G3992 G5660 hij zond G575 van G3399 Milete G1519 naar G2181 Efeze G3333 G5668 , en hij ontbood G4245 de ouderlingen G1577 der Gemeente.

18 G1161 En G5613 als G4314 zij tot G846 hem G3854 G5633 gekomen waren G2036 G5627 , zeide hij G846 tot hen G5210 : Gijlieden G1987 G5736 weet G575 , van G4413 den eersten G2250 dag G575 G3739 af, dat G1519 ik in G773 Azie G1910 G5627 ben aangekomen G4459 , hoe G3326 ik bij G5216 u G3956 den gansen G5550 tijd G1096 G5633 geweest ben;

19 G1398 G5723 Dienende G2962 den Heere G3326 met G3956 alle G5012 ootmoedigheid G2532 , en G4183 vele G1144 tranen G2532 , en G3986 verzoekingen G3588 , die G3427 mij G4819 G5631 overkomen zijn G1722 door G1917 de lagen G2453 der Joden;

20 G5613 Hoe G3762 ik niets G5288 G5668 achtergehouden heb G4851 G5723 van hetgeen nuttig was G5213 , dat ik u G3361 niet G312 G5658 zou verkondigd G2532 en G5209 u G1321 G5658 geleerd hebben G1219 , in het openbaar G2532 en G2596 bij G3624 de huizen;

21 G1263 G5740 Betuigende G5037 , beiden G2453 Joden G2532 en G1672 Grieken G3341 , de bekering G1519 tot G2316 God G2532 en G4102 het geloof G2257 in onzen G2962 Heere G2424 Jezus G5547 Christus.

22 G2532 En G3568 nu G2400 G5628 ziet G1473 , ik G1210 G5772 , gebonden zijnde G4151 door den Geest G4198 G5736 , reis G1519 naar G2419 Jeruzalem G3361 , niet G1492 G5761 wetende G3427 , wat mij G1722 G846 daar G4876 G5694 ontmoeten zal;

23 G4133 Dan G3754 dat G40 de Heilige G4151 Geest G2596 van G4172 stad tot stad G1263 G5736 betuigt G3004 G5723 , zeggende G3754 , dat G3165 mij G1199 banden G2532 en G2347 verdrukkingen G3306 G5719 aanstaande zijn.

24 G235 Maar G4160 G5731 ik acht op G3762 geen G3056 ding G3761 , noch G2192 G5719 houde G3450 mijn G5590 leven G5093 dierbaar G1683 voor mijzelven G5613 , opdat G3450 ik mijn G1408 loop G3326 met G5479 blijdschap G5048 G5658 mag volbrengen G2532 , en G1248 den dienst G3739 , welken G3844 ik, van G2962 den Heere G2424 Jezus G2983 G5627 ontvangen heb G1263 G5664 , om te betuigen G2098 het Evangelie G5485 der genade G2316 Gods.

25 G2532 En G3568 nu G2400 G5628 ziet G1473 , ik G1492 G5758 weet G3754 , dat G5210 gij G3956 allen G1722 G3739 , waar G1330 G5627 ik doorgegaan ben G2784 G5723 , predikende G932 het Koninkrijk G2316 Gods G3450 , mijn G4383 aangezicht G3765 niet meer G3700 G5695 zien zult.

26 G1352 Daarom G3143 G5736 betuig ik G5213 ulieden G1722 op G4594 dezen huidigen G2250 dag G3754 , dat G1473 ik G2513 rein G1510 ben G575 van G129 het bloed G3956 van [u] allen.

27 G1063 Want G3756 ik heb niet G5288 G5668 achtergehouden G5213 , dat ik u G3361 niet G312 G5658 zou verkondigd hebben G3956 al G1012 den raad G2316 Gods.

28 G3767 Zo hebt dan G4337 G5720 acht op G1438 uzelven G2532 , en G3956 op de gehele G4168 kudde G1722 , over G3739 dewelke G5209 u G40 de Heilige G4151 Geest G1985 tot opzieners G5087 G5639 gesteld heeft G1577 , om de Gemeente G2316 Gods G4165 G5721 te weiden G3739 , welke G4046 G5668 Hij verkregen heeft G1223 door G2398 Zijn eigen G129 bloed.

29 G1063 Want G5124 dit G1492 G5758 weet G1473 ik G3754 , dat G3326 na G3450 mijn G867 vertrek G926 zware G3074 wolven G1519 tot G5209 u G1525 G5695 inkomen zullen G4168 , die de kudde G3361 niet G5339 G5740 sparen.

30 G2532 En G1537 uit G5216 G846 uzelven G435 zullen mannen G450 G5698 opstaan G2980 G5723 , sprekende G1294 G5772 verkeerde dingen G3101 , om de discipelen G645 G5721 af te trekken G3694 achter G846 zich.

31 G1352 Daarom G1127 G5720 waakt G3421 G5723 , en gedenkt G3754 , dat G5148 ik drie jaren G3571 [lang] nacht G2532 en G2250 dag G3756 , niet G3973 G5668 opgehouden heb G1520 een G1538 iegelijk G3326 met G1144 tranen G3560 G5723 te vermanen.

32 G2532 En G3569 nu G80 , broeders G3908 G5731 , ik bevele G5209 u G2316 Gode G2532 , en G3056 den woorde G846 Zijner G5485 genade G3588 , Die G1410 G5740 machtig is G2026 G5658 u op te bouwen G2532 , en G5213 u G2817 een erfdeel G1325 G5629 te geven G1722 onder G3956 al G37 G5772 de geheiligden.

33 G3762 Ik heb niemands G694 zilver G2228 , of G5553 goud G2228 , of G2441 kleding G1937 G5656 begeerd.

34 G1161 En G846 gijzelve G1097 G5719 weet G3754 , dat G3778 deze G5495 handen G3450 tot mijn G5532 nooddruft G2532 , en G3326 dergenen, die met G1700 mij G5607 G5752 waren G5256 G5656 , gediend hebben.

35 G5213 Ik heb u G3956 in alles G5263 G5656 getoond G3754 , dat G3779 men, alzo G2872 G5723 arbeidende G770 G5723 , de zwakken G1163 G5748 moet G482 G5738 opnemen G5037 , en G3421 G5721 gedenken G3056 aan de woorden G2962 van den Heere G2424 Jezus G3754 , dat G2036 G5627 Hij gezegd heeft G2076 G5748 : Het is G3123 G3107 zaliger G1325 G5721 te geven G2228 , dan G2983 G5721 te ontvangen.

36 G2532 En G5023 als hij dit G2036 G5631 gezegd had G846 , heeft hij G1119 G5087 G5631 nederknielende G4862 met G846 hen G3956 allen G4336 G5662 gebeden.

37 G1161 En G1096 G5633 er werd G2425 een groot G2805 geween G3956 van [hen] allen G2532 ; en G1968 G5631 zij, vallende G1909 om G5137 den hals G3972 van Paulus G2705 G5707 , kusten G846 hem;

38 G3600 G5746 Zeer bedroefd zijnde G3122 , allermeest G1909 over G3056 het woord G3739 , dat G2046 G5715 hij gezegd had G3754 , dat G846 zij zijn G4383 aangezicht G3765 niet meer G2334 G5721 zien G3195 G5719 zouden G1161 ; en G4311 G5707 zij geleidden G846 hem G1519 naar G4143 het schip.

DarbyFR⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹
Or, après que le tumulte eut cessé, Paul fit venir les disciples, et les ayant embrassés, il partit pour aller en Macédoine. ² Et ayant traversé ces quartiers-là, et ayant beaucoup exhorté les disciples, il vint en Grèce. ³ Et après qu'il y eut séjourné trois mois, les Juifs lui ayant dressé des embûches comme il allait s'embarquer pour la Syrie, on fut d'avis de s'en retourner par la Macédoine. ⁴ Et Sopater de Bérée, fils de Pyrrhus, l'accompagna jusqu'en Asie, et les Thessaloniciens Aristarque et Second, et Gaïus, et Timothée de Derbe, et Tychique et Trophime d'Asie. ⁵ Ceux-ci ayant pris les devants, nous attendirent en Troade. ⁶ Et pour nous, nous partîmes à force de voiles, de Philippes, après les jours des pains sans levain, et nous arrivâmes au bout de cinq jours auprès d'eux dans la Troade, et nous y séjournâmes sept jours. ⁷
Et le premier jour de la semaine, lorsque nous étions assemblés pour rompre le pain, Paul qui devait partir le lendemain, leur fit un discours, et il prolongea le discours jusqu'à minuit. ⁸ Or il y avait beaucoup de lampes dans la chambre haute où nous étions assemblés. ⁹ Et un jeune homme nommé Eutyche, qui était assis sur la fenêtre, accablé d'un profond sommeil, comme Paul prêchait très-longuement, tomba, accablé par le sommeil, du troisième étage en bas, et fut relevé mort. ¹⁰ Mais Paul étant descendu, se pencha sur lui, et l'ayant embrassé, il dit: Ne soyez pas troublés, car son âme est en lui. ¹¹ Et après qu'il fut remonté, et qu'il eut rompu le pain et mangé, et qu'il eut conversé longtemps jusqu'à l'aube, il partit. ¹² Et ils amenèrent le jeune garçon vivant, et furent extrêmement consolés. ¹³
Or pour nous, ayant pris les devants sur un navire, nous fîmes voile vers Assos où nous devions prendre Paul à bord; car il l'avait ainsi ordonné, étant dans l'intention d'aller lui-même à pied. ¹⁴ Et lorsqu'il nous eut rejoints à Assos, nous le prîmes à bord, et nous allâmes à Mitylène. ¹⁵ Et ayant fait voile de là, nous arrivâmes le lendemain à la hauteur de Chios; et le jour suivant nous touchâmes à Samos; et nous étant arrêtés à Trogylle, nous vînmes le jour d'après, à Milet; ¹⁶ car Paul avait résolu de passer devant Éphèse, de manière à ne pas dépenser son temps en Asie; car il se hâtait pour être, s'il lui était possible, le jour de la Pentecôte, à Jérusalem. ¹⁷
Or il envoya de Milet à Éphèse, et appela auprès de lui les anciens de l'assemblée; ¹⁸ et quand ils furent venus vers lui, il leur dit: Vous savez de quelle manière je me suis conduit envers vous tout le temps, depuis le premier jour que je suis entré en Asie, ¹⁹ servant le Seigneur en toute humilité, et avec des larmes, et des épreuves qui me sont arrivées par les embûches des Juifs; ²⁰ comment je n'ai rien caché des choses qui étaient profitables, en sorte que je ne vous eusse pas prêché et enseigné publiquement et dans les maisons, ²¹ insistant et auprès des Juifs et auprès des Grecs sur la repentance envers Dieu et la foi en notre seigneur Jésus Christ. ²² Et maintenant, voici, étant lié dans mon esprit, je m'en vais à Jérusalem, ignorant les choses qui m'y doivent arriver, ²³ sauf que l'Esprit Saint rend témoignage de ville en ville, me disant que des liens et de la tribulation m'attendent. ²⁴ Mais je ne fais aucun cas de ma vie, ni ne la tiens pour précieuse à moi-même, pourvu que j'achève ma course, et le service que j'ai reçu du Seigneur Jésus pour rendre témoignage à l'évangile de la grâce de Dieu. ²⁵ Et maintenant, voici, moi je sais que vous tous, parmi lesquels j'ai passé en prêchant le royaume de Dieu, vous ne verrez plus mon visage. ²⁶ C'est pourquoi je vous prends aujourd'hui à témoin, que je suis net du sang de tous; ²⁷ car je n'ai mis aucune réserve à vous annoncer tout le conseil de Dieu. ²⁸ Prenez donc garde à vous-mêmes, et à tout le troupeau, au milieu duquel l'Esprit Saint vous a établis surveillants pour paître l'assemblée de Dieu, laquelle il a acquise par le sang de son propre fils. ²⁹ Moi je sais qu'après mon départ il entrera parmi vous des loups redoutables qui n'épargneront pas le troupeau; ³⁰ et il se lèvera d'entre vous-mêmes des hommes qui annonceront des doctrines perverses pour attirer les disciples après eux. ³¹ C'est pourquoi veillez, vous souvenant que, durant trois ans, je n'ai cessé nuit et jour d'avertir chacun de vous avec larmes. ³² Et maintenant je vous recommande à Dieu, et à la parole de sa grâce, qui a la puissance d'édifier et de vous donner un héritage avec tous les sanctifiés. ³³ Je n'ai convoité ni l'argent, ni l'or, ni la robe de personne. ³⁴ Vous savez vous-mêmes que ces mains ont été employées pour mes besoins et pour les personnes qui étaient avec moi. ³⁵ Je vous ai montré en toutes choses, qu'en travaillant ainsi il nous faut secourir les faibles, et nous souvenir des paroles du Seigneur Jésus, qui lui-même a dit: Il est plus heureux de donner que de recevoir. ³⁶
Et ayant dit ces choses, il se mit à genoux et pria avec eux tous. ³⁷ Et ils versaient tous beaucoup de larmes, et se jetant au cou de Paul, ils le couvraient de baisers, ³⁸ étant surtout peinés de la parole qu'il avait dite, qu'ils ne verraient plus son visage. Et ils l'accompagnèrent au navire.

Martin⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Or après que le trouble fut cessé, Paul fit venir les disciples, et les ayant embrassés, il partit pour aller en Macédoine. ² Et quand il eut passé par ces quartiers-là, et qu'il y eut fait plusieurs exhortations, il vint en Grèce. ³ Et après y avoir séjourné trois mois, les Juifs lui ayant dressé des embûches au cas qu'il fût allé s'embarquer pour la Syrie, on fut d'avis de retourner par la Macédoine. ⁴ Et Sopater Béréen le devait accompagner jusqu'en Asie; et d'entre les Thessaloniciens Aristarque et Second, avec Gaïus Derbien, et Timothée; et de ceux d'Asie, Tychique et Trophime. ⁵ Ceux-ci donc étant allés devant, nous attendirent à Troas. ⁶ Et nous, ayant levé l'ancre à Philippes, après les jours des pains sans levain, nous arrivâmes au bout de cinq jours auprès d'eux à Troas, et nous y séjournâmes sept jours. ⁷ Et le premier jour de la semaine, les disciples étant assemblés pour rompre le pain, Paul, qui devait partir le lendemain, leur fit un discours, qu'il étendit jusqu'à minuit. ⁸ Or il y avait beaucoup de lampes dans la chambre haute où ils étaient assemblés. ⁹ Et un jeune homme nommé Eutyche, qui était assis sur une fenêtre, étant abattu d'un profond sommeil pendant le long discours de Paul, emporté du sommeil tomba en bas du troisième étage, et fut levé mort. ¹⁰ Mais Paul étant descendu, se pencha sur lui, et l'embrassa, et dit : ne vous troublez point, car son âme est en lui. ¹¹ Et après qu'il fut remonté, et qu'il eut rompu le pain, et mangé, et qu'il eut parlé longtemps jusqu'à l'aube du jour, il partit. ¹² Et ils amenèrent là le jeune homme vivant, de quoi ils furent extrêmement consolés. ¹³ Or étant entrés dans le navire nous fûmes portés à Assos, où nous devions reprendre Paul : car il l'avait ainsi ordonné, ayant résolu de faire ce chemin à pied. ¹⁴ Et lorsqu'il nous eut rejoints à Assos, nous le prîmes avec nous, et nous allâmes à Mitylène. ¹⁵ Puis étant partis de là, le jour suivant nous abordâmes vis-à-vis de Chios; le lendemain nous arrivâmes à Samos; et nous étant arrêtés à Trogyle, nous vînmes le jour d'après à Milet. ¹⁶ Car Paul s'était proposé de passer au delà d'Ephèse, afin de ne point séjourner en Asie; parce qu'il se hâtait d'être, s'il lui était possible, le jour de la Pentecôte à Jérusalem. ¹⁷ Or il envoya de Milet à Ephèse, pour faire venir les Anciens de l'Eglise; ¹⁸ Qui étant venus vers lui, il leur dit : Vous savez de quelle manière je me suis toujours conduit avec vous dès le premier jour que je suis entré en Asie; ¹⁹ Servant le Seigneur en toute humilité, et avec beaucoup de larmes, et parmi beaucoup d'épreuves, qui me sont arrivées par les embûches des Juifs. ²⁰ Et comment je ne me suis épargné en rien de ce qui vous était utile, vous ayant prêché, et ayant enseigné publiquement, et par les maisons. ²¹ Conjurant les Juifs et les Grecs de se convertir à Dieu, et de croire en Jésus-Christ notre Seigneur. ²² Et maintenant voici, étant lié par l'Esprit, je m'en vais à Jérusalem, ignorant les choses qui m'y doivent arriver; ²³ Sinon que le Saint-Esprit m'avertit de ville en ville, disant que des liens et des tribulations m'attendent. ²⁴ Mais je ne fais cas de rien, et ma vie ne m'est point précieuse, pourvu qu'avec joie j'achève ma course, et le ministère que j'ai reçu du Seigneur Jésus, pour rendre témoignage à l'Evangile de la grâce de Dieu. ²⁵ Et maintenant voici, je sais qu'aucun de vous tous, parmi lesquels j'ai passé en prêchant le Royaume de Dieu, ne me verra plus. ²⁶ C'est pourquoi je vous prends aujourd'hui à témoin, que je suis net du sang de tous. ²⁷ Car je ne me suis point épargné à vous annoncer tout le conseil de Dieu. ²⁸ Prenez donc garde à vous-mêmes, et à tout le troupeau sur lequel le Saint-Esprit vous a établis Evêques, pour paître l'Eglise de Dieu, laquelle il a acquise par son propre sang. ²⁹ Car je sais qu'après mon départ il entrera parmi vous des loups très dangereux, qui n'épargneront point le troupeau. ³⁰ Et qu'il se lèvera d'entre vous-mêmes des hommes qui annonceront des doctrines corrompues dans la vue d'attirer des disciples après eux. ³¹ C'est pourquoi veillez, vous souvenant que durant l'espace de trois ans, je n'ai cessé nuit et jour d'avertir un chacun de vous. ³² Et maintenant, mes frères, je vous recommande à Dieu, et à la parole de sa grâce, lequel est puissant pour achever de vous édifier, et pour vous donner l'héritage avec tous les Saints. ³³ Je n'ai convoité ni l'argent, ni l'or, ni la robe de personne. ³⁴ Et vous savez vous-mêmes que ces mains m'ont fourni les choses qui m'étaient nécessaires, et à ceux qui étaient avec moi. ³⁵ Je vous ai montré en toutes choses qu'en travaillant ainsi il faut supporter les infirmes, et se souvenir des paroles du Seigneur Jésus, qui a dit qu'on est plus heureux de pouvoir donner que d'être appelé à recevoir. ³⁶ Et quand Paul eut dit ces paroles, il se mit à genoux, et fit la prière avec eux tous. ³⁷ Alors tous se fondirent en larmes, et se jetant au cou de Paul, ils le baisaient; ³⁸ Etant tristes principalement à cause de cette parole qu'il leur avait dite, qu'ils ne le verraient plus, et ils le conduisirent au navire.

Segond⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Lorsque le tumulte eut cessé, Paul réunit les disciples, et, après les avoir exhortés, prit congé d'eux, et partit pour aller en Macédoine. ² Il parcourut cette contrée, en adressant aux disciples de nombreuses exhortations. Puis il se rendit en Grèce, ³ où il séjourna trois mois. Il était sur le point de s'embarquer pour la Syrie, quand les Juifs lui dressèrent des embûches. Alors il se décida à reprendre la route de la Macédoine. ⁴ Il avait pour l'accompagner jusqu'en Asie: Sopater de Bérée, fils de Pyrrhus, Aristarque et Second de Thessalonique, Gaïus de Derbe, Timothée, ainsi que Tychique et Trophime, originaires d'Asie. ⁵ Ceux-ci prirent les devants, et nous attendirent à Troas. ⁶ Pour nous, après les jours des pains sans levain, nous nous embarquâmes à Philippes, et, au bout de cinq jours, nous les rejoignîmes à Troas, où nous passâmes sept jours. ⁷ Le premier jour de la semaine, nous étions réunis pour rompre le pain. Paul, qui devait partir le lendemain, s'entretenait avec les disciples, et il prolongea son discours jusqu'à minuit. ⁸ Il y avait beaucoup de lampes dans la chambre haute où nous étions assemblés. ⁹ Or, un jeune homme nommé Eutychus, qui était assis sur la fenêtre, s'endormit profondément pendant le long discours de Paul; entraîné par le sommeil, il tomba du troisième étage en bas, et il fut relevé mort. ¹⁰ Mais Paul, étant descendu, se pencha sur lui et le prit dans ses bras, en disant: Ne vous troublez pas, car son âme est en lui. ¹¹ Quand il fut remonté, il rompit le pain et mangea, et il parla longtemps encore jusqu'au jour. Après quoi il partit. ¹² Le jeune homme fut ramené vivant, et ce fut le sujet d'une grande consolation. ¹³ Pour nous, nous précédâmes Paul sur le navire, et nous fîmes voile pour Assos, où nous étions convenus de le reprendre, parce qu'il devait faire la route à pied. ¹⁴ Lorsqu'il nous eut rejoints à Assos, nous le prîmes à bord, et nous allâmes à Mytilène. ¹⁵ De là, continuant par mer, nous arrivâmes le lendemain vis-à-vis de Chios. Le jour suivant, nous cinglâmes vers Samos, et le jour d'après nous vînmes à Milet. ¹⁶ Paul avait résolu de passer devant Ephèse sans s'y arrêter, afin de ne pas perdre de temps en Asie; car il se hâtait pour se trouver, si cela lui était possible, à Jérusalem le jour de la Pentecôte. ¹⁷ Cependant, de Milet Paul envoya chercher à Ephèse les anciens de l'Eglise. ¹⁸ Lorsqu'ils furent arrivés vers lui, il leur dit: Vous savez de quelle manière, depuis le premier jour où je suis entré en Asie, je me suis sans cesse conduit avec vous, ¹⁹ servant le Seigneur en toute humilité, avec larmes, et au milieu des épreuves que me suscitaient les embûches des Juifs. ²⁰ Vous savez que je n'ai rien caché de ce qui vous était utile, et que je n'ai pas craint de vous prêcher et de vous enseigner publiquement et dans les maisons, ²¹ annonçant aux Juifs et aux Grecs la repentance envers Dieu et la foi en notre Seigneur Jésus-Christ. ²² Et maintenant voici, lié par l'Esprit, je vais à Jérusalem, ne sachant pas ce qui m'y arrivera; ²³ seulement, de ville en ville, l'Esprit-Saint m'avertit que des liens et des tribulations m'attendent. ²⁴ Mais je ne fais pour moi-même aucun cas de ma vie, comme si elle m'était précieuse, pourvu que j'accomplisse ma course avec joie, et le ministère que j'ai reçu du Seigneur Jésus, d'annoncer la bonne nouvelle de la grâce de Dieu. ²⁵ Et maintenant voici, je sais que vous ne verrez plus mon visage, vous tous au milieu desquels j'ai passé en prêchant le royaume de Dieu. ²⁶ C'est pourquoi je vous déclare aujourd'hui que je suis pur du sang de vous tous, ²⁷ car je vous ai annoncé tout le conseil de Dieu, sans en rien cacher. ²⁸ Prenez donc garde à vous-mêmes, et à tout le troupeau sur lequel le Saint-Esprit vous a établis évêques, pour paître l'Eglise du Seigneur, qu'il s'est acquise par son propre sang. ²⁹ Je sais qu'il s'introduira parmi vous, après mon départ, des loups cruels qui n'épargneront pas le troupeau, ³⁰ et qu'il s'élèvera du milieu de vous des hommes qui enseigneront des choses pernicieuses, pour entraîner les disciples après eux. ³¹ Veillez donc, vous souvenant que, durant trois années, je n'ai cessé nuit et jour d'exhorter avec larmes chacun de vous. ³² Et maintenant je vous recommande à Dieu et à la parole de sa grâce, à celui qui peut édifier et donner l'héritage avec tous les sanctifiés. ³³ Je n'ai désiré ni l'argent, ni l'or, ni les vêtements de personne. ³⁴ Vous savez vous-mêmes que ces mains ont pourvu à mes besoins et à ceux des personnes qui étaient avec moi. ³⁵ Je vous ai montré de toutes manières que c'est en travaillant ainsi qu'il faut soutenir les faibles, et se rappeler les paroles du Seigneur, qui a dit lui-même: Il y a plus de bonheur à donner qu'à recevoir. ³⁶ Après avoir ainsi parlé, il se mit à genoux, et il pria avec eux tous. ³⁷ Et tous fondirent en larmes, et, se jetant au cou de Paul, ils l'embrassaient, ³⁸ affligés surtout de ce qu'il avait dit qu'ils ne verraient plus son visage. Et ils l'accompagnèrent jusqu'au navire.

Segond_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G1161 ¶ G3326 Lorsque G2351 le tumulte G3973 eut cessé G5670 G3972 , Paul G4341 réunit G5666 G3101 les disciples G2532 , et G782 , après les avoir exhortés G5666 G1831 , prit congé d’eux G5627 G4198 , et partit G5677 G1519 pour G3109 aller en Macédoine.

2 G1161 G1330 Il parcourut G5631 G1565 cette G3313 contrée G2532 , G846 en adressant aux disciples G4183 de nombreuses G3870 exhortations G5660 G3056 G2064 . (20-3) Puis il se rendit G5627 G1519 en G1671 Grèce,

3 G5037 G4160 où il séjourna G5660 G5140 trois G3376 mois G3195 . Il était sur le point G5723 G321 de s’embarquer G5745 G1519 pour G4947 la Syrie G5259 , quand les Juifs G2453 G846 lui G1096 dressèrent G5637 G1917 des embûches G1096 . Alors il se décida G5633 G1106 G5290 à reprendre G5721 G1223 la route G3109 de la Macédoine.

4 G1161 G846 Il avait pour l G4902 ’accompagner G5711 G891 jusqu’en G773 Asie G4986 : Sopater G961 de Bérée G1161 , G708 fils de Pyrrhus, Aristarque G2532 et G4580 Second G2331 de Thessalonique G2532 , G1050 Gaïus G1190 de Derbe G2532 , G5095 Timothée G1161 , ainsi G5190 que Tychique G2532 et G5161 Trophime G774 , originaires d’Asie.

5 G3778 Ceux-ci G4281 prirent les devants G5631 G2248 , et nous G3306 attendirent G5707 G1722 à G5174 Troas.

6 G1161 G2249 Pour nous G3326 , après G2250 les jours G106 des pains sans levain G1602 , nous nous embarquâmes G5656 G575 à G5375 Philippes G2532 , et G891 , au bout de G4002 cinq G2250 jours G4314 , nous les G846 G2064 rejoignîmes G5627 G1519 à G5174 Troas G3757 , où G1304 nous passâmes G5656 G2033 sept G2250 jours.

7 G1161 ¶ G1722 G3391 Le premier G4521 jour de la semaine G4863 , nous étions réunis G5772 G2806 pour rompre G5658 G740 le pain G3972 . Paul G3195 , qui devait G5723 G1826 partir G5750 G1887 le lendemain G1256 , s’entretenait G5711 G3101 avec les disciples G846 G5037 , et G3905 il prolongea G5707 G3056 son discours G3360 jusqu’à G3317 minuit.

8 G1161 G2258 Il y avait G5713 G2425 beaucoup G2985 de lampes G1722 dans G5253 la chambre haute G3757 où G2258 nous étions G5713 G4863 assemblés G5772 .

9 G1161 Or G5100 , un G3494 jeune homme G3686 nommé G2161 Eutychus G2521 , qui était assis G5740 G1909 sur G2376 la fenêtre G2702 , s’endormit G5746 G5258 G901 profondément G1909 pendant le long G4119 G1256 discours G5740 G3972 de Paul G2702 ; entraîné G5685 G575 par G5258 le sommeil G2736 , il tomba G4098 G5627 G575 du G5152 troisième étage G2532 en bas, et G142 il fut relevé G5681 G3498 mort.

10 G1161 Mais G3972 Paul G2597 , étant descendu G5631 G1968 , se pencha sur G5627 G846 lui G2532 et G4843 le prit dans ses bras G5631 G2036 , en disant G5627 G2350 : Ne vous troublez G5744 G3361 pas G1063 , car G846 son G5590 âme G2076 est G5748 G1722 en G846 lui.

11 G1161 Quand G305 il fut remonté G5631 G2532 , G2806 il rompit G5660 G740 le pain G2532 et G1089 mangea G5666 G5037 , et G3656 il parla G5660 G1909 G2425 longtemps encore G891 jusqu’au G827 jour G3779 . Après quoi G1831 il partit G5627 .

12 G1161 G3816 Le jeune homme G71 fut ramené G5627 G2198 vivant G5723 G2532 , et G3756 ce fut le sujet d’une grande G3357 G3870 consolation G5681 .

13 G1161 ¶ G2249 Pour nous G4281 , nous précédâmes G5631 G3972 Paul G1909 sur G4143 le navire G321 , et nous fîmes voile G5681 G1519 pour G789 Assos G1564 , où G3195 nous étions convenus G5723 G353 de le reprendre G5721 G1063 , parce qu G846 ’il G3779 devait G1299 G5772 G2258 G5713 G3195 G5723 G3978 faire la route à pied G5721 .

14 G1161 G5613 Lorsqu’il G2254 nous G4820 eut rejoints G5627 G1519 à G789 Assos G846 , nous le G353 prîmes G5631 G2064 à bord, et nous allâmes G5627 G1519 à G3412 Mytilène.

15 G2547 De là G636 , continuant G5660 G2658 par mer, nous arrivâmes G5656 G1966 le lendemain G5752 G481 vis-à-vis G5508 de Chios G1161 . G2087 Le jour suivant G3846 , nous cinglâmes G5627 G1519 vers G4544 Samos G2532 , et G2192 le jour d’après G5746 G2064 nous vînmes G5627 G1519 à G3399 Milet.

16 G1063 G3972 Paul G2919 avait résolu G5656 G3896 de passer devant G5658 G2181 Ephèse G846 sans s’y G3704 arrêter, afin de G3361 ne pas G5551 perdre de temps G5658 G1096 G5638 G1722 en G773 Asie G1063 ; car G4692 il se hâtait G5707 G1096 pour se trouver G5635 G1487 , si G846 cela lui G2258 était G5713 G1415 possible G1519 , à G2414 Jérusalem G2250 le jour G4005 de la Pentecôte.

17 G1161 ¶ Cependant G575 , de G3399 Milet G3992 Paul envoya G5660 G3333 chercher G5668 G1519 à G2181 Ephèse G4245 les anciens G1577 de l’Eglise.

18 G1161 G5613 Lorsqu’ils G3854 furent arrivés G5633 G4314 vers G846 lui G846 , il leur G2036 dit G5627 G5210 : Vous G1987 savez G5736 G4459 de quelle manière G575 , depuis G4413 le premier G2250 jour G575 où G3739 G1910 je suis entré G5627 G1519 en G773 Asie G1096 , je me suis G5633 G3956 sans cesse G5550 G3326 conduit avec G5216 vous,

19 G1398 servant G5723 G2962 le Seigneur G3326 en G3956 toute G5012 humilité G2532 , G4183 avec G1144 larmes G2532 , et G3986 au milieu des épreuves G3588 que G3427 me G4819 suscitaient G5631 G1917 les embûches G2453 des Juifs G1722 .

20 G5613 Vous savez que G3762 je n’ai rien G5288 caché G5668 G4851 de ce qui vous était utile G5723 G3361 , et G5213 que je n’ai pas craint de vous G312 prêcher G5658 G2532 et G5209 de vous G1321 enseigner G5658 G1219 publiquement G2532 et G2596 dans G3624 les maisons,

21 G1263 annonçant G5740 G5037 aux G2453 Juifs G2532 et G1672 aux Grecs G3341 la repentance G1519 envers G2316 Dieu G2532 et G4102 la foi G2257 en notre G2962 Seigneur G2424 Jésus G5547 -Christ.

22 G2532 Et G3568 maintenant G2400 voici G5628 G1210 , lié G5772 G4151 par l’Esprit G1473 , je G4198 vais G5736 G1519 à G2419 Jérusalem G1492 , ne sachant G5761 G3361 pas G3427 ce qui m G1722 ’y G846 G4876 arrivera G5694 ;

23 G4133 seulement G3754 G4172 , de ville en ville G2596 G4151 , l’Esprit G40 -Saint G1263 m’avertit G5736 G3004 G5723 G3754 que G1199 des liens G2532 et G2347 des tribulations G3165 m G3306 ’attendent G5719 .

24 G235 Mais G4160 je ne fais G5731 G3762 pour moi-même aucun G3056 cas G3450 de ma G5590 vie G1683 , comme si elle m G5093 ’était précieuse G5613 , pourvu que G5048 j’accomplisse G5658 G3450 ma G1408 course G3326 avec G5479 joie G2532 , et G1248 le ministère G3739 que G2983 j’ai reçu G5627 G3844 du G2962 Seigneur G2424 Jésus G1263 , d’annoncer G5664 G2098 la bonne nouvelle G5485 de la grâce G2316 de Dieu.

25 G2532 Et G3568 maintenant G2400 voici G5628 G1473 , je G1492 sais G5758 G3754 que G3700 vous ne verrez G5695 G3765 plus G3450 mon G4383 visage G5210 , vous G3956 tous G1722 au milieu G3739 desquels G1330 j’ai passé G5627 G2784 en prêchant G5723 G932 le royaume G2316 de Dieu.

26 G1352 C’est pourquoi G5213 je vous G3143 déclare G5736 G1722 aujourd’hui G4594 G2250 G3754 que G1473 je G2513 suis pur G575 du G129 sang G3956 de vous tous,

27 G1063 car G5213 je vous G312 ai annoncé G5658 G3956 tout G1012 le conseil G2316 de Dieu G3756 , sans G3361 G5288 en rien cacher G5668 .

28 G4337 Prenez G0 G3767 donc G4337 garde G5720 G1438 à vous-mêmes G2532 , et G3956 à tout G4168 le troupeau G1722 sur G3739 lequel G40 le Saint G4151 -Esprit G5209 vous G5087 a établis G5639 G1985 évêques G4165 , pour paître G5721 G1577 l’Eglise G2962 du Seigneur G3739 , qu G4046 ’il s’est acquise G5668 G1223 par G2398 son propre G129 sang.

29 G1063 G1473 Je G1492 sais G5758 G5124 G3754 qu G1525 ’il s’introduira G5695 G1519 parmi G5209 vous G3326 , après G3450 mon G867 départ G3074 , des loups G926 cruels G5339 qui n’épargneront G5740 G3361 pas G4168 le troupeau,

30 G2532 et G450 qu’il s’élèvera G5698 G1537 du G5216 milieu G846 de vous G435 des hommes G2980 qui enseigneront G5723 G1294 des choses pernicieuses G5772 G645 , pour entraîner G5721 G3101 les disciples G3694 après G846 eux.

31 G1127 Veillez G5720 G1352 donc G3421 , vous souvenant G5723 G3754 que G5148 , durant trois années G3756 , je n G3973 ’ai cessé G5668 G3571 nuit G2532 et G2250 jour G3560 d’exhorter G5723 G3326 avec G1144 larmes G1538 chacun G1520 de vous.

32 G2532 Et G3569 maintenant G5209 je vous G3908 recommande G5731 G2316 à Dieu G2532 et G3056 à la parole G846 de sa G5485 grâce G3588 , à celui G1410 qui peut G5740 G2026 édifier G5658 G2532 et G1325 donner G5629 G5213 G2817 l’héritage G1722 avec G3956 tous G37 les sanctifiés G5772 .

33 G1937 Je n’ai désiré G5656 G694 ni l’argent G2228 , ni G5553 l’or G2228 , ni G2441 les vêtements G3762 de personne.

34 G1161 G1097 Vous savez G5719 G846 vous-mêmes G3754 que G3778 ces G5495 mains G5256 ont pourvu G5656 G3450 à mes G5532 besoins G2532 et G5607 à ceux des personnes qui étaient G5752 G3326 avec G1700 moi.

35 G5213 Je vous G5263 ai montré G5656 G3956 de toutes manières G3754 que G2872 c’est en travaillant G5723 G3779 ainsi G1163 qu’il faut G5748 G482 soutenir G5738 G770 les faibles G5723 G5037 , et G3421 se rappeler G5721 G3056 les paroles G2962 du Seigneur G3754 , G2036 qui a dit G5627 G2076 lui-même : Il y a G5748 G3123 plus G3107 de bonheur G1325 à donner G5721 G2228 qu G2983 ’à recevoir G5721 .

36 G2532 ¶ G5023 Après avoir ainsi G2036 parlé G5631 G846 , il G5087 se mit G5631 G1119 à genoux G4336 , et il pria G5662 G4862 avec G846 eux G3956 tous.

37 G1161 Et G3956 tous G1096 fondirent G5633 G2425 G2805 en larmes G2532 , et G1968 , se jetant G5631 G1909 au G5137 cou G3972 de Paul G846 , (20-38) ils l G2705 ’embrassaient G5707 ,

38 G3600 affligés G5746 G3122 surtout G1909 de ce qu G3056 ’il avait dit G3739 G2046 G5715 G3754 qu G3195 ’ils ne verraient G5719 G2334 G5721 G3765 plus G846 son G4383 visage G1161 . Et G846 ils l G4311 ’accompagnèrent G5707 G1519 jusqu’au G4143 navire.

SE⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Y después que cesó el alboroto, llamando Pablo a los discípulos, habiéndoles exhortado y abrazado, se despidió, y salió para ir a Macedonia. ² Y después que hubo andado aquellas partes, y de exhortarles con abundancia de palabra, vino a Grecia. ³ Y después de haber estado allí tres meses, y habiendo de navegar a Siria, le fueron puestas asechanzas por los judíos; y así tomó consejo de volverse por Macedonia. ⁴ Y le acompañaron hasta Asia, Sópater de Pyrro, bereense, y los tesalonicenses, Aristarco y Segundo; y Gayo de Derbe, y Timoteo; y de Asia, Tíquico y Trófimo. ⁵ Estos yendo delante, nos esperaron en Troas. ⁶ Y nosotros, pasados los días de los panes sin levadura, navegamos de Filipos y vinimos a ellos a Troas en cinco días, donde estuvimos siete días. ⁷ Y el primero de los sábados, juntos los discípulos a partir el pan, Pablo les enseñaba, habiendo de partir al día siguiente; y alargó el sermón hasta la medianoche. ⁸ Y había muchas lámparas en el aposento alto donde estaban juntos. ⁹ Y un joven llamado Eutico que estaba sentado en una ventana, tomado de un sueño profundo, como Pablo disputaba largamente, postrado del sueño cayó del tercer piso abajo, y fue alzado muerto. ¹⁰ Entonces descendió Pablo, y se derribó sobre él, y abrazándole, dijo: No os alborotéis, que aún su alma está en él. ¹¹ Después subiendo, y partiendo el pan, y gustando, habló largamente hasta el alba, y así salió. ¹² Y llevaron al joven vivo, y fueron consolados no poco. ¹³ Y nosotros subiendo en el navío, navegamos a Asón, para recibir de allí a Pablo; pues así había determinado que debía él ir por tierra. ¹⁴ Cuando se juntó con nosotros en Asón, tomándole vinimos a Mitilene. ¹⁵ Y navegamos de allí, al día siguiente llegamos delante de Quío, y al otro día tomamos puerto en Samos; y habiendo reposado en Trogilio, al día siguiente llegamos a Mileto. ¹⁶ Porque Pablo se había propuesto pasar adelante de Efeso, por no detenerse en Asia, porque se apresuraba por hacer el día de Pentecostés, si le fuese posible, en Jerusalén. ¹⁷ Y enviando desde Mileto a Efeso, hizo llamar a los ancianos de la Iglesia. ¹⁸ Y cuando vinieron a él, les dijo: Vosotros sabéis cómo, desde el primer día que entré en Asia, he estado con vosotros por todo el tiempo, ¹⁹ sirviendo al Señor con toda humildad, y con muchas lágrimas, y tentaciones que me han venido por las asechanzas de los judíos; ²⁰ como nada que fuese útil he rehuido de anunciaros y enseñaros, públicamente y por las casas, ²¹ testificando a los judíos y a los gentiles la conversión a Dios, y la fe en nuestro Señor Jesús, el Cristo. ²² Y ahora, he aquí, que yo atado del Espíritu, voy a Jerusalén, sin saber lo que allá me ha de acontecer; ²³ mas que el Espíritu Santo por todas las ciudades me da testimonio, diciendo que prisiones y tribulaciones me esperan. ²⁴ Mas de ninguna cosa hago caso, ni estimo mi vida preciosa para mí mismo; solamente que acabe mi carrera con gozo, y el ministerio que recibí del Señor Jesús, para dar testimonio del Evangelio de la gracia de Dios. ²⁵ Y ahora, he aquí, yo sé que ninguno de todos vosotros, por quienes he pasado predicando el Reino de Dios, verá más mi rostro. ²⁶ Por tanto, yo os protesto el día de hoy, que yo soy limpio de la sangre de todos; ²⁷ porque no he rehuido de anunciaros todo el consejo de Dios. ²⁸ Por tanto mirad por vosotros y por todo el rebaño en que el Espíritu Santo os ha puesto por obispos, para apacentar la Iglesia de Dios, la cual ganó por su sangre. ²⁹ Porque yo sé que después de mi partida entrarán en medio de vosotros lobos rapaces, que no perdonarán al rebaño; ³⁰ y de vosotros mismos se levantarán hombres que hablen cosas perversas, para llevar discípulos tras sí. ³¹ Por tanto, velad, acordándoos que por tres años de noche y de día, no he cesado de amonestar con lágrimas a cada uno de vosotros. ³² Y ahora también, hermanos, os encomiendo a Dios, y a la Palabra de su gracia, el cual es poderoso para sobreedificar, y daros heredad con todos los santificados. ³³ La plata, o el oro, o el vestido de nadie he codiciado. ³⁴ Antes vosotros sabéis que para lo que me ha sido necesario, y a los que están conmigo, estas manos me han servido. ³⁵ En todo os he enseñado que, trabajando así, es necesario sobrellevar a los enfermos, y tener presente las palabras del Señor Jesús, el cual dijo: Más bienaventurada cosa es dar que recibir. ³⁶ Cuando hubo dicho estas cosas, se puso de rodillas, y oró con todos ellos. ³⁷ Entonces hubo gran lloro de todos; y echándose en el cuello de Pablo, le besaban, ³⁸ doliéndose en gran manera por la palabra que dijo, que no habían de ver más su rostro. Y le acompañaron al navío.

ReinaValera⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Y DESPUÉS que cesó el alboroto, llamando Pablo á los discípulos habiéndoles exhortado y abrazado, se despidió, y partió para ir á Macedonia. ² Y andado que hubo aquellas partes, y exhortádoles con abundancia de palabra, vino á Grecia. ³ Y después de haber estado allí tres meses, y habiendo de navegar á Siria, le fueron puestas asechanzas por los Judíos; y así tomó consejo de volverse por Macedonia. ⁴ Y le acompañaron hasta Asia Sopater Bereense, y los Tesalonicenses, Aristarco y Segundo; y Gayo de Derbe, y Timoteo; y de Asia, Tychîco y Trófimo. ⁵ Estos yendo delante, nos esperaron en Troas. ⁶ Y nosotros, pasados los días de los panes sin levadura, navegamos de Filipos y vinimos á ellos á Troas en cinco días, donde estuvimos siete días. ⁷ Y el día primero de la semana, juntos los discípulos á partir el pan, Pablo les enseñaba, habiendo de partir al día siguiente: y alargó el discurso hasta la media noche. ⁸ Y había muchas lámparas en el aposento alto donde estaban juntos. ⁹ Y un mancebo llamado Eutichô que estaba sentado en la ventana, tomado de un sueño profundo, como Pablo disputaba largamente, postrado del sueño cayó del tercer piso abajo, y fué alzado muerto. ¹⁰ Entonces descendió Pablo, y derribóse sobre él, y abrazándole, dijo: No os alborotéis, que su alma está en él. ¹¹ Después subiendo, y partiendo el pan, y gustando, habló largamente hasta el alba, y así partió. ¹² Y llevaron al mozo vivo, y fueron consolados no poco. ¹³ Y nosotros subiendo en el navío, navegamos á Assón, para recibir de allí á Pablo; pues así había determinado que debía él ir por tierra. ¹⁴ Y como se juntó con nosotros en Assón, tomándole vinimos á Mitilene. ¹⁵ Y navegamos de allí, al día siguiente llegamos delante de Chîo, y al otro día tomamos puerto en Samo: y habiendo reposado en Trogilio, al día siguiente llegamos á Mileto. ¹⁶ Porque Pablo se había propuesto pasar adelante de Efeso, por no deternerse en Asia: porque se apresuraba por hacer el día de Pentecostés, si le fuese posible, en Jerusalem. ¹⁷ Y enviando desde Mileto á Efeso, hizo llamar á los ancianos de la iglesia. ¹⁸ Y cuando vinieron á él, les dijo: Vosotros sabéis cómo, desde el primer día que entré en Asia, he estado con vosotros por todo el tiempo, ¹⁹ Sirviendo al Señor con toda humildad, y con muchas lágrimas, y tentaciones que me han venido por las asechanzas de los Judíos: ²⁰ Cómo nada que fuese útil he rehuído de anunciaros y enseñaros, públicamente y por las casas, ²¹ Testificando á los Judíos y á los Gentiles arrepentimiento para con Dios, y la fe en nuestro Señor Jesucristo. ²² Y ahora, he aquí, ligado yo en espíritu, voy á Jerusalem, sin saber lo que allá me ha de acontecer: ²³ Mas que el Espíritu Santo por todas las ciudades me da testimonio, diciendo que prisiones y tribulaciones me esperan. ²⁴ Mas de ninguna cosa hago caso, ni estimo mi vida preciosa para mí mismo; solamente que acabe mi carrera con gozo, y el ministerio que recibí del Señor Jesús, para dar testimonio del evangelio de la gracia de Dios. ²⁵ Y ahora, he aquí, yo sé que ninguno de todos vosotros, por quien he pasado predicando el reino de Dios, verá más mi rostro. ²⁶ Por tanto, yo os protesto el día de hoy, que yo soy limpio de la sangre de todos: ²⁷ Porque no he rehuído de anunciaros todo el consejo de Dios. ²⁸ Por tanto mirad por vosotros y por todo el rebaño en que el Espíritu Santo os ha puesto por obispos, para apacentar la iglesia del Señor, la cual ganó por su sangre. ²⁹ Porque yo sé que después de mi partida entrarán en medio de vosotros lobos rapaces, que no perdonarán al ganado; ³⁰ Y de vosotros mismos se levantarán hombres que hablen cosas perversas, para llevar discípulos tras sí. ³¹ Por tanto, velad, acordándoos que por tres años de noche y de día, no he cesado de amonestar con lágrimas á cada uno. ³² Y ahora, hermanos, os encomiendo á Dios, y á la palabra de su gracia: el cual es poderoso para sobreedificar, y daros heredad con todos los santificados. ³³ La plata, ó el oro, ó el vestido de nadie he codiciado. ³⁴ Antes vosotros sabéis que para lo que me ha sido necesario, y á los que están conmigo, estas manos me han servido. ³⁵ En todo os he enseñado que, trabajando así, es necesario sobrellevar á los enfermos, y tener presente las palabras del Señor Jesús, el cual dijo: Más bienaventurada cosa es dar que recibir. ³⁶ Y como hubo dicho estas cosas, se puso de rodillas, y oró con todos ellos. ³⁷ Entonces hubo un gran lloro de todos: y echándose en el cuello de Pablo, le besaban, ³⁸ Doliéndose en gran manera por la palabra que dijo, que no habían de ver más su rostro. Y le acompañaron al navío.

JBS⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ¶ Y después que cesó el alboroto, llamando Pablo a los discípulos, habiéndoles exhortado y abrazado, se despidió, y salió para ir a Macedonia. ² Y después que hubo andado aquellas partes, y de exhortarles con abundancia de palabra, vino a Grecia. ³ Y después de haber estado allí tres meses, y habiendo de navegar a Siria, le fueron puestas asechanzas por los judíos; y así tomó consejo de volverse por Macedonia. ⁴ Y le acompañaron hasta Asia, Sópater de Pirro, bereense, y los tesalonicenses, Aristarco y Segundo; y Gayo de Derbe, y Timoteo; y de Asia, Tíquico y Trófimo. ⁵ Estos yendo delante, nos esperaron en Troas. ⁶ Y nosotros, pasados los días de los panes sin levadura, navegamos de Filipos y vinimos a ellos a Troas en cinco días, donde estuvimos siete días. ⁷ ¶ Y el primero de los sábados, juntos los discípulos a partir el pan, Pablo les enseñaba, habiendo de partir al día siguiente; y continuó la palabra hasta la medianoche. ⁸ Y había muchas lámparas en el aposento alto donde estaban juntos. ⁹ Y un joven llamado Eutico que estaba sentado en una ventana, tomado de un sueño profundo, como Pablo predicaba largamente, postrado del sueño cayó del tercer piso abajo, y fue alzado muerto. ¹⁰ Entonces descendió Pablo, y se derribó sobre él, y abrazándole, dijo: No os alborotéis, que aún su alma está en él. ¹¹ Después subiendo, y partiendo el pan, y gustando, habló largamente hasta el alba, y así salió. ¹² Y llevaron al joven vivo, y fueron consolados no poco. ¹³ ¶ Y nosotros subiendo en el navío, navegamos a Asón, para recibir de allí a Pablo; pues así había determinado que debía él ir por tierra. ¹⁴ Cuando se juntó con nosotros en Asón, tomándole vinimos a Mitilene. ¹⁵ Y navegamos de allí, al día siguiente llegamos delante de Quío, y al otro día tomamos puerto en Samos; y habiendo reposado en Trogilio, al día siguiente llegamos a Mileto. ¹⁶ Porque Pablo se había propuesto pasar adelante de Efeso, por no detenerse en Asia, porque se apresuraba por hacer el día de Pentecostés, si le fuera posible, en Jerusalén. ¹⁷ ¶ Y enviando desde Mileto a Efeso, hizo llamar a los ancianos de la Iglesia. ¹⁸ Y cuando vinieron a él, les dijo: Vosotros sabéis cómo, desde el primer día que entré en Asia, he estado con vosotros por todo el tiempo, ¹⁹ sirviendo al Señor con toda humildad, y con muchas lágrimas, y tentaciones que me han venido por las asechanzas de los judíos; ²⁰ como nada que fuera útil he rehuido de anunciaros y enseñaros, públicamente y por las casas, ²¹ testificando a los judíos y a los gentiles el arrepentimiento hacia Dios, y la fe en nuestro Señor Jesús, el Cristo. ²² Y ahora, he aquí, que yo atado del Espíritu, voy a Jerusalén, sin saber lo que allá me ha de acontecer; ²³ mas que el Espíritu Santo por todas las ciudades me da testimonio, diciendo que prisiones y tribulaciones me esperan. ²⁴ Mas de ninguna cosa hago caso, ni estimo mi vida preciosa para mí mismo; solamente que acabe mi carrera con gozo, y el ministerio que recibí del Señor Jesús, para dar testimonio del Evangelio de la gracia de Dios. ²⁵ Y ahora, he aquí, yo sé que ninguno de todos vosotros, por quienes he pasado predicando el Reino de Dios, verá más mi rostro. ²⁶ Por tanto, yo os protesto el día de hoy, que yo soy limpio de la sangre de todos; ²⁷ porque no he rehuido de anunciaros todo el consejo de Dios. ²⁸ Por tanto mirad por vosotros y por todo el rebaño en que el Espíritu Santo os ha puesto por obispos, para apacentar la Iglesia de Dios, la cual ganó por su sangre. ²⁹ Porque yo sé que después de mi partida entrarán en medio de vosotros lobos rapaces, que no perdonarán al rebaño; ³⁰ y de vosotros mismos se levantarán hombres que hablen cosas perversas, para llevar discípulos tras sí. ³¹ Por tanto, velad, acordándoos que por tres años de noche y de día, no he cesado de amonestar con lágrimas a cada uno de vosotros. ³² Y ahora también, hermanos, os encomiendo a Dios, y a la Palabra de su gracia, el cual es poderoso para sobreedificar, y daros heredad con todos los santificados. ³³ La plata, o el oro, o el vestido de nadie he codiciado. ³⁴ Antes vosotros sabéis que para lo que me ha sido necesario, y a los que están conmigo, estas manos me han servido. ³⁵ En todo os he enseñado que, trabajando así, es necesario sobrellevar a los enfermos, y tener presente las palabras del Señor Jesús, el cual dijo: Más bienaventurada cosa es dar que recibir. ³⁶ ¶ Cuando hubo dicho estas cosas, se puso de rodillas, y oró con todos ellos. ³⁷ Entonces hubo gran lloro de todos; y echándose en el cuello de Pablo, le besaban, ³⁸ doliéndose en gran manera por la palabra que dijo, que no habían de ver más su rostro. Y le acompañaron al navío.

Albanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Si pushoi trazira, Pali i thirri dishepujt pranë vetes, i përqafoi dhe u nis për të vajtur në Maqedoni. ² Dhe si i përshkoi ato krahina dhe u dha shumë këshilla, shkoi në Greqi. ³ Dhe mbasi kaloi atje tre muaj, duke qenë se Judenjtë kishin kurdisur një komplot kundër tij kur përgatitej të lundronte për në Siri, vendosi të kthehet nga ana e Maqedonisë. ⁴ Dhe deri në Azi e përcollën Sopatri nga Berea, Aristarku dhe Sekundi nga Thesaloniki, Gai nga Derba dhe Timoteu, dhe Tikiku e Trofimi nga Azia. ⁵ Këta ishin nisur para nesh dhe na prisnin në Troas. ⁶ Kurse ne u nisëm nga Filipi, pas ditëve të të Ndormëve, dhe për pesë ditë i arritëm në Troas, ku qëndruam shtatë ditë. ⁷ Ditën e parë të javës, kur ishin mbledhur dishepujt për të thyer bukën, Pali, i cili duhet të nisej të nesërmen, bisedonte me ta dhe e zgjati fjalën deri në mesnatë. ⁸ Dhe në sallën ku ishim mbledhur kishte shumë llamba. ⁹ Një djalosh me emër Eutik, që ishte ulur në parvazin e dritares, e zuri një gjumë i rëndë; dhe, ndërsa Pali e çoi fjalën gjatë, e zuri gjumi, ra nga kati i tretë poshtë dhe e ngritën të vdekur. ¹⁰ Por Pali, si zbriti, ra mbi të, e përqafoi dhe tha: ''Mos u shqetësoni, se shpirti i tij është në të''. ¹¹ Atëherë u ngjit përsëri lart, e theu bukën dhe hëngri; dhe, pasi foli gjatë deri në të gdhirë, u nis. ¹² Ndërkaq e prunë djalin të gjallë, dhe u ngushëlluan jo pak. ¹³ Kurse ne, që kishim hipur tashmë në anije, lundruam për në Asos, ku kishim ndër mend të merrnim Palin, sepse kështu kishte caktuar, mbasi donte vetë të shkonte më këmbë. ¹⁴ Kur na arriti në Asos, e morëm dhe arritëm në Mitilinë. ¹⁵ Lundruam prej andej dhe të nesërmen arritëm përballë Hiosit; një ditë më pas arritëm në Samo dhe, pas një ndalese në Trogjili, arritëm të nesërmen në Milet. ¹⁶ Sepse Pali kishte vendosur të lundronte pa u ndalur në Efes, që të mos humbiste kohë në Azi; sepse nxitonte që të ndodhej, po të ishte e mundur, në Jeruzalem ditën e Rrëshajëve. ¹⁷ Nga Mileti dërgoi në Efes për të thirrur pleqtë e kishës. ¹⁸ Kur ata erdhën tek ai, ai u tha atyre: ''Ju e dini dita e parë që hyra në Azi si kam jetuar midis jush për të gjithë këtë kohë, ¹⁹ duke i shërbyer Zotit me gjithë përulësi e me shumë lot e me prova që m'u bënë nga tinëzitë e Judenjve; ²⁰ dhe si unë nuk fsheha asnjë nga ato gjëra që ishin të dobishme për ju, por jua shpalla juve dhe jua mësova botërisht dhe nëpër shtëpi, ²¹ duke u deklaruar solemnisht Judenjve dhe Grekëve mbi pendimin te Perëndi dhe për besimin në Zotin tonë Jezu Krisht. ²² Dhe ja, tani, i shtyrë nga Fryma, po shkoj në Jeruzalem pa ditur se ç'do të më ndodhë atje, ²³ përveçse Fryma e Shenjtë dëshmon për mua në çdo qytet, duke thënë se më presin pranga dhe mundime. ²⁴ Por unë nuk dua t'ia di fare për jetën time që nuk e çmoj aq, sa ta kryej me gëzim vrapimin tim dhe shërbesën që mora nga Zoti Jezus, të dëshmoj plotësisht ungjillin e hirit të Perëndisë. ²⁵ Dhe ja, tani e di se të gjithë ju, në mes të të cilëve kam vajtur dhe ardhur duke predikuar mbretërinë e Perëndisë, nuk do të shihni më fytyrën time. ²⁶ Prandaj sot po ju deklaroj se unë jam i pastër nga gjaku i të gjithëve; ²⁷ sepse nuk u tërhoqa prapa për të mos ju treguar gjithë këshillën e Perëndisë. ²⁸ Tregoni kujdes, pra, për veten tuaj dhe për gjithë tufën, në mes të së cilës Fryma e Shenjtë ju ka vënë ju kujdestarë që të kullotni kishën e Perëndisë, të cilën ai e ka fituar me gjakun e tij. ²⁹ Në fakt unë e di se, pas largimit tim, do të hyjnë midis jush ujqër grabitqarë, që nuk do ta kursejnë tufën, ³⁰ edhe vetë midis jush do të dalin njerëz që do të flasin gjëra të çoroditura që të tërheqin pas vetes dishepujt. ³¹ Prandaj rrini zgjuar, dhe mbani mend se për tre vjet me radhë, ditë e natë, nuk pushova kurrë të paralajmëroj secilin me lot. ³² Dhe tani, o vëllezër, unë po ju lë te Perëndia dhe te fjala e hirit të tij, që është në gjendje t'ju ndërtojë dhe t'ju japë trashëgimin në mes të të gjithë të shenjtëruarve. ³³ Unë nuk kam dashur as argjend, as ar, as rrobat e ndonjërit. ³⁴ Dhe ju vetë e dini se këto duar kanë punuar për nevojat e mia dhe për ata që ishin bashkë me mua. ³⁵ Dhe në çdo gjë ju kam treguar se, duke u munduar në këtë mënyrë, duhet të ndihmohen të lëngatët dhe të kujtohen fjalët e Zotit Jezus, i cili tha: "Ka më shumë lumturi të japësh sesa të marrësh!"''. ³⁶ Dhe, si kishte thënë këto gjëra, u ul mbi gjunjë dhe u lut me ata të gjithë. ³⁷ Atëherë të gjithë qanë me të madhe, e rroknin në qafë Palin dhe e puthnin, ³⁸ të hidhëruar sidomos për fjalën që kishte thënë, se nuk do ta shihnin më fytyrën e tij. Pastaj e përcollën në anije.

RST⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ По прекращении мятежа Павел, призвав учеников и дав им наставления и простившись с ними, вышел ипошел в Македонию. ² Пройдя же те места и преподав верующим обильные наставления, пришел в Елладу. ³ Там пробыл он три месяца. Когда же, по случаю возмущения, сделанного против него Иудеями, он хотел отправиться в Сирию, то пришло ему намысль возвратиться через Македонию. ⁴ Его сопровождали до Асии Сосипатр Пирров, Вериянин, и изФессалоникийцев Аристарх и Секунд, и Гаий Дервянин и Тимофей, и Асийцы Тихик и Трофим. ⁵ Они, пойдя вперед, ожидали нас в Троаде. ⁶ А мы, после дней опресночных, отплыли из Филипп и дней в пять прибыли к ним в Троаду, где пробыли семь дней. ⁷ В первый же день недели, когда ученики собрались для преломления хлеба, Павел, намереваясь отправиться в следующий день, беседовал с ними и продолжил слово до полуночи. ⁸ В горнице, где мы собрались, было довольно светильников. ⁹ Во время продолжительной беседы Павловой один юноша, именем Евтих, сидевший на окне, погрузился в глубокий сон и, пошатнувшись, сонный упал вниз с третьего жилья, и поднят мертвым. ¹⁰ Павел, сойдя, пал на него и, обняв его, сказал: не тревожьтесь, ибо душа его в нем. ¹¹ Взойдя же и преломив хлеб и вкусив, беседовал довольно, даже до рассвета, и потом вышел. ¹² Между тем отрока привели живого, и немало утешились. ¹³ Мы пошли вперед на корабль и поплыли в Асс, чтобы взять оттуда Павла; ибо он так приказал нам, намереваясь сам идти пешком. ¹⁴ Когда же он сошелся с нами в Ассе, то, взяв его, мы прибыли в Митилину. ¹⁵ И, отплыв оттуда, в следующий день мы остановились против Хиоса, а на другой пристали к Самосу и, побывав в Трогиллии, в следующий день прибыли в Милит, ¹⁶ ибо Павлу рассудилось миновать Ефес, чтобы не замедлить ему в Асии; потому что он поспешал, если можно, в день Пятидесятницы быть в Иерусалиме. ¹⁷ Из Милита же послав в Ефес, он призвал пресвитеров церкви, ¹⁸ и, когда они пришли к нему, он сказал им: вы знаете, как я с первого дня, в который пришелв Асию, все время был с вами, ¹⁹ работая Господу со всяким смиренномудрием и многими слезами, среди искушений, приключавшихся мне по злоумышлениям Иудеев; ²⁰ как я не пропустил ничего полезного, о чем вам не проповедывал бы и чему не учил бы вас всенародно и по домам, ²¹ возвещая Иудеям и Еллинам покаяние пред Богом и веру в Господа нашего Иисуса Христа. ²² И вот, ныне я, по влечению Духа, иду в Иерусалим, не зная, что там встретится со мною; ²³ только Дух Святый по всем городам свидетельствует, говоря, что узы и скорби ждут меня. ²⁴ Но я ни на что не взираю и не дорожу своею жизнью, только бы с радостью совершить поприще мое и служение, которое я принял от Господа Иисуса, проповедать Евангелие благодати Божией. ²⁵ И ныне, вот, я знаю, что уже не увидите лица моего все вы, между которыми ходил я, проповедуя Царствие Божие. ²⁶ Посему свидетельствую вам в нынешний день, что чистя от крови всех, ²⁷ ибо я не упускал возвещать вам всю волю Божию. ²⁸ Итак внимайте себе и всему стаду, в котором Дух Святый поставил вас блюстителями, пасти Церковь Господа и Бога, которую Он приобрел Себе Кровию Своею. ²⁹ Ибо я знаю, что, по отшествии моем, войдут к вам лютые волки, не щадящие стада; ³⁰ и из вас самих восстанут люди, которыебудут говорить превратно, дабы увлечь учеников за собою. ³¹ Посему бодрствуйте, памятуя, что я три года день и ночь непрестанно со слезами учил каждого из вас. ³² И ныне предаю вас, братия, Богу и слову благодати Его, могущему назидать вас более и дать вам наследие со всеми освященными. ³³ Ни серебра, ни золота, ни одежды я ни от кого не пожелал: ³⁴ сами знаете, что нуждам моим и нуждам бывшихпри мне послужили руки мои сии. ³⁵ Во всем показал я вам, что, так трудясь, надобно поддерживать слабых и памятовать слова Господа Иисуса, ибо Он Сам сказал: „блаженнее давать, нежели принимать". ³⁶ Сказав это, он преклонил колени свои и со всеми ими помолился. ³⁷ Тогда немалый плач был у всех, и, падая на выю Павла, целовали его, ³⁸ скорбя особенно от сказанного им слова, что они уже не увидят лица его. И провожали его до корабля.

Peshitta⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ܘܒܬܪ ܕܫܠܝ ܫܓܘܫܝܐ ܩܪܐ ܦܘܠܘܤ ܠܬܠܡܝܕܐ ܘܒܝܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܢܫܩ ܐܢܘܢ ܘܢܦܩ ܐܙܠ ܠܗ ܠܡܩܕܘܢܝܐ ܀ ² ܘܟܕ ܐܬܟܪܟ ܐܢܘܢ ܠܐܬܪܘܬܐ ܗܠܝܢ ܘܒܝܐ ܐܢܘܢ ܒܡܠܐ ܤܓܝܐܬܐ ܐܬܐ ܠܗ ܠܗܠܤ ܐܬܪܐ ܀ ³ ܘܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܝܪܚܝܢ ܥܒܕܘ ܕܝܢ ܥܠܘܗܝ ܢܟܠܐ ܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܟܕ ܥܬܝܕ ܗܘܐ ܠܡܐܙܠ ܠܤܘܪܝܐ ܘܐܬܚܫܒ ܕܢܗܦܘܟ ܠܗ ܠܡܩܕܘܢܝܐ ܀ ⁴ ܘܢܦܩܘ ܥܡܗ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܐܤܝܐ ܤܘܦܛܪܘܤ ܕܡܢ ܒܪܘܐܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܘܐܪܤܛܪܟܘܤ ܘܤܩܘܢܕܘܤ ܕܡܢ ܬܤܠܘܢܝܩܐ ܘܓܐܝܘܤ ܕܡܢ ܕܪܒܐ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܘܛܝܡܬܐܘܤ ܕܡܢ ܠܘܤܛܪܐ ܘܡܢ ܐܤܝܐ ܛܘܟܝܩܘܤ ܘܛܪܘܦܝܡܘܤ ܀ ⁵ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܙܠܘ ܩܕܡܝܢ ܘܩܘܝܘ ܠܢ ܒܛܪܘܐܤ ܀ ⁶ ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܢܦܩܢ ܡܢ ܦܝܠܝܦܘܤ ܡܕܝܢܬܐ ܕܡܩܕܘܢܝܐ ܒܬܪ ܝܘܡܬܐ ܕܦܛܝܪܐ ܘܪܕܝܢ ܒܝܡܐ ܘܐܬܝܢ ܠܛܪܘܐܤ ܠܝܘܡܬܐ ܚܡܫܐ ܘܗܘܝܢ ܬܡܢ ܝܘܡܬܐ ܫܒܥܐ ܀ ⁷ ܘܒܝܘܡܐ ܕܚܕ ܒܫܒܐ ܟܕ ܟܢܝܫܝܢܢ ܕܢܩܨܐ ܐܘܟܪܤܛܝܐ ܡܡܠܠ ܗܘܐ ܥܡܗܘܢ ܦܘܠܘܤ ܡܛܠ ܕܠܝܘܡܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܥܬܝܕ ܗܘܐ ܕܢܦܘܩ ܠܗ ܘܐܓܪ ܗܘܐ ܠܡܡܠܠܘ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܦܠܓܗ ܕܠܠܝܐ ܀ ⁸ ܘܐܝܬ ܗܘܐ ܬܡܢ ܠܡܦܐܕܐ ܕܢܘܪܐ ܤܓܝܐܐ ܒܥܠܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܟܢܝܫܝܢ ܗܘܝܢ ܒܗ ܀ ⁹ ܘܝܬܒ ܗܘܐ ܥܠܝܡܐ ܚܕ ܕܫܡܗ ܗܘܐ ܐܘܛܟܘܤ ܒܟܘܬܐ ܘܫܡܥ ܘܛܒܥ ܒܫܢܬܐ ܝܩܝܪܬܐ ܟܕ ܐܓܪ ܗܘܐ ܒܡܠܬܐ ܦܘܠܘܤ ܘܒܫܢܬܗ ܢܦܠ ܗܘܐ ܡܢ ܬܠܬܐ ܡܕܝܪܝܢ ܘܐܫܬܩܠ ܟܕ ܡܝܬ ܀ ¹⁰ ܘܢܚܬ ܦܘܠܘܤ ܢܦܠ ܠܥܠ ܡܢܗ ܘܥܦܩܗ ܘܐܡܪ ܠܐ ܬܬܙܝܥܘܢ ܡܛܠ ܕܢܦܫܗ ܒܗ ܗܝ ܀ ¹¹ ܟܕ ܤܠܩ ܕܝܢ ܩܨܐ ܠܚܡܐ ܘܛܥܡ ܘܗܘܐ ܡܡܠܠ ܥܕܡܐ ܕܤܠܩ ܨܦܪܐ ܘܗܝܕܝܢ ܢܦܩ ܕܢܐܙܠ ܒܝܒܫܐ ܀ ¹² ܘܕܒܪܘܗܝ ܠܥܠܝܡܐ ܟܕ ܚܝ ܘܚܕܝܘ ܒܗ ܪܘܪܒܐܝܬ ܀ ¹³ ܚܢܢ ܕܝܢ ܢܚܬܢ ܠܐܠܦܐ ܘܪܕܝܢ ܠܘܥܕܐ ܕܬܤܘܤ ܡܛܠ ܕܡܢ ܬܡܢ ܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܗܘܝܢ ܕܢܩܒܠܝܘܗܝ ܠܦܘܠܘܤ ܗܟܢܐ ܓܝܪ ܦܩܕ ܗܘܐ ܠܢ ܟܕ ܐܙܠ ܗܘܐ ܗܘ ܒܝܒܫܐ ܀ ¹⁴ ܟܕ ܕܝܢ ܩܒܠܢܝܗܝ ܡܢ ܬܤܘܤ ܫܩܠܢܝܗܝ ܒܐܠܦܐ ܘܐܬܝܢ ܠܡܝܛܘܠܝܢܐ ܀ ¹⁵ ܘܡܢ ܬܡܢ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܪܕܝܢ ܠܘܩܒܠ ܟܝܘܤ ܓܙܪܬܐ ܘܬܘܒ ܠܝܘܡܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܐܬܝܢ ܠܤܡܘܤ ܘܩܘܝܢ ܒܛܪܘܓܠܝܘܢ ܘܠܝܘܡܐ ܐܚܪܢܐ ܐܬܝܢ ܠܡܝܠܝܛܘܤ ܀ ¹⁶ ܦܤܝܩ ܗܘܐ ܠܗ ܓܝܪ ܠܦܘܠܘܤ ܕܢܥܒܪܝܗ ܠܐܦܤܘܤ ܕܠܡܐ ܢܫܬܘܚܪ ܠܗ ܬܡܢ ܡܛܠ ܕܡܤܪܗܒ ܗܘܐ ܕܐܢ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܝܘܡܐ ܕܦܢܛܩܘܤܛܐ ܒܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܢܥܒܕܝܘܗܝ ܀ ¹⁷ ܘܡܢܗ ܡܢ ܡܝܠܝܛܘܤ ܫܕܪ ܐܝܬܝ ܠܩܫܝܫܐ ܕܥܕܬܐ ܕܐܦܤܘܤ ܀ ¹⁸ ܘܟܕ ܐܬܘ ܠܘܬܗ ܐܡܪ ܠܗܘܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܝܕܥܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܕܡܢ ܝܘܡܐ ܩܕܡܝܐ ܕܥܠܬ ܠܐܤܝܐ ܐܝܟܢܐ ܗܘܝܬ ܥܡܟܘܢ ܟܠܗ ܙܒܢܐ ܀ ¹⁹ ܟܕ ܦܠܚ ܐܢܐ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܒܡܟܝܟܘܬܐ ܤܓܝܐܬܐ ܘܒܕܡܥܐ ܘܒܢܤܝܘܢܐ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܥܕܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܥܠܝ ܒܢܟܠܝܗܘܢ ܕܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܀ ²⁰ ܘܠܐ ܒܤܝܬ ܒܡܕܡ ܕܦܩܚ ܗܘܐ ܠܢܦܫܬܟܘܢ ܕܐܟܪܙ ܠܟܘܢ ܘܐܠܦ ܒܫܘܩܐ ܘܒܒܬܐ ܀ ²¹ ܟܕ ܡܤܗܕ ܗܘܝܬ ܠܝܗܘܕܝܐ ܘܠܐܪܡܝܐ ܥܠ ܬܝܒܘܬܐ ܕܠܘܬ ܐܠܗܐ ܘܗܝܡܢܘܬܐ ܕܒܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܫܝܚܐ ܀ ²² ܘܗܫܐ ܐܢܐ ܐܤܝܪ ܐܢܐ ܒܪܘܚܐ ܘܐܙܠ ܐܢܐ ܠܐܘܪܫܠܡ ܘܠܐ ܝܕܥ ܐܢܐ ܡܢܐ ܐܪܥ ܠܝ ܒܗ ܀ ²³ ܒܪܡ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܒܟܠ ܡܕܝܢܐ ܡܤܗܕ ܠܝ ܘܐܡܪ ܕܐܤܘܪܐ ܘܐܘܠܨܢܐ ܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܠܟ ܀ ²⁴ ܐܠܐ ܠܝ ܠܐ ܚܫܝܒܐ ܢܦܫܝ ܡܕܡ ܐܝܟ ܕܐܫܠܡ ܪܗܛܝ ܘܬܫܡܫܬܐ ܕܩܒܠܬ ܡܢ ܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܕܐܤܗܕ ܥܠ ܤܒܪܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܀ ²⁵ ܘܗܫܐ ܐܢܐ ܝܕܥ ܐܢܐ ܕܬܘܒ ܦܪܨܘܦܝ ܠܐ ܚܙܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܟܠܟܘܢ ܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܬܟܪܟܬ ܐܟܪܙܬ ܠܟܘܢ ܡܠܟܘܬܐ ܀ ²⁶ ܘܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܡܤܗܕ ܐܢܐ ܠܟܘܢ ܝܘܡܐ ܕܝܘܡܢܐ ܕܕܟܐ ܐܢܐ ܡܢ ܕܡܐ ܕܟܠܟܘܢ ܀ ²⁷ ܠܐ ܓܝܪ ܐܫܬܐܠܬ ܕܐܘܕܥܟܘܢ ܟܠܗ ܨܒܝܢܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܀ ²⁸ ܐܙܕܗܪܘ ܗܟܝܠ ܒܢܦܫܟܘܢ ܘܒܟܠܗ ܡܪܥܝܬܐ ܗܝ ܕܐܩܝܡܟܘܢ ܒܗ ܪܘܚܐ ܕܩܘܕܫܐ ܐܦܤܩܘܦܐ ܕܬܪܥܘܢ ܠܥܕܬܗ ܕܐܠܗܐ ܗܝ ܕܩܢܗ ܒܕܡܗ ܀ ²⁹ ܐܢܐ ܝܕܥ ܐܢܐ ܕܡܢ ܒܬܪ ܕܐܙܠ ܐܢܐ ܢܥܠܘܢ ܥܡܟܘܢ ܕܐܒܐ ܬܩܝܦܐ ܕܠܐ ܚܝܤܝܢ ܥܠ ܡܪܥܝܬܐ ܀ ³⁰ ܘܐܦ ܡܢܟܘܢ ܕܝܠܟܘܢ ܢܩܘܡܘܢ ܓܒܪܐ ܡܡܠܠܝ ܡܥܩܡܬܐ ܐܝܟ ܕܢܗܦܟܘܢ ܠܬܠܡܝܕܐ ܕܢܐܙܠܘܢ ܒܬܪܗܘܢ ܀ ³¹ ܡܛܠ ܗܢܐ ܗܘܝܬܘܢ ܥܝܪܝܢ ܘܥܗܝܕܝܢ ܕܫܢܝܐ ܬܠܬ ܠܐ ܫܠܝܬ ܒܠܠܝܐ ܘܒܐܝܡܡܐ ܟܕ ܒܕܡܥܐ ܡܪܬܐ ܐܢܐ ܠܐܢܫ ܐܢܫ ܡܢܟܘܢ ܀ ³² ܘܗܫܐ ܡܓܥܠ ܐܢܐ ܠܟܘܢ ܠܐܠܗܐ ܘܠܡܠܬܐ ܕܛܝܒܘܬܗ ܕܗܝ ܡܫܟܚܐ ܒܢܝܐ ܠܟܘܢ ܘܝܗܒܐ ܠܟܘܢ ܝܘܪܬܢܐ ܥܡ ܟܠܗܘܢ ܩܕܝܫܐ ܀ ³³ ܟܤܦܐ ܐܘ ܕܗܒܐ ܐܘ ܢܚܬܐ ܠܐ ܪܓܬ ܀ ³⁴ ܘܐܢܬܘܢ ܝܕܥܝܢ ܐܢܬܘܢ ܕܠܤܢܝܩܘܬܝ ܘܠܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܐܝܬ ܥܡܝ ܫܡܫ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܝܕܝ ܀ ³⁵ ܘܟܠܡܕܡ ܚܘܝܬܟܘܢ ܕܗܟܢܐ ܘܠܐ ܠܡܠܐܐ ܘܠܡܐܨܦ ܕܐܝܠܝܢ ܕܟܪܝܗܝܢ ܘܠܡܥܗܕܘ ܡܠܘܗܝ ܕܡܪܢ ܝܫܘܥ ܡܛܠ ܕܗܘ ܐܡܪ ܕܛܘܒܘܗܝ ܠܐܝܢܐ ܕܝܗܒ ܝܬܝܪ ܡܢ ܐܝܢܐ ܕܢܤܒ ܀ ³⁶ ܘܟܕ ܗܠܝܢ ܐܡܪ ܩܥܕ ܥܠ ܒܘܪܟܘܗܝ ܘܨܠܝ ܘܟܠܗܘܢ ܐܢܫܐ ܥܡܗ ܀ ³⁷ ܘܗܘܬ ܒܟܬܐ ܪܒܬܐ ܒܟܠܗܘܢ ܘܥܦܩܘܗܝ ܘܡܢܫܩܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܠܗ ܀ ³⁸ ܝܬܝܪܐܝܬ ܕܝܢ ܡܫܬܢܩܝܢ ܗܘܘ ܥܠ ܗܝ ܡܠܬܐ ܕܐܡܪ ܕܠܐ ܬܘܒ ܥܬܝܕܝܢ ܕܢܚܙܘܢ ܦܪܨܘܦܗ ܘܠܘܝܘܗܝ ܥܕܡܐ ܠܐܠܦܐ ܀

Arabic⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ وبعد ما انتهى الشغب دعا بولس التلاميذ وودعهم وخرج ليذهب الى مكدونية‎. ² ‎ولما كان قد اجتاز في تلك النواحي ووعظهم بكلام كثير جاء الى هلاس ³ فصرف ثلاثة اشهر. ثم اذ حصلت مكيدة من اليهود عليه وهو مزمع ان يصعد الى سورية صار رأي ان يرجع على طريق مكدونية‎. ⁴ ‎فرافقه الى اسيا سوباترس البيري. ومن اهل تسالونيكي ارسترخس وسكوندس وغايوس الدربي وتيموثاوس. ومن اهل اسيا تيخيكس وتروفيمس‎. ⁵ ‎هؤلاء سبقوا وانتظرونا في ترواس‎. ⁶ ‎واما نحن فسافرنا في البحر بعد ايام الفطير من فيلبي ووافيناهم في خمسة ايام الى ترواس حيث صرفنا سبعة ايام ⁷ وفي اول الاسبوع اذ كان التلاميذ مجتمعين ليكسروا خبزا خاطبهم بولس وهو مزمع ان يمضي في الغد واطال الكلام الى نصف الليل‎. ⁸ ‎وكانت مصابيح كثيرة في العليّة التي كانوا مجتمعين فيها‎. ⁹ ‎وكان شاب اسمه افتيخوس جالسا في الطاقة متثقلا بنوم عميق. واذ كان بولس يخاطب خطابا طويلا غلب عليه النوم فسقط من الطبقة الثالثة الى اسفل وحمل ميتا‎. ¹⁰ ‎فنزل بولس ووقع عليه واعتنقه قائلا لا تضطربوا لان نفسه فيه‎. ¹¹ ‎ثم صعد وكسر خبزا واكل وتكلم كثيرا الى الفجر. وهكذا خرج‎. ¹² ‎وأتوا بالفتى حيّا وتعزوا تعزية ليست بقليلة ¹³ واما نحن فسبقنا الى السفينة واقلعنا الى اسوس مزمعين ان نأخذ بولس من هناك لانه كان قد رتب هكذا مزمعا ان يمشي‎. ¹⁴ ‎فلما وافانا الى اسوس اخذناه وأتينا الى ميتيليني‎. ¹⁵ ‎ثم سافرنا من هناك في البحر واقبلنا في الغد الى مقابل خيوس‏‎. ‎وفي اليوم الآخر وصلنا الى ساموس واقمنا في تروجيليون ثم في اليوم التالي جئنا الى ميليتس‎. ¹⁶ ‎لان بولس عزم ان يتجاوز افسس في البحر لئلا يعرض له ان يصرف وقتا في اسيا. لانه كان يسرع حتى اذا امكنه يكون في اورشليم في يوم الخمسين ¹⁷ ومن ميليتس ارسل الى افسس واستدعى قسوس الكنيسة‎. ¹⁸ ‎فلما جاءوا اليه قال لهم انتم تعلمون من اول يوم دخلت اسيا كيف كنت معكم كل الزمان‎. ¹⁹ ‎اخدم الرب بكل تواضع ودموع كثيرة وبتجارب اصابتني بمكايد اليهود. ²⁰ كيف لم أؤخر شيئا من الفوائد الا واخبرتكم وعلمتكم به جهرا وفي كل بيت‎. ²¹ ‎شاهدا لليهود واليونانيين بالتوبة الى الله والايمان الذي بربنا يسوع المسيح‎. ²² ‎والآن ها انا اذهب الى اورشليم مقيدا بالروح لا اعلم ماذا يصادفني هناك‎. ²³ ‎غير ان الروح القدس يشهد في كل مدينة قائلا ان وثقا وشدائد تنتظرني‎. ²⁴ ‎ولكنني لست احتسب لشيء ولا نفسي ثمينة عندي حتى اتمم بفرح سعيي والخدمة التي اخذتها من الرب يسوع لاشهد ببشارة نعمة الله‎. ²⁵ ‎والآن ها انا اعلم انكم لا ترون وجهي ايضا انتم جميعا الذين مررت بينكم كارزا بملكوت الله‎. ²⁶ ‎لذلك أشهدكم اليوم هذا اني بريء من دم الجميع‎. ²⁷ ‎لاني لم أؤخر ان اخبركم بكل مشورة الله‎. ²⁸ ‎احترزوا اذا لانفسكم ولجميع الرعية التي اقامكم الروح القدس فيها اساقفة لترعوا كنيسة الله التي اقتناها بدمه‎. ²⁹ ‎لاني اعلم هذا انه بعد ذهابي سيدخل بينكم ذئاب خاطفة لا تشفق على الرعية‎. ³⁰ ‎ومنكم انتم سيقوم رجال يتكلمون بامور ملتوية ليجتذبوا التلاميذ وراءهم‎. ³¹ ‎لذلك اسهروا متذكرين اني ثلاث سنين ليلا ونهارا لم افتر عن ان انذر بدموع كل واحد‎. ³² ‎والآن استودعكم يا اخوتي للّه ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع المقدسين‎. ³³ ‎فضة او ذهب او لباس احد لم اشته‎. ³⁴ ‎انتم تعلمون ان حاجاتي وحاجات الذين معي خدمتها هاتان اليدان‎. ³⁵ ‎في كل شيء اريتكم انه هكذا ينبغي انكم تتعبون وتعضدون الضعفاء متذكرين كلمات الرب يسوع انه قال مغبوط هو العطاء اكثر من الاخذ‎. ³⁶ ‎ولما قال هذا جثا على ركبتيه مع جميعهم وصلّى‎. ³⁷ ‎وكان بكاء عظيم من الجميع ووقعوا على عنق بولس يقبلونه ³⁸ متوجعين ولا سيما من الكلمة التي قالها انهم لن يروا وجهه ايضا. ثم شيعوه الى السفينة

Amharic⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ሁከቱም ከቀረ በኋላ ጳውሎስ ደቀ መዛሙርቱን አስመጥቶ መከራቸው፥ ተሰናብቶአቸውም ወደ መቄዶንያ ይሄድ ዘንድ ወጣ። ² ያንም አገር እያለፈ በብዙ ቃል ከመከራቸው በኋላ ወደ ግሪክ አገር መጣ። ³ በዚያም ሦስት ወር ተቀምጦ ወደ ሶርያ በመርከብ ሊሄድ ባሰበ ጊዜ፥ አይሁድ ሴራ ስላደረጉበት በመቄዶንያ አልፎ ይመለስ ዘንድ ቆረጠ። ⁴ የሸኙትም የቤርያው ሱሲጳጥሮስ ከተሰሎንቄ ሰዎችም አርስጥሮኮስና ሲኮንዱስ የደርቤኑም ጋይዮስና ጢሞቴዎስ የእስያ ሰዎችም ቲኪቆስ ጥሮፊሞስም ነበሩ፤ ⁵ እነዚህም ወደ ፊታችን አልፈው በጢሮአዳ ቆዩን። ⁶ እኛ ግን ከቂጣ በዓል ቀን በኋላ ከፊልጵስዩስ በመርከብ ተነሥተን በአምስት ቀን ወደ ጢሮአዳ ወደ እነርሱ ደረስንና በዚያ ሰባት ቀን ተቀመጥን። ⁷ ከሳምንቱም በመጀመሪያ ቀን እንጀራ ለመቁረስ ተሰብስበን ሳለን፥ ጳውሎስ በነገው ሊሄድ ስላሰበ ከእነርሱ ጋር ይነጋገር ነበር፥ እስከ መንፈቀ ሌሊትም ነገሩን አስረዘመ። ⁸ ተሰብስበንም በነበርንበት ሰገነት እጅግ መብራት ነበረ። ⁹ አውጤኪስ የሚሉትም አንድ ጎበዝ በመስኮት ተቀምጦ ታላቅ እንቅልፍ አንቀላፍቶ ነበር፤ ጳውሎስም ነገርን ባስረዘመ ጊዜ እንቅልፍ ከብዶት ከሦስተኛው ደርብ ወደ ታች ወደቀ፥ ሞቶም አነሡት። ¹⁰ ጳውሎስም ወርዶ በላዩ ወደቀ፥ አቅፎም። ነፍሱ አለችበትና አትንጫጩ አላቸው። ¹¹ ወጥቶም እንጀራ ቆርሶም በላ፤ ብዙ ጊዜም እስኪነጋ ድረስ ተነጋገረ እንዲህም ሄደ። ¹² ብላቴናውንም ደኅና ሆኖ ወሰዱት እጅግም ተጽናኑ። ¹³ እኛ ግን ጳውሎስን ከዚያ እንቀበለው ዘንድ ስላለን ወደ መርከብ ቀድመን ሄድንና ወደ አሶን ተነሣን፤ እርሱ በመሬት ይሄድ ዘንድ ስላሰበ እንደዚህ አዞ ነበርና። ¹⁴ በአሶንም ባገኘን ጊዜ ተቀብለነው ወደ ሚጢሊኒ መጣን፤ ¹⁵ በማግሥቱም ከዚያ በባሕር ተነሥተን በኪዩ ፊት ለፊት ደረስን፥ በነገውም ወደ ሳሞን ተሻገርን በትሮጊሊዮም አድረን በማግሥቱ ወደ ሚሊጢን መጣን። ¹⁶ ጳውሎስ በእስያ እጅግ እንዳይቀመጥ ኤፌሶንን ይተው ዘንድ ቆርጦ ነበርና ቢቻለውም በዓለ ኀምሳን በኢየሩሳሌም ይውል ዘንድ ይቸኩል ነበርና። ¹⁷ ከሚሊጢንም ወደ ኤፌሶን ልኮ የቤተክርስቲያንን ሽማግሌዎች አስጠራቸው፤ ¹⁸ ወደ እርሱም በመጡ ጊዜ እንዲህ አላቸው። ወደ እስያ ከገባሁበት ከመጀመሪያ ቀን ጀምሮ፥ በትሕትና ሁሉና በእንባ ከአይሁድም ሴራ በደረሰብኝ ፈተና ለጌታ እየተገዛሁ ዘመኑን ሁሉ ከእናንተ ጋር እንዴት እንደ ኖርሁ እናንተው ታውቃላችሁ፤ ²⁰ ወደ እግዚአብሔር ዘንድ ንስሐንና በጌታችን በኢየሱስ ክርስቶስ ማመንን ለአይሁድና ለግሪክ ሰዎች እየመሰከርሁ በጉባኤም በየቤታችሁም አወራሁላችሁና አስተማርኋችሁ እንጂ፥ ከሚጠቅማችሁ ነገር አንዳች ስንኳ አላስቀረሁባችሁም። ²² አሁንም፥ እነሆ፥ እኔ በመንፈስ ታስሬ ወደ ኢየሩሳሌም እሄዳለሁ፥ በዚያም የሚያገኘኝ ምን እንደ ሆነ አላውቅም፤ ²³ ነገር ግን መንፈስ ቅዱስ። እስራትና መከራ ይቆይሃል ብሎ በየከተማው ሁሉ ይመሰክርልኛል። ²⁴ ነገር ግን ሩጫዬንና ከጌታ ከኢየሱስ የተቀበልሁትን አገልግሎት እርሱም የእግዚአብሔርን ጸጋ ወንጌልን መመስከር እፈጽም ዘንድ ነፍሴን በእኔ ዘንድ እንደማትከብር እንደ ከንቱ ነገር እቆጥራለሁ። ²⁵ አሁንም፥ እነሆ፥ እኔ የእግዚአብሔርን መንግሥት እየሰበክሁ በመካከላችሁ የዞርሁ ሁላችሁ ከእንግዲህ ወዲህ ፊቴን እንዳትዩ አውቃለሁ። ²⁶ ስለዚህ እኔ ከሰው ሁሉ ደም ንጹሕ እንደ ሆንሁ ዛሬ በዚች ቀን እመሰክርላችኋለሁ። ²⁷ የእግዚአብሔርን ምክር ሁሉ ነግሬአችኋለሁና፥ ምንም አላስቀረሁባችሁም። ²⁸ በገዛ ደሙ የዋጃትን የእግዚአብሔርን ቤተ ክርስቲያን ትጠብቁአት ዘንድ መንፈስ ቅዱስ እናንተን ጳጳሳት አድርጎ ለሾመባት ለመንጋው ሁሉና ለራሳችሁ ተጠንቀቁ። ²⁹ ከሄድሁ በኋላ ለመንጋው የማይራሩ ጨካኞች ተኩላዎች እንዲገቡባችሁ፥ ደቀ መዛሙርትንም ወደ ኋላቸው ይስቡ ዘንድ ጠማማ ነገርን የሚናገሩ ሰዎች በመካከላችሁ እንዲነሡ እኔ አውቃለሁ። ³¹ ስለዚህ ሦስት ዓመት ሌሊትና ቀን በእንባ እያንዳንዳችሁን ከመገሠጽ እንዳላቋረጥሁ እያሰባችሁ ትጉ። ³² አሁንም ለእግዚአብሔርና ያንጻችሁ ዘንድ በቅዱሳንም ሁሉ መካከል ርስትን ይሰጣችሁ ዘንድ ለሚችል ለጸጋው ቃል አደራ ሰጥቻችኋለሁ። ³³ ከማንም ብር ወይም ወርቅ ወይም ልብስ አልተመኘሁም፤ ³⁴ እነዚህ እጆቼ በሚያስፈልገኝ ነገር ለእኔና ከእኔ ጋር ላሉት እንዳገለገሉ እናንተ ታውቃላችሁ። ³⁵ እንዲሁ እየደከማችሁ ድውዮችን ልትረዱና እርሱ ራሱ። ከሚቀበል ይልቅ የሚሰጥ ብፁዕ ነው እንዳለ የጌታን የኢየሱስን ቃል ልታስቡ ይገባችሁ ዘንድ በሁሉ አሳየኋችሁ። ³⁶ ይህንም ብሎ ተንበርክኮ ከሁላቸው ጋር ጸለየ። ³⁷ ሁሉም እጅግ አለቀሱ፥ ጳውሎስንም አንገቱን አቅፈው ይስሙት ነበር፤ ³⁸ ይልቁንም። ከእንግዲህ ወዲህ ፊቴን አታዩም ስላላቸው ነገር እጅግ አዘኑ። እስከ መርከብም ድረስ ሸኙት።

Armenian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Աղմուկին դադրելէն ետք՝ Պօղոս իրեն կանչեց աշակերտները, ու բարեւելով զանոնք՝ մեկնեցաւ որ Մակեդոնիա երթայ: ² Այդ վայրերը շրջելէ եւ շատ խօսքերով զանոնք յորդորելէ ետք՝ Յունաստան գնաց, ³ ու երեք ամիս հոն կեցաւ: Երբ պիտի նաւարկէր դէպի Սուրիա՝ Հրեաները դաւադրեցին իրեն դէմ. ուստի որոշեց վերադառնալ՝ Մակեդոնիայէն անցնելով: ⁴ Բերիացի (Պիռոսի որդին) Սոպատրոս՝ մինչեւ Ասիա իրեն հետ գնաց, նաեւ Թեսաղոնիկեցիներէն՝ Արիստարքոս ու Սեկունդոս, Գայիոս Դերբացին, Տիմոթէոս, իսկ Ասիայէն՝ Տիւքիկոս եւ Տրոփիմոս: ⁵ Ասոնք նախապէս գացին ու Տրովադայի մէջ սպասեցին մեզի: ⁶ Մենք ալ՝ Բաղարջակերքի օրերէն ետք՝ Փիլիպպէէն նաւարկեցինք, հինգ օրուան մէջ հասանք Տրովադա՝ անոնց քով, ու հոն կեցանք եօթը օր: ⁷ Մէկշաբթի օրը, երբ հաւաքուած էինք՝՝ հաց կտրելու, Պօղոս կը քարոզէր անոնց, որովհետեւ հետեւեալ օրը պիտի մեկնէր. ու խօսքը երկարեց մինչեւ կէս գիշեր: ⁸ Շատ լապտերներ կային այն վերնատունը՝ ուր մենք հաւաքուած էինք: ⁹ Երիտասարդ մը՝ Եւտիքոս անունով, որ պատուհանին մէջ նստած էր, մտաւ խորունկ քունի մէջ: Երբ Պօղոս երկարեց քարոզը, ան՝ տարուած քունէն՝ ինկաւ երրորդ յարկէն վար, ու մեռած վերցուցին զայն: ¹⁰ Պօղոս վար իջաւ, ինկաւ անոր վրայ, գրկեց զայն եւ ըսաւ. «Մի՛ վրդովիք, որովհետեւ անոր հոգին իր մէջն է»: ¹¹ Ուստի՝ երբ վեր ելաւ՝ կտրեց հացը, ճաշակեց, ու երկար խօսեցաւ՝ մինչեւ առտու. յետոյ մեկնեցաւ: ¹² Իսկ այդ պատանին ողջ բերին, եւ չափազանց մխիթարուեցան: ¹³ Իսկ մենք՝ նախապէս նաւ մտնելով՝ մեկնեցանք դէպի Ասոս, ուրկէ պիտի առնէինք Պօղոսը, որովհետեւ ա՛յդպէս պատուիրած էր. քանի որ ինք պիտի երթար ցամաքով: ¹⁴ Երբ Ասոսի մէջ միացաւ մեզի, առինք զինք եւ գացինք Միտիլինէ: ¹⁵ Անկէ ալ նաւարկելով՝ հետեւեալ օրը հասանք Քիոսի դիմաց. միւս օրը հասանք Սամոս, ու գիշերը մնալով Տրոգիլիոն՝ յաջորդ օրը գացինք Միլետոս: ¹⁶ Արդարեւ Պօղոս որոշած էր նաւարկել Եփեսոսի քովէն, որովհետեւ չէր ուզեր ժամանակ անցընել Ասիայի մէջ, քանի որ կ՚աճապարէր Երուսաղէմ ըլլալ Պենտեկոստէի օրը՝ եթէ կարելի ըլլար իրեն: ¹⁷ Ուստի Միլետոսէն մարդ ղրկեց Եփեսոս, ու կանչեց եկեղեցիին երէցները: ¹⁸ Երբ եկան իր քով, ըսաւ անոնց. «Դուք գիտէ՛ք թէ ի՛նչպէս վարուեցայ ձեզի հետ ամբողջ ժամանակը, առաջին օրէն ի վեր երբ Ասիա եկայ, ¹⁹ ծառայելով Տէրոջ լման խոնարհութեամբ, եւ շատ արցունքով ու փորձութիւններով՝ որոնք պատահեցան ինծի Հրեաներուն դաւադրութիւններով. ²⁰ ի՛նչպէս չընկրկեցայ օգտակար բաներէն որեւէ մէկը հաղորդելէ եւ սորվեցնելէ ձեզի՝ հրապարակաւ ու տուներու մէջ, ²¹ վկայելով թէ՛ Հրեաներուն եւ թէ Յոյներուն՝ դէպի Աստուած ապաշխարութեան ու մեր Տէրոջ՝ Յիսուս Քրիստոսի հանդէպ հաւատքին մասին: ²² Եւ հիմա ահա՛ կ՚երթամ Երուսաղէմ՝ հոգիով կապուած, ու չեմ գիտեր թէ հոն ի՛նչ պիտի պատահի ինծի. ²³ սակայն Սուրբ Հոգին կը վկայէ ամէն քաղաքի մէջ, եւ կ՚ըսէ թէ կապեր ու տառապանքներ կը սպասեն ինծի: ²⁴ Բայց ես ո՛չ մէկ բան կը հաշուեմ, ո՛չ ալ ինծի համար պատուական կը նկատեմ՝՝ իմ անձս, որպէսզի ուրախութեամբ աւարտեմ ընթացքս, նաեւ այն սպասարկութիւնը որ ստացայ Տէր Յիսուսէն՝ վկայ ըլլալու Աստուծոյ շնորհքի աւետարանին: ²⁵ Ու հիմա ահա՛ ես գիտեմ թէ դուք բոլորդ՝ որոնց մէջ շրջեցայ Աստուծոյ թագաւորութիւնը քարոզելով, ա՛լ իմ երեսս պիտի չտեսնէք: ²⁶ Ուստի այսօր կը վկայեմ ձեզի թէ ես անպարտ եմ բոլորին արիւնէն. ²⁷ որովհետեւ չընկրկեցայ Աստուծոյ ամբողջ ծրագիրը հաղորդելէ ձեզի: ²⁸ Ուրեմն ուշադի՛ր եղէք դուք ձեզի եւ ամբողջ հօտին, որուն վրայ Սուրբ Հոգին տեսուչ դրաւ ձեզ՝ հովուելու Աստուծոյ եկեղեցին, որ ստացաւ իր արիւնով: ²⁹ Քանի որ գիտեմ թէ իմ մեկնումէս ետք՝ ձեր մէջ պիտի մտնեն յափշտակող գայլեր, որոնք պիտի չխնայեն հօտին: ³⁰ Ու ձեզմէ ալ պիտի ելլեն այնպիսի՛ մարդիկ, որոնք պիտի խօսին խոտոր բաներ՝ քաշելու համար աշակերտները իրենց ետեւէն: ³¹ Ուստի արթո՛ւն կեցէք, եւ յիշեցէ՛ք թէ երեք տարի, գիշեր ու ցերեկ, չդադրեցայ ձեզմէ իւրաքանչիւրը արցունքով խրատելէ: ³² Եւ հիմա, եղբայրնե՛ր, կը յանձնեմ ձեզ Աստուծոյ ու անոր շնորհքի խօսքին, որ կարող է շինել եւ ձեզի ժառանգութիւն տալ՝ բոլոր սրբացածներուն հետ: ³³ Ո՛չ մէկուն արծաթին, կամ ոսկիին, կամ պատմուճանին ցանկացի: ³⁴ Դուք ձեզմէ գիտէք թէ այս ձեռքե՛րս հոգացին իմ ու ինծի հետ եղողներուն կարիքները: ³⁵ Ամէն բան ցոյց տուի ձեզի, թէ ա՛յսպէս պէտք է աշխատիլ եւ օգնել տկարներուն, ու յիշել Տէր Յիսուսի խօսքը՝ որ ի՛նք ըսաւ. “Աւելի՛ երանելի է տա՛լը՝ քան ստանալը”»: ³⁶ Երբ այսպէս խօսեցաւ, ծնրադրեց եւ բոլորին հետ աղօթեց: ³⁷ Բոլորն ալ շատ լացին, ու Պօղոսի վիզին վրայ իյնալով՝ համբուրեցին զայն: ³⁸ Կը մորմոքէին մա՛նաւանդ այն խօսքին համար, որ ըսաւ թէ ա՛լ պիտի չտեսնէին իր երեսը: Եւ ուղեկցեցան անոր մինչեւ նաւը:

Basque⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Bada tumultoa appacegatu cenean, Paul discipuluac beregana deithuric eta bessarcaturic, parti cedin Macedoniarát ioaiteco. ² Eta comarca hetan ebili cenean, eta exhortatu cituenean hitz anhitzez, ethor cedin Greciara. ³ Eta han hirur hilebethe eguinic, ceren Iuduéc celata eguiten baitzeraucaten Syriarat embarcatu içan baliz: haren abisua içan cen Macedonian gaindi itzultzera. ⁴ Eta lagund ceçan hura Sopater Beroenesac Asiarano: eta Thessaloniceanoetaric, Aristarquec eta Secondec, eta Gaio Derbianoac, eta Timotheoc: eta Asianoetaric, Tychiquec eta Trophimec. ⁵ Hauc aitzinerát ioanic iguriqui guençaten Troasen. ⁶ Eta gu embarca guentecen altchagarri gaberico oguien egunén ondoan Philippestic, eta ethor guentecen hetara Troasera, borz egunen buruan: non egon baiquentecen çazpi egun. ⁷ Eta asteco lehen egunean oguiaren haustera discipuluac bilduac içan eta, Paul minço cen hequin (ceren biharamunean partitzeco baitzén) eta iraun ceçan haren proposac gauherdi arterano. ⁸ Eta cen anhitz lampa gambera gorán, non bilduac baiquinaden. ⁹ Eta iarriric cegoela guiçon gaztebat Eutyche deitzen cenic leiho gainean, logale handi batec harturic, Paul luçaqui minço cela, loa garaithuric eror cedin hirurgarren soillerutic beherera, eta hila altcha ceçaten. ¹⁰ Baina iautsiric Paul behera cedin haren gainera, eta bessarcaturic erran ceçan, Etzaiteztela trubla ecen hunen arimá haur baithan da. ¹¹ Guero iganic eta oguia hautsiric eta ianic, eta luçaqui minçaturic arguirano, hala parti cedin. ¹² Eta guiçon gazteor viciric ekar ceçaten, eta haguitz consola citecen. ¹³ Eta gu vncira ethorriric embarca guentecen Assoserat, handic hartzeco guenduen Paul: ecen hala ordenatu çuen, berac bide hura oinez eguin gogoz. ¹⁴ Bada Asson gurequin bathu cenean, hura harturic ethor guentecen Mitylenera. ¹⁵ Eta handic embarcaturic, biharamunean ethor guentecen Chiosen aurkara: eta hurrenengo egunean arriua guentecen Samosera: eta Trogillen egonic, ondoco egunean ethor guentecen Miletera. ¹⁶ Ecen deliberatu çuen Paulec Ephesez aitzinago iragaitera, demboraric gal ezleçançát Asian: ecen lehiatzen cen baldin possible balitzayo Mendecoste egunean Ierusalemen içatera. ¹⁷ Eta Miletetic meçu igorriric Ephesera, dei citzan Eliçaco Ancianoac. ¹⁸ Eta harengana ethorri ciradenean erran ciecén, Çuec badaquiçue, Asian sar nendin lehen egunaz gueroztic, nola çuequin dembora gucian içan naicén: ¹⁹ Iauna cerbitzatzen nuela humilitate gucirequin eta anhitz nigar chortarequin, eta Iuduén celata egoitetaric ethorri içan çaizquidan tentationéquin: ²⁰ Nola çuen probetchutaco gaucetaric eztrauçuedan deus estali, çuey declaratu eta iracatsi gabe publicoqui eta etchez etche: ²¹ Testificatzen nerauela hambat Iuduey nola Grecoey Iaincoa baitharatco emendamendua, eta Iesus gure Iauna baitharatco fedea. ²² Eta orain huná, ni Spirituaz estecatua, banoa Ierusalemera, hartan heltzeco çaizquidan gauçác eztaquizquidalaric: ²³ Salbu Spiritu sainduac hiriz hiri testificatzen baitraut, dioela ecen estecadurác eta tribulationeac ene beguira daudela. ²⁴ Baina eztut deusen ansiaric, eta neure vicia etzait precioso, acaba deçadançát neure cursua bozcariorequin, Iesus Iaunaganic recebitu dudan carguä, Iaincoaren gratiaren Euangelioa testifica dadinçát. ²⁵ Eta orain huná, nic badaquit ecen guehiagoric eztuçuela ikussiren ene beguithartea çuetaric batec-ere, ceinén artetic iragan bainaiz Iaincoaren resumá predicatzen nuela. ²⁶ Halacotz testificatzen drauçuet egungo egunean, ecen chahu naicela ni gucien odoletic. ²⁷ Ecen eztut dissimulatu çuey denuntia eznieçaçuen Iaunaren conseillu gucia. ²⁸ Gogoa eieçue bada çuen buruèy, eta arthalde guciari, ceinetan Spiritu sainduac eçarri baitzaituzte Ipizpicu, Iaincoaren Eliçaren bazcatzeco, cein conquestatu baitu bere odol propriaz. ²⁹ Ecen nic badaquit haur, sarthuren diradela ene ioan ondoan otso dorpeac çuen artera, guppida eztutelaric arthaldea. ³⁰ Eta ceuron artetic iaiquiren dirade guiçonac denuntiatzen dituztela gauça gaichtoac, discipuluac bere ondoan erekar ditzatençát. ³¹ Halacotz veilleçaçue, orhoit çaretelaric ecen hirur vrthez gau eta egun eznaicela cessatu nigar chortarequin çuetaric batbederaren aduertitzetic. ³² Eta orain-ere, anayeác, gommendatzen cerauzquiotet Iaincoari eta haren gratiaren hitzaric, cein baita botheretsu çuen edificatzen acabatzeco, eta çuey saindu guciequin heretagearen emaiteco. ³³ Berceren vrrhea ez cilharra ez arropá eztut guthiciatu. ³⁴ Baina ceuroc badaquiçue nola ene, eta enequin ciradenén behar ciraden gauçác fornitu vkan dituztén escu hauèc. ³⁵ Gucietan eracutsi drauçuet ecen hunela trabaillatuz behar diradela flacuac supportatu, eta Iesus Iaunaren hitzéz orhoit içan: ecen berac erran du, Gauça dohatsuagoa dela emaitea ecen ez hartzea. ³⁶ Eta hitz hauc erran cituenean belhaurico iarriric eguin ceçan othoitze hequin guciequin. ³⁷ Orduan nigar handi guciéz eguin cedin: eta Paulen leppora bere buruäc egotziz pot eguiten ceraucaten: ³⁸ Triste ciradelaric principalqui erran vkan çuen hitzagatic, ecen guehiagoric haren beguithartea ezlutela ikussiren. Eta vncira lagundu çaizcan.

Bulgarian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ След утихването на размирицата Павел повика учениците и като им даде наставления, се прости с тях и тръгна да отиде в Македония. ² И като мина през онези места и насърчи учениците с много думи, дойде в Гърция ³ и престоя три месеца. И понеже юдеите направиха заговор против него, когато се готвеше да отплава за Сирия, той реши да се върне през Македония. ⁴ И до Азия го придружаваха берянинът Сосипатър Пиров и от солунците Аристарх и Секунд, и още Гай от Дервия и Тимотей, и Тихик, и Трофим от Азия. ⁵ Тези бяха отишли по-напред и ни чакаха в Троада. ⁶ А ние отплавахме от Филипи след дните на безквасните хлябове и за пет дни дойдохме при тях в Троада, където престояхме седем дни. ⁷ И в първия ден на седмицата, когато бяхме събрани за разчупването на хляба, Павел беседваше с тях, тъй като щеше да отпътува на следващия ден, и продължи словото си до среднощ. ⁸ И имаше много светилници в горната стая, където бяхме събрани. ⁹ А един младеж на име Евтих, който седеше на един прозорец, беше заспал дълбоко. И когато Павел беседваше още по-надълго, сънят го обори, той падна долу от третия етаж и го вдигнаха мъртъв. ¹⁰ Но Павел слезе, падна върху него, прегърна го и каза: Не се безпокойте, защото животът му е в него. ¹¹ И като се качи горе, разчупи хляба и яде, и говори пак надълго до зори, и след това тръгна. ¹² А момчето доведоха живо и много се утешиха. ¹³ А ние тръгнахме по-напред с кораба и отплавахме за Асон, откъдето щяхме да приберем Павел, понеже така беше поръчал, като сам той възнамеряваше да отиде пеша. ¹⁴ И когато се срещна с нас в Асон, ние го взехме и дойдохме в Митилин. ¹⁵ И като отплавахме оттам, на следващия ден дойдохме срещу Хиос, а на другия пристигнахме в Самос; и (като престояхме в Трогилия,) на следващия ден дойдохме в Милит. ¹⁶ Защото Павел беше решил да отмине Ефес, за да не се бави в Азия, понеже бързаше, ако му беше възможно, да бъде в Ерусалим за деня на Петдесетницата. ¹⁷ А от Милит прати в Ефес да повикат старейшините на църквата. ¹⁸ И когато те дойдоха при него, им каза: Вие знаете по какъв начин, още от първия ден, когато стъпих в Азия, прекарах цялото време между вас, ¹⁹ като служех на Господа с пълно смирение, с много сълзи и изпитания, които ме сполетяха от заговорите на юдеите, ²⁰ как не пропуснах да ви изявя нищо от това, което е било полезно, и да ви поучавам и публично, и по къщите, ²¹ като проповядвах и на юдеи, и на гърци покаяние пред Бога и вяра в нашия Господ Иисус Христос. ²² И сега, ето, аз отивам, заставен духом, в Ерусалим, без да зная какво ще ме сполети там, ²³ освен че Светият Дух свидетелства във всеки град, казвайки, че ме очакват окови и скърби. ²⁴ Но не ме е грижа за нищо, нито ми е скъп животът, стига само да завърша с радост пътя си и служението, което приех от Господ Иисус – да проповядвам благовестието на Божията благодат. ²⁵ И сега, ето, аз зная, че всички вие, между които ходих и проповядвах Царството, няма да видите вече лицето ми. ²⁶ Затова аз ви свидетелствам в този ден, че съм чист от кръвта на всички; ²⁷ защото не се посвених да ви изявя цялата Божия воля. ²⁸ Внимавайте за себе си и за цялото стадо, над което Светият Дух ви е поставил надзорници, да пасете църквата на Бога, която Той придоби със Собствената Си кръв. ²⁹ Аз зная, че след моето заминаване ще навлязат между вас свирепи вълци, които няма да жалят стадото; ³⁰ също и от самите вас ще се издигнат хора, които ще говорят извратено, за да отвличат учениците след себе си. ³¹ Затова бдете и помнете, че три години не престанах да поучавам всеки един със сълзи денем и нощем. ³² А сега, братя, препоръчвам ви на Бога и на словото на Неговата благодат, което може да ви изгради и да ви даде наследство между всичките осветени. ³³ Не пожелах на никого среброто или златото, или облеклото. ³⁴ Вие сами знаете, че тези мои ръце послужиха за моите нужди и за онези, които бяха с мен. ³⁵ С всичко ви показах, че като се трудите така, трябва да подкрепяте слабите и да помните думите на Господ Иисус – как Той е казал: Даването е по-блажено от вземането. ³⁶ Като изговори това, коленичи и се помоли с всички тях. ³⁷ И всички плакаха много и паднаха на шията на Павел, и го целуваха, ³⁸ наскърбени най-много за думите, които каза, че няма вече да видят лицето му. И го изпратиха до кораба.

Croatian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Kad se sleže metež, posla Pavao po učenike, ohrabri ih, pozdravi i otputova u Makedoniju. ² Prešavši one krajeve, hrabreći braću besjedom mnogom, dođe u Grčku ³ i provede ondje tri mjeseca. Upravo kad je htio otploviti u Siriju, postaviše mu Židovi zasjedu pa odluči vratiti se preko Makedonije. ⁴ Pratili su ga: Sopater Pirov, Berejac, Solunjani Aristarh i Sekund, Gaj Derbanin, Timotej i Azijci Tihik i Trofim. ⁵ Oni odoše prije te nas dočekaše u Troadi. ⁶ Mi pak nakon dana Beskvasnih kruhova otplovismo iz Filipa i nakon pet dana dođosmo k njima u Troadu gdje proboravismo sedam dana. ⁷ U prvi dan tjedna, kad se sabrasmo lomiti kruh, Pavao im govoraše i kako je sutradan kanio otputovati, probesjedi sve do ponoći. ⁸ U gornjoj sobi gdje smo se sabrali bijaše dosta svjetiljaka. ⁹ Na prozoru je sjedio neki mladić imenom Eutih. Kako je Pavao dulje govorio, utone on u dubok san. Svladan snom, pade s trećeg kata dolje. Digoše ga mrtva. ¹⁰ Pavao siđe, nadnese se nad dječaka, obujmi ga i reče: "Ne uznemirujte se! Duša je još u njemu!" ¹¹ Zatim se pope pa pošto razlomi kruh i blagova, dugo je još zborio, sve do zore. Tad otputova. ¹² Mladića odvedoše živa, neizmjerno utješeni. ¹³ Mi pak pođosmo naprijed lađom: otplovismo u As. Odande smo imali povesti Pavla - tako je odredio kad se spremao poći pješice. ¹⁴ Kad nam se u Asu pridruži, uzesmo ga i stigosmo u Mitilenu. ¹⁵ Odande odjedrismo sutradan i stigosmo nadomak Hija, prekosutra krenusmo u Sam, a idućeg dana stigosmo u Milet. ¹⁶ Jer Pavao je odlučio mimoići Efez da se ne bi zadržao u Aziji: žurio se da, uzmogne li, na dan Pedesetnice bude u Jeruzalemu. ¹⁷ Ipak iz Mileta posla u Efez po starješine Crkve. ¹⁸ Kad stigoše, reče im: "Vi znate kako sam se sve vrijeme, od prvog dana kada stupih u Aziju, ponašao među vama: ¹⁹ služio sam Gospodinu sa svom poniznošću u suzama i kušnjama koje me zadesiše zbog zasjeda židovskih; ²⁰ ništa korisno nisam propustio navijestiti vam i naučiti vas - javno i po kućama; ²¹ upozoravao sam Židove i Grke da se obrate k Bogu i da vjeruju u Gospodina našega Isusa." ²² "A sad, evo, okovan Duhom idem u Jeruzalem. Što će me u njemu zadesiti, ne znam, ²³ osim što mi Duh Sveti u svakom gradu jamči da me čekaju okovi i nevolje. ²⁴ Ali ni najmanje mi nije do života, samo da dovršim trku svoju i službu koju primih od Gospodina Isusa: svjedočiti za evanđelje milosti Božje." ²⁵ "I sad, evo, znam: nećete više vidjeti lica moga, svi vi posred kojih prođoh propovijedajući Kraljevstvo. ²⁶ Zato vam u ovaj dan današnji jamčim: čist sam od krvi sviju ²⁷ jer nisam propustio navijestiti vam ništa od svega nauma Božjega." ²⁸ "Pazite na sebe i na sve stado u kojem vas Duh Sveti postavi nadglednicima, da pasete Crkvu Božju koju steče krvlju svojom." ²⁹ "Ja znam da će nakon mog odlaska među vas uljesti vuci okrutni koji ne štede stada, ³⁰ a između vas će samih ustati ljudi koji će iskrivljavati nauk da bi odvukli učenike za sobom. ³¹ Zato bdijte imajući na pameti da sam tri godine bez prestanka noću i danju suze lijevajući urazumljivao svakoga od vas." ³² "I sada vas povjeravam Bogu i Riječi milosti njegove koja je kadra izgraditi vas i dati vam baštinu među svima posvećenima." ³³ "Ni za čijim srebrom, zlatom ili ruhom nisam hlepio. ³⁴ Sami znate: za potrebe moje i onih koji su sa mnom zasluživale su ove ruke. ³⁵ U svemu vam pokazah: tako se trudeći treba se zauzimati za nemoćne i na pameti imati riječi Gospodina Isusa jer on reče: 'Blaženije je davati nego primati.'" ³⁶ Kada to doreče, klekne te se zajedno sa svima njima pomoli. ³⁷ Tad svi briznuše u velik plač, obisnuše Pavlu oko vrata i stadoše ga cjelivati, ³⁸ ražalošćeni nadasve riječju koju im reče: da više neće vidjeti lica njegova. Zatim ga ispratiše na lađu.

BKR⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Když pak přestala ta bouřka, povolav Pavel učedlníků a požehnav jich, vyšel odtud, aby se bral do Macedonie. ² A když prošel krajiny ty, a napomenutí jim učiniv mnohými řečmi, přišel do země Řecké, ³ V kteréžto pobyv za tři měsíce, (kdežto Židé učinili jemu zálohy,) když se měl plaviti do Syrie, umínil navrátiti se skrze Macedonii. ⁴ I šel s ním Sópater Berienský až do Azie, a z Tessalonicenských Aristarchus a Sekundus a Gáius Derbeus a Timoteus, z Azianských pak Tychikus a Trofimus. ⁵ Ti všickni šedše napřed, dočkali nás v Troadě. ⁶ My pak plavili jsme se po velikonoci z Filippis, a přišli jsme k nim do Troady v pěti dnech, a tu jsme pobyli za sedm dní. ⁷ Tedy první den po sobotě, když se učedlníci sešli k lámání chleba, Pavel mluvil k nim, maje nazejtří jíti pryč, i prodlil řečí až do půlnoci. ⁸ A bylo mnoho světel tu na té síni, kdež byli shromážděni. ⁹ Jeden pak mládenec, jménem Eutychus, sedě na okně, jsa obtížen hlubokým snem, když tak dlouho Pavel kázal, spě, spadl s třetího ponebí dolů, a vzat jest mrtvý. ¹⁰ I sstoupiv dolů Pavel, zpolehl na něj, a objav jej, řekl: Nermuťtež se, však duše jeho v něm jest. ¹¹ A vstoupiv zase na síň, lámal chléb a jedl, a kázání jim učiniv dlouho až do svitání, tak odšel pryč. ¹² I přivedli toho mládence živého, a byli nad tím velice potěšeni. ¹³ My pak vstoupivše na lodí, plavili jsme se do Asson, odtud majíce k sobě vzíti Pavla; neb jest byl tak poručil, maje sám jíti po zemi. ¹⁴ A když se k nám připojil v Asson, vzavše jej, přijeli jsme do Mitylénu. ¹⁵ A odtud plavíce se, druhý den byli jsme proti Chium, a třetího dne přistavili jsme bárku k Sámu, a pobyvše v Trogyllí, nazejtří přišli jsme do Milétu. ¹⁶ Nebo Pavel byl umínil pominouti Efez, aby se nemeškal v Azii; nebo pospíchal, by možné bylo, aby byl o letnicích v Jeruzalémě. ¹⁷ Tedy z Milétu poslav do Efezu, povolal k sobě starších církve. ¹⁸ Kteřížto když přišli k němu, řekl jim: Vy víte od prvního dne, v kterýžto přišel jsem do Azie, kterak jsem po všecken ten čas s vámi byl, ¹⁹ Slouže Pánu se vší pokorou i s mnohými slzami a pokušeními, kteráž na mne přicházela z úkladů Židovských. ²⁰ Kterak jsem ničehož nepominul, což by vám užitečného bylo, abych vám toho neoznámil, ale učil jsem vás vůbec zjevně i po domích, ²¹ Svědectví vydávaje i Židům i Řekům o pokání k Bohu a o víře v Pána našeho Ježíše Krista. ²² A aj, nyní já sevřín jsa duchem, beru se do Jeruzaléma, nevěda, co mi se v něm má státi, ²³ Než že Duch svatý po městech, kudyž jsem šel, osvědčuje mi, pravě, že vězení a soužení mne očekávají. ²⁴ Však já nic na to nedbám, aniž jest mi tak drahá duše má, jen abych běh svůj s radostí vykonal a přisluhování, kteréž jsem přijal od Pána Ježíše, k osvědčování evangelium milosti Boží. ²⁵ A aj, já nyní vím, že již více neuzříte tváři mé vy všickni, mezi kterýmiž jsem chodil, káže o království Božím. ²⁶ Protož osvědčujiť vám dnešní den, žeť jsem čist od krve všech. ²⁷ Nebť jsem neobmeškal zvěstovati vám všeliké rady Boží. ²⁸ Buďtež tedy sebe pilni i všeho stáda, v němžto Duch svatý ustanovil vás biskupy, abyste pásli církev Boží, kteréž sobě dobyl svou vlastní krví. ²⁹ Nebo já to jistotně vím, že po mém odjití vejdou mezi vás vlci hltaví, kteříž nebudou odpouštěti stádu. ³⁰ A z vás samých povstanou muži, jenž budou mluviti převrácené věci, aby obrátili učedlníky po sobě. ³¹ Protož bděte, v paměti majíce, že jsem po tři léta nepřestával dnem i nocí s pláčem napomínati jednoho každého z vás. ³² A již nyní, bratří, poroučím vás Bohu a slovu milosti jeho, kterýžto mocen jest vzdělati vás, a dáti vám dědictví mezi všemi posvěcenými. ³³ Stříbra nebo zlata neb roucha nežádal jsem od žádného. ³⁴ Nýbrž sami víte, že toho, čehož mi kdy potřebí bylo, i těm, kteříž jsou se mnou, dobývaly ruce tyto. ³⁵ Vše ukázal jsem vám, že tak pracujíce, musíme snášeti mdlé, a pamatovati na slova Pána Ježíše; nebť on řekl: Blahoslaveněji jest dáti nežli bráti. ³⁶ A to pověděv, klekna na kolena svá, modlil se s nimi se všemi. ³⁷ I stal se pláč veliký ode všech, a padajíce na hrdlo Pavlovo, líbali jej, ³⁸ Rmoutíce se nejvíce nad tím slovem, kteréž řekl, že by již více neměli tváři jeho viděti. I provodili jej až k lodí.

Danish⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Men efterat denne Larm var stillet, kaldte Paulus Disciplene til sig, og tog afsked og begav sig derfra, for at reise til Macedonien. ² Og der han var dragen igjennem disse Egne, og havde formanet dem med megen Tale, kom han til Grækenland. ³ Der tøvede han i tre Maaneder, og da Jøderne havde et Anslag for imod ham, naar han vilde reise til Syrien, blev han tilsinds at vende tilbage igjennem Marcedonien. ⁴ Da drog med ham indtil Asia Sopater fra Beroea, men af Thessalonikerne Aristarchus og Secundus, og Cajus fra Derbe og Timotheus, men af Asiaterne Tychicus og Trophimus. ⁵ Disse gik forud og biede paa os i Troas. ⁶ Men efter de usyrede Brøds Dage seilede vi ud fra Philippe, og kom paa femte Dag til dem til Troas, hvor vi tøvede syv Dage. ⁷ Men paa den første Dag i Ugen, der Disciplene vare forsamlede at bryde Brødet, holdt Paulus en Tale til dem, da han vilde den anden Dag reiste bort og forlængede Talen indtil Midnat. ⁸ Men der vare mange Lamper paa Salen, hvor de vare forsamlede. ⁹ Men der sat en ung Karl, ved Navn Eutychus, udi et Vindue; han var falden i en dyb Søvn, der Paulus talede saa længe, og betagen af Søvnen faldt han ned fra tredie Loft og blev tagen død op. ¹⁰ Men Paulus gik ned og kastede sig over ham og omfavnede ham og sagde: gjører ingen Larm; thi hans Sjæl er i ham. ¹¹ Men han gik op igjen og brød brødet og nød deraf, og talede endnu længe med dem indtil Dagningen, og derpaa drog ham bort. ¹² Men de bragte det unge Menneske levende, og vare ikke lidet trøstede. ¹³ Men vi, som vare gangne forud tilskibs, fore til Assus og vilde derfra tage Paulus ind; thi saaledes havde han anordnet, da han selv vilde gaae tillands. ¹⁴ Men der han kom til os i Assus, toge vi ham ind og kom til Mytilene. ¹⁵ Og vi sejlede derfra og kom anden Dagen ligeoverfor Chios; Dagen derpaa lagde vil til Samus, og blev over i Trogilium, og kom næste Dag til Miletus. ¹⁶ Thi Paulus havde besluttet at sejle Ephesus forbi, at det ikke skulde hændes, at han blev opholdt i Asia; thi han hastede for at være i Jerusalem paa Pintsedagen, om det var ham muligt. ¹⁷ Men fra Miletus sendte han til Ephesus, og lod kalde til sig Menighedens Ældste. ¹⁸ Men der de kom til ham, sagde ham til dem: I vide, hvorledes jeg har været hos Eder den ganske Tid igjennem, fra den første Dag jeg kom fra Asia, ¹⁹ at jeg har tjent Herren med al Ydmyghed og under mange Taarer og Fristelser, som mig ere vederfarne ved Jødernes Efterstræbelser; ²⁰ hvorledes jeg har Intet forholdet af det, som kunde være nyttigt, at jeg jo forkyndte Eder det og lærte Eder offentligen og i Eders egne Huse, ²¹ idet jeg vidnede baade for Jøder og Græker om Omvendelse til Gud og Tro til vor Herre Jesus Christus. ²² Og nu see, tvungen af Aanden drager jeg til Jerusalem, og veed ikke, hvad mig der skal vederfares, ²³ uden at den Hellig Aand vidner i hver Stad og siger, at Baand og Trængsler bie paa mig. ²⁴ Men jeg agter Intet, holder og ikke mit Liv selv dyrebart, paa det jeg kan fuldkomme mit Løb med Glæde og den Tjeneste, som jeg har annammet af den Herre Jesus, at forkynde Guds Naades Evangelium. ²⁵ Og nu see, jeg veed, at I alle, iblandt hvilke jeg har vandret og prædiket Guds Rige, ikke mere skulle se mit Ansigt. ²⁶ Derfor vidner jeg for Eder paa denne Dag, at jeg er reen fra Alles Blod; ²⁷ thi jeg forholdt ikke, at jeg jo forkyndte Eder alt Guds Raad. ²⁸ Saa giver Agt paa Eder selv og den ganske Hjord, blandt hvilken den Hellig Aand satte Eder som Tilsyndmænd, at vogte Guds Menighed, hvilken han forhvervede med sit eget Blod. ²⁹ Thi jeg veed dette, at der skal indkomme svare Ulve ibland Eder efter min Bortgang, som ikke skulle spare Hjorden. ³⁰ Og af Eder selv skulle opstaae Mænd, som skulle tale forvendte Ting at drage Disciplene efter sig. ³¹ Derfor vaager og kommer ihu, at jeg har ikke afladet i tre Aar, Nat og Dag, at paaminde enhver af Eder med Taarer. ³² Og nu, Brødre! befaler jeg Eder Gud og hans Naades Ord, som er mægtigt at opbygge Eder, og at give Eder Arv iblandt alle de Helligede. ³³ Jeg har ikke begjeret Nogens Sølv, eller Guld eller Klædebon. ³⁴ Men I vide selv, at disse Hænder havde tjent for min Nødtørft og for dem, som ere med mig. ³⁵ Jeg viste Eder i alle Ting, at det bør os saaledes at arbeide og komme de Srøbelige til Hjælp, og at ihukomme den Herres Jesu Ord, hvorledes han selv har sagt: saligt er det at give, hellere end at tage. ³⁶ Og der han havde sagt dette, faldt han paa sine Knæ og bad med dem alle. ³⁷ Og de brast alle i heftig Graad, og de faldt om Paulus' Hals og kyssede ham. ³⁸ Og meest smertede dem det Ord, han havde sagt, at de ikke mere skulde see hans Ansigt. Men de ledsagede ham til Skibet.

CUV⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ 亂定之後，保羅請門徒來，勸勉他們，就辭別起行，往馬其頓去。 ² 走遍了那一帶地方，用許多話勸勉門徒。（或作：眾人），然後來到希臘。 ³ 在那裡住了三個月，將要坐船往敘利亞去，猶太人設計要害他，他就定意從馬其頓回去。 ⁴ 同他到亞西亞去的，有庇哩亞人畢羅斯的兒子所巴特，帖撒羅尼迦人亞里達古和西公都，還有特庇人該猶，並提摩太，又有亞西亞人推基古和特羅非摩。 ⁵ 這些人先走，在特羅亞等候我們。 ⁶ 過了除酵的日子，我們從腓立比開船，五天到了特羅亞，和他們相會，在那裡住了七天。 ⁷ 七日的第一日，我們聚會擘餅的時候，保羅因為要次日起行，就與他們講論，直講到半夜。 ⁸ 我們聚會的那座樓上，有好些燈燭。 ⁹ 有一個少年人，名叫猶推古，坐在窗臺上，困倦沉睡。保羅講了多時，少年人睡熟了，就從三層樓上掉下去；扶起他來，已經死了。 ¹⁰ 保羅下去，伏在他身上，抱著他，說：你們不要發慌，他的靈魂還在身上。 ¹¹ 保羅又上去，擘餅，吃了，談論許久，直到天亮，這纔走了。 ¹² 有人把那童子活活的領來，得的安慰不小。 ¹³ 我們先上船，開往亞朔去，意思要在那裡接保羅；因為他是這樣安排的，他自己打算要步行。 ¹⁴ 他既在亞朔與我們相會，我們就接他上船，來到米推利尼。 ¹⁵ 從那裡開船，次日到了基阿的對面；又次日，在撒摩靠岸；又次日，來到米利都。 ¹⁶ 乃因保羅早已定意越過以弗所，免得在亞西亞耽延，他急忙前走，巴不得趕五旬節能到耶路撒冷。 ¹⁷ 保羅從米利都打發人往以弗所去，請教會的長老來。 ¹⁸ 他們來了，保羅就說：你們知道，自從我到亞西亞的日子以來，在你們中間始終為人如何， ¹⁹ 服事主，凡事謙卑，眼中流淚，又因猶太人的謀害，經歷試煉。 ²⁰ 你們也知道，凡與你們有益的，我沒有一樣避諱不說的，或在眾人面前，或在各人家裡，我都教導你們； ²¹ 又對猶太人和希臘人證明當向神悔改，信靠我主耶穌基督。 ²² 現在我往耶路撒冷去，心甚迫切（原文是心被捆綁），不知道在那裡要遇見甚麼事； ²³ 但知道聖靈在各城裡向我指證，說有捆鎖與患難等待我。 ²⁴ 我卻不以性命為念，也不看為寶貴，只要行完我的路程，成就我從主耶穌所領受的職事，證明神恩惠的福音。 ²⁵ 我素常在你們中間來往，傳講神國的道；如今我曉得，你們以後都不得再見我的面了。 ²⁶ 所以我今日向你們證明，你們中間無論何人死亡，罪不在我身上（原文是我於眾人的血是潔淨的）。 ²⁷ 因為神的旨意，我並沒有一樣避諱不傳給你們的。 ²⁸ 聖靈立你們作全群的監督，你們就當為自己謹慎，也為全群謹慎，牧養神的教會，就是他用自己血所買來的（或作：救贖的）。 ²⁹ 我知道，我去之後必有兇暴的豺狼進入你們中間，不愛惜羊群。 ³⁰ 就是你們中間，也必有人起來說悖謬的話，要引誘門徒跟從他們。 ³¹ 所以你們應當儆醒，紀念我三年之久晝夜不住的流淚、勸戒你們各人。 ³² 如今我把你們交託神和他恩惠的道；這道能建立你們，叫你們和一切成聖的人同得基業。 ³³ 我未曾貪圖一個人的金、銀、衣服。 ³⁴ 我這兩隻手常供給我和同人的需用，這是你們自己知道的。 ³⁵ 我凡事給你們作榜樣，叫你們知道應當這樣勞苦，扶助軟弱的人，又當紀念主耶穌的話，說：施比受更為有福。 ³⁶ 保羅說完了這話，就跪下同眾人禱告。 ³⁷ 眾人痛哭，抱著保羅的頸項，和他親嘴。 ³⁸ 叫他們最傷心的，就是他說：以後不能再見我的面那句話，於是送他上船去了。

CUV_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G2351 亂 G3973 定 G3326 之後 G3972 ，保羅 G4341 請 G3101 門徒 G782 來，勸勉 G1831 他們，就辭別 G4198 起行 G1519 ，往 G3109 馬其頓去。

2 G1330 走遍了 G1565 那 G3313 一帶地方 G4183 ，用許多 G3056 話 G3870 勸勉 G2064 門徒。（或作：眾人），然後來 G1519 到 G1671 希臘。

3 G4160 在那裡住了 G5140 三 G3376 個月 G3195 ，將要 G321 坐船 G1519 往 G4947 敘利亞 G5259 G2453 去，猶太人 G1096 設 G1917 計 G846 要害他 G1096 ，他就定 G1106 意 G1223 從 G3109 馬其頓 G5290 回去。

4 G4902 同 G846 他 G891 到 G773 亞西亞 G961 去的，有庇哩亞人 G4986 畢羅斯的兒子所巴特 G2331 ，帖撒羅尼迦人 G708 亞里達古 G2532 和 G4580 西公都 G2532 ，還 G1190 有特庇人 G1050 該猶 G2532 ，並 G5095 提摩太 G1161 ，又 G774 有亞西亞人 G5190 推基古 G2532 和 G5161 特羅非摩。

5 G3778 這些人 G4281 先走 G1722 ，在 G5174 特羅亞 G3306 等候 G2248 我們。

6 G3326 過了 G106 除酵 G2250 的日子 G2249 ，我們 G575 從 G5375 腓立比 G1602 開船 G4002 ，五 G2250 天 G2064 到了 G5174 特羅亞 G846 ，和他們 G3757 相會，在那裡 G1304 住了 G2033 七 G2250 天。

7 G3391 七日的第一 G4863 日，我們聚會 G2806 擘 G740 餅 G3972 的時候，保羅 G3195 因為要 G1887 次日 G1826 起行 G5037 ，就 G846 與他們 G1256 講論 G3905 ，直 G3056 講 G3360 到 G3317 半夜。

8 G2258 我們聚會 G3757 的那 G5253 座樓 G1722 上 G2258 ，有 G2425 好些 G2985 燈燭。

9 G5100 有一個 G3494 少年人 G3686 ，名叫 G2161 猶推古 G2521 ，坐 G1909 在 G2376 窗 G2702 臺上，困倦 G901 沉 G5258 睡 G3972 。保羅 G1256 講了 G1909 G4119 多時 G5258 ，少年人睡 G2702 熟了 G575 ，就從 G5152 三層樓 G4098 上掉 G2736 下 G142 去；扶起 G3498 他來，已經死了。

10 G3972 保羅 G2597 下去 G1968 ，伏在 G846 他 G4843 身上，抱著 G2036 他，說 G2350 ：你們 G3361 不 G846 要發慌，他 G5590 的靈魂 G5590 還在 G1722 身上。

11 G305 保羅又上去 G2806 ，擘 G740 餅 G1089 ，吃了 G3656 G1909 ，談論 G2425 許久 G891 ，直到 G891 天亮 G3779 ，這纔 G1831 走了。

12 G3816 有人把那童子 G2198 活活 G71 的領來 G3870 ，得的安慰 G3756 不 G3357 小。

13 G2249 我們 G4281 先上 G4143 船 G321 ，開 G1519 往 G789 亞朔 G3195 去，意思要 G1564 在那裡 G353 接 G3972 保羅 G1063 ；因為 G2258 他是 G3779 這樣 G1299 安排 G846 的，他自己 G3195 打算 G3978 要步行。

14 G1519 他既在 G789 亞朔 G2254 與我們 G4820 相會 G846 ，我們就接他 G353 上船 G2064 ，來 G1519 到 G3412 米推利尼。

15 G2547 從那裡 G636 開船 G1966 ，次 G2658 日到 G5508 了基阿 G481 的對面 G1161 ；又 G2087 次 G1519 日，在 G4544 撒摩 G3846 靠岸 G2192 ；又次 G2064 日，來 G1519 到 G3399 米利都。

16 G1063 乃因 G3972 保羅 G3972 早已定意 G3896 越過 G2181 以弗所 G3704 ，免得 G1722 在 G773 亞西亞 G1063 耽延， G846 他 G4692 急忙 G3361 前走，巴不 G1096 得 G5551 趕 G4005 五旬 G2250 節 G1096 能到 G2414 耶路撒冷。

17 G575 保羅從 G3399 米利都 G3992 打發 G1519 人往 G2181 以弗所 G3333 去，請 G1577 教會 G4245 的長老來。

18 G846 他們 G3854 來了 G2036 ，保羅就說 G5210 ：你們 G1987 知道 G575 ，自 G575 從 G1910 我到 G773 亞西亞 G2250 的日子 G4413 以來 G5216 ，在你們 G3326 中間 G3956 G5550 始終 G1096 為 G4459 人如何，

19 G1398 服事 G2962 主 G3956 ，凡事 G5012 謙卑 G1144 ，眼中流淚 G2532 ，又 G2453 因猶太人 G1917 的謀害 G4819 G1722 ，經歷 G3986 試煉。

20 G2532 你們也 G5213 知道，凡與你們 G4851 有益 G3762 的，我沒有一樣 G5288 避諱 G3361 不 G312 說 G1219 的，或在眾人面前 G2532 ，或 G2596 在各 G3624 人家 G2532 裡，我都 G1321 教導 G5209 你們；

21 G5037 又對 G2453 猶太人 G2532 和 G2532 希臘人 G1263 證明 G1519 當向 G2316 神 G3341 悔改 G4102 ，信 G1519 靠 G2257 我 G2962 主 G2424 耶穌 G5547 基督。

22 G3568 現在 G1473 我 G1519 往 G2419 耶路撒冷 G4198 去 G4151 ，心甚迫切（原文是心 G1210 被捆綁 G3361 ），不 G1492 知道 G1722 在 G846 那裡 G4876 要遇見甚麼事；

23 G4133 但 G40 知道聖 G4151 靈 G2596 在 G4172 各城 G1263 裡向我指證 G3004 ，說 G3754 有 G1199 捆鎖 G2532 與 G2347 患難 G3306 等待 G3165 我。

24 G235 我卻 G3761 不 G2192 以 G5590 性命 G4160 為念 G3762 ，也不 G5093 看為寶貴 G5613 ，只要 G5048 行完 G3450 我 G1408 的路程 G3844 ，成就我從 G2962 主 G2424 耶穌 G3739 所 G2983 領受 G1248 的職事 G1263 ，證明 G2316 神 G5485 恩惠 G2098 的福音。

25 G3568 我素常 G1722 在你們中間 G1330 來往 G2784 ，傳講 G2316 神 G932 國 G1473 的道；如今我 G1492 曉得 G5210 ，你們 G3956 以後都 G3765 不得再 G3700 見 G3450 我 G4383 的面了。

26 G1352 所以 G4594 我今 G2250 日 G5213 向你們 G3143 證明 G1473 ，你們中間無論何人死亡，罪不在我身上（原文是我 G575 於 G3956 眾人 G129 的血 G2513 是潔淨的）。

27 G1063 因為 G2316 神 G1012 的旨意 G3756 G3361 ，我並沒有 G5288 一樣避諱 G312 不傳給 G5213 你們的。

28 G40 聖 G4151 靈 G5087 立 G5209 你們 G1985 作全群的監督 G3767 ，你們就當 G1438 為自己 G4337 謹慎 G2532 ，也 G3956 為全 G4168 群 G4165 謹慎，牧養 G2316 神 G1577 的教會 G3739 ，就是 G1223 他用 G2398 自己 G129 血 G4046 所買來的（或作：救贖的）。

29 G1473 我 G1492 知道 G3450 ，我 G867 去 G3326 之後 G926 必有兇暴 G3074 的豺狼 G1525 進入 G5209 你們 G1519 中間 G3361 ，不 G5339 愛惜 G4168 羊群。

30 G2532 就是 G846 你們 G435 中間，也必有人 G450 起來 G2980 說 G1294 悖謬的話 G645 ，要引誘 G3101 門徒 G3694 跟從 G846 他們。

31 G1352 所以 G1127 你們應當儆醒 G3421 ，紀念 G5148 我三年 G2250 之久晝 G3571 夜 G3756 不 G3973 住 G1144 的流淚 G3560 、勸戒 G1538 你們各 G1520 人。

32 G3569 如今 G5209 我把你們 G3908 交託 G2316 神 G2532 和 G846 他 G5485 恩惠 G3056 的道 G3588 ；這道 G1410 能 G2026 建立 G1325 你們，叫 G5213 你們 G3956 和一切 G37 成聖 G2817 的人同得基業。

33 G1937 我未曾貪圖 G3762 一個人 G5553 的金 G694 、銀 G2441 、衣服。

34 G3754 我這 G3778 兩隻 G5495 手 G5256 常供給 G3450 我 G2532 和 G3326 同 G1700 人 G5532 的需用 G846 ，這是你們自己 G1097 知道的。

35 G3956 我凡事 G5213 給你們 G5263 作榜樣 G3956 ，叫你們 G1163 知道應當 G3779 這樣 G2872 勞苦 G482 ，扶助 G770 軟弱 G5037 的人，又 G3421 當紀念 G2962 主 G2424 耶穌 G3056 的話 G2036 ，說 G1325 ：施 G2228 比 G2983 受 G3123 更 G2076 為 G3107 有福。

36 G2036 保羅說 G5023 完了這話 G1119 ，就跪 G5087 下 G4862 同 G3956 眾人 G4336 禱告。

37 G3956 眾人 G2425 痛 G2805 哭 G1968 G1909 ，抱著 G3972 保羅 G5137 的頸項 G846 ，和他 G2705 親嘴。

38 G1909 叫 G3122 他們最 G3600 傷心 G2046 的，就是他說 G3195 ：以後不能 G3765 再 G2334 見 G4383 我的面 G3739 那 G3056 句話 G1161 ，於是 G4311 送 G846 他 G1519 上 G4143 船去了。

CUVS⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ 乱定之后，保罗请门徒来，劝勉他们，就辞别起行，往马其顿去。 ² 走遍了那一带地方，用许多话劝勉门徒。（或作：众人），然后来到希腊。 ³ 在那里住了叁个月，将要坐船往叙利亚去，犹太人设计要害他，他就定意从马其顿回去。 ⁴ 同他到亚西亚去的，冇庇哩亚人毕罗斯的儿子所巴特，帖撒罗尼迦人亚里达古和西公都，还冇特庇人该犹，并提摩太，又冇亚西亚人推基古和特罗非摩。 ⁵ 这些人先走，在特罗亚等候我们。 ⁶ 过了除酵的日子，我们从腓立比幵船，五天到了特罗亚，和他们相会，在那里住了七天。 ⁷ 七日的第一日，我们聚会擘饼的时候，保罗因为要次日起行，就与他们讲论，直讲到半夜。 ⁸ 我们聚会的那座楼上，冇好些灯烛。 ⁹ 冇一个少年人，名叫犹推古，坐在窗臺上，困倦沉睡。保罗讲了多时，少年人睡熟了，就从叁层楼上掉下去；扶起他来，已经死了。 ¹⁰ 保罗下去，伏在他身上，抱着他，说：你们不要发慌，他的灵魂还在身上。 ¹¹ 保罗又上去，擘饼，吃了，谈论许久，直到天亮，这纔走了。 ¹² 冇人把那童子活活的领来，得的安慰不小。 ¹³ 我们先上船，幵往亚朔去，意思要在那里接保罗；因为他是这样安排的，他自己打算要步行。 ¹⁴ 他既在亚朔与我们相会，我们就接他上船，来到米推利尼。 ¹⁵ 从那里幵船，次日到了基阿的对面；又次日，在撒摩靠岸；又次日，来到米利都。 ¹⁶ 乃因保罗早已定意越过以弗所，免得在亚西亚耽延，他急忙前走，巴不得赶五旬节能到耶路撒冷。 ¹⁷ 保罗从米利都打发人往以弗所去，请教会的长老来。 ¹⁸ 他们来了，保罗就说：你们知道，自从我到亚西亚的日子以来，在你们中间始终为人如何， ¹⁹ 服事主，凡事谦卑，眼中流泪，又因犹太人的谋害，经历试炼。 ²⁰ 你们也知道，凡与你们冇益的，我没冇一样避讳不说的，或在众人面前，或在各人家里，我都教导你们； ²¹ 又对犹太人和希腊人證明当向神悔改，信靠我主耶稣基督。 ²² 现在我往耶路撒冷去，心甚迫切（原文是心被捆绑），不知道在那里要遇见甚么事； ²³ 但知道圣灵在各城里向我指證，说冇捆锁与患难等待我。 ²⁴ 我却不以性命为念，也不看为宝贵，只要行完我的路程，成就我从主耶稣所领受的职事，證明神恩惠的福音。 ²⁵ 我素常在你们中间来往，传讲神国的道；如今我晓得，你们以后都不得再见我的面了。 ²⁶ 所以我今日向你们證明，你们中间无论何人死亡，罪不在我身上（原文是我于众人的血是洁净的）。 ²⁷ 因为神的旨意，我并没冇一样避讳不传给你们的。 ²⁸ 圣灵立你们作全群的监督，你们就当为自己谨慎，也为全群谨慎，牧养神的教会，就是他用自己血所买来的（或作：救赎的）。 ²⁹ 我知道，我去之后必冇凶暴的豺狼进入你们中间，不爱惜羊群。 ³⁰ 就是你们中间，也必冇人起来说悖谬的话，要引诱门徒跟从他们。 ³¹ 所以你们应当儆醒，纪念我叁年之久昼夜不住的流泪、劝戒你们各人。 ³² 如今我把你们交託神和他恩惠的道；这道能建立你们，叫你们和一切成圣的人同得基业。 ³³ 我未曾贪图一个人的金、银、衣服。 ³⁴ 我这两隻手常供给我和同人的需用，这是你们自己知道的。 ³⁵ 我凡事给你们作榜样，叫你们知道应当这样劳苦，扶助软弱的人，又当纪念主耶稣的话，说：施比受更为冇福。 ³⁶ 保罗说完了这话，就跪下同众人祷告。 ³⁷ 众人痛哭，抱着保罗的颈项，和他亲嘴。 ³⁸ 叫他们最伤心的，就是他说：以后不能再见我的面那句话，于是送他上船去了。

CUVS_Strongs⁽ⁱ⁾

1 G2351 乱 G3973 定 G3326 之后 G3972 ，保罗 G4341 请 G3101 门徒 G782 来，劝勉 G1831 他们，就辞别 G4198 起行 G1519 ，往 G3109 马其顿去。

2 G1330 走遍了 G1565 那 G3313 一带地方 G4183 ，用许多 G3056 话 G3870 劝勉 G2064 门徒。（或作：众人），然后来 G1519 到 G1671 希腊。

3 G4160 在那里住了 G5140 叁 G3376 个月 G3195 ，将要 G321 坐船 G1519 往 G4947 叙利亚 G5259 G2453 去，犹太人 G1096 设 G1917 计 G846 要害他 G1096 ，他就定 G1106 意 G1223 从 G3109 马其顿 G5290 回去。

4 G4902 同 G846 他 G891 到 G773 亚西亚 G961 去的，有庇哩亚人 G4986 毕罗斯的儿子所巴特 G2331 ，帖撒罗尼迦人 G708 亚里达古 G2532 和 G4580 西公都 G2532 ，还 G1190 有特庇人 G1050 该犹 G2532 ，并 G5095 提摩太 G1161 ，又 G774 有亚西亚人 G5190 推基古 G2532 和 G5161 特罗非摩。

5 G3778 这些人 G4281 先走 G1722 ，在 G5174 特罗亚 G3306 等候 G2248 我们。

6 G3326 过了 G106 除酵 G2250 的日子 G2249 ，我们 G575 从 G5375 腓立比 G1602 开船 G4002 ，五 G2250 天 G2064 到了 G5174 特罗亚 G846 ，和他们 G3757 相会，在那里 G1304 住了 G2033 七 G2250 天。

7 G3391 七日的第一 G4863 日，我们聚会 G2806 擘 G740 饼 G3972 的时候，保罗 G3195 因为要 G1887 次日 G1826 起行 G5037 ，就 G846 与他们 G1256 讲论 G3905 ，直 G3056 讲 G3360 到 G3317 半夜。

8 G2258 我们聚会 G3757 的那 G5253 座楼 G1722 上 G2258 ，有 G2425 好些 G2985 灯烛。

9 G5100 有一个 G3494 少年人 G3686 ，名叫 G2161 犹推古 G2521 ，坐 G1909 在 G2376 窗 G2702 臺上，困倦 G901 沉 G5258 睡 G3972 。保罗 G1256 讲了 G1909 G4119 多时 G5258 ，少年人睡 G2702 熟了 G575 ，就从 G5152 叁层楼 G4098 上掉 G2736 下 G142 去；扶起 G3498 他来，已经死了。

10 G3972 保罗 G2597 下去 G1968 ，伏在 G846 他 G4843 身上，抱着 G2036 他，说 G2350 ：你们 G3361 不 G846 要发慌，他 G5590 的灵魂 G5590 还在 G1722 身上。

11 G305 保罗又上去 G2806 ，擘 G740 饼 G1089 ，吃了 G3656 G1909 ，谈论 G2425 许久 G891 ，直到 G891 天亮 G3779 ，这纔 G1831 走了。

12 G3816 有人把那童子 G2198 活活 G71 的领来 G3870 ，得的安慰 G3756 不 G3357 小。

13 G2249 我们 G4281 先上 G4143 船 G321 ，开 G1519 往 G789 亚朔 G3195 去，意思要 G1564 在那里 G353 接 G3972 保罗 G1063 ；因为 G2258 他是 G3779 这样 G1299 安排 G846 的，他自己 G3195 打算 G3978 要步行。

14 G1519 他既在 G789 亚朔 G2254 与我们 G4820 相会 G846 ，我们就接他 G353 上船 G2064 ，来 G1519 到 G3412 米推利尼。

15 G2547 从那里 G636 开船 G1966 ，次 G2658 日到 G5508 了基阿 G481 的对面 G1161 ；又 G2087 次 G1519 日，在 G4544 撒摩 G3846 靠岸 G2192 ；又次 G2064 日，来 G1519 到 G3399 米利都。

16 G1063 乃因 G3972 保罗 G3972 早已定意 G3896 越过 G2181 以弗所 G3704 ，免得 G1722 在 G773 亚西亚 G1063 耽延， G846 他 G4692 急忙 G3361 前走，巴不 G1096 得 G5551 赶 G4005 五旬 G2250 节 G1096 能到 G2414 耶路撒冷。

17 G575 保罗从 G3399 米利都 G3992 打发 G1519 人往 G2181 以弗所 G3333 去，请 G1577 教会 G4245 的长老来。

18 G846 他们 G3854 来了 G2036 ，保罗就说 G5210 ：你们 G1987 知道 G575 ，自 G575 从 G1910 我到 G773 亚西亚 G2250 的日子 G4413 以来 G5216 ，在你们 G3326 中间 G3956 G5550 始终 G1096 为 G4459 人如何，

19 G1398 服事 G2962 主 G3956 ，凡事 G5012 谦卑 G1144 ，眼中流泪 G2532 ，又 G2453 因犹太人 G1917 的谋害 G4819 G1722 ，经历 G3986 试炼。

20 G2532 你们也 G5213 知道，凡与你们 G4851 有益 G3762 的，我没有一样 G5288 避讳 G3361 不 G312 说 G1219 的，或在众人面前 G2532 ，或 G2596 在各 G3624 人家 G2532 里，我都 G1321 教导 G5209 你们；

21 G5037 又对 G2453 犹太人 G2532 和 G2532 希腊人 G1263 證明 G1519 当向 G2316 神 G3341 悔改 G4102 ，信 G1519 靠 G2257 我 G2962 主 G2424 耶稣 G5547 基督。

22 G3568 现在 G1473 我 G1519 往 G2419 耶路撒冷 G4198 去 G4151 ，心甚迫切（原文是心 G1210 被捆绑 G3361 ），不 G1492 知道 G1722 在 G846 那里 G4876 要遇见甚么事；

23 G4133 但 G40 知道圣 G4151 灵 G2596 在 G4172 各城 G1263 里向我指證 G3004 ，说 G3754 有 G1199 捆锁 G2532 与 G2347 患难 G3306 等待 G3165 我。

24 G235 我却 G3761 不 G2192 以 G5590 性命 G4160 为念 G3762 ，也不 G5093 看为宝贵 G5613 ，只要 G5048 行完 G3450 我 G1408 的路程 G3844 ，成就我从 G2962 主 G2424 耶稣 G3739 所 G2983 领受 G1248 的职事 G1263 ，證明 G2316 神 G5485 恩惠 G2098 的福音。

25 G3568 我素常 G1722 在你们中间 G1330 来往 G2784 ，传讲 G2316 神 G932 国 G1473 的道；如今我 G1492 晓得 G5210 ，你们 G3956 以后都 G3765 不得再 G3700 见 G3450 我 G4383 的面了。

26 G1352 所以 G4594 我今 G2250 日 G5213 向你们 G3143 證明 G1473 ，你们中间无论何人死亡，罪不在我身上（原文是我 G575 于 G3956 众人 G129 的血 G2513 是洁净的）。

27 G1063 因为 G2316 神 G1012 的旨意 G3756 G3361 ，我并没有 G5288 一样避讳 G312 不传给 G5213 你们的。

28 G40 圣 G4151 灵 G5087 立 G5209 你们 G1985 作全群的监督 G3767 ，你们就当 G1438 为自己 G4337 谨慎 G2532 ，也 G3956 为全 G4168 群 G4165 谨慎，牧养 G2316 神 G1577 的教会 G3739 ，就是 G1223 他用 G2398 自己 G129 血 G4046 所买来的（或作：救赎的）。

29 G1473 我 G1492 知道 G3450 ，我 G867 去 G3326 之后 G926 必有凶暴 G3074 的豺狼 G1525 进入 G5209 你们 G1519 中间 G3361 ，不 G5339 爱惜 G4168 羊群。

30 G2532 就是 G846 你们 G435 中间，也必有人 G450 起来 G2980 说 G1294 悖谬的话 G645 ，要引诱 G3101 门徒 G3694 跟从 G846 他们。

31 G1352 所以 G1127 你们应当儆醒 G3421 ，纪念 G5148 我叁年 G2250 之久昼 G3571 夜 G3756 不 G3973 住 G1144 的流泪 G3560 、劝戒 G1538 你们各 G1520 人。

32 G3569 如今 G5209 我把你们 G3908 交託 G2316 神 G2532 和 G846 他 G5485 恩惠 G3056 的道 G3588 ；这道 G1410 能 G2026 建立 G1325 你们，叫 G5213 你们 G3956 和一切 G37 成圣 G2817 的人同得基业。

33 G1937 我未曾贪图 G3762 一个人 G5553 的金 G694 、银 G2441 、衣服。

34 G3754 我这 G3778 两隻 G5495 手 G5256 常供给 G3450 我 G2532 和 G3326 同 G1700 人 G5532 的需用 G846 ，这是你们自己 G1097 知道的。

35 G3956 我凡事 G5213 给你们 G5263 作榜样 G3956 ，叫你们 G1163 知道应当 G3779 这样 G2872 劳苦 G482 ，扶助 G770 软弱 G5037 的人，又 G3421 当纪念 G2962 主 G2424 耶稣 G3056 的话 G2036 ，说 G1325 ：施 G2228 比 G2983 受 G3123 更 G2076 为 G3107 有福。

36 G2036 保罗说 G5023 完了这话 G1119 ，就跪 G5087 下 G4862 同 G3956 众人 G4336 祷告。

37 G3956 众人 G2425 痛 G2805 哭 G1968 G1909 ，抱着 G3972 保罗 G5137 的颈项 G846 ，和他 G2705 亲嘴。

38 G1909 叫 G3122 他们最 G3600 伤心 G2046 的，就是他说 G3195 ：以后不能 G3765 再 G2334 见 G4383 我的面 G3739 那 G3056 句话 G1161 ，于是 G4311 送 G846 他 G1519 上 G4143 船去了。

Esperanto⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Kaj kiam la tumulto cxesigxis, Pauxlo, veniginte al si kaj admoninte la discxiplojn, adiauxis ilin, kaj foriris, por iri en Makedonujon. ² Kaj trairinte tiujn regionojn, kaj per multaj paroloj kuragxiginte la tieulojn, li venis en Grekujon. ³ Kaj pasiginte tie tri monatojn, post konspiro farita de la Judoj kontraux li, kiam li volis sxipiri al Sirio, li decidis reveni tra Makedonujo. ⁴ Kaj gxis Azio akompanis lin Sopater el Berea, la filo de Pirho; kaj el la Tesalonikanoj, Aristarhxo kaj Sekundo; kaj Gajo el Derbe, kaj Timoteo; kaj Tihxiko kaj Trofimo, Azianoj. ⁵ Sed cxi tiuj, antauxirinte, atendis nin en Troas. ⁶ Kaj ni sxipiris de Filipi post la tagoj de macoj, kaj alvenis al ili en Troas post kvin tagoj, kaj tie ni restis sep tagojn. ⁷ Kaj en la unua tago de la semajno, kiam ni kunvenis, por dispecigi panon, Pauxlo paroladis al ili, intencante foriri en la sekvanta tago; kaj li dauxrigis sian paroladon gxis noktomezo. ⁸ Kaj estis multaj lumiloj en la supra cxambro, kie ni kunvenis. ⁹ Kaj sur la fenestro sidis junulo, nomata Euxtihxo, premegata de profunda dormo; kaj dum Pauxlo ankoraux longe paroladis, tiu, venkite de la dormo, falis malsupren de la tria etagxo, kaj estis levita malviva. ¹⁰ Kaj Pauxlo malsupreniris, kaj falis sur lin, kaj cxirkauxpreninte lin, diris:Ne maltrankviligxu; cxar lia vivo estas en li. ¹¹ Kaj suprenirinte, kaj dispeciginte la panon, kaj mangxinte, kaj parolinte kun ili longe, gxis la tagigxo, fine li foriris. ¹² Kaj ili alkondukis la knabon vivantan, kaj multe konsoligxis. ¹³ Sed ni, irinte pli frue al la sxipo, ekveturis al Asos, por tie ensxipigi Pauxlon; cxar tiel li arangxis, intencante mem piediri. ¹⁴ Kaj kiam li renkontis nin en Asos, ni ensxipigis lin, kaj venis al Mitilene. ¹⁵ Kaj de tie sxipirinte, ni alvenis la sekvantan tagon kontraux HXios; kaj la duan tagon ni atingis Samoson; kaj la trian tagon ni alvenis en Mileton. ¹⁶ CXar Pauxlo decidis preterveturi Efeson, por ne perdi tempon en Azio; cxar li rapidis, por esti en Jerusalem, se li nur povos, en la Pentekosta tago. ¹⁷ Kaj de Mileto li sendis al Efeso, kaj alvokis al si la presbiterojn de la eklezio. ¹⁸ Kaj kiam ili alvenis, li diris al ili: Vi mem scias de post la tago, kiam mi unue enpasxis en Azion, kiamaniere mi kondutis inter vi dum la tuta tempo, ¹⁹ servante la Sinjoron kun cxia humileco, kaj cxe larmoj kaj cxe tentoj, kiuj okazis al mi per la konspiroj de la Judoj; ²⁰ kaj ke mi ne hezitis deklari al vi cxion utilan, instruante vin publike, kaj de domo al domo, ²¹ ateston farante al Judoj kaj Grekoj pri pento antaux Dio kaj pri fido al nia Sinjoro Jesuo Kristo. ²² Kaj nun jen, enkatenite en spirito, mi iras al Jerusalem, ne sciante, kio okazos al mi tie, ²³ krom tio, ke la Sankta Spirito atestas al mi en cxiu urbo, dirante, ke katenoj kaj afliktoj min atendas. ²⁴ Sed mi taksas je nenio mian vivon kiel al mi mem karan, se nur mi povos plenumi mian kuradon, kaj la komision, kiun mi ricevis de la Sinjoro Jesuo, atesti la evangelion de la graco de Dio. ²⁵ Kaj nun jen mi scias, ke vi cxiuj, inter kiuj mi iradis, predikante la regnon, ne plu vidos mian vizagxon. ²⁶ Tial mi atestas al vi hodiaux, ke mi estas pura pri la sango de cxiuj homoj. ²⁷ CXar mi ne hezitis anonci al vi la tutan intencon de Dio. ²⁸ Gardu vin kaj la tutan gregon, en kiu la Sankta Spirito faris vin episkopoj, por nutri la eklezion de Dio, kiun li acxetis per sia propra sango. ²⁹ Mi scias, ke post mia foriro eniros inter vi kruelaj lupoj, ne lasante la gregon sendifekta; ³⁰ kaj ecx el inter vi mem levigxos viroj perverse parolantaj, por forlogi post si la discxiplojn. ³¹ Tial gardu vin, memorante, ke dum tri jaroj mi ne cxesis admoni cxiun nokte kaj tage kun larmoj. ³² Kaj nun mi vin rekomendas al Dio kaj al la vorto de Lia graco, kiu povas vin edifi kaj doni al vi la heredon inter cxiuj sanktigitoj. ³³ Mi ne deziras ies argxenton, nek oron, nek vestaron. ³⁴ Vi mem scias, ke cxi tiuj manoj servadis al miaj bezonoj kaj al miaj kunuloj. ³⁵ En cxio mi montris al vi, ke tiel laborante, vi devas helpi la malfortulojn, kaj memori la vortojn de la Sinjoro Jesuo, kiujn li mem diris:Pli felicxe estas doni, ol ricevi. ³⁶ Kaj tiel dirinte, li genuigxis, kaj pregxis kun ili cxiuj. ³⁷ Kaj cxiuj ploregis, kaj falis sur la kolon de Pauxlo kaj lin kisis, ³⁸ malgxojante precipe pro la vorto, kiun li diris, ke ili ne plu vidos lian vizagxon. Kaj ili akompanis lin gxis la sxipo.

Estonian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Kui kära oli vaigistatud, kutsus Paulus jüngrid enese juurde, jättis nad jumalaga ja läks teele Makedooniasse. ² Ja kui ta need maakohad oli läbi käinud ja seal palju manitsussõnu rääkinud, tuli ta Kreekamaale. ³ Seal ta viibis kolm kuud. Kui ta siis mõtles mereteed minna Süüriasse ja juudid salanõu pidasid ta vastu, võttis ta nõuks tagasi matkata Makedoonia kaudu. ⁴ Teda saatsid beroialane Soopatros, Pürrose poeg, tessalooniklastest Aristarhos ja Sekundus, ja derbelane Gaajus, ja Timoteos, ja aasialased Tühhikos ja Trofimos. ⁵ Need läksid ära eele ja ootasid meid Troas. ⁶ Meie aga läksime laevaga pärast hapnemata leibade päevi Filipist teele ja saabusime nende juurde Troasse viiendal päeval, ja jäime sinna seitsmeks päevaks. ⁷ Aga kui me esimesel nädalapäeval olime kokku tulnud leiba murdma, siis Paulus, kes tahtis teisel päeval ära minna, kõneles nendega ja jätkas oma kõnet keskööni. ⁸ Ent mitu lampi põles ülemises toas, kus me koos olime. ⁹ Aga üks noor mees, Eutühhos nimi, istus aknal; ja kui Paulus kauemini kõneles, tuli raske uni tema peale ja ta kukkus magades kolmandalt korralt alla ja tõsteti üles surnuna. ¹⁰ Aga Paulus läks alla ja heitis tema peale, haaras ta ümbert kinni ning ütles: "Ärge hädaldage, sest tal on hing veel sees!" ¹¹ Siis ta läks üles ja murdis leiba ja sõi ja kõneles kaua kuni koiduni ja läks siis teele. ¹² Aga noor mees viidi minema elusana ja oldi suuresti trööstitud. ¹³ Me läksime eele laeva ja sõitsime Assosesse, kus mõtlesime oodata Paulust laeva, sest nõnda oli ta käskinud, ette võttes ise jala tulla. ¹⁴ Kui ta nüüd Assoses meiega kokku sai, võtsime ta laeva ja tulime Mitüleenesse. ¹⁵ Sealt me purjetasime edasi ja jõudsime järgmisel päeval Kiose saare kohta ja peatusime teisel päeval Saamoses ja saabusime järgmisel päeval Mileetosesse. ¹⁶ Sest Paulusel oli nõu Efesosest mööda sõita, et mitte aega viita Aasias. Tõttas ta ju, et kui vähegi võimalik, Nelipühapäevaks jõuda Jeruusalemma. ¹⁷ Aga Mileetosest ta läkitas sõna Efesosse ja kutsus koguduse vanemad enese juurde. ¹⁸ Ja kui nad tema juurde tulid, ütles ta neile: "Te teate, kuidas ma esimesest päevast, kui ma tulin Aasiasse, kõige selle aja olin teie juures, ¹⁹ teenides Issandat kõige alanduse ja pisarate ja kiusatustega, mis mind tabasid juutide salanõu tõttu; ²⁰ kuidas ma teie eest ei pidanud salajas midagi, mis teile tarvis oli, et oleksin selle jätnud teile kuulutamata ega oleks teid õpetanud avalikult ja kodasid mööda ²¹ ja tunnistanud nii juutidele kui kreeklastele pöördumist Jumala poole ja usku meie Issandasse Jeesusesse. ²² Ja nüüd, vaata, ma lähen vaimus seotuna Jeruusalemma ega tea, mis mind seal võib tabada; ²³ kuid seda ma tean, et Püha Vaim igas linnas mulle tunnistab ning ütleb, et köidikud ja viletsused ootavad mind. ²⁴ Ometi ma ei hooli sellest midagi ega pea ka oma elu kalliks, kui ma aga lõpetan oma elukorra ja ametikohused, mis ma olen saanud Issanda Jeesuse käest, et tunnistada Jumala armu Evangeeliumi. ²⁵ Ja nüüd, vaata, ma tean, et te iialgi enam ei saa minu silmi näha, te kõik, kelle keskel ma olen käinud ja kuulutanud Jumala Riiki. ²⁶ Sellepärast tunnistan ma teile tänasel päeval, et ma olen puhas kõikide verest; ²⁷ sest ma pole midagi teie eest salanud Jumala tahtest, et ma teile seda tervelt ei oleks kuulutanud. ²⁸ Sellepärast pange tähele iseendid ja kõike karja, kellele Püha Vaim on pannud teid ülevaatajaiks karjastena hoidma Jumala kogudust, mille Ta on omandanud Iseenese vere läbi. ²⁹ Ma tean seda, et pärast minu äraminekut tulevad teie sekka hirmsad hundid, kes karjale armu ei anna; ³⁰ ja teie eneste seast tõusevad mehed, kes kõnelevad pööraseid asju, et vedada jüngreid eneste järele. ³¹ Sellepärast valvake ja mõelge sellele, et ma kolm aastat ööd ja päevad ei ole lakanud silmaveega manitsemast igaüht teie seast. ³² Ja nüüd ma annan teid, vennad, Jumala ja Tema armusõna hooleks, Kes on vägev teid üles ehitama ja andma teile pärandi kõikide seas, Kes on pühitsetud. ³³ Hõbedat ega kulda ega riietust ei ole ma ihaldanud. ³⁴ Te teate ise, et need mu käed on teinud tööd minu ja mu kaaslaste vajaduste rahuldamiseks. ³⁵ Mina olen teile kõigiti näidanud, et nõnda tööd tehes tuleb hoolt kanda nõrkade eest ja meeles pidada Issanda Jeesuse sõnu, mis Ta on öelnud: õndsam on anda kui võtta!" ³⁶ Ja kui ta seda oli öelnud, langes ta põlvili ja palvetas ühes nende kõikidega. ³⁷ Siis puhkesid kõik valjusti nutma ja hakkasid Paulusel ümber kaela ja andsid temale suud. ³⁸ Kõige rohkem kurvastas neid sõna, mis ta oli öelnud, et nad enam ei saavat näha tema palet. Siis nad saatsid ta laeva.

Finnish⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Sittekuin kapina lakkasi, kutsui Paavali opetuslapset tykönsä ja tervehti heitä, ja läksi matkaansa Makedoniaan. ² Ja kuin hän ne maakunnat vaelsi, ja oli heitä monilla sanoilla neuvonut, tuli hän Grekan maalle, ³ Ja viipyi siellä kolme kuukautta, ja että Juudalaiset väijyivät häntä, kuin hänen piti Syriaan menemään, aikoi hän palata Makedonian kautta. ⁴ Mutta Sopater Bereasta seurasi häntä Asiaan asti, ja Tessalonikasta Aristarkus ja Sekundus, ja Gajus Derbestä, ja Timoteus; mutta Asiasta Tykikus ja Trophimus. ⁵ Nämät läksivät edellä ja odottivat meitä Troadassa. ⁶ Mutta me purjehdimme jälkeen pääsiäisen Philipistä ja tulimme heidän tykönsä Troadaan viitenä päivänä, ja viivyimme siellä seitsemän päivää. ⁷ Mutta ensimmäisenä viikonpäivänä, kuin opetuslapset kokoontuivat leipää taittamaan, saarnasi heille Paavali, ja aikoen toisena päivänä matkustaa, pitensi saarnan puoli-yöhön asti. ⁸ Ja monta kynttilää oli sytytetty salissa, jossa me olimme koossa. ⁹ Niin nuorukainen, nimeltä Eutykus, istui akkunalla, ja raukesi syvään uneen, ja Paavalin kauvan puhuessa, tuli hän unelta voitetuksi ja putosi alas kolmannesta ullakosta, ja otettiin kuolleena ylös. ¹⁰ Niin Paavali astui alas, ja laski itsensä hänen päällensä, ja otti syliinsä, ja sanoi: älkäät kapinoitko; sillä hänen sielunsa on vielä hänessä. ¹¹ Niin hän nousi, ja taitti leipää, ja söi, ja puheli kauvan heidän kanssansa, päivän koittamaan asti, niin hän läksi matkaansa. ¹² Niin he toivat nuorukaisen elävänä ja tulivat siitä lohdutetuksi. ¹³ Mutta me astuimme edellä haahteen ja purhjehdimme Assoon, aikoen siellä ottaa Paavalin sisälle; sillä hän oli niin käskenyt, ja tahtoi itse maata myöten mennä. ¹⁴ Kuin hän Assossa meidän kanssamme yhteen tuli, otimme me hänen sisälle ja tulimme Mityleneen. ¹⁵ Sieltä me purhjehdimme ja tulimme toisena päivänä Kion kohdalle. Ja taas pävää jälkeen tulimme me Samoon, ja viivyimme Trogylliossa. Ja päivää jälkeen tulimme me Miletoon. ¹⁶ Sillä Paavali oli päättänyt purjehtia Epheson ohitse, ettei hän Asiassa aikaa kuluttaisi; sillä hän kiiruhti, jos hänelle olis mahdollinen ollut, helluntaiksi Jerusalemiin. ¹⁷ Mutta hän lähetti Miletosta sanan Ephesoon ja kutsutti seurakunnan vanhimmat. ¹⁸ Kuin he tulivat hänen tykönsä, sanoi hän heille: te tiedätte, kuinka minä olen ollut kaiken ajan teidän tykönänne ensimmäisestä päivästä, jona minä Asiaan tulin, ¹⁹ Palvellen Herraa kaikella sydämen nöyryydellä, ja monilla kyyneleillä, ja kiusauksilla, jotka minulle Juudalaisten väijymisistä tapahtuivat: ²⁰ Etten minä ole mitään tarpeellista teiltä salannut, jota en minä ole teille ilmoittanut, ja olen teille opettanut julkisesti ja huone huoneelta, ²¹ Todistain sekä Juudalaisille että Grekiläisille sitä kääntymystä, joka Jumalan tykö on, ja sitä uskoa, joka meidän Herran Jesuksen Kristuksen päälle on. ²² Ja nyt katso, minä sidottuna hengessä matkustan Jerusalemiin, enkä tiedä, mitä minulle siellä tapahtuman pitää: ²³ Vaan että Pyhä Henki jokaisessa kaupungissa tunnustaa ja sanoo siteet ja murheet minun edessäni olevan. ²⁴ Mutta en minä siitä lukua pidä, enkä tottele paljon hengestäni: että minä juoksuni päättäisin ilolla ja sen viran, jonka minä olen Herralta Jesukselta saanut, todistaakseni evankeliumia Jumalan armosta. ²⁵ Ja nyt katso, minä tiedän, ettette silleen saa nähdä minun kasvojani, kaikki te, joiden kautta minä olen vaeltanut ja Jumalan valtakuntaa saarnannut. ²⁶ Sentähden minä todistan teille tänäpänä, että minä olen viatoin kaikkein verestä. ²⁷ Sillä en minä ole estänyt itsiäni ilmoittamasta teille kaikkea Jumalan neuvoa. ²⁸ Niin ottakaat siis itsestänne vaari ja kaikesta laumasta, johon Pyhä Henki on teidät piispoiksi pannut, kaitsemaan Jumalan seurakuntaa, jonka hän omalla verellänsä ansainnut on. ²⁹ Sillä minä tiedän minun lähtemiseni jälkeen tulevan teidän sekaanne hirmuiset sudet, jotka ei laumaa säästä. ³⁰ Ja itse teistänne nousevat miehet, jotka vääryyttä puhuvat, vetääksensä pois opetuslapsia peräänsä. ³¹ Sentähden valvokaat, muistain etten minä kolmena ajastaikana ole lakannut yöllä ja päivällä teitä kyyneleillä neuvomasta itsekutakin. ³² Ja nyt, rakkaat veljet, minä annan teidät Jumalan ja hänen armonsa sanan haltuun, joka väkevä on teitä rakentamaan ja antamaan teille perinnön kaikkein pyhitettyin seassa. ³³ En minä ole yhdenkään hopiaa eikä kultaa eikä vaatteita pyytänyt. ³⁴ Vaan te itse tiedätte, että nämät kädet ovat minua tarpeissani ja niitä, jotka minun kanssani olivat, palvelleet. ³⁵ Kaikki olen minä teille osoittanut, että niin pitää työtä tehtämän: heikkoja korjattaman ja muistettaman Herran Jesuksen sanoja, jotka hän sanoi: autuaampi on antaa kuin ottaa. ³⁶ Ja kuin hän nämät sanonut oli, lankesi hän polvillensa ja rukoili kaikkein heidän kanssansa. ³⁷ Ja suuri itku tuli heille kaikille ja lankesivat Paavalin kaulaan ja suuta antoivat hänen, ³⁸ Murehtien suuresti sen sanan tähden, jonka hän oli sanonut, ettei heidän pitänyt enempi hänen kasvojansa näkemän. Ja he saattivat häntä haahteen.

FinnishPR⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Kun meteli oli asettunut, kutsui Paavali opetuslapset luoksensa; ja rohkaistuaan heitä hän jätti heidät hyvästi ja lähti matkustamaan Makedoniaan. ² Ja kuljettuaan niiden paikkakuntien läpi ja puhuttuaan siellä monta kehoituksen sanaa hän tuli Kreikkaan. ³ Siellä hän oleskeli kolme kuukautta. Ja kun juutalaiset olivat tehneet häntä vastaan salahankkeen hänen aikoessaan lähteä meritse Syyriaan, päätti hän tehdä paluumatkansa Makedonian kautta. ⁴ Ja häntä seurasivat berealainen Soopater, Pyrruksen poika, ja tessalonikalaisista Aristarkus ja Sekundus, derbeläinen Gaius, Timoteus sekä aasialaiset Tykikus ja Trofimus. ⁵ Nämä menivät edeltä ja odottivat meitä Trooaassa; ⁶ mutta me purjehdimme happamattoman leivän juhlan jälkeen Filippistä ja tulimme viidentenä päivänä heidän luoksensa Trooaaseen ja viivyimme siellä seitsemän päivää. ⁷ Ja kun viikon ensimmäisenä päivänä olimme kokoontuneet murtamaan leipää, niin Paavali, joka seuraavana päivänä aikoi matkustaa pois, keskusteli heidän kanssansa ja pitkitti puhettaan puoliyöhön saakka. ⁸ Ja monta lamppua oli palamassa yläsalissa, jossa me olimme koolla. ⁹ Niin eräs nuorukainen, nimeltä Eutykus, istui ikkunalla, ja kun Paavalin puhe kesti niin kauan, vaipui hän sikeään uneen ja putosi unen vallassa kolmannesta kerroksesta maahan; ja hänet nostettiin ylös kuolleena. ¹⁰ Mutta Paavali meni alas, heittäytyi hänen ylitsensä, kiersi kätensä hänen ympärilleen ja sanoi: "Älkää hätäilkö, sillä hänessä on vielä henki". ¹¹ Niin hän meni jälleen ylös, mursi leipää ja söi; ja hän puhui kauan heidän kanssansa, päivän koittoon asti, ja lähti sitten matkalle. ¹² Ja he veivät pojan sieltä elävänä ja tulivat suuresti lohdutetuiksi. ¹³ Mutta me menimme edeltäpäin ja astuimme laivaan ja purjehdimme Assoon. Sieltä aioimme ottaa Paavalin laivaan, sillä hän oli niin määrännyt, aikoen itse kulkea maitse. ¹⁴ Ja kun hän yhtyi meihin Assossa, otimme hänet laivaan ja kuljimme Mityleneen. ¹⁵ Sieltä me purjehdimme ja saavuimme toisena päivänä Kion kohdalle; seuraavana päivänä laskimme Samoon ja tulimme sen jälkeisenä päivänä Miletoon. ¹⁶ Sillä Paavali oli päättänyt purjehtia Efeson ohitse, ettei häneltä kuluisi aikaa Aasiassa; sillä hän kiiruhti joutuakseen, jos suinkin mahdollista, helluntaiksi Jerusalemiin. ¹⁷ Mutta Miletosta hän lähetti sanan Efesoon ja kutsui tykönsä seurakunnan vanhimmat. ¹⁸ Ja kun he saapuivat hänen tykönsä, sanoi hän heille: "Te tiedätte ensimmäisestä päivästä asti, kun minä Aasiaan tulin, miten minä kaiken aikaa olen ollut teidän kanssanne; ¹⁹ kuinka minä olen palvellut Herraa kaikella nöyryydellä ja kyynelillä, koettelemuksissa, jotka ovat kohdanneet minua juutalaisten salahankkeiden tähden; ²⁰ kuinka minä en ole vetäytynyt pois julistamasta teille sitä, mikä hyödyllistä on, ja opettamasta teitä sekä julkisesti että huone huoneelta, ²¹ vaan olen todistanut sekä juutalaisille että kreikkalaisille parannusta kääntymyksessä Jumalan puoleen ja uskoa meidän Herraamme Jeesukseen Kristukseen. ²² Ja nyt, katso, minä matkustan, sidottuna hengessä, Jerusalemiin, enkä tiedä, mikä minua siellä kohtaa. ²³ Sen vain tiedän, että Pyhä Henki jokaisessa kaupungissa todistaa minulle ja sanoo, että kahleet ja ahdistukset minua odottavat. ²⁴ En minä kuitenkaan pidä henkeäni itselleni minkään arvoisena, kunhan vain täytän juoksuni ja sen viran, jonka minä Herralta Jeesukselta olen saanut: Jumalan armon evankeliumin todistamisen. ²⁵ Ja nyt, katso, minä tiedän, ettette enää saa nähdä minun kasvojani, ei kukaan teistä, joiden keskuudessa minä olen vaeltanut ja saarnannut valtakuntaa. ²⁶ Sentähden minä todistan teille tänä päivänä, että minä olen viaton kaikkien vereen. ²⁷ Sillä minä en ole vetäytynyt pois julistamasta teille kaikkea Jumalan tahtoa. ²⁸ Ottakaa siis itsestänne vaari ja kaikesta laumasta, johon Pyhä Henki on teidät pannut kaitsijoiksi, paimentamaan Herran seurakuntaa, jonka hän omalla verellänsä on itselleen ansainnut. ²⁹ Minä tiedän, että minun lähtöni jälkeen teidän keskuuteenne tulee julmia susia, jotka eivät laumaa säästä, ³⁰ ja teidän omasta joukostanne nousee miehiä, jotka väärää puhetta puhuvat, vetääkseen opetuslapset mukaansa. ³¹ Valvokaa sentähden ja muistakaa, että minä olen kolme vuotta lakkaamatta yötä ja päivää kyynelin neuvonut teitä itsekutakin. ³² Ja nyt minä uskon teidät Jumalan ja hänen armonsa sanan haltuun, hänen, joka on voimallinen rakentamaan teitä ja antamaan teille perintöosan kaikkien pyhitettyjen joukossa. ³³ En minä ole halunnut kenenkään hopeata tai kultaa tai vaatteita; ³⁴ te tiedätte itse, että nämä minun käteni ovat työllänsä hankkineet, mitä minä ja seuralaiseni olemme tarvinneet. ³⁵ Kaikessa minä olen osoittanut teille, että näin työtä tehden tulee huolehtia heikoista ja muistaa nämä Herran Jeesuksen sanat, jotka hän itse sanoi: 'Autuaampi on antaa kuin ottaa'." ³⁶ Ja tämän sanottuaan hän polvistui ja rukoili kaikkien heidän kanssansa. ³⁷ Ja he ratkesivat kaikki haikeasti itkemään ja lankesivat Paavalin kaulaan ja suutelivat häntä, ³⁸ ja enimmän suretti heitä se sana, jonka hän oli sanonut, etteivät he enää saisi nähdä hänen kasvojansa. Ja he saattoivat hänet laivaan.

Georgian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ხოლო შემდგომად დაცხრომისა მის შფოთისა, მოუწოდა პავლე მოწაფეთა მათ და ნუგეშინის-სცა და მოიკითხნა, და იჯმნა მათგან და განვიდა მისლვად მაკედონიად. ² და ვითარცა მოვლო ადგილები იგი და ნუგეშინის-სცა მათ სიტყჳთა მრავლითა, წარვიდა ელადად. ³ იყო მუნ სამ თთუე. იქმნა მისთჳს ძჳრის ზრახვაჲ ჰურიათაგან. ეგულებოდა რაჲ აღსლვაჲ ასურეთა, განიზრახა მიქცევაჲ მაკედონიაჲთ. ⁴ და მის თანა ჰყვანდეს ვიდრე ასიადმდე სოსიპატრე პჳრესი, ბერიელი, და თესალონიკელი არისტარქოს და სეკუნდოს და გაიოს დერბელი და ტიმოთე და ასიელნი ტჳქიკოს და ტროფიმოს. ⁵ ესენი წინა-წარგჳძღუეს და გუელოდეს ჩუენ ტროადას შინა. ⁶ ხოლო ჩუენ ნავითა წარვედით შემდგომად დღეთა მათ უცომოებისათა ფილიპიაჲთ და მოვედით მათ თანა ტროადად მეხუთესა დღესა, და ვიყვენით ჩუენ მუნ შჳდ დღე. ⁷ და ერთსა მას შაბათსა შეკრებულ რაჲ იყვნეს მოწაფენი იგი განტეხად პურისა, ხოლო პავლე ეტყოდა მათ სიტყუასა მოძღურებისათა, რამეთუ განსლვად იყო ხვალისაგან, და განაგრძო სიტყუაჲ იგი ვიდრე შუა ღამედმდე. ⁸ იყვნეს სანთელნი მრავალნი ქორსა მას ზედა, სადა-იგი შეკრებულ ვიყვენით. ⁹ ხოლო ჯდა ჭაბუკი ვინმე ერთი, სახელით ევტჳქოს, სარკუმელსა ზედა. და ვითარცა მიერულა მას ძილითა ჴშირითა სიტყუასა მას პავლესსა მრავალ ჟამ, გარდავარდა მძინარე და დაეცა სამ სართულისა მისგან ქუეყანად და იდვა მკუდარი. ¹⁰ გარდავიდა პავლე და დავარდა მას ზედა, შეიტკბო იგი და თქუა: ნუ აღშფოთნებით, რამეთუ სული მისი მის თანა არს. ¹¹ აღდგა მიერ და აღვიდა, განტეხა პური და ჭამა, და მრავალ ჟამ ზრახვიდა-ღა ვიდრე განთენებადმდე და ესრეთ განვიდა. ¹² ხოლო მოიყვანეს ყრმაჲ იგი ცოცხალი და ნუგეშინის-იცეს არა მცირედ. ¹³ ხოლო ჩუენ წინა წარუძეღჳთ ნავითა და აღვედით ასსონდ; მიერ გუეგულებოდა წარყვანებაჲ პავლესი, რამეთუ ეგრეთ განეწესამ რამეთუ მკჳრცხლ ეგულებოდა მოსლვაჲ. ¹⁴ ვითარცა მოვიდა ჩუენდა ასსონდ, წარმოვიყვანეთ იგი და მოვედით მიტჳლინდ. ¹⁵ და მიერ ნავითა წარმოვედით და ხვალისაგან მივიწიენით წინაშე ქიონისა. და მიერ მივედით სამონდ და დავადგერით ტრონგჳლიას შინა, და მეორესა დღესა მოვედით მელიტონდ. ¹⁶ ინება პავლე ეფესოჲსა თანა-წარსლვაჲ, რაჲთა არა დაეყოვნოს მრავალ ჟამ ასიას შინა, რამეთუ ისწრაფდა, უკუეთუმცა შესაძლებელ იყო მისა, დღისა მის მეერგასისა ყოფად იერუსალჱმს. ¹⁷ ხოლო მელიტონით მიავლინა ეფესოდ და მოუწოდა ხუცესთა ეკლესიისათა. ¹⁸ და ვითარცა მოვიდეს მისა, ჰრქუა მათ: თქუენ იცით პირველ დღითგან, ვინაჲთგან შემოვედ ასიად, თუ ვითარ ვიყავ თქუენ თანა ყოველსა ჟამსა, ¹⁹ და ვჰმონებდ უფალსა ყოვლითა სიმდაბლითა და მრავლითა ცრემლითა და განსაცდელითა, რომელნი შემემთხუეოდეს მე ძჳრის ზრახვათაგან ჰურიათაჲსა. ²⁰ ვითარ-იგი არარაჲ დავაყენე უმჯობესი თქუენი, რომელიმცა არა გითხარ და გასწავე თქუენ ერსა წინაშე და სახლსა შინა. ²¹ და უწამებდ ჰურიათა და წარმართთა ღმრთისა მიმართ სინანულსა და სარწმუნოებასა უფლისა მიმართ ჩუენისა იესუ ქრისტესა. ²² და აწ ესერა კრული სულითა მივალ იერუსალჱმს და, მუნ თუ რაჲ შემთხუევად არს ჩემდა, არაჲ ვიცი; ²³ გარნა სული წმიდაჲ ქალაქად-ქალაქად მიწამებს მე და მეტყჳს, რამეთუ კრულებანი და ჭირნი მელიან მე. ²⁴ არამედ არარას ვზრუნავ ამისთჳს, არცა უპატიოსნეს სულისა ჩემისა შემირაცხიეს თავი ჩემი, ვითარმცა არა აღვასრულე სრბაჲ ჩემი სიხარულით და მსახურებაჲ, რომელი მოვიღე უფლისა იესუ ქრისტესგან წამებად სახარებაჲ იგი მადლისა ღმრთისაჲ. ²⁵ და აწ აჰა-ესერა მე უწყი, რამეთუ არღარა იხილოთ პირი ჩემი თქუენ ყოველთა, რომელთა შორის ვიქცეოდე და ვქადაგებდ სასუფეველსა ღმრთისასა. ²⁶ ვინაჲცა გიწამებ თქუენ დღენდელსა ამას დღესა, რამეთუ უბრალო ვარ მე სისხლისაგან თქუენ ყოველთაჲსა. ²⁷ რამეთუ არარაჲ დავაყენე, რომელიმცა არა გითხარ თქუენ ყოველივე ნებაჲ ღმრთისაჲ. ²⁸ ეკრძალენით უკუე თავთა თქუენთა და ყოველსავე სამწყსოსა, რომელსა-ეგე თქუენ სულმან წმიდამან დაგადგინნა მოღუაწედ და მწყსად ეკლესიასა უფლისა ღმრთისასა, რომელი მოიგო სისხლითა თჳსითა. ²⁹ და აჰა მე უწყი ესე, რამეთუ შემოვიდენ თქუენდა შემდგომად განსლვისა ჩემისა მგელნი მძიმენი, რომელნი არა ერიდებოდიან სამწყსოსა. ³⁰ და თჳთ თქუენგანნი აღდგენ კაცნი, რომელნი იტყოდიან გულარძნილსა, რაჲთა განადგინნენ მოწაფენი შემდგომად მათდა. ³¹ ამისთჳს იღჳძებდით და მოიჴსენეთ, რამეთუ სამსა წელსა ღამით და დღით არა დავსცხრებოდე ცრემლით სწავლასა კაცად-კაცადისა თქუენისასა. ³² და აწ შეგვედრებ თქუენ ღმერთსა, ძმანო, და სიტყუასა მას მადლისა მისისასა, რომელი შემძლებელ არს აღშენებად და მოცემად თქუენდა მკჳდრობისა ყოველთა შორის წმიდათა. ³³ ვეცხლისა და ოქროჲსა და სამოსლისა არავისი გულმან მითქუა. ³⁴ თქუენ თჳთ უწყით, რამეთუ საჴმარსა მას ჩემსა და რომელნი იყვნეს ჩემ თანა, ჴელნი ესე ჩემნი ჰმსახურებდეს. ³⁵ და ყოველივე გიჩუენე თქუენ, რამეთუ ესრეთ მშრომელთა მათდა ჯერ-არს შეწყნარებაჲ უძლურთა მათ და მოჴსენებად სიტყუაჲ იგი უფლისა იესუჲსი, რამეთუ თავადმან თქუა: ნეტარ არს მიცემაჲ უფროჲს მოღებისა. ³⁶ და ესე რაჲ თქუა, დაიდგინა მუჴლნი მათ ყოველთა თანდა და ილოცა. ³⁷ იყო ტირილი დიდი მათ ყოველთაჲ და მოეხჳნეს ქედსა პავლესსა, ამბორს-უყოფდეს მას. ³⁸ და ელმოდა უფროჲს-ღა სიტყჳსა მისთჳს, რომელი თქუა, ვითარმედ: არღარა იხილონ პირი მისი. და წარჰგზავნიდეს მას ნავად.

Haitian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Lè dezòd la sispann, Pòl reyini disip yo, li ba yo kèk pawòl ankourajman, li di yo orevwa, epi l' pati pou Masedwan. ² Li pase nan tout zòn lan, li t'ap ankouraje fidèl yo avèk anpil mesaj. Apre sa, li pati, li ale Lagrès. ³ Rive la, li ret pase twa mwa. Li tapral pran yon batiman pou peyi Siri lè l' vin konnen jwif yo t'ap pare yon pèlen tann li. Se konsa, li deside tounen pase Masedwan ankò. ⁴ Men non moun ki te avèk li yo: Sopatè, pitit Piris, moun lavil Bere, Aristak ak Sekoundous, tou de moun Tesalonik, Gayis, moun Dèb, Timote, Tichik ak Twofim, tou twa moun pwovens Lazi. ⁵ Yo tout te pran devan, y' al tann nou Twoas. ⁶ Nou menm, apre fèt Pen san ledven yo, nou anbake sou yon batiman lavil Filip. Apre senk jou, nou jwenn yo lavil Twoas. Nou rete pase tout yon senmenn la. ⁷ Premye jou nan senmenn lan, nou te reyini nan aswè pou n' te separe pen an ansanm. Pòl t'ap pale ak asanble a. Li te gen pou l' te pati nan denmen maten. Li te menwi, li t'ap pale toujou. ⁸ Nou te sanble nan pyès anwo kay la. Te gen anpil lanp limen ladan li. ⁹ Yon jenn gason yo te rele Etich, te chita sou rebò fennèt la. Mesaj Pòl la te long. Etich kite kabicha pran l' epi l' dòmi nèt ale. Li dòmi sitèlman, li pèdi ekilib, li soti nan twazyèm etaj la li tonbe anba. Lè yo ranmase l', li te mouri frèt. ¹⁰ Pòl desanm, li bese sou li, li pran l' nan bra l', epi li di: Nou pa bezwen pè, li pa mouri. ¹¹ Lè Pòl tounen moute, li kase pen an, epi l' manje. Li pale lontan avèk yo ankò jouk solèy leve. Apre sa li pati. ¹² Yo mennen jenn gason an vivan lakay li. Se te yon ankourajman pou tout moun. ¹³ Nou pran devan, n' al anbake sou yon batiman ki mennen nou Asòs. Se la pou Pòl te vin anbake tou. Se li menm ki te vle l' konsa, li te fè lide ale Asòs apye. ¹⁴ Lè l' vin jwenn nou Asòs, nou pran l' abò a, epi n' ale Mitilèn. ¹⁵ Antan nou la, nou fè vwal ankò. Nan denmen nou rive devan Chio. Apre yon jou, nou rive Samòs. Nan denmen ankò nou debake Milè. ¹⁶ Pòl te deside pase devan Efèz san rete pou l' pa t' pèdi twòp tan nan pwovens Lazi a. Li t'ap prese, li te vle wè si l' te kapab rive Jerizalèm pou jou Lapannkòt la. ¹⁷ Antan li lavil Milè, Pòl voye yon mesaj lavil Efèz: li mande chèf reskonsab legliz yo pou yo vin jwenn li. ¹⁸ Lè yo rive, li di yo: Nou konnen ki jan mwen te mennen bak mwen tout tan mwen te la avèk nou, depi premye jou mwen te mete pye m' nan Lazi. ¹⁹ Mwen sèvi Seyè a san okenn pretansyon, avèk dlo nan je, nan mitan tout move pa mwen jwenn poutèt tout konplo jwif yo. ²⁰ Nou konnen mwen pa janm kache nou anyen ki ta ka sèvi nou, mwen te fè nou konnen tout bagay, mwen te moutre nou tout bagay, kit an piblik kit lakay nou. ²¹ Mwen avèti tout moun, jwif kou moun lòt nasyon yo, pou yo chanje lavi yo, tounen vin jwenn Bondye, pou yo mete konfyans yo nan Seyè Jezi. ²² Koulye a mwen pral Jerizalèm. Se Sentespri k'ap pouse m' ale. Mwen pa konnen sak pral rive m' la a. ²³ Yon sèl bagay moun konnen: nan chak lavil kote m' pase, Sentespri avèti m' prizon ak anpil soufrans ap tann mwen. ²⁴ Mwen pa pran lavi m' pou anyen, li pa gen okenn valè pou mwen. Men, mwen vle ale jouk nan bout nan sèvis mwen, mwen vle fini nèt ak travay Seyè Jezi ban mwen an, pou m' anonse bon nouvèl favè Bondye fè nou an. ²⁵ Mwen pase kèk tan nan mitan nou ap anonse Gouvènman Bondye ki wa a. Men, koulye a, mwen konnen nou yonn p'ap janm wè m' ankò. ²⁶ Se poutèt sa m'ap di nou jòdi a: si yonn nan nou peri, mwen pa reskonsab. ²⁷ Mwen fè nou konnen tout plan travay Bondye a san m' pa kache nou anyen. ²⁸ Veye kò nou, veye sou tout bann mouton Sentespri a mete sou kont nou. Okipe legliz Bondye a, legliz li te achte ak pwòp san Pitit li a. ²⁹ Mwen konnen tou, apre m' fin ale, gen moun k'ap vin nan mitan nou pou kraze legliz la, tankou chen mawon nan yon bann mouton. ³⁰ Gen moun k'ap soti nan mitan nou menm menm, k'ap kanpe pou bay manti, pou chache rale kèk disip dèyè yo. ³¹ Se poutèt sa, mwen di nou: fè atansyon anpil. Toujou chonje ki jan, pandan twazan, lajounen kou lannwit, mwen pa janm sispann avèti nou tout, ak dlo nan je mwen. ³² Koulye a m'ap renmèt nou nan men Bondye avèk mesaj favè li a. Se li menm ki ka fòtifye nou, ki ka ban nou tout bon bagay li sere pou tout moun ki pote non li. ³³ Mwen pa janm pote lanvi pou lajan pesonn, ni pou lò ni pou rad okenn moun. ³⁴ Nou menm, nou konnen ki jan mwen travay ak men m' pou m' te ka jwenn tou sa mwen menm ansanm ak kanmarad mwen yo nou te bezwen. ³⁵ Mwen moutre nou ki jan pou n' travay di nan tou sa n'ap fè pou n' ka ede pi fèb yo, pou nou toujou chonje pawòl Seyè a ki te di ak pwòp bouch li: Gen plis benediksyon pou moun k'ap bay pase pou moun k'ap resevwa. ³⁶ Lè li fin pale konsa, Pòl mete ajenou ansanm ak yo tout, epi li lapriyè. ³⁷ Yo tout t'ap kriye, yo pran Pòl nan bra yo, yo bo l', yo di li: Bondye avèk ou! ³⁸ Sa ki te fè yo plis lapenn, se lè li di yo p'ap janm wè l' ankò. Apre sa, yo kondi l' mennen jouk sou batiman an.

Hungarian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Minekutána pedig megszûnt a háborúság, magához híván Pál a tanítványokat és tõlük búcsút vévén, elindula, hogy Maczedóniába menjen. ² Miután pedig azokat a tartományokat eljárta, és intette õket bõ beszéddel, Görögországba méne. ³ És ott töltött három hónapot. És mivelhogy a zsidók lest hánytak néki, a mint Siriába készült hajózni, úgy végezé, hogy Maczedónián át tér vissza. ⁴ Kíséré pedig õt Ázsiáig a béreai Sopater, a Thessalonikabeliek közül pedig Aristárkhus és Sekundus, és a derbei Gájus és Timótheus; Ázsiabeliek pedig Tikhikus és Trofimus. ⁵ Ezek elõremenvén, megvárának minket Troásban. ⁶ Mi pedig a kovásztalan kenyerek napjai után kievezénk Filippibõl, és menénk õ hozzájok Troásba öt nap alatt; hol hét napot tölténk. ⁷ A hétnek elsõ napján pedig a tanítványok egybegyûlvén a kenyér megszegésére, Pál prédikál vala nékik, mivelhogy másnap el akara menni; és a tanítást megnyújtá éjfélig. ⁸ Vala pedig elegendõ szövétnek abban a felházban, a hol egybe valának gyülekezve. ⁹ Egy Eutikhus nevû ifjú pedig ül vala az ablakban, mély álomba merülve: és mivelhogy Pál sok ideig prédikála, elnyomatván az álom által, aláesék a harmadik rend házból, és halva véteték föl. ¹⁰ Pál pedig alámenvén, reá borula, és magához ölelve monda: Ne háborogjatok; mert a lelke benne van. ¹¹ Azután fölméne, és megszegé a kenyeret és evék, és sokáig, mind virradatig beszélgetvén, úgy indula el. ¹² Felhozák pedig az ifjat elevenen, és felette igen megvigasztalódának. ¹³ Mi pedig elõremenvén a hajóra, Assusba evezénk, ott akarván fölvenni Pált; mert így rendelkezett, õ maga gyalog akarván jõni. ¹⁴ Mikor pedig Assusban összetalálkozott velünk, felvévén õt, menénk Mitilénébe. ¹⁵ És onnét elevezvén, másnap eljutánk Khius ellenébe; a következõn pedig áthajózánk Sámusba; és Trogilliumban megszállván, másnap mentünk Milétusba. ¹⁶ Mert elvégezé Pál, hogy Efézus mellett elhajózik, hogy ne kelljen néki idõt múlatni Ázsiában; mert siet vala, hogy ha lehetne néki, pünkösd napjára Jeruzsálemben legyen. ¹⁷ Milétusból azonban küldvén Efézusba, magához hívatá a gyülekezet véneit. ¹⁸ Mikor pedig hozzá mentek, monda nékik: Ti tudjátok, hogy az elsõ naptól fogva, melyen Ázsiába jöttem, mint viseltem magamat ti köztetek az egész idõ alatt, ¹⁹ Szolgálván az Úrnak teljes alázatossággal és sok könnyhullatás és kisértetek közt, melyek én rajtam a zsidóknak utánam való leselkedése miatt estek; ²⁰ Hogy semmitõl sem vonogattam magamat, a mi hasznos, hogy hirdessem néktek, és tanítsalak titeket nyilvánosan és házanként, ²¹ Bizonyságot tévén mind zsidóknak, mind görögöknek az Istenhez való megtérés, és a mi Urunk Jézus Krisztusban való hit felõl. ²² És most ímé én a Lélektõl kényszerítve megyek Jeruzsálembe, nem tudván, mik következnek ott én reám. ²³ Kivéve, hogy a Szent Lélek városonként bizonyságot tesz, mondván, hogy én reám fogság és nyomorúság következik. ²⁴ De semmivel sem gondolok, még az én életem sem drága nékem, csakhogy elvégezhessem az én futásomat örömmel, és azt a szolgálatot, melyet vettem az Úr Jézustól, hogy bizonyságot tegyek az Isten kegyelmének evangyéliomáról. ²⁵ És most íme én tudom, hogy nem látjátok többé az én orczámat ti mindnyájan, kik között általmentem, prédikálván az Istennek országát. ²⁶ Azért bizonyságot teszek elõttetek a mai napon, hogy én mindeneknek vérétõl tiszta vagyok. ²⁷ Mert nem vonogattam magamat, hogy hirdessem néktek az Istennek teljes akaratát. ²⁸ Viseljetek gondot azért magatokra és az egész nyájra, melyben a Szent Lélek titeket vigyázókká tett, az Isten anyaszentegyházának legeltetésére, melyet tulajdon vérével szerzett. ²⁹ Mert én tudom azt, hogy az én eltávozásom után jõnek ti közétek gonosz farkasok, kik nem kedveznek a nyájnak. ³⁰ Sõt ti magatok közül is támadnak férfiak, kik fonák dolgokat beszélnek, hogy a tanítványokat magok után vonják. ³¹ Azért vigyázzatok, megemlékezvén arról, hogy én három esztendeig éjjel és nappal meg nem szüntem könnyhullatással inteni mindenkit. ³² És most, atyámfiai, ajánlak titeket az Istennek és az õ kegyelmessége ígéjének, a ki felépíthet és adhat néktek örökséget minden megszenteltek közt. ³³ Senkinek ezüstjét, vagy aranyát, vagy ruháját nem kívántam: ³⁴ Sõt magatok tudjátok, hogy a magam szükségeirõl és a velem valókról ezek a kezek gondoskodtak. ³⁵ Mindenestõl megmutattam néktek, hogy ily módon munkálkodva kell az erõtlenekrõl gondot viselni, és megemlékezni az Úr Jézus szavairól, mert õ mondá: Jobb adni, mint venni. ³⁶ És mikor ezeket mondotta, térdre esve imádkozék mindazokkal egybe. ³⁷ Mindnyájan pedig nagy sírásra fakadtak; és Pálnak nyakába borulva csókolgaták õt. ³⁸ Keseregve kiváltképen azon a szaván, a melyet mondott, hogy többé az õ orczáját nem fogják látni. Aztán elkísérték õt a hajóra.

Indonesian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Setelah keadaan di Efesus tenteram kembali, Paulus mengumpulkan jemaat dan memberi dorongan kepada mereka. Kemudian ia mengucapkan selamat tinggal lalu meneruskan perjalanannya ke Makedonia. ² Ia mengunjungi daerah-daerah Makedonia dan memberi banyak nasihat kepada orang-orang yang percaya kepada Yesus di sana untuk memberi dorongan kepada mereka. Kemudian ia pergi ke Yunani. ³ Tiga bulan lamanya ia tinggal di sana. Lalu ketika ia sedang bersiap-siap untuk berlayar ke Siria, ada berita bahwa orang-orang Yahudi sedang bersepakat untuk membunuhnya. Oleh sebab itu ia memutuskan untuk kembali melalui Makedonia. ⁴ Sopater anak Pirus yang berasal dari Berea pergi bersama-sama dia; begitu juga Aristarkhus dan Sekundus orang Tesalonika, dan Gayus orang Derbe. Juga Timotius, Tikhikus dan Trofimus, orang-orang dari provinsi Asia. ⁵ Mereka mendahului kami lalu menunggu kami di Troas. ⁶ Setelah Perayaan Roti Tidak Beragi, kami berlayar meninggalkan Filipi. Lima hari kemudian kami berkumpul lagi dengan mereka di Troas. Di sana kami tinggal satu minggu. ⁷ Malam minggu kami berkumpul untuk makan bersama secara bersaudara. Paulus bercakap-cakap dengan orang-orang, karena besoknya ia berniat berangkat. Sampai tengah malam Paulus berbicara terus. ⁸ Dalam kamar di tingkat atas, tempat kami berkumpul itu, ada banyak lampu. ⁹ Seorang pemuda bernama Eutikhus duduk di jendela. Karena Paulus tidak berhenti-henti berbicara, pemuda itu menjadi mengantuk sekali sampai ia tertidur di jendela itu, lalu jatuh ke bawah dari tingkat ketiga. Waktu mereka mengangkatnya, ia sudah mati. ¹⁰ Tetapi Paulus turun ke bawah, lalu merebahkan diri ke atas pemuda itu dan memeluknya. Paulus berkata, "Jangan khawatir, ia masih hidup!" ¹¹ Kemudian Paulus naik kembali ke atas, lalu membagi-bagi roti dan makan bersama-sama. Sesudah lama berbicara dengan orang-orang sampai pagi, Paulus berangkat. ¹² Orang-orang membawa pulang pemuda itu hidup ke rumahnya. Mereka merasa senang dan sangat terhibur. ¹³ Kami pergi ke kapal lalu berlayar lebih dahulu ke Asos untuk menjemput Paulus ke kapal di sana. Ia sudah mengatur demikian karena ia akan ke sana melalui jalan darat. ¹⁴ Setelah bertemu di Asos, Paulus segera naik ke kapal lalu kami berlayar ke Metilene. ¹⁵ Dari sana kami berlayar pula, dan besoknya tiba di tempat yang berhadapan dengan Khios. Lusanya kami sampai di Samos dan sehari kemudian di Miletus. ¹⁶ Paulus telah menetapkan untuk tidak singgah di Efesus, supaya jangan membuang waktu di daerah Asia. Sedapat mungkin ia ingin cepat-cepat sampai di Yerusalem pada hari raya Pentakosta. ¹⁷ Dari Miletus Paulus mengirim berita ke Efesus untuk minta para pemimpin jemaat di sana datang berjumpa dengan dia. ¹⁸ Ketika mereka tiba, Paulus berkata kepada mereka, "Saudara-saudara mengetahui bagaimana saya hidup selama ini di antara kalian sejak hari pertama saya tiba di Asia. ¹⁹ Dengan rendah hati dan dengan banyak air mata, saya bekerja untuk Tuhan di tengah-tengah penderitaan yang kualami karena rencana jahat orang-orang Yahudi. ²⁰ Saudara tahu bahwa saya tidak segan-segan memberitahukan kepada kalian apa yang berguna bagimu. Saya mengajar kalian di pertemuan-pertemuan umum dan di rumah-rumah. ²¹ Baik kepada orang-orang Yahudi maupun kepada orang-orang bangsa lain saya selalu memberi peringatan supaya mereka bertobat dari dosa-dosa mereka dan datang kepada Allah, serta percaya kepada Tuhan Yesus. ²² Sekarang untuk mentaati perintah Roh Allah, saya pergi ke Yerusalem. Dan saya tidak tahu apa yang akan terjadi pada saya di sana. ²³ Saya hanya tahu bahwa di tiap-tiap kota, Roh Allah sudah dengan tegas memberitahukan kepada saya, bahwa saya akan masuk penjara dan akan menderita. ²⁴ Tetapi saya tidak peduli dengan hidup saya ini, asal saya dapat menyelesaikan tugas yang dipercayakan Tuhan Yesus kepada saya dan asal saya setia sampai pada akhir hidup saya untuk memberitakan Kabar Baik itu tentang rahmat Allah. ²⁵ Saya sudah mengunjungi Saudara-saudara semuanya dan sudah memberitakan juga tentang bagaimana Allah memerintah sebagai Raja. Sekarang saya rasa tidak akan berjumpa lagi dengan Saudara-saudara. ²⁶ Oleh sebab itu dengan tegas saya katakan kepadamu pada hari ini bahwa kalau ada di antara kalian yang binasa nanti, itu bukan salah saya. ²⁷ Tidak pernah saya lari dari tugas saya untuk menjelaskan kepada kalian seluruh rencana Allah. ²⁸ Hendaklah kalian menjaga diri dan jagalah juga seluruh jemaat yang telah diserahkan oleh Roh Allah kepadamu untuk dijaga; sebab kalian sudah diangkat menjadi pengawas jemaat itu. Hendaklah kalian menjaga jemaat Allah itu seperti gembala menjaga dombanya, karena Allah sudah menjadikan jemaat itu milik-Nya sendiri melalui kematian Anak-Nya sendiri. ²⁹ Seperginya saya, pasti akan datang serigala-serigala yang buas ke tengah-tengah kalian. Dan orang-orang yang kalian jaga itu akan menjadi mangsa serigala-serigala itu. ³⁰ Malah dari antara Saudara-saudara sendiri pun akan muncul orang-orang yang akan memberitakan berita yang tidak benar. Mereka berbuat begitu supaya orang-orang yang sudah percaya kepada Yesus menjadi sesat dan mengikuti mereka. ³¹ Sebab itu berjaga-jagalah! Ingat bahwa tiga tahun lamanya dengan banyak air mata, siang malam saya tidak pernah berhenti mengajar setiap orang dari kalian. ³² Sekarang saya menyerahkan kalian kepada Allah supaya Ia yang memelihara kalian dan supaya kalian berpegang pada berita rahmat Allah. Allah mempunyai kuasa untuk menguatkan kalian dan memberikan kepadamu berkat-berkat yang sudah disediakan-Nya untuk semua umat-Nya. ³³ Belum pernah saya menginginkan uang atau pakaian dari seseorang pun. ³⁴ Saudara sendiri tahu, bahwa dengan tenaga saya sendiri saya bekerja untuk memenuhi kebutuhan saya dan kawan-kawan saya yang ikut dengan saya. ³⁵ Dalam segala perkara saya sudah memberi teladan kepadamu bahwa dengan bekerja keras seperti ini kita harus menolong orang-orang yang tidak kuat. Karena kita harus ingat akan apa yang Tuhan Yesus sendiri sudah katakan, 'Lebih berbahagia memberi daripada menerima.'" ³⁶ Setelah Paulus selesai berbicara, ia berlutut dengan mereka semua lalu berdoa. ³⁷ Mereka semuanya menangis sambil merangkul Paulus dan mengucapkan selamat jalan. ³⁸ Mereka sangat sedih, terutama karena Paulus berkata bahwa mereka tidak akan melihat dia lagi. Lalu mereka mengantarkannya sampai ke kapal.

Italian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ ORA, dopo che fu cessato il tumulto, Paolo, chiamati a sè i discepoli, ed abbracciatili, si partì per andare in Macedonia. ² E, dopo esser passato per quelle parti, ed averli con molte parole confortati, venne in Grecia. ³ Dove quando fu dimorato tre mesi, essendogli poste insidie da’ Giudei, se fosse navigato in Siria, il parer fu che ritornasse per la Macedonia. ⁴ Or Sopatro Berreese l’accompagnò fino in Asia; e de’ Tessalonicesi, Aristarco, e Secondo, e Gaio Derbese, e Timoteo; e di que’ d’Asia, Tichico, e Trofimo. ⁵ Costoro, andati innanzi, ci aspettarono in Troas. ⁶ E noi, dopo i giorni degli azzimi, partimmo da Filippi, e in capo di cinque giorni arrivammo a loro in Troas, dove dimorammo sette giorni. ⁷ E nel primo giorno della settimana, essendo i discepoli raunati per rompere il pane, Paolo, dovendo partire il giorno seguente, fece loro un sermone, e distese il ragionamento sino a mezzanotte. ⁸ Or nella sala, ove eravamo raunati, vi erano molte lampane. ⁹ Ed un certo giovanetto, chiamato per nome Eutico, sedendo sopra la finestra, sopraffatto da profondo sonno, mentre Paolo tirava il suo ragionamento in lungo, traboccato dal sonno, cadde giù dal terzo solaio, e fu levato morto. ¹⁰ Ma Paolo, sceso a basso, si gettò sopra lui, e l’abbracciò, e disse: Non tumultuate; perciocchè l’anima sua è in lui. ¹¹ Poi, essendo risalito, ed avendo rotto il pane, e preso cibo, dopo avere ancora lungamente ragionato sino all’alba, si dipartì così. ¹² Or menarono quivi il fanciullo vivente, onde furono fuor di modo consolati. ¹³ E noi, andati alla nave, navigammo in Asso, con intenzione di levar di là Paolo; perciocchè egli avea così determinato, volendo egli far quel cammino per terra. ¹⁴ Ed avendolo scontrato in Asso, lo levammo, e venimmo a Mitilene. ¹⁵ E, navigando di là, arrivammo il giorno seguente di rincontro a Chio; e il giorno appresso ammainammo verso Samo; e fermatici in Trogillio, il giorno seguente giungemmo a Mileto. ¹⁶ Perciocchè Paolo avea deliberato di navigare oltre ad Efeso, per non avere a consumar tempo in Asia; poichè egli si affrettava per essere, se gli era possibile, al giorno della Pentecosta in Gerusalemme. ¹⁷ E DA Mileto mandò in Efeso, a far chiamare gli anziani della chiesa. ¹⁸ E quando furono venuti a lui, egli disse loro: Voi sapete in qual maniera, dal primo giorno che io entrai nell’Asia, io sono stato con voi in tutto quel tempo; ¹⁹ servendo al Signore, con ogni umiltà e con molte lagrime, e prove, le quali mi sono avvenute nelle insidie de’ Giudei. ²⁰ Come io non mi son ritratto d’annunziarvi, ed insegnarvi, in pubblico, e per le case, cosa alcuna di quelle che son giovevoli; ²¹ testificando a’ Giudei, ed a’ Greci, la conversione a Dio, e la fede nel Signor nostro Gesù Cristo. ²² Ed ora, ecco, io, cattivato dallo Spirito, vo in Gerusalemme, non sapendo le cose che mi avverranno in essa. ²³ Se non che lo Spirito Santo mi testifica per ogni città, dicendo che legami e tribolazioni mi aspettano. ²⁴ Ma io non fo conto di nulla; e la mia propria vita non mi è cara, purchè io adempia con allegrezza il mio corso, e il ministerio il quale ho ricevuto dal Signore Gesù, che è di testificar l’evangelo della grazia di Dio. ²⁵ Ed ora, ecco, io so che voi tutti, fra i quali io sono andato e venuto, predicando il regno di Dio, non vedrete più la mia faccia. ²⁶ Perciò ancora, io vi protesto oggi, che io son netto del sangue di tutti. ²⁷ Perciocchè io non mi son tratto indietro da annunziarvi tutto il consiglio di Dio. ²⁸ Attendete dunque a voi stessi, ed a tutta la greggia, nella quale lo Spirito Santo vi ha costituiti vescovi, per pascer la chiesa di Dio, la quale egli ha acquistata col proprio sangue. ²⁹ Perciocchè io so questo: che dopo la mia partita, entreranno fra voi de’ lupi rapaci, i quali non risparmieranno la greggia. ³⁰ E che d’infra voi stessi sorgeranno degli uomini che proporrano cose perverse, per trarsi dietro i discepoli. ³¹ Perciò, vegliate, ricordandovi che per lo spazio di tre anni, giorno e notte, non son restato d’ammonir ciascuno con lagrime. ³² Ed al presente, fratelli, io vi raccomando a Dio, e alla parola della grazia di lui, il quale è potente da continuar d’edificarvi, e da darvi l’eredità con tutti i santificati. ³³ Io non ho appetito l’argento, nè l’oro, nè il vestimento di alcuno. ³⁴ E voi stessi sapete che queste mani hanno sovvenuto a’ bisogni miei, e di coloro ch’erano meco. ³⁵ In ogni cosa vi ho mostrato che affaticandosi, si convengono così sopportar gl’infermi; e ricordarsi delle parole del Signore Gesù, il qual disse che più felice cosa è il dare che il ricevere. ³⁶ E quando ebbe dette queste cose, si pose in ginocchioni, ed orò con tutti loro. ³⁷ E si fece da tutti un gran pianto; e gettatisi al collo di Paolo, lo baciavano; ³⁸ dolenti principalmente per la parola ch’egli avea detta, che non vedrebbero più la sua faccia. E l’accompagnarono alla nave.

ItalianRiveduta⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Or dopo che fu cessato il tumulto, Paolo, fatti chiamare i discepoli ed esortatili, li abbracciò e si partì per andare in Macedonia. ² E dopo aver traversato quelle parti, e averli con molte parole esortati, venne in Grecia. ³ Quivi si fermò tre mesi; poi, avendogli i Giudei teso delle insidie mentre stava per imbarcarsi per la Siria, decise di tornare per la Macedonia. ⁴ E lo accompagnarono Sòpatro di Berea, figlio di Pirro, e i Tessalonicesi Aristarco e Secondo, e Gaio di Derba e Timoteo, e della provincia d’Asia Tichico e Trofimo. ⁵ Costoro, andati innanzi, ci aspettarono a Troas. ⁶ E noi, dopo i giorni degli azzimi, partimmo da Filippi, e in capo a cinque giorni li raggiungemmo a Troas, dove dimorammo sette giorni. ⁷ E nel primo giorno della settimana, mentre eravamo radunati per rompere il pane, Paolo, dovendo partire il giorno seguente, si mise a ragionar con loro, e prolungò il suo discorso fino a mezzanotte. ⁸ Or nella sala di sopra, dove eravamo radunati, c’erano molte lampade; ⁹ e un certo giovinetto, chiamato Eutico, che stava seduto sul davanzale della finestra, fu preso da profondo sonno; e come Paolo tirava in lungo il suo dire, sopraffatto dal sonno, cadde giù dal terzo piano, e fu levato morto. ¹⁰ Ma Paolo, sceso a basso, si buttò su di lui, e abbracciatolo, disse: Non fate tanto strepito, perché l’anima sua e in lui. ¹¹ Ed essendo risalito, ruppe il pane e prese cibo; e dopo aver ragionato lungamente sino all’alba, senz’altro si partì. ¹² Il ragazzo poi fu ricondotto vivo, ed essi ne furono oltre modo consolati. ¹³ Quanto a noi, andati innanzi a bordo, navigammo verso Asso, con intenzione di prender quivi Paolo con noi; poiché egli avea fissato così, volendo fare quel tragitto per terra. ¹⁴ E avendoci incontrati ad Asso, lo prendemmo con noi, e venimmo a Mitilene. ¹⁵ E di là, navigando, arrivammo il giorno dopo dirimpetto a Chio; e il giorno seguente approdammo a Samo, e il giorno dipoi giungemmo a Mileto. ¹⁶ Poiché Paolo avea deliberato di navigare oltre Efeso, per non aver a consumar tempo in Asia; giacché si affrettava per trovarsi, se gli fosse possibile, a Gerusalemme il giorno della Pentecoste. ¹⁷ E da Mileto mandò ad Efeso a far chiamare gli anziani della chiesa. ¹⁸ E quando furon venuti a lui, egli disse loro: Voi sapete in qual maniera, dal primo giorno che entrai nell’Asia, io mi son sempre comportato con voi, ¹⁹ servendo al Signore con ogni umiltà, e con lacrime, fra le prove venutemi dalle insidie dei Giudei; ²⁰ come io non mi son tratto indietro dall’annunziarvi e dall’insegnarvi in pubblico e per le case, cosa alcuna di quelle che vi fossero utili, ²¹ scongiurando Giudei e Greci a ravvedersi dinanzi a Dio e a credere nel Signor nostro Gesù Cristo. ²² Ed ora, ecco, vincolato nel mio spirito, io vo a Gerusalemme, non sapendo le cose che quivi mi avverranno; ²³ salvo che lo Spirito Santo mi attesta in ogni città che legami ed afflizioni m’aspettano. ²⁴ Ma io non fo alcun conto della vita, quasi mi fosse cara, pur di compiere il mio corso e il ministerio che ho ricevuto dal Signor Gesù, che è di testimoniare dell’Evangelo della grazia di Dio. ²⁵ Ed ora, ecco, io so che voi tutti fra i quali sono passato predicando il Regno, non vedrete più la mia faccia. ²⁶ Perciò io vi protesto quest’oggi che son netto del sangue di tutti; ²⁷ perché io non mi son tratto indietro dall’annunziarvi tutto il consiglio di Dio. ²⁸ Badate a voi stessi e a tutto il gregge, in mezzo al quale lo Spirito Santo vi ha costituiti vescovi, per pascere la chiesa di Dio, la quale egli ha acquistata col proprio sangue. ²⁹ Io so che dopo la mia partenza entreranno fra voi de’ lupi rapaci, i quali non risparmieranno il gregge; ³⁰ e di fra voi stessi sorgeranno uomini che insegneranno cose perverse per trarre i discepoli dietro a sé. ³¹ Perciò vegliate, ricordandovi che per lo spazio di tre anni, notte e giorno, non ho cessato d’ammonire ciascuno con lacrime. ³² E ora, io vi raccomando a Dio e alla parola della sua grazia; a lui che può edificarvi e darvi l’eredità con tutti i santificati. ³³ Io non ho bramato né l’argento, né l’oro, né il vestito d’alcuno. ³⁴ Voi stessi sapete che queste mani hanno provveduto ai bisogni miei e di coloro che eran meco. ³⁵ In ogni cosa vi ho mostrato ch’egli è con l’affaticarsi così, che bisogna venire in aiuto ai deboli, e ricordarsi delle parole del Signor Gesù, il quale disse egli stesso: Più felice cosa è il dare che il ricevere. ³⁶ Quando ebbe dette queste cose, si pose in ginocchio e pregò con tutti loro. ³⁷ E si fece da tutti un gran piangere; e gettatisi al collo di Paolo, lo baciavano, ³⁸ dolenti sopra tutto per la parola che avea detta, che non vedrebbero più la sua faccia. E l’accompagnarono alla nave.

Japanese⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ 騷亂のやみし後、パウロ弟子たちを招きて勸をなし、之に別を告げ、マケドニヤに往かんとて出で立つ。 ² 而して、かの地方を巡り多くの言をもて弟子たちを勸めし後、ギリシヤに到る。 ³ そこに留ること三个月にして、シリヤに向ひて船出せんとする時、おのれを害はんとするユダヤ人らの計略に遭ひたれば、マケドニヤを經て歸らんと心を決む。 ⁴ 之に伴へる人々はベレア人にしてプロの子なるソパテロ、テサロニケ人アリスタルコ及びセクンド、デルベ人ガイオ及びテモテ、アジヤ人テキコ及びトロピモなり。 ⁵ 彼らは先だちゆき、トロアスにて我らを待てり。 ⁶ 我らは除酵祭の後ピリピより船出し、五日にしてトロアスに著き、彼らの許に到りて七日のあひだ留れり。 ⁷ 一週の首の日われらパンを擘かんとて集りしが、パウロ明日いで立たんとて彼等とかたり、夜半まで語り續けたり。 ⁸ 集りたる高樓には多くの燈火ありき。 ⁹ ここにユテコといふ若者窓に倚りて坐しゐたるが、甚く眠氣ざすほどに、パウロの語ること愈々久しくなりたれば、遂に熟睡して三階より落つ。これを扶け起したるに、はや死にたり。 ¹⁰ パウロ降りて其の上に伏し、かき抱きて言ふ『なんぢら騷ぐな、生命はなほ内にあり』 ¹¹ 乃ち復のぼりてパンを擘き、食してのち久しく語りあひ、夜明に至り遂に出でたてり。 ¹² 人々かの若者の活きたるを連れきたり、甚く慰藉を得たり。 ¹³ かくて我らは先だちて船に乘り、アソスにてパウロを載せんとして彼處に船出せり。彼は徒歩にて往かんとて斯くは定めたるなり。 ¹⁴ 我らアソスにてパウロを待ち迎へ、これを載せてミテレネに渡り、 ¹⁵ また彼處より船出して翌日キヨスの彼方にいたり、次の日サモスに立ち寄り、その次の日ミレトに著く。 ¹⁶ パウロ、アジヤにて時を費さぬ爲に、エペソには船を寄せずして過ぐることに定めしなり。これは成るべく五旬節の日エルサレムに在ることを得んとて急ぎしに因る。 ¹⁷ 而してパウロ、ミレトより人をエペソに遣し、教會の長老たちを呼びて、 ¹⁸ その來りし時かれらに言ふ『わがアジヤに來りし初の日より、如何なる状にて常に汝らと偕に居りしかは、汝らの知る所なり。 ¹⁹ 即ち謙遜の限をつくし、涙を流し、ユダヤ人の計略によりて迫り來し艱難に耐へて主につかへ、 ²⁰ 益となる事は何くれとなく憚らずして告げ、公然にても家々にても汝らを教へ、 ²¹ ユダヤ人にもギリシヤ人にも、神に對して悔改め、われらの主イエスに對して信仰すべきことを證せり。 ²² 視よ、今われは心搦められてエルサレムに往く。彼處にて如何なる事の我に及ぶかを知らず。 ²³ ただ聖靈いづれの町にても我に證して、縲絏と患難と我を待てりと告げたまふ。 ²⁴ 然れど我わが走るべき道程と、主イエスより承けし職、すなわち神の惠の福音を證する事とを果さん爲には、固より生命をも重んぜざるなり。 ²⁵ 視よ、今われは知る、前に汝らの中を歴巡りて御國を宣傳へし我が顏を、汝ら皆ふたたび見ざるべきを。 ²⁶ この故に、われ今日なんぢらに證す、われは凡ての人の血につきていさぎよし。 ²⁷ 我は憚らずして神の御旨をことごとく汝らに告げしなり。 ²⁸ 汝等みづから心せよ、又すべての群に心せよ、聖靈は汝等を群のなかに立てて監督となし、神の己の血をもて買ひ給ひし教會を牧せしめ給ふ。 ²⁹ われ知る、わが出で去るのち、暴き豺狼なんぢらの中に入りきたりて、群を惜まず、 ³⁰ 又なんぢらの中よりも、弟子たちを己が方に引き入れんとて、曲れることを語るもの起らん。 ³¹ されば汝ら目を覺しをれ。三年の間わが夜も晝も休まず、涙をもて汝等おのおのを訓戒せしことを憶えよ。 ³² われ今なんぢらを、主および其の惠の御言に委ぬ。御言は汝らの徳を建て、すべての潔められたる者とともに嗣業を受けしめ得るなり。 ³³ 我は人の金銀・衣服を貪りし事なし。 ³⁴ この手は我が必要に供へ、また我と偕なる者に供へしことを汝等みづから知る。 ³⁵ 我すべての事に於て例を示せり、即ち汝らも斯く働きて、弱き者を助け、また主イエスの自ら言ひ給ひし「與ふるは受くるよりも幸福なり」との御言を記憶すべきなり』 ³⁶ 斯く言ひて後、パウロ跪づきて一同とともに祈れり。 ³⁷ みな大に歎きパウロの頸を抱きて接吻し、 ³⁸ そのふたたび我が顏を見ざるべしと云ひし言によりて特に憂ひ、遂に彼を船まで送りゆけり。

Kabyle⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Mi tethedden lḥala ifuk ccwal, imiren Bulus isnejmaɛ-ed inelmaden, yenha-ten, dɣa yeǧǧa-ten di lehna, yeṭṭef abrid ɣer tmurt n Masidunya. ² Mi gezger tamurt n Masidunya, inehhu inelmaden, isseǧhad-iten s waṭas yimeslayen; syenna ikemmel abrid ɣer tmurt n iyunaniyen anda yeqqim tlata wagguren. ³ Mi gțeddu ad yerkeb di lbabuṛ ɣer tmurt n Surya, yesla belli at Isṛail mcawaṛen iwakken a t-xedɛen; dɣa ibeddel ṛṛay, iṭṭef abrid ad yuɣal ɣer tmurt n Masidunya. ⁴ Ddan yid-es : Subatir, mmi-s n Birus si temdint n Biri; Arisṭark akk-d Skundus n temdint n Tiṣalunik, Gayus n temdint n Derba; yedda daɣen Timuti, Tucik akk-d Trufim n tmurt n Asya. ⁵ Wigi zwaren ɣer zdat, eṛǧan-aɣ di temdint n Truwas, ⁶ ma d nukni mi gɛedda Lɛid n weɣṛum mbla iɣes ( tamtunt), nerkeb lbabuṛ si temdint n Filibus; xemsa wussan mbeɛd, nelḥeq-iten ɣer temdint n Truwas, anda nesɛedda sebɛa wussan. ⁷ Ass amezwaru n dduṛt nennejmaɛ a nebḍu aɣṛum iwakken ad nemekti Lmasiḥ, Bulus ițmeslay nețța d inelmaden. Imi ilaq ad iṛuḥ azekka-nni, ikemmel yid-sen awal armi i gneṣṣef yiḍ; ⁸ taɣuṛfeț anda i nennejmaɛ, ceɛlent deg-s aṭas n teftilin. ⁹ Yiwen ilemẓi, isem-is Utikus, yella yeqqim ɣef yiri n ṭṭaq. Imi i gɛeṭṭel Bulus deg umeslay, Utikus yewwi-t nuddam; yeɣli-d si leɛli wis tlata armi d lqaɛa, mi t-id-refden, ufan-t yemmut. ¹⁰ Bulus iṣubb-ed, yekna ɣuṛ-es, iddem-it ger iɣallen-is yenna : Ur țțaggadet ara, mazal deg-s taṛwiḥt, idder. ¹¹ Syenna yuɣal yuli ar tɣuṛfeț, yebḍa aɣṛum; mi ččan, ikemmel yid-sen ameslay armi d lefjer, dɣa iṛuḥ. ¹² Ilemẓi-nni, wwin-t yedder; dɣa yers-ed lfeṛḥ deg ulawen-nsen. ¹³ Nukni nerkeb lbabuṛ, nezwar Bulus ɣer temdint n Assus anda ara nemyagar yid-es axaṭer yebɣa ad iṛuḥ ɣef wuḍaṛ. ¹⁴ Mi i ɣ-d-yelḥeq di temdint n Assus, yerkeb yid-nneɣ di lbabuṛ ɣer temdint n Mitilan; ¹⁵ syenna nkemmel abrid di lebḥeṛ, newweḍ azekka-nni zdat temdint n Ciyu, sellazekka-nni newweḍ ɣer temdint n Samus; ass wis ṛebɛa newweḍ ɣer temdint n Mili. ¹⁶ Bulus yebɣa ad iɛeddi rrif n temdint n Ifasus mbla ma yeḥbes, iwakken ur isṛuḥuy ara lweqt di tmurt n Asya. Ițɣawal iwakken ma yella wamek, ad yaweḍ ɣer temdint n Lquds ass n lɛid n wass wis xemsin. ¹⁷ Si temdint n Mili, Bulus iceggeɛ ɣer imeqqranen n tejmaɛt n temdint n Ifasus iwakken a d-asen. ¹⁸ Mi d-wwḍen ɣuṛ-es, yenna-yasen : Tesnem si zik tikli-inu yid-wen seg wass amezwaru mi d-kecmeɣ tamurt n Asya. ¹⁹ Qedceɣ ɣef Sidi Ṛebbi s wannuz d imeṭṭawen ger iɣeblan d lemḥayen i yi-sseṛwan wat Isṛail. ²⁰ Țbecciṛeɣ-awen rniɣ slemdeɣ kkun ama zdat lɣaci ama deg ixxamen-nwen, mbla ma ffreɣ acemma seg wayen i kkun-inefɛen. ²¹ Țbecciṛeɣ i wat Isṛail d iyunaniyen a d-uɣalen ɣer webrid n Sidi Ṛebbi yerna ad amnen s Sidna Ɛisa. ²² Tura, Ṛṛuḥ iqedsen iḥṛes-iyi ad ṭṭfeɣ abrid ɣer temdint n Lquds, ur ẓriɣ ara d acu ara yedṛun yid-i. ²³ Si temdint ɣer tayeḍ, Ṛṛuḥ iqedsen ițxebbiṛ-iyi-d belli țṛaǧun-iyi leḥbus d wussan n ddiq. ²⁴ Lameɛna tudert-iw ur s-fkiɣ ara lqima, ur ț-ḥsibeɣ ara eɛzizet fell-i; a wi yufan kan ad kemmleɣ tikli-inu akk-d Ṛebbi, ad xedmeɣ s lfeṛḥ ayen i yi-d-ifka Sidna Ɛisa, iwakken ad beccṛeɣ lexbaṛ n lxiṛ n ṛṛeḥma n Sidi Ṛebbi. ²⁵ Tura ẓriɣ belli ur tețțuɣalem ara aț-țeẓrem udem-iw, kunwi iwumi beccṛeɣ tageldit n Sidi Ṛebbi. ²⁶ Daymi i wen-d-qqaṛeɣ ass-agi, ma yella yiwen yeffeɣ i webrid n Sidi Ṛebbi, ddnub i yiri-s, ²⁷ imi i wen-beccṛeɣ ayen akk yellan di leqsed n Sidi Ṛebbi, ur ffireɣ ula d acemma fell-awen. ²⁸ Ɛasset ɣef yiman-nwen, ɛasset ɣef tqeḍɛit ɣef i kkun-iwekkel Ṛṛuḥ iqedsen. Ilit d iɛessasen ɣef tejmaɛt n Ṛebbi i d-iḥerr s idammen n Mmi-s. ²⁹ Sriɣ belli m'ara ṛuḥeɣ, a d-kecmen gar-awen wuccanen iweɛṛen, wid ur nețsamaḥ ara i tqeḍɛit; ³⁰ a d-kkren daɣen gar-awen yergazen ara islemden leḥwayeǧ iɛewjen iwakken ad jebden inelmaden ɣuṛ-sen. ³¹ Ɣuṛ-wat ihi, ɛasset iman-nwen! Mmektit-ed belli azal n tlata iseggasen, ur ḥbiseɣ am yiḍ am ass, nehhuɣ mkul yiwen seg-wen s imeṭṭawen. ³² Tura a kkun-ǧǧeɣ ger ifassen n Sidi Ṛebbi d ṛṛeḥma n wawal-is; D nețța i gzemren a kkun-isseǧhed, a wen-d-yefk lweṛt i kunwi akk yellan d ayla-s. ³³ Ur ḍmiɛeɣ, ama d ddheb ama d idrimen neɣ leḥwayeǧ n yiwen deg-wen. ³⁴ Teẓram s yiman-nwen belli s ifassen-iw i xeddmeɣ iwakken ad ɛeyyceɣ iman-iw akk-d wid yellan yid-i. ³⁵ Di mkul lḥaǧa, ssekneɣ-awen amek ara txedmem iwakken aț-țɛiwnem wid ur nezmir ara. Mmektit-ed imeslayen n Sidna Ɛisa mi d-yenna : « Win ițseddiqen ițțubarek akteṛ n win iteṭṭfen ssadaqa ». ³⁶ Mbeɛd imeslayen-agi, yuɣal ɣef tgecrar, yedɛa ɣer Sidi Ṛebbi yid-sen. ³⁷ Sṭeṛḍqen s imeṭṭawen, ṭṭfen-t ger iɣallen-nsen, selmen akk fell-as; ³⁸ ḥeznen aṭas imi i sen-d-yenna : « Ur tețțuɣalem ara aț-țeẓrem udem- iw. » Syenna ddan yid-es armi d lbabuṛ.

Korean⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ 소요가 그치매 바울이 제자들을 불러 권한 후에 작별하고 떠나 마게도냐로 가니라 ² 그 지경으로 다녀가며 여러 말로 제자들에게 권하고 헬라에 이르러 ³ 거기 석 달을 있다가 배 타고 수리아로 가고자 할 그 때에 유대인들이 자기를 해하려고 공모하므로 마게도냐로 다녀 돌아가기를 작정하니 ⁴ 아시아까지 함께 가는 자는 베뢰아 사람 부로의 아들 소바더와 데살로니가 사람 아리스다고와 세군도와 더베 사람 가이오와 및 디모데와 아시아 사람 두기오와 드로비모라 ⁵ 그들은 먼저 가서 드로아에서 우리를 기다리더라 ⁶ 우리는 무교절 후에 빌립보에서 배로 떠나 닷새 만에 드로아에 있는 그들에게 가서 이레를 머무니라 ⁷ 안식 후 첫날에 우리가 떡을 떼려 하여 모였더니 바울이 이튿날 떠나고자 하여 저희에게 강론할 새 말을 밤중까지 계속하매 ⁸ 우리의 모인 윗 다락에 등불을 많이 켰는데 ⁹ 유두고라 하는 청년이 창에 걸터 앉았다가 깊이 졸더니 바울이 강론하기를 더 오래 하매 졸음을 이기지 못하여 삼층 누에서 떨어지거늘 일으켜 보니 죽었는지라 ¹⁰ 바울이 내려가서 그 위에 엎드려 그 몸을 안고 말하되 `떠들지 말라 생명이 저에게 있다' 하고 ¹¹ 올라가 떡을 떼어 먹고 오래 동안 곧 날이 새기까지 이야기하고 떠나니라 ¹² 사람들이 살아난 아이를 데리고 와서 위로를 적지 않게 받았더라 ¹³ 우리는 앞서 배를 타고 앗소에서 바울을 태우려고 그리로 행선하니 이는 자기가 도보로 가고자 하여 이렇게 정하여 준 것이라 ¹⁴ 바울이 앗소에서 우리를 만나니 우리가 배에 올리고 미둘레네에 가서 ¹⁵ 거기서 떠나 이튿날 기오 앞에 오고 그 이튿날 사모에 들리고 또 그 다음날 밀레도에 이르니라 ¹⁶ 바울이 아시아에서 지체치 않기 위하여 에베소를 지나 행선하기로 작정하였으니 이는 될 수 있는 대로 오순절 안에 예루살렘에 이르려고 급히 감이러라 ¹⁷ 바울이 밀레도에서 사람을 에베소로 보내어 교회 장로들을 청하니 ¹⁸ 오매 저희에게 말하되 `아시아에 들어온 첫날부터 지금까지 내가 항상 너희 가운데서 어떻게 행한 것을 너희도 아는 바니 ¹⁹ 곧 모든 겸손과 눈물이며 유대인의 간계를 인하여 당한 시험을 참고 주를 섬긴 것과 ²⁰ 유익한 것은 무엇이든지 공중 앞에서나 각 집에서나 꺼림이 없이 너희에게 전하여 가르치고 ²¹ 유대인과 헬라인들에게 하나님께 대한 회개와 우리 주 예수 그리스도께 대한 믿음을 증거한 것이라 ²² 보라, 이제 나는 심령에 매임을 받아 예루살렘으로 가는데 저기서 무슨 일을 만날는지 알지 못하노라 ²³ 오직 성령이 각 성에서 내게 증거하여 결박과 환난이 나를 기다린다 하시나 ²⁴ 나의 달려갈 길과 주 예수께 받은 사명 곧 하나님의 은혜의 복음 증거하는 일을 마치려 함에는 나의 생명을 조금도 귀한 것으로 여기지 아니하노라 ²⁵ 보라, 내가 너희 중에 왕래하며 하나님 나라를 전파하였으나 지금은 너희가 다 내 얼굴을 다시 보지 못할 줄 아노라 ²⁶ 그러므로 오늘 너희에게 증거하노니 모든 사람의 피에 대하여 내가 깨끗하니 ²⁷ 이는 내가 꺼리지 않고 하나님의 뜻을 다 너희에게 전하였음이라 ²⁸ 너희는 자기를 위하여 또는 온 양떼를 위하여 삼가라 성령이 저들 가운데 너희로 감독자를 삼고 하나님이 자기 피로 사신 교회를 치게 하셨느니라 ²⁹ 내가 떠난 후에 흉악한 이리가 너희에게 들어와서 그 양떼를 아끼지 아니하며 ³⁰ 또한 너희 중에서도 제자들을 끌어 자기를 좇게 하려고 어그러진 말을 하는 사람들이 일어날 줄을 내가 아노니 ³¹ 그러므로 너희가 일깨어 내가 삼 년이나 밤낮 쉬지 않고 눈물로 각 사람을 훈계하던 것을 기억하라 ³² 지금 내가 너희를 주와 및 그 은혜의 말씀께 부탁하노니 그 말씀이 너희를 능히 든든히 세우사 거룩케 하심을 입은 모든 자 가운데 기업이 있게 하시리라 ³³ 내가 아무의 은이나 금이나 의복을 탐하지 아니하였고 ³⁴ 너희 아는 바에 이 손으로 나와 내 동행들의 쓰는 것을 당하여 ³⁵ 범사에 너희에게 모본을 보였노니 곧 이같이 수고하여 약한 사람들을 돕고 또 주 예수의 친히 말씀하신 바 주는 것이 받는 것보다 복이 있다 하심을 기억하여야 할지니라' ³⁶ 이 말을 한 후 무릎을 꿇고 저희 모든 사람과 함께 기도하니 ³⁷ 다 크게 울며 바울의 목을 안고 입을 맞추고 ³⁸ 다시 그 얼굴을 보지 못하리라 한 말을 인하여 더욱 근심하고 배에까지 그를 전송하니라

Latvian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Pēc tam, kad nemiers bija norimis, Pāvils, saaicinājis mācekļus, pamācīja tos, atvadījās un devās ceļā, lai ietu uz Maķedoniju. ² Bet pārstaigājis šos apgabalus un daudz vārdiem tos pamācījis, viņš nonāca Grieķijā. ³ Tur viņš, palicis trīs mēnešus, domāja pārcelties uz Sīriju, bet, tā kā jūdi viņam uzglūnēja, viņš nolēma atgriezties caur Maķedoniju. ⁴ Viņu pavadīja berojietis Zopatrs, Pirra dēls, tesalonīķieši - Aristarhs un Sekunds, derbietis Gaijs, Timotejs un no Āzijas - Tihiks un Trofims. ⁵ Tie izgāja iepriekš un gaidīja mūs Troadā. ⁶ Mēs no Filipiem aizbraucām pēc neraudzētās maizes dienas un piecās dienās nonācām pie viņiem Troadā, kur palikām septiņas dienas. ⁷ Bet pirmajā nedēļas dienā, kad mēs sanācām maizi lauzt, Pāvils, gribēdams nākošajā dienā doties tālāk, runāja tiem; un viņa runa ieilga līdz pusnaktij. ⁸ Bet augšistabā, kur mēs sanācām, bija daudz lampadu. ⁹ Kad Pāvils tik ilgi runāja, tad kāds jauneklis, vārdā Eitihs, uz palodzes sēdēdams, iegrima dziļā miegā un, miega pārvarēts, nokrita no trešā stāva lejā un tika pacelts jau nedzīvs. ¹⁰ Tad Pāvils, nokāpis zemē pie viņa, nometās pār viņu un, to apkampis, sacīja: Neuztraucieties, jo viņa dvēsele vēl viņā. ¹¹ Tad viņš, uzkāpis augšā, lauza maizi, baudīja to un, runājis pietiekoši līdz gaismai, aizceļoja. ¹² Bet zēnu tie aizveda dzīvu un ļoti priecājās. ¹³ Tad mēs, iekāpuši kuģī, braucām uz Asu, gribēdami tur uzņemt Pāvilu, jo tā viņš, pats iedams pa zemes ceļu, mums pavēlēja. ¹⁴ Kad viņš Asā ar mums satikās, mēs viņu uzņēmām un pārcēlāmies uz Mitilēni. ¹⁵ No turienes aizbraukuši, mēs nākošajā dienā nokļuvām iepretim Hijai, un otrā dienā mēs piestājāmies Samosā, bet nākošajā dienā nonācām Milētā; ¹⁶ Jo Pāvils nolēma braukt Efezai garām, lai neuzkavētos Āzijā. Viņš steidzās, lai, ja tas iespējams, Vasarsvētkus svinētu Jeruzalemē. ¹⁷ No Milētas viņš sūtīja uz Efezu un ataicināja baznīcas vecākos. ¹⁸ Kad viņi atnāca un bija kopā ar to, viņš tiem sacīja: Jūs zināt, ka no pirmās dienas, kopš esmu atnācis Āzijā, es visu laiku biju pie jums, ¹⁹ Kalpodams Kungam visā pazemībā un asarās, un pārbaudījumos, ko man sagādāja jūdu vajāšanas; ²⁰ Arī neko noderīgu neesmu noklusējis, bet esmu jums sludinājis un jūs mācījis atklātībā un mājās, ²¹ Apliecinādams jūdiem un pagāniem atgriešanos pie Dieva un ticību uz mūsu Kungu Jēzu Kristu. ²² Un tagad, lūk, garā saistīts, es eju uz Jeruzalemi, nezinādams, kas man tur notiks. ²³ Tikai Svētais Gars man katrā pilsētā liecina, sacīdams, ka važas un apspiešana mani gaida Jeruzalemē. ²⁴ Bet no tā visa es nebīstos, un es nevērtēju savu dzīvību dārgāku par sevi, lai tikai pabeigtu savas gaitas un kalpošanu vārdam, ko esmu saņēmis no Kunga Jēzus, lai apliecinātu Dieva žēlastības evaņģēliju. ²⁵ Un, lūk, tagad es zinu, ka jūs visi, kuru vidū esmu staigājis, sludinādams Dieva valstību, manu vaigu vairs neredzēsiet. ²⁶ Tāpēc es šinī dienā apstiprinu jums, ka esmu tīrs no visu asinīm. ²⁷ Jo es neesmu atturējies sludināt jums visu Dieva prātu. ²⁸ Uzmaniet paši sevi un visu ganāmo pulku, kurā Svētais Gars jūs iecēlis par bīskapiem, lai ganītu Dieva Baznīcu, ko Viņš ar savām asinīm ieguvis. ²⁹ Es zinu, ka pēc manas aiziešanas pie jums iebruks plēsīgi vilki, kas nesaudzēs ganāmo pulku. ³⁰ No jums pašiem celsies vīri, runādami aplamības, lai aizrautu mācekļus sev līdz. ³¹ Tāpēc esiet nomodā, pieminēdami, ka es trīs gadus dienām un naktīm nemitējos ar asarām ikvienu no jums pamācīt! ³² Un tagad es jūs novēlu Dievam un Viņa žēlastības vārdam, kas spēj celt un dot mantojumu ar visiem svētajiem. ³³ Sudrabu un zeltu vai drēbes ne no viena neesmu iekārojis. ³⁴ Jūs paši zināt, ka šīs manas rokas gādāja par to, kas bija vajadzīgs man un tiem, kas pie manis ir. ³⁵ Es jums visu esmu rādījis, ka, tā strādājot, jāuzņem vājie, atminēdamies Kunga Jēzus vārdu, ko Viņš sacījis: Svētīgāk ir dot nekā ņemt. ³⁶ Un viņš, to sacījis, ceļos nometies, kopā ar viņiem visiem lūdza Dievu. ³⁷ Bet visi gauži raudāja, metās Pāvilam ap kaklu un skūpstīja viņu, ³⁸ Visvairāk noskumdami par vārdiem, ko viņš sacīja, ka tie vairs viņa vaigu neredzēs. Un tie pavadīja viņu līdz kuģim.

Lithuanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Sąmyšiui pasibaigus, Paulius susikvietė mokinius ir atsisveikinęs iškeliavo į Makedoniją. ² Keliaudamas per anuos kraštus ir skatindamas mokinius gausiais žodžiais, jis atvyko į Graikiją, ³ kur pasiliko tris mėnesius. Kai jam besirengiant plaukti į Siriją žydai ėmė ruošti prieš jį sąmokslą, jis nutarė grįžti atgal per Makedoniją. ⁴ Iki Azijos jį lydėjo Sopatras iš Berėjos, Aristarchas ir Sekundas iš Tesalonikos, Gajus iš Derbės ir Timotiejus, Tichikas ir Trofimas iš Azijos. ⁵ Šie iškeliavo pirmiau ir laukė mūsų Troadėje. ⁶ Po Neraugintos duonos dienų mes išplaukėme iš Filipų ir per penkias dienas atvykome pas juos į Troadę; ten išbuvome septynias dienas. ⁷ Pirmą savaitės dieną, mokiniams susirinkus laužyti duonos, Paulius mokė juos ir, kadangi žadėjo rytojaus dieną iškeliauti, tai užtęsė savo kalbą iki vidurnakčio. ⁸ Aukštutiniame kambaryje, kur jie buvo susirinkę, degė daug žibintų. ⁹ Vienas jaunuolis, vardu Eutichas, sėdėjęs ant lango, giliai įmigo ir, Pauliui ilgiau bedėstant, miego įveiktas, iš trečio aukšto nukrito žemėn. Kai jį pakėlė, jis buvo nebegyvas. ¹⁰ Nulipęs žemyn, Paulius pasilenkė ir, apglėbęs jį, tarė: “Nekelkite triukšmo, gyvybė tebėra jame”. ¹¹ Vėl užlipęs aukštyn, jis laužė ir valgė duoną. Dar ilgai jis kalbėjo, lig pat aušros, ir tada iškeliavo. ¹² O jaunuolį atvedė gyvą, ir tai buvo nemaža paguoda. ¹³ Mes, nuėję ir įsėdę į laivą, išplaukėme į Asą, kur ketinome paimti Paulių, nes jis buvo taip patvarkęs, pats norėdamas ten nuvykti pėsčias. ¹⁴ Kai jis susitiko su mumis Ase, paėmę jį, nuplaukėme į Mitilėnę. ¹⁵ Iš ten plaukdami toliau, kitą dieną atsidūrėme priešais Chiją. Rytojaus dieną pasiekėme Samą ir, pabuvę Trogilione, dar po dienos atvykome į Miletą. ¹⁶ Kad netektų gaišti Azijoje, Paulius nutarė aplenkti Efezą, nes jis skubėjo, norėdamas, jei įmanoma, Sekminių dieną būti Jeruzalėje. ¹⁷ Iš Mileto jis pasiuntė į Efezą pakviesti bažnyčios vyresniųjų. ¹⁸ Kai jie pas jį atvyko, Paulius prabilo: “Jūs žinote, kaip nuo pirmosios dienos, kurią įžengiau į Aziją, visą laiką pas jus elgiausi, ¹⁹ tarnaudamas Viešpačiui su visu nusižeminimu, ašaromis ir išbandymais, kurie ištiko mane dėl žydų pinklių. ²⁰ Kaip nieko nenutylėjau, kas naudinga, bet kalbėjau ir mokiau jus tiek viešumoje, tiek po namus, ²¹ liudydamas žydams ir graikams apie atgailą prieš Dievą ir tikėjimą mūsų Viešpačiu Jėzumi Kristumi. ²² Ir štai dabar aš, dvasios kalinys, keliauju į Jeruzalę, nežinodamas, kas man ten nutiks, ²³ tiktai Šventoji Dvasia kiekviename mieste man liudija, sakydama, kad manęs laukia pančiai ir suspaudimai. ²⁴ Bet tai man nesvarbu, ir aš nebranginu savo gyvybės. Svarbu, kad tik su džiaugsmu baigčiau savo bėgimą ir tarnavimą, kurį gavau iš Viešpaties Jėzaus: liudyti Dievo malonės Evangeliją. ²⁵ Ir štai dabar aš žinau, kad jūs visi, su kuriais buvau skelbdamas Dievo karalystę, daugiau nebematysite mano veido. ²⁶ Todėl šiandien jums liudiju, jog esu švarus nuo visų kraujo. ²⁷ Aš nevengiau jums paskelbti visų Dievo nutarimų. ²⁸ Būkite rūpestingi sau ir visai kaimenei, kuriai Šventoji Dvasia jus paskyrė prižiūrėtojais, kad ganytumėte Dievo bažnyčią, kurią Jis įsigijo savo krauju. ²⁹ Nes aš žinau, kad, man pasitraukus, įsibraus pas jus žiaurių vilkų, kurie nepagailės kaimenės. ³⁰ Net iš jūsų atsiras tokių, kurie kreivomis kalbomis stengsis patraukti paskui save mokinius. ³¹ Todėl budėkite ir nepamirškite, kad aš per trejus metus dieną ir naktį nepaliaudamas, su ašaromis įspėjinėjau kiekvieną. ³² O dabar, broliai, pavedu jus Dievui ir Jo malonės žodžiui, kuris turi galią jus išugdyti ir duoti jums paveldėjimą tarp visų pašventintųjų. ³³ Nė iš vieno negeidžiau nei sidabro, nei aukso, nei drabužio. ³⁴ Jūs žinote, kad mano ir buvusiųjų su manimi reikalams tarnavo šitos va mano rankos. ³⁵ Ir aš jums visur rodydavau, kad, šitaip triūsiant, reikia paremti silpnuosius ir atminti Viešpaties Jėzaus pasakytus žodžius: ‘Labiau palaiminta duoti negu imti’ ”. ³⁶ Tai pasakęs, jis atsiklaupė ir kartu su visais pasimeldė. ³⁷ Visi pradėjo graudžiai verkti ir, puldami Pauliui ant kaklo, jį bučiavo. ³⁸ Jie ypač nuliūdo dėl žodžių, kad daugiau nebematysią jo veido. Po to jie palydėjo jį į laivą.

PBG⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ A gdy się on rozruch uciszył, zwoławszy Paweł uczniów i z nimi się pożegnawszy, wyszedł stamtąd, aby szedł do Macedonii. ² A przeszedłszy one strony i napomniawszy je szerokiemi słowy, przyszedł do Grecyi. ³ A tam zamieszkawszy przez trzy miesiące, gdzie nań Żydowie zasadzkę uczynili, gdy miał płynąć do Syryi, umyślił się powrócić przez Macedoniję. ⁴ I puścił się z nim aż do Azyi Sopater, Bereeńczyk, a z Tesalończyków Arystarchus i Sekundus, i Gajus Derbejczyk, i Tymoteusz; ⁵ A z Azyjatczyków Tychykus i Trofimus, którzy wprzód poszedłszy, czekali nas w Troadzie. ⁶ A my po dniach przaśników odpłynęliśmy z Filipowa i przyszliśmy do nich do Troady za pięć dni, gdzieśmy zamieszkali siedm dni. ⁷ Tedy pierwszy dzień po sabacie, gdy się uczniowie zgromadzili na łamanie chleba, Paweł rozmawiał z nimi, mając iść precz nazajutrz, i przedłużył mowę aż do północy. ⁸ A było wiele lamp na onej sali, gdzie byli zgromadzeni. ⁹ Tam siedząc niektóry młodzieniec, imieniem Eutychus, w oknie, będąc ciężkim snem zdjęty, gdy tak Paweł długo mówił, snem zmorzony padł na dół z trzeciego piętra i podniesiony jest umarły. ¹⁰ A Paweł zstąpiwszy na dół, przypadł nań, a ujrzawszy go, rzekł: Nie trwożcie się; boć w nim jest dusza jego. ¹¹ A wstąpiwszy zasię, łamał chleb i jadł, i kazał im długo aż do świtania; potem odszedł precz. ¹² I przywiedli onego młodzieńca żywego, i byli nader ucieszeni. ¹³ A my przyszedłszy wprzód do okrętu, puściliśmy się do Assonu, abyśmy stamtąd wzięli Pawła; albowiem tak był postanowił, mając sam pieszo iść. ¹⁴ A gdy się z nami zszedł w Assonie, wziąwszy go, przyjechaliśmy do Mityleny. ¹⁵ A stamtąd odpłynąwszy, drugiego dnia przyszliśmy przeciw Chyju, a trzeciego dnia przypłynęliśmy do Samu, a pomieszkawszy w Trogillu, nazajutrz przyszliśmy do Miletu. ¹⁶ Albowiem Paweł umyślił był minąć Efez, aby mu nie przyszło czasu trawić w Azyi, bo się kwapił, jeźliby mu można, aby na dzień świąteczny był w Jeruzalemie. ¹⁷ Tedy z Miletu posławszy do Efezu, przyzwał do siebie starszych zborowych. ¹⁸ Którzy gdy do niego przyszli, rzekł im: Wy wiecie od pierwszego dnia, któregom przyszedł do Azyi, jakom z wami po wszystek czas był, ¹⁹ Służąc Panu ze wszelką uniżonością i z wielą łez i pokus, które na mię przychadzały z zasadzek żydowskich. ²⁰ Jakom się nie schraniał niczego, co by było pożyteczne, abym wam nie oznajmił i nie uczył was jawnie i po domach. ²¹ Świadectwo wydawając i Żydom, i Grekom o pokucie ku Bogu i o wierze w Pana naszego Jezusa Chrystusa. ²² A oto teraz ja będąc związany duchem, idę do Jeruzalemu, nie wiedząc co tam na mię przyjść ma. ²³ Tylko że Duch Święty po miastach świadczy, powiadając, że mię więzienie i uciski czekają. ²⁴ Wszakże ja na nic nie dbam i nie jest mi tak droga dusza moja, bym tylko bieg mój z radością wykonał i posługę, którąm wziął od Pana Jezusa na oświadczenie Ewangielii łaski Bożej. ²⁵ A teraz oto ja wiem, że już więcej nie oglądacie oblicza mojego wy wszyscy, między którymim chodził, każąc królestwo Boże. ²⁶ Przetoż oświadczam się wam dnia dzisiejszego, żem ja jest czysty od krwi wszystkich. ²⁷ Albowiem nie chroniłem się, żebym wam nie miał oznajmić wszelkiej rady Bożej. ²⁸ Pilnujcież tedy samych siebie i wszystkiej trzody, w której was Duch Święty postanowił biskupami, abyście paśli zbór Boży, którego nabył przez własną krew. ²⁹ Boć ja to wiem, że po odejściu mojem wnijdą między was wilcy okrutni, którzy trzodzie folgować nie będą. ³⁰ A z was samych powstaną mężowie, mówiący rzeczy przewrotne, aby za sobą pociągnęli uczniów. ³¹ Przetoż czujcie, pomnąc, żem przez trzy lata w nocy i we dnie nie przestawał napominać ze łzami każdego z was. ³² A teraz, bracia! poruczam was Bogu i słowu łaski jego, który może pobudować i dać wam dziedzictwo między wszystkimi poświęconymi. ³³ Srebra albo złota, albo szaty nie pożądałem od nikogo. ³⁴ Owszem sami wiecie, że moim potrzebom i tych, którzy są ze mną, służyły te ręce, ³⁵ Wszystkomci wam okazał, iż tak pracując, musimy podejmować słabe, a pamiętać na słowa Pana Jezusowe, że on rzekł: Szczęśliwsza jest rzecz dawać, niżeli brać. ³⁶ A to powiedziawszy, klęknął na kolana swoje i modlił się z nimi wszystkimi. ³⁷ I stał się wielki płacz wszystkich, a upadając na szyję Pawłową, całowali go; ³⁸ Smucąc się bardzo, najwięcej tych słów, które im rzekł, że już więcej nie mieli oglądać oblicza jego. I prowadzili go do okrętu.

Portuguese⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Depois que cessou o alvoroço, Paulo mandou chamar os discípulos e, tendo-os exortado, despediu-se e partiu para a Macedónia. ² E, havendo andado por aquelas regiões, exortando os discípulos com muitas palavras, veio à Grécia. ³ Depois de passar ali três meses, visto terem os judeus armado uma cilada contra ele quando ia embarcar para a Síria, determinou voltar pela Macedónia. ⁴ Acompanhou-o Sópatro de Bereia, filho de Pirro; bem como dos de Tessalónica, Aristarco e Segundo; Gaio de Derbe e Timóteo; e dos da Ásia, Tíquico e Trófimo. ⁵ Estes porém, foram adiante e nos esperavam em Tróade. ⁶ E nós, depois dos dias dos pães ázimos, navegamos de Filipos, e em cinco dias fomos ter com eles em Tróade, onde nos detivemos sete dias. ⁷ No primeiro dia da semana, tendo-nos reunido a fim de partir o pão, Paulo, que havia de sair no dia seguinte, falava com eles, e prolongou o seu discurso até a meia-noite. ⁸ Ora, havia muitas luzes no cenáculo onde estávamos reunidos. ⁹ E certo jovem, por nome Eutico, que estava sentado na janela, tomado de um sono profundo enquanto Paulo prolongava ainda mais o seu sermão, vencido pelo sono caiu do terceiro andar abaixo, e foi levantado morto. ¹⁰ Tendo Paulo descido, debruçou-se sobre ele e, abraçando-o, disse: Não vos perturbeis, pois a sua alma está nele. ¹¹ Então subiu, e tendo partido o pão e comido, ainda lhes falou largamente até o romper do dia; e assim partiu. ¹² E levaram vivo o jovem e ficaram muito consolados. ¹³ Nós, porém, tomando a dianteira e embarcando, navegamos para Asso, onde devíamos receber a Paulo, porque ele, havendo de ir por terra, assim o ordenara. ¹⁴ E, logo que nos alcançou em Asso, recebemo-lo a bordo e fomos a Mitilene; ¹⁵ e navegando dali, chegamos no dia imediato defronte de Quio, no outro aportamos a Samos e e tendo-nos demorado em Trogílio, chegamos, no dia seguinte a Mileto. ¹⁶ Porque Paulo havia determinado passar ao largo de Éfeso, para não se demorar na Ásia; pois se apressava para estar em Jerusalém no dia de Pentecostes, se lhe fosse possível. ¹⁷ De Mileto mandou a Éfeso chamar os anciãos da igreja. ¹⁸ E, tendo eles chegado, disse-lhes: Vós bem sabeis de que modo me tenho portado entre vós sempre, desde o primeiro dia em que entrei na Ásia, ¹⁹ servindo ao Senhor com toda a humildade, e com lágrimas e provações que pelas ciladas dos judeus me sobrevieram; ²⁰ como não me esquivei de vos anunciar coisa alguma que útil seja, ensinando-vos publicamente e de casa em casa, ²¹ testificando, tanto a judeus como a gregos, o arrependimento para com Deus e a fé em nosso Senhor Jesus. ²² Agora, eis que eu, constrangido no meu espírito, vou a Jerusalém, não sabendo o que ali acontecerá, ²³ senão o que o Espírito Santo me testifica, de cidade em cidade, dizendo que me esperam prisões e tribulações, ²⁴ mas em nada tenho a minha vida como preciosa para mim, contando que complete a minha carreira e o ministério que recebi do Senhor Jesus, para dar testemunho do evangelho da graça de Deus. ²⁵ E eis agora, sei que nenhum de vós, por entre os quais passei pregando o reino de Deus, jamais tornará a ver o meu rosto. ²⁶ Portanto, no dia de hoje, vos protesto que estou limpo do sangue de todos. ²⁷ Porque não me esquivei de vos anunciar todo o conselho de Deus. ²⁸ Cuidai pois de vós mesmos e de todo o rebanho sobre o qual o Espírito Santo vos constituiu bispos, para apascentardes a igreja de Deus, que ele adquiriu com seu próprio sangue. ²⁹ Eu sei que depois da minha partida entrarão no meio de vós lobos cruéis que não pouparão rebanho, ³⁰ e que dentre vós mesmos se levantarão homens, falando coisas perversas para atrair os discípulos após si. ³¹ Portanto vigiai, lembrando-vos de que por três anos não cessei noite e dia de admoestar com lágrimas a cada um de vós. ³² Agora pois, vos encomendo a Deus e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados. ³³ De ninguém cobicei prata, nem ouro, nem vestes. ³⁴ Vós mesmos sabeis que estas mãos proveram as minhas necessidades e as dos que estavam comigo. ³⁵ Em tudo vos dei o exemplo de que assim trabalhando, é necessário socorrer os enfermos, recordando as palavras do Senhor Jesus, porquanto ele mesmo disse: Coisa mais bem-aventurada é dar do que receber. ³⁶ Havendo dito isto, pôs-se de joelhos, e orou com todos eles. ³⁷ E levantou-se um grande pranto entre todos, e lançando-se ao pescoço de Paulo, beijavam-no. ³⁸ Entristecendo-se principalmente pela palavra que dissera, que não veriam mais o seu rosto. E eles o acompanharam até o navio.

Norwegian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Da nu opstyret hadde lagt sig, kalte Paulus disiplene til sig og for mante dem og bød dem farvel; så drog han avsted for å fare til Makedonia. ² Efterat han nu hadde reist gjennem disse landskaper og hadde formant dem med mange ord, kom han til Grekenland; ³ der blev han i tre måneder, og fordi jødene lurte på ham da han var i ferd med å seile til Syria, satte han sig fore å vende tilbake gjennem Makedonia. ⁴ Han hadde da følge til Asia av Sopater, Pyrrus' sønn, fra Berøa, og blandt tessalonikerne av Aristarkus og Sekundus, og av Gajus fra Derbe og Timoteus, og av Tykikus og Trofimus fra Asia. ⁵ Disse drog i forveien og bidde på oss i Troas; ⁶ men vi seilte ut fra Filippi efter de usyrede brøds dager, og kom fem dager efter til dem i Troas; der blev vi i syv dager. ⁷ På den første dag i uken var vi samlet for å bryte brødet; Paulus holdt da samtaler med dem, for han skulde fare derfra den næste dag, og han drog sin tale ut like til midt på natten. ⁸ Det var mange lamper i salen hvor vi var samlet. ⁹ Men en ung mann ved navn Eutykus satt i vinduet og var falt i dyp søvn, da Paulus talte med dem i lang tid, og i søvne styrtet han ut og falt ned fra tredje stokkverk, Og blev tatt død op. ¹⁰ Men Paulus gikk ned og kastet sig over ham og favnet ham og sa: Vær ikke urolige! hans sjel er i ham. ¹¹ Så gikk han op igjen og brøt brødet og åt av det; og efterat han hadde talt lenge med dem, like til daggry, drog han avsted. ¹² De førte da gutten levende bort og blev høilig trøstet. ¹³ Vi hadde imens gått ombord i skibet og seilte til Assus, hvor vi skulde ta Paulus ombord; for det hadde han pålagt oss; selv vilde han gå til fots. ¹⁴ Da han nu møtte oss i Assus, tok vi ham ombord, og kom til Mitylene, ¹⁵ Og derfra seilte vi videre og kom den næste dag bent ut for Kios; annen dag gikk vi innom Samos og lå over i Trogillium, og kom dagen efter til Milet. ¹⁶ For Paulus hadde satt sig fore å seile Efesus forbi, så han ikke skulde bli heftet i Asia; for han hastet for å nå frem til Jerusalem til pinsedag, om det var ham mulig. ¹⁷ Fra Milet sendte han da bud til Efesus og kalte menighetens eldste til sig. ¹⁸ Da de var kommet til ham, sa han til dem: I vet hvordan min ferd iblandt eder var hele tiden fra den første dag jeg kom til Asia, ¹⁹ at jeg tjente Herren med all ydmykhet og under tårer og prøvelser som jeg måtte utstå ved jødenes efterstrebelser; ²⁰ hvorledes jeg ikke holdt tilbake noget av det som kunde være eder til gagn, men forkynte eder det og lærte eder det offentlig og i husene, ²¹ idet jeg vidnet både for jøder og for grekere om omvendelsen til Gud og troen på vår Herre Jesus Kristus. ²² Og nu se, bundet av Ånden drar jeg til Jerusalem, og vet ikke hvad som skal møte mig der, ²³ men bare at den Hellige Ånd i by efter by vidner for mig og sier at bånd og trengsler venter mig. ²⁴ Men for mig selv akter jeg ikke mitt liv et ord verdt, når jeg bare kan fullende mitt løp og den tjeneste som jeg fikk av den Herre Jesus: å vidne om Guds nådes evangelium. ²⁵ Og nu, se, jeg vet at I aldri mere skal se mitt åsyn, alle I som jeg gikk omkring iblandt og forkynte riket. ²⁶ Derfor vidner jeg for eder på denne dag at jeg er ren for alles blod; ²⁷ for jeg holdt ikke noget tilbake, men forkynte eder hele Guds råd. ²⁸ Så gi da akt på eder selv, og på hele den hjord som den Hellige Ånd satte eder til tilsynsmenn i, for å vokte Guds menighet, som han vant sig ved sitt eget blod! ²⁹ Jeg vet at efter min bortgang skal det komme glupende ulver inn blandt eder, som ikke skåner hjorden; ³⁰ ja, blandt eder selv skal det fremstå menn som fører forvendt tale for å lokke disiplene efter sig. ³¹ Våk derfor, og kom i hu at jeg i tre år ikke holdt op, hverken natt eller dag, å formane hver eneste en med tårer! ³² Og nu overgir jeg eder til Gud og hans nådes ord, han som er mektig til å opbygge eder og gi eder arvelodd blandt alle dem som er blitt helliget. ³³ Jeg attrådde ikke sølv eller gull eller klær av nogen; ³⁴ I vet selv at det jeg selv trengte, og de som var med mig, det har disse hender arbeidet for. ³⁵ I alle deler viste jeg eder at således bør vi ved strevsomt arbeid ta oss av de skrøpelige og komme den Herre Jesu ord i hu, som han selv har sagt: Det er saligere å gi enn å ta. ³⁶ Da han hadde sagt dette, falt han på kne og bad sammen med dem alle. ³⁷ De brast da alle i sterk gråt, og de falt Paulus om halsen og kysset ham; ³⁸ men mest sørget de over det ord han hadde sagt, at de aldri mere skulde se hans åsyn. Derefter fulgte de ham til skibet.

Romanian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ Cînd a încetat zarva, Pavel a chemat pe ucenici, şi, dupăce le -a dat sfaturi, şi -a luat ziua bună dela ei, şi a plecat în Macedonia. ² A străbătut ţinutul acesta, şi a dat ucenicilor o mulţime de sfaturi. Apoi a venit în Grecia, ³ unde a rămas trei luni. Era gata să plece cu corabia în Siria, dar Iudeii i-au întins curse. Atunci s'a hotărît să se întoarcă prin Macedonia. ⁴ Avea ca tovarăşi pînă în Asia pe: Sopater din Berea, fiul lui Pir, Aristarh şi Secund din Tesalonic, Gaiu din Derbe, Timotei, precum şi Tihic şi Trofim cari erau din Asia. ⁵ Aceştia au luat -o înainte, şi ne-au aşteptat la Troa. ⁶ Iar noi, după zilele praznicului Azimilor, am plecat cu corabia din Filipi, şi, în cinci zile, am ajuns la ei în Troa, unde am stat şapte zile. ⁷ În ziua dintîi a săptămînii, eram adunaţi la olaltă ca să frîngem pînea. Pavel, care trebuia să plece a doua zi, vorbea ucenicilor, şi şi -a lungit vorbirea pînă la miezul nopţii. ⁸ În odaia de sus, unde eram adunaţi, erau multe lumini. ⁹ Şi un tînăr, numit Eutih, care şedea pe fereastră, a adormit deabinelea în timpul lungei vorbiri a lui Pavel; biruit de somn, a căzut jos din catul al treilea, şi a fost ridicat mort. ¹⁰ Dar Pavel s'a pogorît, s'a repezit spre el, l -a luat în braţe, şi a zis:,,Nu vă tulburaţi, căci sufletul lui este în el.`` ¹¹ După ce s'a suit iarăş, a frînt pînea, a cinat, şi a mai vorbit multă vreme pînă la ziuă. Apoi a plecat. ¹² Flăcăul a fost adus viu, şi lucrul acesta a fost pricina unei mari mîngîieri. ¹³ Noi am venit înaintea lui Pavel la corabie, şi am plecat cu corabia la Asos, unde ne învoiserăm să ne întîlnim din nou; pentrucă el trebuia să facă drumul pe jos. ¹⁴ Cînd s'a întîlnit cu noi în Asos, l-am luat în corabie, şi ne-am dus la Mitilene. ¹⁵ De aici am mers pe mare, şi a doua zi am ajuns în faţa insulei Chios. În ziua următoare, deabea am atins Samos, ne-am oprit în Troghilion, şi a doua zi am venit la Milet. ¹⁶ Pavel se hotărîse să treacă pe lîngă Efes, fără să se oprească aici, ca să nu peardă vremea în Asia; căci se grăbea ca, dacă -i va fi cu putinţă, să fie în Ierusalim de ziua Cincizecimii. ¹⁷ Însă din Milet, Pavel a trimes la Efes, şi a chemat pe presbiterii Bisericii. ¹⁸ Cînd au venit la el, le -a zis:,,Ştiţi cum m'am purtat cu voi în toată vremea, din ziua dintîi, în care am pus piciorul pe pămîntul Asiei. ¹⁹ Am slujit Domnului cu toată smerenia, cu multe lacrămi, şi în mijlocul încercărilor, pe cari mi le ridicau uneltirile Iudeilor. ²⁰ Ştiţi că n'am ascuns nimic din ce vă era de folos, şi nu m'am temut să vă propovăduiesc şi să vă învăţ înaintea norodului şi în case, ²¹ şi să vestesc Iudeilor şi Grecilor: pocăinţa faţă de Dumnezeu şi credinţa în Domnul nostru Isus Hristos. ²² Şi acum, iată că, împins de duhul, mă duc la Ierusalim, fără să ştiu ce mi se va întîmpla acolo. ²³ Numai, Duhul Sfînt mă înştiinţează din cetate în cetate că mă aşteaptă lanţuri şi necazuri. ²⁴ Dar eu nu ţin numai decît la viaţa mea, ca şi cum mi-ar fi scumpă, ci vreau numai să-mi sfîrşesc cu bucurie calea şi slujba, pe care am primit -o dela Domnul Isus, ca să vestesc Evaghelia harului lui Dumnezeu. ²⁵ Şi acum, ştiu că nu-mi veţi mai vedea faţa, voi toţi aceia, în mijlocul cărora am umblat propovăduind Împărăţia lui Dumnezeu. ²⁶ De aceea vă mărturisesc astăzi, că sînt curat de sîngele tuturor. ²⁷ Căci nu m'am ferit să vă vestesc tot planul lui Dumnezeu. ²⁸ Luaţi seama dar la voi înşivă şi la toată turma peste care v'a pus Duhul Sfînt episcopi (Sau: priveghetori.), ca să păstoriţi Biserica Domnului, pe care a cîştigat -o cu însuş sîngele Său. ²⁹ Ştiu bine că, după plecarea mea, se vor vîrî între voi lupi răpitori, cari nu vor cruţa turma; ³⁰ şi se vor scula din mijlocul vostru oameni, cari vor învăţa lucruri stricăcioase, ca să tragă pe ucenici de partea lor. ³¹ De aceea vegheaţi, şi aduceţi-vă aminte că, timp de trei ani, zi şi nopate, n'am încetat să sfătuiesc cu lacrămi pe fiecare din voi. ³² Şi acum, fraţilor, vă încredinţez în mîna lui Dumnezeu şi a Cuvîntului harului Său, care vă poate zidi sufleteşte, şi vă poate da moştenirea împreună cu toţi cei sfinţiţi. ³³ N'am rîvnit nici la argintul, nici la aurul, nici la hainele cuiva. ³⁴ Singuri ştiţi că mînile acestea au lucrat pentru trebuinţele mele şi ale celor ce erau cu mine. ³⁵ În toate privinţele v'am dat o pildă, şi v'am arătat că, lucrînd astfel, trebuie să ajutaţi pe cei slabi, şi să vă aduceţi aminte de cuvintele Domnului Isus, care însuş a zis:,Este mai ferice să dai decît să primeşti.`` ³⁶ După ce a vorbit asfel, a îngenuncheat, şi s'a rugat împreună cu ei toţi. ³⁷ Şi au izbucnit cu toţii în lacrămi, au căzut pe grumazul lui Pavel, şi l-au sărutat. ³⁸ Căci erau întristaţi mai ales de vorba, pe care le -o spusese el, că nu -i vor mai vedea faţa. Şi l-au petrecut pînă la corabie.

Ukrainian⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ А як заколот стих, то Павло скликав учнів, і, потішивши та попрощавшись із ними, вибрався йти в Македонію. ² Перейшовши ж ті сторони та підбадьоривши їх довгим словом, прибув до Геллади, ³ і прожив там три місяці. А як він захотів був відплинути в Сирію, то змову на нього вчинили юдеї, тому він узяв думку вертатись через Македонію. ⁴ Разом із ним пішов Сопатер Піррів із Верії, Аристарх та Секунд із Солуня, і Гай дерв'янин, і Тимофій, а з азійців Тихик та Трохим. ⁵ Вони відбули наперед, і нас дожидали в Троаді. ⁶ А ми відпливли із Филипів по святах Опрісноків, і прибули днів за п'ять у Троаду до них, де сім день прожили. ⁷ А дня першого в тижні, як учні зібралися на ламання хліба, Павло мав промову до них, бо вранці збирався відбути, і затягнув своє слово до півночі. ⁸ А в горниці, де зібралися ми, було багато світел. ⁹ Юнак же один, Євтих на ім'я, сидів на вікні. Його обгорнув міцний сон, бо задовго Павло промовляв, і він сонний хитнувся, і додолу упав із третього поверху, і підняли його мертвого... ¹⁰ Зійшов же Павло та до нього припав, і, обнявши його, проказав: Заспокойтесь, бо душа його в ньому! ¹¹ А вернувшись, він хліб переломив і спожив, і бесіду довго точив, аж до досвітку, потім відбув. ¹² А хлопця живим привели, і зраділи немало. ¹³ А ми наперед пішли до корабля, та в Асс попливли, щоб звідти забрати Павла, бо він так ізвелів, сам бажаючи пішки піти. ¹⁴ А коли він із нами зійшовся в Ассі, ми взяли його та прибули в Мітілену. ¹⁵ І, відплинувши звідти, ми назавтра пристали навпроти Хіосу, а другого дня припливли до Самосу, наступного ж ми прибули до Мілету. ¹⁶ Бо Павло захотів поминути Ефес, щоб йому не баритися в Азії, бо він квапився, коли буде можливе, бути в Єрусалимі на день П'ятдесятниці. ¹⁷ А з Мілету послав до Ефесу, і прикликав пресвітерів Церкви. ¹⁸ І, як до нього вони прибули, він промовив до них: Ви знаєте, як із першого дня, відколи прибув в Азію, я з вами ввесь час перебував, ¹⁹ і служив Господеві з усією покорою, і з рясними слізьми та напастями, що спіткали мене від юдейської змови, ²⁰ як нічого корисного я не минув, щоб його вам звістити й навчити вас прилюдно і в домах. ²¹ І я свідчив юдеям та гелленам, щоб вони перед Богом покаялись, та ввірували в Господа нашого Ісуса Христа. ²² І ось тепер, побуджений Духом, подаюсь я в Єрусалим, не відаючи, що там трапитись має мені, ²³ тільки Дух Святий в кожному місті засвідчує, кажучи, що кайдани та муки чекають мене... ²⁴ Але я ні про що не турбуюсь, і свого життя не вважаю для себе цінним, аби но скінчити дорогу свою та служіння, яке я одержав від Господа Ісуса, щоб засвідчити Євангелію благодаті Божої. ²⁵ І ось я знаю тепер, що обличчя мого більш не будете бачити всі ви, між якими ходив я, проповідуючи Царство Боже... ²⁶ Тому дня сьогоднішнього вам свідкую, що я чистий від крови всіх, ²⁷ бо я не вхилявсь об'являти вам усю волю Божу! ²⁸ Пильнуйте себе та всієї отари, в якій Святий Дух вас поставив єпископами, щоб пасти Церкву Божу, яку власною кров'ю набув Він. ²⁹ Бо я знаю, що як я відійду, то ввійдуть між вас вовки люті, що отари щадити не будуть... ³⁰ Із вас самих навіть мужі постануть, що будуть казати перекручене, аби тільки учнів тягнути за собою... ³¹ Тому то пильнуйте, пам'ятаючи, що я кожного з вас день і ніч безперестань навчав зо слізьми ось три роки. ³² А тепер доручаю вас Богові та слову благодаті Його, Який має силу будувати та дати спадщину, серед усіх освячених. ³³ Ні срібла, ані золота, ні одежі чиєїсь я не побажав... ³⁴ Самі знаєте, що ці руки мої послужили потребам моїм та отих, хто був зо мною. ³⁵ Я вам усе показав, що, працюючи так, треба поміч давати слабим, та пам'ятати слова Господа Ісуса, бо Він Сам проказав: Блаженніше давати, ніж брати! ³⁶ Проказавши ж оце, він навколішки впав, та й із ними всіма помолився. ³⁷ І знявсь між усіма плач великий, і вони припадали на Павлову шию, і його цілували... ³⁸ А найтяжче вони сумували з-за слова, яке він прорік, що не бачитимуть більш обличчя його. І вони провели його до корабля.

UkrainianNT⁽ⁱ⁾ ¹ А, як утихомирилась буча, покликав Павел учеників і попрощавшись, вийшов у дорогу до Македониї. ² Пройшовши ж ті сторони і напімнувши їх многими словами, прийшов у Грецію. ³ Поживши ж (там) три місяці, як засіли на него Жиди, коли хотів був плисти в Сирию, надумавсь вернутись через Македонию. ⁴ Товаришували йому до Азиї Сосипатр Вериєць і Солуняне Аристарх та Секунд, та Гай Дервянин, та Тимотей, і Азияне Тихик та Трофим. ⁵ Сї, пійшовши попереду, підождали нас у Троядї. ⁶ Ми ж поплили після опрісночних днїв із Филип, та й прибули до них за пять днів у Трояду, де пробули сім день. ⁷ Первого ж дня в тижнї, як зібрались ученики на ломаннє хлїба, проповідував їм Павел, хотячи вийти назавтра, і продовжив слово до півночи. ⁸ Було ж сьвітла много в гірницї, де ми зібрали ся. ⁹ Сидїв же один молодець, на ймя Євтих, на вікнї, та й обняв його твердий сон; і, як Павед промовляв много, похилрзпшсь зі сну, упав з третього поверху до долу, і підняли його мертвого. ¹⁰ Зійшовши ж Павел у низ, припав до него, й обнявши рече: Не трівожтесь, душа бо його в йому. ¹¹ Зійшовши ж угору, переломив хліб, і попоївши, бесідував богато аж до зорі, та й пійшов. ¹² Привели ж хлопця живого і втішились немало. ¹³ Ми ж, прийшовши до корабля, поплили в Асон, хотівши звідтіля взяти Павла, тав бо звелів, хотівши сам ійти пішки. ¹⁴ Як же зійшов ся з нами в Асонї, узявши його, прибули ми в Митилену. ¹⁵ А відпливши звідтіля, причалили ми другого дня проти Хиоса, на другий же день поплили в Самос, та, побувши в Трогилиї, другого дня прийшли в Милет. ¹⁶ Надумавсь бо Павел плисти мимо Єфеса, щоб не гаятись в Азиї, а поспішав, коли можна, щоб йому бути в день пятидесятницї в Єрусалимі. ¹⁷ З Милета ж, піславши в Єфес, прикликав старших церковних. ¹⁸ Як же прийшли до него, рече їм: Ви знаєте з первого дня, як прийшов я в Азию, яким робом пробував я з вами всякого часу, ¹⁹ служачи Господові з усякою покорою і многими слїзми і спокусами, які прилучали ся мені од Жидівського чигання, ²⁰ і що я ні від чого корисного не вхиляв ся, щоб не звістити вам і не навчати вас прилюдно і по домам, ²¹ сьвідкуючи й Жидам і Єленянам покаянне перед Богом і віру в Господа нашого Ісуса Христа. ²² І ось я, звязаний духом, ійду в Єрусалим, не знаючи, що в йому приключить ся мені. ²³ Тільки що Дух сьвятий по городам сьвідкує слово, що кайдани мене та муки ждуть. ²⁴ Та ні про що я не дбаю, й не дорога мені душа моя, аби з радістю скінчити путь мій і ту службу, що прийняв я од Господа Ісуса, щоб сьвідкувати евангелию благодати Божої. ²⁵ І тепер ось я знаю, що більш не бачити мете лиця мого ви всї, між котрими ходив я, проповідуючи царство Боже. ²⁶ Тим я сьвідкую вам сьогодні, що чистий я від крові всіх. ²⁷ Бо я не вхилявсь обявляти вам усяку волю Божу. ²⁸ Тим достерегайте себе і все стадо, в котрому вас Дух сьвятий настановив єпископами, щоб пасти церкву Божу, котру придбав кровю своєю. ²⁹ Я бо знаю се, що після виходу мого прийдуть вовки хижі між вас, що не пощадять стада. ³⁰ І з вас самих устануть люде, говорячи розворотне, щоб потягти учеників за собою. ³¹ Тим пильнуйте, памятаючи, що три роки ніч і день не переставав я із слїзми напоминати кожного. ³² А тепер передаю вас, брати, Богові і слову благодати Його, котрим може збудувати вас і дати вам наслїддє між усїма осьвяченими. ³³ Срібла або золота або одежі, - нічого не жадав я. ³⁴ Сами ж знаєте, що потребинам моїм і тим, хто бував зо мною, служили оці руки мої. ³⁵ У всьому показав я вам, що, так працюючи, треба помагати малосильним і памятати слова Господа Ісуса, що Він глаголав: Більше щасте давати, ніж приймати. ³⁶ І се промовивши, упав на колїна свої, і моливсь із усїма ними. ³⁷ Доволї ж було плачу у всіх, і, впавши на шию Павлові, цілували його, ³⁸ смуткуючи найбільш про те слово, що промовив, що більш не мають лиця його видїти. І провели його до корабля.